Amsco 7052hp-7053hp Lavaferri Service Manual

AMSCO® 7000 Series
Washer/Disinfector Models # 7052HP and # 7023HP
Maintenance Manual
764337483
Revision C
— A Word from STERIS
A Word from STERIS
A Word From STERIS — Introduction

This manual contains important information on proper maintenance of the AMSCO® 7052HP Single-Chamber
Washer/Disinfector and the AMSCO® 7053HP Single-Chamber Washer/Disinfector. All personnel involved in the use
and maintenance of these washers/disinfectors must carefully review and comply with the Safety Precautions and
instructions contained in this manual. These instructions are important to protect the health and safety of personnel
servicing these washers/disinfectors and should be retained in a conveniently accessible area for quick reference. This
equipment is specifically designed only for the uses outlined in this manual.
Service Information
A thorough preventive maintenance program is essential to help ensure safe and proper equipment operation. This
manual contains maintenance schedules and procedures which should be followed for satisfactory equipment
performance. Customers are encouraged to contact STERIS concerning our comprehensive annual maintenance
program. Under the terms of the program, preventive maintenance, adjustments and replacement of worn parts are
performed on a scheduled basis to help ensure equipment performance at peak capability and to help avoid untimely
and costly interruptions.
STERIS maintains a global staff of well-equipped, qualified service technicians to provide this service, as well as
professional repair services. Please contact STERIS for details.
Advisory
IMPORTANT: A listing of the Safety Precautions to be observed when operating and servicing these washers/disinfectors can
be found in Safety Precautions section of this manual. Do not operate the equipment until you have become familiar with this
information.
Any alteration of this equipment not authorized or performed by STERIS Service Engineering will void the warranty.
Alteration of this equipment which could adversely affect its operation and efficacy may violate national, state and local
laws or regulations and jeopardize your insurance coverage.
The protection provided by the equipment may be impaired if the equipment is used in a manner not specified by
STERIS.
Serious incidents that have occurred in relation to this medical device should be reported to the manufacturer and
competent authority in the country where the incident occurred.
Trademarks
Please take note of the following registered trademarks that apply to the wording used throughout the manual:
• Loctite is a registered trademark of Henkel AG & Company KGaA.
• Dow Corning® is a registered trademark of Dow Corning Corporation.
• MATE-N-LOK is a registered trademark of Whitaker Corporation.
Waste Products Disposal

The following are waste materials associated with the washers/disinfectors. When disposing of waste materials,
ensure disposal is in compliance with federal, state and local regulations.
• Printer paper - Recyclable.
• Printer ribbon - Not recyclable.
2
764337483_C AMSCO® 7000 Series Maintenance Manual
• Optional bar code reader battery - Lithium-Ion battery. Refer to local Regulatory and other laws and regulations
about the proper disposal.
• HEPA Filter - Place HEPA filter in a large, sealable bag. Discard the bagged HEPA filter in an outdoor waste
container.
• Chemicals - Dispose in a safe manner in accordance with local/national regulations and current Safety Data Sheets
(SDS).
• Chemical containers - Dispose of empty containers in a safe manner in accordance with local/national regulations.
• Entire washer/disinfector (end-of-life) - Contact STERIS Corporation for disposal or recycling recommendations.
Indications For Use

The AMSCO 7052HP Single-Chamber Washer/Disinfector and the AMSCO 7053HP Single-Chamber Washer/Disinfector
are intended for use in the cleaning and intermediate-level disinfection of soiled reusable simple hard-surfaced rigid
surgical instruments (such as forceps and clamps), utensils (such as bedpans, urinals, trays, bowl, basin and kidney
dishes), rubber and plastic goods, theatre shoes and other similar and related articles found in healthcare facilities.
Certification
These AMSCO 7052HP Single-Chamber Washer/Disinfector and AMSCO 7053HP Single-Chamber Washer/Disinfector
meet the applicable requirements of the following:
• Safety Standards - General Requirements:
European Union
◻ IEC 61010-1: 2010 Safety requirements for electrical equipment for measurement, control, and laboratory use
- Part 1: General requirements; AMD1:2016 Consolidated version, 3rd Edition (publication date 2017-01-10).
United States of America
◻ UL 61010-1 Safety Requirements for Electrical Equipment for Measurement, Control, and Laboratory Use -
Part 1: General Requirements, 3rd Edition (2012-05-11).
Canada
◻ CAN/CSA C22.2 No. 61010-1-12 Safety Requirements for Electrical Equipment for Measurement, Control, and
Laboratory Use - Part 1: General Requirements, 3rd Edition (R2017).
• Safety Standards - Particular Requirements:
European Union
◻ IEC 61010-2-040: 2015 Safety requirements for electrical equipment for measurement, control, and laboratory
use - Part 2-040: Particular requirements for sterilizers and washer-disinfectors used to treat medical
materials 2nd Edition. Dated: 07/07/15
◻ UL 61010-2-040 Safety Requirements for Electrical Equipment for Measurement, Control, and Laboratory Use
- Part 2-040: Particular Requirements for Sterilizers and Washer-Disinfectors Used to Treat Medical
Materials, 2nd Edition. Dated: 01/15/2016
Canada
◻ CAN/CSA-C22.2 No. 61010-2-040:16 Safety Requirements for Electrical Equipment for Measurement, Control,
and Laboratory Use - Part 2-040: Particular Requirements for Sterilizers and Washer-Disinfectors Used to
Treat Medical Materials, 2nd Edition. Dated: 07/01/2016
• Electromagnetic Compatibility (EMC) Standards:
European Union
◻ IEC 61326-1:2012 Electrical equipment for measurement, control and laboratory use - EMC Requirements -
Part 1: General Requirements. Dated: 07/2012
3
Maintenance Manual AMSCO® 7000 Series 764337483_C
– Immunity test reference:

◻ IEC 61000-4-2: 2008 Electrostatic discharge immunity test.
◻ IEC 61000-4-3: 2006 Radiated radio-frequency, electromagnetic field immunity test (+ A1: 2007 + A2:
2010).
◻ IEC 61000-4-4: 2004 Electrical fast transient/burst immunity test.
◻ IEC 61000-4-5: 2005 Surge immunity test.
◻ IEC 61000-4-6: 2008 Immunity to conducted disturbances, induced by radio-frequency fields.
◻ IEC 61000-4-8: 2009 Power Frequency Magnetic Field immunity test.
◻ IEC 61000-4-11: 2004-03 Voltage dips, short interruptions and voltage variations immunity tests.
– Emissions test reference:
◻ CISPR 11:2015+AMD1:2016 CSV Industrial, scientific and medical equipment - Radio-frequency
disturbance characteristics - Limits and methods of measurement. Edition 6.1. Dated: 06/2016 Class A -
Industrial, Scientific and Medical Equipment.
United States of America / Conducted and Radiated Emission testing
• Federal Communications Commission (FCC) CFR 47, Part 15, Subpart B, Class A Unintentional Radiators for use in
Commercial and Industrial Areas.
INFORMATION TO USER:
NOTE: This equipment has been tested and found to comply with the limits for a Class A digital device, pursuant
to Part 15 of the FCC Rules. These limits are designed to provided reasonable protection against harmful
interference when the equipment is operated in a commercial environment. This equipment generates, uses, and
can radiate radio frequency energy and, if not installed and used in accordance with the instruction manual, may
cause harmful interference to radio communications. Operation of this equipment in a residential area is likely to
cause harmful interference in which case the user will be required to correct the interference at his own expense.
WARNING: Changes or modifications not expressly approved by STERIS could void the user's authority to operate the
equipment.
Canada / Conducted and Radiated Emission testing
• Industry Canada ICES-001, Issue 4, Class A, Group 1 - Industrial, Scientific and Medical (ISM) Radio Frequency
Generators. Dated: June 2006
LABELING REQUIREMENTS:
Self-Declaration of Compliance (SDoC) to Industry Canada ICES-001.
CE marking
European Union
• Governing Directive for the affixing of the CE mark:

◻ Medical Device (Directive 93/42/EEC as amended by 2007/47/EC)
• Conformity to other applicable directives:
◻ Machinery (Directive 2006/42/EC)
◻ Electromagnetic compatibility (Directive 2014/30/EU)
◻ RoHS (Directive 2011/65/EU)
(Medical devices are not covered by the Low Voltage (Directive 2014/35/EU), as the Medical Devices Directive
contains its own electrical safety requirements)
• European Standards applied to demonstrate conformity to the directives:
4
◻ CENELEC EN 61010-1: 2010 Safety requirements for electrical equipment for measurement, control, and
laboratory use - Part 1: General requirements, 3rd Edition.
◻ CENELEC EN 61326-1:2013 Electrical equipment for measurement, control and laboratory use - EMC
requirements - Part 1: General requirements. Dated: 01/2013
◻ CENELEC EN 55011:2009/A1:2010 Industrial, scientific and medical equipment - Radio-frequency disturbance
characteristics - Limits and methods of measurement
Guidelines and other regulations followed:
• Performance requirements:
European Union
◻ EN ISO 15883-1:2009/A1:2014 - Washer-disinfectors - Part 1: General Requirements, Terms and Definitions
and Tests
◻ EN ISO 15883-2:2009 - Washer-disinfectors - Part 2: Requirements and tests for washer-disinfectors
employing thermal disinfection for surgical instruments, anesthetic equipment, bowls, dishes, receivers,
utensils, glassware, etc.
◻ ANSI/AAMI ST15883-1:2009 (R2014) - Washer-Disinfectors - Part 1: General Requirements, Terms and
Definitions and Tests
◻ ANSI/AAMI ST15883-2:2013 (R2015) - Washer-Disinfectors - Part 2: Requirements and Tests for Washer-
Disinfectors employing Thermal Disinfection for Surgical Instruments, Anesthetic Equipment, Bowls, Dishes,
Receivers, Utensils, Glassware, Etc.
Canada
◻ CAN/CSA-Z15883-1-09 (R2019) - Washer-disinfectors - Part 1: General requirements, terms and definitions
and tests
◻ CAN/CSA-Z15883-2-09 (R2019) - Washer-disinfectors - Part 2: Requirements and tests for
washerdisinfectors employing thermal disinfection for surgical instruments, anesthetic equipment, bowls,
dishes, receivers, utensils, glassware, etc.
Building Construction Code:
• United States of America
◻ California Building Standards Code (California Code of Regulations, Title 24) for Seismic Anchoring
Requirements
Addresses
The base language of this document Manufactured by:

is ENGLISH. Any translation must be STERIS Canada ULC
made from the base language 490 boulevard Armand-Paris
document. Québec (Québec)
CANADA G1C 8A3
Sales and Service –America, Oceania and Asia:

STERIS Corporation
5960 Heisley Road
Mentor, Ohio 44060
800-548-4873
Sales and Service – Europe, Middle-East and Africa:

STERIS
116 Avenue de Magudas, 33185
Le Haillan
5
FRANCE
Support Service, by email:
Support_EMEA_IPT_SE@steris.com
All other requests, by phone:

+33 5 56 93 94 94
European Community Representative:

STERIS Ireland Limited
IDA Business and Technology Park
Tullamore
County Offaly
R35 X865
Ireland
Website: www.steris.com
© 2022, STERIS Corporation. All rights reserved. Printed in U.S.A.
6
TABLE OF CONTENTS
Section Number Description Page

1 Safety Precautions ........................................................................................................................................ 1
1.1 Safety Precautions — Introduction .......................................................................................... 1
1.2 Safety Precautions ..................................................................................................................... 1
2 Symbols and Labels....................................................................................................................................... 5
2.1 Equipment Symbols.................................................................................................................... 5
2.2 Nameplate Symbols ................................................................................................................... 6
3 Service Mode Procedures ............................................................................................................................. 7
3.1 Service Mode Procedure – Introduction ................................................................................... 7
3.2 General ........................................................................................................................................ 7
3.3 How to Enter Service Mode ....................................................................................................... 8
3.4 How to Configure Washer/Disinfector...................................................................................... 9
3.5 How to Perform Tests................................................................................................................ 9
3.6 How to Perform RTD Calibration............................................................................................. 11
3.7 How to Perform Pressure Transmitter Calibration with Hand Pump................................... 14
3.8 How to Perform Chemical Injection Pump Calibration .......................................................... 15
3.9 How to Perform Conductivity Sensor Calibration .................................................................. 16
3.10 How to Edit Calibration Values ................................................................................................ 18
3.11 Water Level Sensor Calibration ............................................................................................... 18
3.12 Water Level Sensor Adjustment.............................................................................................. 18
4 Principles of Operation ............................................................................................................................... 20
4.1 Principles of Operation — Introduction.................................................................................. 20
4.2 General ...................................................................................................................................... 20
4.3 Features .................................................................................................................................... 20
4.4 Utilities ...................................................................................................................................... 20
4.5 Configuration and Accessories ................................................................................................ 20
4.6 Technical Drawings and Documents ....................................................................................... 21
4.7 Mechanical Description ............................................................................................................ 22
4.8 Electrical Description ................................................................................................................ 22
4.9 Inputs and Outputs................................................................................................................... 23
4.10 Washer Layout.......................................................................................................................... 28
4.11 Service Mode - Machine Setup Menu - Introduction............................................................. 28
4.12 Machine Setup — Hardware Options..................................................................................... 28
4.13 Machine Setup — System Options......................................................................................... 31
4.14 Machine Setup — Communication (Connectivity Options) ................................................... 32
4.15 Machine Setup — Chemical Parameters................................................................................ 33
4.16 Service Mode - I/O Testing Menu - Introduction ................................................................... 33
4.17 I/O Testing — Doors Menu ..................................................................................................... 33
4.18 I/O Testing — Filling/Draining Menu...................................................................................... 34
4.19 I/O Testing — Recirculation Menu.......................................................................................... 35
4.20 I/O Testing — Drying Menu .................................................................................................... 35
4.21 I/O Testing — Chemical Injection Menu................................................................................. 36
4.22 I/O Testing — Chemical Level Menu ...................................................................................... 36
4.23 I/O Testing — Miscellaneous Menu ....................................................................................... 37
4.24 I/O Testing — Bar Code Test Menu........................................................................................ 37
7
4.25 I/O Testing — Rinse Reservoir Menu ..................................................................................... 37
4.26 I/O Testing — Wash Reservoir Menu..................................................................................... 38
4.27 RTD Calibration ......................................................................................................................... 38
4.28 Pressure Transmitter Calibration (Recirculation Pressure) ................................................... 38
4.29 Water Level Calibration (Pressure Transmitter) ..................................................................... 39
4.30 Detergent Pumps and Flowmeters Calibration ...................................................................... 39
4.31 Conductivity Meter Calibration ................................................................................................ 40
4.32 Supervisor Mode - Adjustable Parameters ............................................................................ 40
4.33 Supervisor Mode - Supervisor Test Menu .............................................................................. 42
4.34 Cycle Mode - Cycle Structures................................................................................................. 44
4.35 Cycle Mode - Wet Phases ........................................................................................................ 45
4.36 Cycle Mode - Venting Phases .................................................................................................. 48
4.37 Cycle Mode - Cycle Completion ............................................................................................... 48
4.38 Sequences - Power Up And Power Failure............................................................................. 49
4.39 Sequences - Filling ................................................................................................................... 51
4.40 Start Pump Recirculation ......................................................................................................... 52
4.41 Heating ...................................................................................................................................... 53
4.42 Chemical Injection (Wash Treatment) ..................................................................................... 54
4.43 Chemical Injection (Thermal Rinse) ......................................................................................... 55
4.44 Manual Injection (Decontamination Cycle) ............................................................................. 55
4.45 Detergent Pump Priming ......................................................................................................... 55
4.46 Recirculation Timer................................................................................................................... 56
4.47 Draining ..................................................................................................................................... 57
4.48 Drying ........................................................................................................................................ 62
4.49 Vapor Removal.......................................................................................................................... 63
4.50 Condenser ................................................................................................................................. 63
4.51 Conductivity Reading................................................................................................................ 64
4.52 Cycle Details Screens................................................................................................................ 64
4.53 Abort .......................................................................................................................................... 64
4.54 Cycle Pausing ............................................................................................................................ 67
4.55 Verification RTDs ...................................................................................................................... 68
4.56 Doors and Process Flow .......................................................................................................... 68
4.57 Doors and Load/unload Automation....................................................................................... 70
4.58 Cycle Counter ........................................................................................................................... 73
4.59 Shunt Trip Breaker.................................................................................................................... 73
4.60 Dry Contacts.............................................................................................................................. 73
4.61 Standby ..................................................................................................................................... 74
4.62 Hand-Held Barcode Reader ..................................................................................................... 75
4.63 Door Lighting (LEDs) ................................................................................................................. 76
4.64 Service Log ................................................................................................................................ 76
4.65 Software Evolution ................................................................................................................... 77
5 Inspection and Maintenance ...................................................................................................................... 98
5.1 Inspection and Maintenance – Introduction........................................................................... 98
5.2 General ...................................................................................................................................... 98
5.3 Cleaning Debris Screen...........................................................................................................100
5.4 Cleaning Water Outlet Connection ........................................................................................101
5.5 Cleaning Door Gasket .............................................................................................................101
5.6 Cleaning Washer/Disinfector Exterior...................................................................................102
5.7 Processing Decontamination Cycle ......................................................................................103
8
5.8 Replacing Chemical Container ...............................................................................................106
5.9 Changing Printer Paper Roll and Ink Cartridge (Accessory) .................................................107
5.10 Changing Thermal Printer Paper Roll (Accessory)................................................................110
5.11 Inspecting and Cleaning Rotary Spray Arm Assemblies AMSCO 7052HP W/D ...............112
5.12 Inspecting and Cleaning Rotary Spray Arm Assemblies - AMSCO 7053HP W/D .............116
5.13 Door Safety Test.....................................................................................................................121
5.14 Sump Safety Level Test..........................................................................................................122
5.15 Water Inlet Pressure Test ......................................................................................................123
5.16 Verifying Emergency Stop Pushbuttons ..............................................................................126
5.17 Verifying and Replacing HEPA Filter .....................................................................................128
5.18 Preparation and Priming of Chemical Injection Pumps .......................................................129
5.19 Verifying Chemical Injection Pumps and Squeeze Tubes ...................................................131
5.20 Chemical Squeeze Tube Replacement .................................................................................134
5.21 Cleaning Chemical Drip Pan ...................................................................................................138
5.22 Replacing Supply-Line Strainers ...........................................................................................138
5.23 Verifying Damper ....................................................................................................................140
5.24 How To Clean Water Level Sump Connection Port .............................................................140
5.25 Formatting USB Key ...............................................................................................................142
5.26 Verifying Acu-Rinse Reservoir Safety Water Level Operation ............................................147
6 Troubleshooting.........................................................................................................................................149
6.1 Troubleshooting — Introduction...........................................................................................149
6.2 Troubleshooting — General ..................................................................................................149
6.3 ABNORMAL CONDUCTIVITY READINGS FOR THERMAL RINSE DRAINING .......................151
6.4 ABNORMAL NOISE GENERATED BY WASHER/DISINFECTOR ............................................152
6.5 AIR PRESSURE TOO LOW ......................................................................................................153
6.6 AUTO-DOCKING TRANSFER CART DOES NOT REMAIN DOCKED TO TRANSFER CART
ADAPTOR ................................................................................................................................153
6.7 BAR CODE READER DOES NOT OPERATE PROPERLY ........................................................153
6.8 CHAMBER DOES NOT DRAIN PROPERLY.............................................................................154
6.9 CHAMBER ROTARY SPRAY ARM ASSEMBLY DOES NOT ROTATE DURING
CYCLE.......................................................................................................................................154
6.10 CLEAN SUMP FILTER..............................................................................................................155
6.11 CYCLE HISTORY DOWNLOAD DUE ........................................................................................155
6.12 CYCLE HISTORY IS FULL.........................................................................................................156
6.13 DECONTAMINATION CYCLE DUE...........................................................................................156
6.14 DELETE ALL HISTORY FILES DOES NOT RESET REMINDER DISPLAY
CONDITION..............................................................................................................................157
6.15 DISPLAY BLANK; NO ACKNOWLEDGMENT WHEN TOUCH PADS PRESSED .....................157
6.16 DOOR SAFETY TEST DUE .......................................................................................................158
6.17 ENTIRE PARAMETERS OF LONG CYCLE NOT PRINTED OR REBOOT AFTER
DOUBLE/LONG PRINT JOBS ..................................................................................................158
6.18 EXCESSIVE FOAMING DURING PRE-WASH, PHASE REPEATED ........................................159
6.19 EXCESSIVE FOAM IN CHAMBER............................................................................................159
6.20 °F DIFFERENT ON PRINTOUT AND CAT; OR THERMAL DISINF. PASSED AS SHOWN
IN PROCONNECT ....................................................................................................................160
6.21 GENERATED PRINTOUT IS LIGHT OR BLANK, OR PARTS OF CHARACTERS ARE
MISSING ..................................................................................................................................160
6.22 HAND-HELD BAR CODE READER (EMEA OPTION) DOES NOT SCAN ................................161
6.23 PRINTER PRINTOUT IS ERRATIC ...........................................................................................161
9
6.24 IF WASHER IS EQUIPPED WITH THE OPTIONAL ACU-RINSE RESERVOIR, WATER
SPILLS FROM RESERVOIR VENT ...........................................................................................162
6.25 INVALID DIRECTORY NAME ...................................................................................................162
6.26 LOAD COMES OUT DIRTY AT THE END OF CYCLE ...............................................................163
6.27 LOAD COMES OUT WET AT THE END OF A CYCLE ..............................................................164
6.28 PAPER IS NOT TAKEN UP INTO POWER TAKE-UP ..............................................................165
6.29 PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE DUE ........................................................................................165
6.30 PRINTER DOES NOT WORK ...................................................................................................166
6.31 NO AUDIBLE ALARM SIGNAL WHEN ALARM OCCURS, WHEN CYCLE IS COMPLETED,
ETC. ..........................................................................................................................................166
6.32 NO CODE DETECTED OR CYCLE LOCKED OR INVALID CODE ..............................................167
6.33 PHASE STOPS FOR NO APPARENT REASON.......................................................................167
6.34 PLEASE CLOSE DOOR.............................................................................................................168
6.35 PRINTER NOT CONNECTED ...................................................................................................168
6.36 PUMP STARTS BEFORE APPROPRIATE CHAMBER WATER LEVEL IS REACHED .............169
6.37 RETRIEVAL FAILED, NETWORK CONNECTION ERROR ........................................................169
6.38 RETRIEVAL FAILED, NO LOAD NUMBER READY..................................................................170
6.39 RINSE RESERVOIR LEAKING ..................................................................................................170
6.40 RINSE RESERVOIR NOT HEATING.........................................................................................171
6.41 SAVE COMPLETE SOME CORRUPT FILES WERE DISCARDED ............................................171
6.42 STATUS LIGHT DOES NOT TURN ON ....................................................................................171
6.43 SUMP SAFETY LEVEL TEST DUE ...........................................................................................172
6.44 TEST FAILED: CALL STERIS ....................................................................................................173
6.45 TOUCH SCREEN DOES NOT WORK PROPERLY....................................................................173
6.46 TRANSFER DOES NOT OCCUR BETWEEN CONVEYORS AND CHAMBER ..........................174
6.47 UNLOAD CONVEYOR NOT READY .........................................................................................174
6.48 UNLOAD DOOR DOES NOT OPEN .........................................................................................174
6.49 WASHER NOT CALIBRATED...................................................................................................175
6.50 WASHER STUCK IN PHASE: PREPARING FOR STANDBY, DRAINING
RESERVOIR..............................................................................................................................175
6.51 WATER LEAKS FROM WASHER/DISINFECTOR....................................................................176
6.52 ALARM# 1 LOAD DOOR OPEN (CRITICAL) ............................................................................177
6.53 ALARM# 2 UNLOAD DOOR OPEN (CRITICAL) .......................................................................178
6.54 SYSTEM ERROR# 3 CYCLES RETURNED TO DEFAULT VALUES (CRITICAL).......................179
6.55 ALARM# 4 SUMP TOO LONG TO FILL (CRITICAL).................................................................180
6.56 ALARM# 5 SUMP NOT DRAINED (NON-CRITICAL) ..............................................................182
6.57 ALARM# 6 WATER REMAINED IN CHAMBER (CRITICAL) ....................................................183
6.58 ALARM# 7 SUMP TOO LONG TO HEAT (NON-CRITICAL) ....................................................184
6.59 ALARM# 8 SUMP SAFETY WATER LEVEL REACHED (CRITICAL) ........................................187
6.60 ALARM# 9 RECIRCULATION TEMPERATURE PROBE #1 DEFECTIVE (CRITICAL) ..............188
6.61 ALARM# 10 SUMP TEMPERATURE TOO HIGH (CRITICAL)..................................................189
6.62 ALARM# 11 DRYING TEMPERATURE TOO HIGH (CRITICAL)...............................................191
6.63 ALARM# 12 SUMP OVER TEMPERATURE SWITCH TRIPPED (CRITICAL) ..........................192
6.64 ALARM# 13 PUMP DID NOT START (CRITICAL) ...................................................................194
6.65 ALARM# 14 DRYING OVER TEMPERATURE SWITCH TRIPPED (CRITICAL)........................196
6.66 ALARM# 15 RECIRCULATION TEMPERATURE PROBE #2 DEFECTIVE (CRITICAL) ............197
6.67 ALARM# 16 CHEMICAL INJECTED VOLUME TOO LOW (CRITICAL) .....................................198
6.68 ALARM# 17 RECIRCULATION TEMP. PROBES VARIANCE EXCEEDS RANGE
(CRITICAL) ................................................................................................................................199
10
6.69 ALARM# 18 MOTOR OVERLOAD DETECTED (CRITICAL) .....................................................200
6.70 ALARM# 19 POWER FAILURE DURING CYCLE (ABORT PROGRESS...) ...............................201
6.71 SYSTEM ERROR# 20 I/O BOARDS OR CLOCK FAILURE (CRITICAL) ....................................202
6.72 SYSTEM ERROR# 21 CYCLE AND UNIT CONFIG. RESET TO DEFAULT (CRITICAL) ............203
6.73 ALARM# 22 EMERGENCY STOP PRESSED (CRITICAL) ........................................................204
6.74 ALARM# 23 PRESSURE TRANSMITTER DEFECTIVE (CRITICAL) .........................................205
6.75 ALARM# 24 LOAD DOOR DID NOT OPEN (NON-CRITICAL).................................................206
6.76 ALARM# 25 LOAD DOOR DID NOT CLOSE (NON-CRITICAL) ...............................................207
6.77 ALARM# 26 LOAD DOOR OBSTRUCTED (NON-CRITICAL)...................................................209
6.78 ALARM# 27 UNLOAD DOOR NOT OPEN (NON-CRITICAL) ..................................................210
6.79 ALARM# 28 UNLOAD DOOR DID NOT CLOSE (NON-CRITICAL) ..........................................211
6.80 ALARM# 29 UNLOAD DOOR OBSTRUCTED (NON-CRITICAL) .............................................213
6.81 ALARM# 30 WATER LEVEL DEFECTIVE (CRITICAL)..............................................................214
6.82 ALARM# 31 LOW PRESSURE DETECTED (NON-CRITICAL) .................................................215
6.83 ALARM# 32 DRYING SYSTEM NOT HEATING (CRITICAL) ....................................................217
6.84 ALARM# 34 CONDUCTIVITY TRANSMITTER DEFECTIVE (CRITICAL) ..................................218
6.85 ALARM# 35 DRYING TEMPERATURE PROBES VARIANCE EXCEEDS RANGE
(CRITICAL) ................................................................................................................................219
6.86 ALARM# 36 DRYING TEMPERATURE PROBE #2 DEFECTIVE (CRITICAL) ..........................219
6.87 ALARM# 37 DRYING TEMPERATURE PROBE #1 DEFECTIVE (CRITICAL) ..........................220
6.88 ALARM# 38 READ/WRITE ERROR ........................................................................................221
6.89 ALARM# 40 SOFTWARE APPLICATION ERROR ...................................................................222
6.90 ALARM# 41 CHEMICAL CONTAINER [X] EMPTY..................................................................223
6.95 ALARM# 46 RINSE RESERVOIR TOO LONG TO FILL (CRITICAL)..........................................228
6.96 ALARM# 47 RINSE RESERVOIR WATER LEVEL SWITCH DEFECTIVE (CRITICAL) ..............229
6.97 ALARM# 48 RINSE RESERVOIR SAFETY WATER LEVEL SWITCH REACHED
(CRITICAL) ................................................................................................................................230
6.98 ALARM# 49 RINSE RESERVOIR TRANSFER MALFUNCTION (CRITICAL) ............................230
6.99 ALARM# 50 RINSE RESERVOIR TEMPERATURE TOO HIGH (CRITICAL).............................231
6.100 ALARM# 51 RINSE RESERVOIR OVERTEMPERATURE SWITCH TRIPPED
(CRITICAL) ................................................................................................................................232
6.101 ALARM# 52 COMMUNICATION WITH DRAIN COOLDOWN CONTROLLER LOST
(CRITICAL) ................................................................................................................................233
6.102 ALARM# 53 RINSE RESERVOIR TEMPERATURE PROBE DEFECTIVE (CRITICAL)..............234
6.103 Fatal Error 1 ............................................................................................................................234
6.104 Fatal Error 2 ............................................................................................................................235
6.105 Fatal Error 3 ............................................................................................................................235
6.106 Fatal Error 4 ............................................................................................................................235
6.107 Fatal Error 5 ............................................................................................................................236
6.108 Fatal Error 6 ............................................................................................................................236
6.109 Fatal Error 7 ............................................................................................................................236
6.110 Fatal Error 8 ............................................................................................................................237
6.111 Fatal Error 9 ............................................................................................................................237
6.112 Fatal Error 10 ..........................................................................................................................237
6.113 Fatal Error 11 ..........................................................................................................................238
11
7 Field Test Procedure .................................................................................................................................239
7.1 Field Test Procedure - Introduction ......................................................................................239
7.2 General ....................................................................................................................................240
7.3 Instrumentation/Material Required ......................................................................................241
7.4 Visual Verification ...................................................................................................................241
7.5 System Verification - Adjustments and Calibration .............................................................242
7.6 Cycle Operation Verification...................................................................................................248
8 Component Repair, Replacement and Adjustment................................................................................251
8.1 Component Repair, Replacement and Adjustment - Introduction......................................251
8.2 Prepare Washer/Disinfector for Service and Maintenance .................................................252
8.3 How to Replace Dual RTD and Single RTD ...........................................................................254
8.4 How to Replace Pressure Transmitter..................................................................................255
8.5 How to Replace Chemical Injection System .........................................................................255
8.6 How to Replace Water Level Sensor.....................................................................................256
8.7 How to Replace Water Level Pressure Transmitter.............................................................258
8.8 How to Replace Water Level AND water level pressure transmitter Hose .......................259
8.9 How to Configure Hand-Held Bar Code Reader (EMEA Option) .........................................261
8.10 How to Verify Drying Diverter Valve .....................................................................................264
8.11 How to Replace Drying Fan Assembly ..................................................................................265
8.12 How to Replace Recirculation Pump Seal and Gasket.........................................................269
8.13 How to Replace Chamber Door System - Introduction .......................................................271
8.14 How to Replace Chamber Door Cylinder...............................................................................271
8.15 How to Remove Chamber Door.............................................................................................274
8.16 How to Replace Door Cable Bundle ......................................................................................277
8.17 How to Replace Chamber Door Gasket.................................................................................285
8.18 How to Adjust Chamber Door Pilot Valves ...........................................................................287
8.19 How to Replace Touch Screen ...............................................................................................287
8.20 How to Calibrate Touch Screen Using Service Mode ...........................................................287
8.21 How to Calibrate Touch Screen if Completely Out of Calibration........................................288
8.22 How to Remove Controller ....................................................................................................289
8.23 How to Update Software .......................................................................................................293
8.24 How to Set Printer Dip Switch Settings (Accessory)............................................................295
8.25 How to Clean Printer Thermal Head .....................................................................................296
8.26 How to Configure Bar Code Reader (If SCS Conveyor System is Present) .........................297
8.27 How to Replace Thermostatic Steam Trap Components ....................................................298
8.28 Cold Water Pressure Regulator Adjustment ........................................................................300
8.29 How to Adjust Pneumatic Pressure Regulator.....................................................................301
8.30 How to Modify Power Supply ................................................................................................302
8.31 How to Adjust Motor Overload Relay ...................................................................................303
8.32 Rotary Spray arm Adjustment - AMSCO 7052HP W/D.......................................................304
8.33 How to Replace Acu-Wash Reservoir Outlet Valve .............................................................306
8.34 How to Replace Acu-Wash Reservoir ...................................................................................309
8.35 How to Rebuild Pure Water Inlet Valve ................................................................................314
8.36 How to Replace Acu-Rinse Reservoir Heaters/OTS ............................................................316
8.37 How to Replace Acu-Rinse Reservoir Water Levels and Safety Level ...............................321
8.38 How to Verify Acu-Rinse Reservoir Safety Level .................................................................321
8.39 How to Replace Sump Outlet Valve ......................................................................................321
8.40 How to Rebuild Hot Water Inlet Strainer and to Install Static Pressure Reading
Port ..........................................................................................................................................323
12
9 Illustrated Parts Breakdown ....................................................................................................................324
9.1 Illustrated Parts Breakdown ..................................................................................................324
9.2 Preventive Maintenance Pack ...............................................................................................325
10 Interval Based Check List..........................................................................................................................326
10.1 Interval Based Check List .......................................................................................................326
11 Reference Drawings ..................................................................................................................................327
11.1 Reference Drawings ...............................................................................................................327
13
1 — Safety Precautions
Safety Precautions
1.1 Safety Precautions — Introduction

The following Safety Precautions must be observed when uncrating/installing, operating or servicing this equipment.
WARNING indicates the potential for personal injury and CAUTION indicates the potential for damage to equipment. It
is important to review ALL Safety Precautions before operating or servicing the equipment.
Strictly following these Safety Precautions enhances the Customer’s ability to safely and effectively utilize the unit and
helps avoid improper maintenance methods which may damage the unit or render it unsafe. It is important to
understand that these Safety Precautions are not exhaustive; Customers are encouraged to develop their own safety
policies and procedures to enhance and complement these Safety Precautions.
1.2 Safety Precautions
WARNING
PERSONAL INJURY AND/OR EQUIPMENT DAMAGE HAZARD
Always wear Personal Protective Equipment (PPE) appropriate for the task to be
performed.
Do not disconnect door electrical cables if electric supply has not been cut off. Door may
lift at high speed and cause personal injury.
Regularly scheduled routine maintenance, as well as preventive maintenance, are

required for safe and reliable operation of this equipment. Contact STERIS to schedule
preventive maintenance or obtain the necessary Maintenance Manual if preventive
maintenance is done by the Customer.
Repairs and adjustments to this equipment must be made only by STERIS or STERIS-
trained service personnel. Repairs and adjustments performed by unqualified personnel
or installation of unauthorized parts could cause personal injury, result in improper
equipment performance, void the warranty or result in costly damage. Contact STERIS
regarding service options.
1
WARNING
PERSONAL INJURY HAZARD
Risk of pinch point between door and threshold when the door opens. Keep fingers
away from threshold.
Risk of pinch point between door and upper panel. Do not push on top portion of doors;
do not push on door when door is rising; do not push on door when door is jammed.
WARNING
ELECTRIC SHOCK AND/OR BURN HAZARD
Fasteners and star washers are used to ensure protective bonding continuity. Always
reinstall any star washer which may have been removed during installation or servicing.
Lock building electric supply to OFF and close unit supply valves before performing any
service on the washer/disinfector. If washer/disinfector is started during maintenance
procedures, hot water/steam may be sprayed into chamber.
Pressing bottom portion of POWER (ON/OFF) toggle switch to turn off

washer/disinfector DOES NOT cut off electrical power. Lockout/Tagout building
electrical disconnect switch to turn off power to washer/disinfector for maintenance or
repairs.
trained service personnel. Service personnel must disconnect all utilities to unit,
including steam and condensate return supply valves, before servicing. No one should
service unit unless all utilities have been properly locked out. Always follow local
electrical codes and safety-related work practices.
Technicians must wear arc flash equipment when performing lockout/tagout and
working on voltage levels (200 volts or higher).
Use a nonconductive tool to make voltage adjustment on power supply.
2
WARNING
CHEMICAL BURN AND/OR EYE INJURY HAZARD
Chemicals are caustic and can cause adverse effects to exposed tissues. Do not get in
eyes, on skin or attempt to swallow. Read and follow the precautions and instructions
on the chemical label and in the Safety Data Sheet (SDS) prior to handling the chemical,
refilling the chemical container or servicing the chemical injection pump. Wear
appropriate Personal Protective Equipment (PPE) whenever handling the chemical or
servicing the chemical injection pump and lines.
Wear gloves and eye protection when using a chemical. Avoid contact with the eyes or
skin. If a chemical spills or splashes on you, flush the affected area with water for 15
minutes. If swallowed, DO NOT induce vomiting. Seek medical attention immediately.
WARNING
BURN HAZARD
Allow piping to cool before inspecting and/or cleaning supply-line strainers.
Before performing any service on unit, wait until chamber, valves, pump and piping cool
to room temperature. These parts become very hot during unit operation.
Inner surfaces of washer/disinfector are very hot after cycle is completed. Allow
washer/disinfector to cool down before touching chamber. Always wear appropriate
Personal Protective Equipment (PPE), including gloves as well as a face shield, and avoid
all contact with inner walls when reaching into chamber.
WARNING
SLIPPING HAZARD
To prevent slips, keep floors dry. Promptly clean up any spills or drippage. For spills or
drippage of detergents or other chemicals, follow safety precautions and handling
procedures set forth on detergent or chemical label and/or Safety Data Sheet (SDS).
3
CAUTION
POSSIBLE EQUIPMENT DAMAGE
Always turn off controller before connecting/disconnecting cable. Connecting a cable to

the controller while it is powered can cause damage to the boards.
Always use a silicone lubricant to lubricate squeeze tubes. Petroleum-based lubricants,

such as petroleum jelly or grease, will cause squeeze tubes to melt.
Ensure that all consumable products (detergents, Loctite, RTV, etc) used to operate or
repair the washer/disinfector are within labeled expiration dates and are stored
appropriately.
HEPA filter may be damaged from foreign oils and other contaminants. When replacing
the HEPA filter, do not touch new filter with bare hands. Open plastic wrapping and hold
finger through the wrapping when inserting into the filter housing.
Observe all electrostatic precautions. Always wear a grounding wrist strap when
working inside control panel compartment and on microprocessor controller.
Use nonabrasive cleaners when cleaning unit. Follow directions on containers and rub in
a back-and-forth motion (in same direction as surface grain). Abrasive cleaners will
damage stainless steel. Cleaners rubbed in a circular motion or applied with a wire
brush or steel wool on door and chamber assemblies can be harmful to stainless steel.
Do not use these cleaners on painted surfaces.
When choosing a detergent, select one with a low-chloride content. Detergents with a
high-chloride content must not be used, as such detergents may harm stainless steel.
Wipe all plastic surfaces or painted surfaces with 70% isopropyl alcohol cleaner (such as
glass or countertop cleaners).
4
2 — Symbols and Labels
Symbols and Labels
2.1 Equipment Symbols

The table below contains symbols which may be on your washer/disinfector components:
Symbol Definition
Attention. Refer to Manual For Further Instructions.
Transfer of Heat. Hot Surface.
Protective Earth (Ground).
Warning! Risk of Electrical Shock.
ON (For Part of Equipment).
OFF (For Part of Equipment).
Risk of Crushing Fingers or Hands.
Water Level.
5
2 — Symbols and Labels
Symbol Definition
Rotation: Direction of the Rotating Device.
Reset.
2.2 Nameplate Symbols

The table below contains symbols which may be on the identification nameplate of your equipment:
Table 2-1. Definition of Symbols
Symbol Definition
Model of Equipment.
Serial Number of Equipment.
Unique Device Identification.
Year of Manufacture of the Equipment.
Safe Disposal of the Device — Refer to Instruction for Use.
Medical Device.
Power Rating of Processor: Voltage, Frequency (Hertz), Type of Supply.
Address of Manufacturing Facility.
Address of European Community Representative.
6
3 — Service Mode Procedures
Service Mode Procedures
3.1 Service Mode Procedure – Introduction

IMPORTANT: A listing of the Safety Precautions to be observed when operating and servicing this equipment can be found in
Safety Precautions section of this manual. Do not operate or service the equipment until you have become familiar with this
information.
3.2 General
WARNING

repairs.
WARNING

7
CAUTION
appropriately
3.3 How to Enter Service Mode

The Service mode allows the Service technician to set general operating parameters and to verify control inputs/
outputs for proper operation of the Washer/Disinfector.
1. Press Gear .
2. Press Service mode on Ready screen.

3. Enter Password using Keyboard screen.
Service access code is composed of last four digits of washer/disinfector serial number, inverted by pairs. For
example, if last four digits are 1234, service access code is 3412.
4. Press OK on Keyboard screen to confirm entry.
NOTE: If password entered is wrong, display returns to Ready screen.
5. Display show Machine Service screen.
NOTE: Upon power-up and after control system has booted, the default screen appears. It is then possible to enter
Service mode using a hidden button on touch screen. This option is only available for 20 seconds.
8
1 Hidden button
.
3.4 How to Configure Washer/Disinfector

Refer to Principles of Operation Section for additional information on configurations and selections available as well as
default configurations.
1. Enter Service mode as explained in Section 3.3, How to Enter Service Mode.
2. Pressing Machine Setup on Machine Service screen allows Service technician to access Machine Setup
menu. Configuration can be completed or modified, depending on hardware present on washer/disinfector,
through Hardware Option, System Option and/or Chemical Settings menus.
IMPORTANT: Ensure all modifications are properly completed before operating the washer/disinfector.
3.5 How to Perform Tests
How to Test (Energize and De-Energize) Outputs
Refer to Principles of Operation Section for additional information on options available through the I/O Groups menu.
Some outputs are interlocked with other outputs or inputs, i.e. they cannot be activated before a certain condition has
been met. Refer to Principles of Operation Section for more details on safety measures.
To access Inputs/Outputs menu, proceed as follows:
2. Press I/O Groups on Machine Service screen to access I/O Groups screen.
NOTE: On I/O Groups screen, press Right or Left arrow to scroll across screens to view all Inputs/Outputs
menus.
3. To energize output, press desired touch pad on right side of screen. Selected touch pad darkens.
4. Press touch pad again to de-energize output.
5. Input state can be visualized on left side of screen. Green circle on left side of screen indicates corresponding
input is activated.
9
How to Test Bar Code Reader (If SCS Conveyor System Present)
If bar code reader is present with SCS conveyor system: Refer to Principles of Operation Section for additional
information on options available through the I/O Groups menu.
NOTE: Automation (Load end SCS) must be set to YES in Hardware Option menu in Service mode so Barcode Test menu
can appear on I/O Groups screen.
3. Press Right arrow to scroll across screens to view Bar Code Test menu.
4. Press Bar Code Test on I/O Groups screen.
5. Press SCS bar code on Bar Code Test screen.
6. Use bar code tag from any processing cycle and pass bar code tag in front of bar code reader.
7. If display shows appropriate bar code tag number, bar code reader operation is normal.
– or –
If display does not show appropriate bar code tag number, bar code reader must be reconfigured [refer to Section
8.26, How to Configure Bar Code Reader (If SCS Conveyor System is Present)].
How to Test Hand-Held Bar Code Reader (if Present)
If hand-held bar code reader accessory is present: Refer to Principles of Operation Section for additional information on
options available through the I/O Groups menu.
NOTE: Hand-held bar code reader must be set to YES in Hardware Option menu in Service mode.
3. Press Right arrow to scroll across screens to view Bar Code Test menu.
4. Press Bar Code Test on I/O Groups screen.
5. Press Hand-Held Bar Code on the Bar Code Test screen.
6. Scan Operator bar codes or press Continue to scan other information.
10
7. If display shows appropriate information, bar code reader operation is normal.

– or –
If display does not show appropriate information, either the reader needs to be re-configured [refer to Section
8.9, How to Configure Hand-Held Bar Code Reader (EMEA Option)] or the scanned bar code is not supported.
3.6 How to Perform RTD Calibration

NOTE: Always obtain a printout, or take note if printer is not present, of the calibration values (raw data and
temperatures) and keep in a safe place for future reference.
Refer to Principles of Operation Section for additional information on Calibration menu.
NOTE: Sump water and drying air temperatures are controlled by two separate dual element RTDs. When calibrating a
dual element RTD, both elements are calibrated at the same time.
RTDs present on washer/disinfector are:
• Sump RTD #1
• Sump RTD #2
• Drying RTD #1
• Drying RTD #2
• Reservoir RTD (Optional)
Method with 300 W Water Heater
To perform RTD calibration, a "T" type thermocouple with electronic thermometer and a 300 W water heater
(P764326551) are necessary. Two coffee cups (interior diameter between 3" and 3-1/2"; interior depth between 3-
1/4" and 4") are also used: one with water at ambient temperature (±2°C from ambient temperature) for low
temperature bath and one with boiling water for high temperature bath.
Ensure to order the RTD holder (10030839) which is needed to support RTD while performing calibration.
NOTE: When entering values with touch pads on touch screen, values must be in the same units as washer/disinfector
units configuration.
2. Press Calibration on Machine Service screen to enter Calibration menu.

3. Press Cal. Sensors on Calibration screen to select Sump RTD’s Calibration menu.
4. Remove RTD from washer/disinfector.
5. Fill coffee cup with hot water up to 3/8" from cup edge.
6. Place coffee cup filled with water on a dry cloth to isolate cup from working surface.
7. Insert and activate 300 W water heater (P764326551) in coffee cup and wait until water reaches and maintains
boiling point.
8. Fill other coffee cup with water at ambient temperature (+ 2°C) up to 3/8" from cup edge.
10. Using RTD holder (10030839), insert RTD with thermocouple wrapped around RTD in cup filled with water at
ambient temperature.
11
11. Let RTD rest for two minutes.

12. Then, press SUMP RTDS touch pad on Calibration screen.
13. Press OK on touch screen to start low point calibration. Display shows:
Low Point of Calibration Stabilizing...
14. When low temperature has stabilized on touch screen, Sump RTDs screen is displayed. Enter value displayed on
electronic thermometer using touch pads on numeric pad of touch screen.
15. Press OK to confirm value.
16. Press Right arrow on touch screen to continue.
17. Using RTD holder, insert RTD with thermocouple in cup filled with boiling water (or soon to be boiling).
18. Let heating take place for at least ten minutes starting from the moment when water heater was activated.
NOTE: Leave water heater ON during the whole stabilization process.
12
19. In the cup, place support on the opposite side from water heater.
20. When temperature has stabilized, press OK on touch screen to start high point calibration. Display shows:
High Temperature Stabilizing...
21. When high temperature has stabilized on touch screen, Sump RTDs screen is displayed. Enter value displayed on
electronic thermometer using touch pads on numeric pad of touch screen.
23. Press Save to complete calibration.
24. Turn water heater OFF.
25. Reinstall RTD on washer/disinfector.
Method with RTD Verification Kit
To perform RTD calibration, RTD verification kit (P764336364) is used to stimulate the temperatures during calibration.
NOTE: When entering values with touch pads on touch screen, values must be in the same units as washer/disinfector
units configuration.

3. Press Cal. Sensors on Calibration screen to select Sump RTD’s Calibration menu.
4. Disconnect RTD from harness and plug in both of single adapter cables from resistor calibration kit. RTD’s are
dual element RTD’s. Both elements will be calibrated simultaneously.
5. Plug resistors labeled ‘41F (5C)’ into adapters.
6. Press SUMP RTDS touch pad on Calibration screen.
7. Press OK on touch screen to start low point calibration. Display shows:
Low Temperature Stabilizing...
8. When low temperature has stabilized on touch screen, Sump RTDs screen is displayed.
13
9. Enter 41.0°F or 5.0°C for low value setpoint depending on washer configuration using touch pads on numeric
pad of touch screen.
11. Press Right arrow on touch screen to continue.
12. Remove resistors labeled ‘41F (5C)’ and insert resistors labeled ‘212F (100C)’ into adapters.
13. Press OK on touch screen to start high point calibration. Display shows:
High Temperature Stabilizing...
14. When high temperature has stabilized on touch screen, Sump RTDs screen is displayed.
15. Enter 212.0°F or 100.0°C for high value setpoint depending on washer configuration using touch pads on
numeric pad of touch screen.
18. Disconnect cable adapter and reconnect RTD’s to harness.
19. Repeat as necessary for other RTD’s.
IMPORTANT: Verify the calibration by placing the RTD along with a calibrated temperature probe, such as the Heise gauge, into
a container of very hot water. The washer and the calibrated temperature probe must read within +1.8°F or +1.0°C of each
other. For dual RTDs (CTRL and PV), washer reading between both RTD #1 and #2 must be within +1.8°F or +1.0°C of each
other.
3.7 How to Perform Pressure Transmitter Calibration with Hand Pump

Instrumentation/Material Required
To perform pressure transmitter calibration, the following material is needed:

• Hand Pump Assembly (P755718521)
• Adaptor (11015590)
• Calibrated 0-100 psig Electronic Pressure Indicator
Method
1. Prepare hand pump assembly calibration kit with fitting and gauge (P755718521 and 11015590).
2. Disconnect pressure transmitter from recirculation piping.
3. Connect pressure transmitter to calibration kit 7/16-20 fitting.
4. Connect 1/4” hose of pressure transmitter calibration kit to electronic pressure indicator using a 1/4” fitting for
connection.

7. Press Cal. Sensors on Calibration screen to select Calibration menu.
8. Press Press. Trans. on Calibration screen to select Pressure Transmitter screen. Display shows:
14
Ensure that transmitter is at low pressure point.
9. Ensure that hand pump has no pressure. Transmitter must be at ambient pressure for low point.
10. Press OK on touch screen to start low calibration point.
11. When pressure has stabilized on touch screen, enter value displayed on pressure indicator using touch pads on
Keyboard screen. It should be 0 psig [ambient gauge pressure].
NOTE: When entering values with touch pads on touch screen, values must be in the same units as
washer/disinfector units configuration.
12. Press OK to confirm entry. Display shows:
Ensure that transmitter is at high pressure point.
13. Adjust pressure transmitter hand pump pressure to read between 40 to 50 psig on electronic pressure indicator.
Ensure that pressure is constant on pressure gauge and there is no leak in the assembly.
14. Press OK on touch screen to start high calibration point.
15. When pressure has stabilized on touch screen, enter value displayed on pressure indicator using touch pads on
Keyboard screen.
16. Press OK to confirm entry.
18. Reinstall pressure transmitter on washer/disinfector.
3.8 How to Perform Chemical Injection Pump Calibration

Chemical injection pumps present on washer/disinfector are:
• Chamber chemical injection pump 1 (PUMP #1)
• Chamber chemical injection pump 4 (PUMP #4) (Accessory)
• Chamber chemical injection pump 5 (PUMP #5) (Accessory)
During chemical injection pump calibration, the flowmeter associated with the chemical injection pump is automatically
calibrated.
Flowmeters present on washer/disinfector are:
• Chamber chemical injection pump 1 flowmeter (FS101)
• Chamber chemical injection pump 2 flowmeter (FS102)
• Chamber chemical injection pump 4 flowmeter (FS104) (Accessory)
• Chamber chemical injection pump 5 flowmeter (FS105) (Accessory)
NOTE: During chemical injection pump calibration, verify flowmeter values in Edit Cal and Value menu in Service mode.
If values are outside the 0.20 to 0.48 ml/pulse range, flowmeter is probably defective.
To perform chemical injection pump calibration, the following material is needed:
15
• 250 mL graduated cylinder
Method
CAUTION
NOTE: Before performing calibration, note the following:

1. Before starting calibration, ensure chemical injection pumps are fully primed.
2. When entering values on touch screen, values must be in mL even if washer/disinfector’s configuration is set
with different injection units.
1. Press Open Door to open chamber door.

4. Press Cal. Chem. Pump on Calibration screen to view all chemical injection pumps.
5. Select pump to calibrate on touch screen.
6. Place 250 mL graduated cylinder (117018653) under corresponding chemical injection port inside chamber.
7. On Pump screen, press Start to energize pump.
8. Control activates chemical injection pump.
NOTE: Calibration lasts between 30 and 50 seconds.
9. Once injection is completed, verify quantity of chemical collected in graduated cylinder.
10. Enter value using touch pads on Keyboard screen. Save entry.
11. Carefully discard collected chemical.
12. Once procedure is completed for all pumps, press Close on touch screen until returning to desired screen.
13. Press Close Door to close chamber door.
3.9 How to Perform Conductivity Sensor Calibration

To perform conductivity calibration, the following material is needed:

• 250 mL beaker or glass - to insert sensor during calibration.
16
• 5 µS/cm conductivity solution (P117914818).

• 84 µS/cm conductivity solution (P117906173).
• Calibrated digital thermometer with an accuracy of ± 1°C [± 1.8°F].
Method
1. Remove conductivity sensor from washer/disinfector.

2. Using 5 µS/cm solution (117914818), thoroughly rinse conductivity probe end and 250 mL beaker.
3. Pour 5 µS/cm conductivity solution into beaker.
4. Insert conductivity probe end into beaker. Ensure metallic part of probe is completely emerged into solution. Add
solution if necessary.
5. Access Service mode as explained in Section 3.3, How to Enter Service Mode.

8. Press Conduct. Meter on Calibration menu. Press OK and wait until stabilization is completed. Display asks to
enter low value.
9. Enter 5 as low calibration value. Press OK, then press Right Arrow.
IMPORTANT: DO NOT compensate value with solution temperature. Compensation is already done by the conductivity
probe for a 25°C reference.
10. Using 84 µS/cm solution (117906173), thoroughly rinse conductivity probe end and 250 mL beaker.
11. Pour a small amount of 84 µS/cm solution (117906173) into 250 mL beaker.
12. Insert conductivity probe end into beaker. Ensure metallic part of probe is completely emerged into solution. Add
solution if necessary.
13. Press OK and wait until stabilization is completed. Display asks to enter high value.
14. Enter 84 as high calibration value. Press OK, then press SAVE.
IMPORTANT: DO NOT compensate value with solution temperature. Compensation is already done by the conductivity
15. To verify calibration:
a. Leave conductivity probe into 84 µS/cm solution.
b. Press I/O Groups on Machine Service screen to access I/O Groups screen.
c. Press Right arrow to scroll across screens to view Recirculation menu.
d. Press Recirculation on I/O Groups screen.
e. Verify conductivity meter value on display is 84 µS/cm +/- 1 µS/cm.
f. Using 5 µS/cm solution (117914818), thoroughly rinse conductivity probe end and 250 mL beaker.
g. Pour a small amount of 5 µS/cm solution (117914818) into 250 mL beaker.
h. Insert conductivity probe end into beaker. Ensure metallic part of probe is completely emerged into
solution. Add solution if necessary.
i. Verify conductivity meter value on display is 5 µS/cm +/- 1 µS/cm.
17
3.10 How to Edit Calibration Values

When editing RTDs values, ensure that low and high point values are entered in the same temperature units as
displayed on Sump RTD #1 screen, Sump RTD #2 screen, Drying RTD #1 screen, Drying RTD #2 screen or Optional
Rinse Reservoir RTD screen.
So if low and high point values of the record are in Celsius (°C) and current temperature units shown on Sump RTD
screen are in Fahrenheit (°F), choose one of the following:
• Manually convert the record values in Fahrenheit and input these values in Sump RTD screen.
• Enter Supervisor mode and change temperature units for Celsius. Input values of your record (Celsius) in Sump
RTD screen.

3. Press Edit Cal. Value on Calibration screen to enter Edit Calibration menu.
4. On Edit Calibration screen, press menu where desired calibration values need to be edited (Sensor, Chemical
Pump, Flowmeter).
5. If desired, all previous values that were kept in a printout (optional) or written down can be re-entered following
instructions on touch screen.
3.11 Water Level Sensor Calibration

1. Access Service mode as explained in Section 3.3, How to Enter Service Mode.

4. Press Water Level on Calibration menu to enter Water Level menu.
5. Press Open Door on touch screen to open one door.
6. Remove debris screen when requested on touch screen. Press OK.
7. Wait for control to stabilize.
8. Ensure debris screen is still removed from sump. Press OK.
9. Sump is now filling to high point. Once sump is filled, control switches to a stabilization period.
10. Once stabilization is completed, measure water height as shown on display.
11. Press EDIT button.
12. Select previously measured water height from Selection menu. Press OK.
13. Press SAVE.
3.12 Water Level Sensor Adjustment

After water level sensor replacement, adjustment must be performed. Proceed as follows:
1. Inside water level sensor, turn dial using flat-head screwdriver to adjust to position 8 as shown.
18
1. Sump Safety (Water Level Sensor)

2. Adjust to 8
.
2. Turn building electrical supply to ON position.
3. Open building supply valves.
4. In Service mode, activate open door in non-Service side door menu of I/O Groups menu.
5. For Sump Safety (Water Level Sensor), proceed as follows:
• In Service mode, set filling level to HIGH in filling/draining menu of I/O Groups menu.
• In Service mode, activate cold water inlet valve in filling/draining menu of I/O Groups menu to prefill chamber
sump.
NOTE: Valve automatically closes when water level is reached.
• When valve is closed: In Service mode, open load door, then activate drain cool down valve in filling/draining
menu of I/O Groups menu. Chamber fills from bottom of sump.
• Monitor water level rising and note where water level is at when sump drain valve is activated. Maximum
water level must be between 1/8" and 1/4" under door sill.
IMPORTANT: If water level reaches door sill and sump drain valve is still not activated, manually stop filling.
• If quantity of water is incorrect: In Service mode, activate sump drain valve in filling/draining menu of I/O
Groups menu.
6. When water level sensor activation is lost, deactivate sump drain valve.
7. Adjust water level sensor.
8. Repeat Step 5 until correct adjustment is reached.
19
4 — Principles of Operation
Principles of Operation
4.1 Principles of Operation — Introduction

information.
4.2 General
The AMSCO® 7052HP Single-Chamber Washer/Disinfector and the AMSCO® 7053HP Single-Chamber
Washer/Disinfector are intended for use in the cleaning and intermediate-level disinfection of soiled reusable simple
hard-surfaced rigid surgical instruments (such as forceps and clamps), utensils (such as bedpans, urinals, trays, bowl,
basin and kidney dishes), rubber and plastic goods, theatre shoes and other similar and related articles found in
healthcare facilities.
4.3 Features
The Washer/Disinfectors are available in:
• 200-208 V, three-phase, 60 Hz, three-wire, steam-heated;
• 460-480 V, three-phase, 60 Hz, three-wire, electric-heated;
• 380-400-415 V, three-phase, 50 Hz, three-wire, steam-heated;
• 380-400-415 V, three-phase, 50 Hz, three-wire, electric-heated;
• 380-400 V, three-phase, 60 Hz, three-wire, electric-heated.
4.4 Utilities
The utilities required are:
• Cold water
• Hot water
• Pure water (if required)
• Electricity
• Air
• Drain
• Steam (steam-heated washers/disinfectors only)
• Condensate return (steam-heated washers/disinfectors only)
• Ventilation (non-vented configuration available)
4.5 Configuration and Accessories

The following configurations are available for use with the washers/disinfectors:
20
• Acu-Rinse Reservoir
• Acu-Wash Reservoir
• 40 AMP minimum circuit protection (available on 200-208V units only)
The following accessories are available for use with the washers/disinfectors:
• Multi-level manifold racks
• General purpose racks
• Special purpose racks
• Flexible hoses for cannulated instruments
• Additional chemical injection pumps
• Steam condensate return to drain
• Hand-Held bar code reader (EMEA)
• Recessed installation air management panel
• Installation kit - Flexible hoses and shut-off valves for utilities
• Printer
• Seismic anchorage kit
• Top enclosure panels
• Set of dry contacts
• Conductivity probe
• SCS Conveyor System
• ATLAS WAV System
• Drain Acu-Cooldown
• Barrier wall flanges
• Multi-voltage transformers
• Air compressor
• Transfer carts
• Transfer cart adaptor
4.6 Technical Drawings and Documents

Located at the end of this section are the Cycle Description Charts. These documents are supplied as an aid in
understanding the equipment operation and troubleshooting. Refer to Table 4-1 for references.
Located at the end of this Maintenance Manual are the reference drawings. These drawings are supplied as an aid in
understanding the equipment operation and troubleshooting. Refer to the listing of technical drawings in Section 11.1,
Reference Drawings for references and/or ordering information.
21
Table 4-1. Cycle Description Chart
Reference Number Description
10197391 — Cycle Description Chart — AMSCO 7052HP and AMSCO 7053HP

(Figure 4-1 to Figure 4- (Rev. F)
20)
NOTE: Previous revisions never released - preproduction washers/disinfectors.
10374764 — Cycle Description Chart – RAS Cycle

(Figure 4-21) (Rev. C)
NOTE: Previous revisions never released - preproduction washer/disinfectors.
4.7 Mechanical Description

NOTE: Refer to Electrical Schematic and Process and Instrument Diagram (10260377) included with reference drawings at the
end of this Maintenance Manual.
The chamber is constructed of stainless steel. Pumps, spray system and recirculating piping are also of stainless-steel
construction.
Chemicals and rinse water are sprayed on loads to be processed by rotary spray arm assemblies on top and on bottom
of washer/disinfector chamber.
Chamber is supplied with a vented system where chamber vapors are exhausted to the building exhaust system
through a vent connection1.
Three peristaltic injection pumps are included in a standard AMSCO® 7052HP Single-Chamber Washer/Disinfector and
a standard AMSCO® 7053HP Single-Chamber Washer/Disinfector.
The chemical injection pumps allow the use of the Prolystica® Ultra Concentrate HP Chemicals, Prolystica® Ultra
Concentrate, Prolystica® 2X Concentrate Chemicals or the Valsure® Chemicals.
The peristaltic pumps automatically add a selected quantity of chemical during the phase. One of the pumps is
dedicated to lubricant to be injected during Thermal Rinse phase.
The pumps are remotely installed on the wall, up to 100 ft from washer/disinfector.
4.8 Electrical Description

NOTE: Refer to Electrical Schematic and Process and Instrument Diagram (10260377) included with reference drawings
at the end of this Maintenance Manual.
Control System
Control system includes:

• Color touch screen on both sides of the washer/disinfector.
• User can start, stop and monitor washer/disinfector, silence buzzer, etc. using touch screen.
• USB ports for cycle data retrieval.
• Two Emergency Stop pushbuttons (one on Service and one on non-Service side of washer/disinfector) to stop
washer/disinfector operation in case of an emergency.
• Status indicating LEDs.
1. Washer/disinfector is also equipped with a non-vented configuration where a condenser is fitted onto top of chamber. Customer
chooses which configuration must be used.
22
• Power (ON/OFF) toggle switch (on Service and non-Service sides of washer/disinfector).
WARNING: Even if Power (ON/OFF) toggle switch is turned OFF, main power is still present on washer/disinfector. Always
lockout/tagout main electrical disconnect switch before performing maintenance or repairs.
Electrical Supply Box
The electrical supply box is located on Service access side of washer/disinfector, behind upper portion of control access
panel.
Electrical supply box is divided in two sections: controller section (bottom) and power section (top).
• Controller Section
The controller section contains the microprocessor control. It controls washer/disinfector operation and
communicates with all washer/disinfector inputs and outputs. Components present are:
– Microprocessor control.
– Inputs/Outputs cards to monitor and activate chamber components.
– Speaker.
• Power Section
The power section contains the main power components that include Customer main power terminal. Other
components present in the power section of electrical supply box are:
– Main supply terminal.
– Breakers to protect motors, heating elements and power supply.
– Contactors to activate motors and heating elements.
– Control fans.
4.9 Inputs and Outputs

NOTE: Refer to Electrical Schematic and Process and Instrument Diagram (10260377) included with reference drawings at the
end of this MAINTENANCE MANUAL.
Table 4-2. Digital Inputs
# Connector Description Activation Option

I/O Board #1
IN0 IO1-J7B:2 Drying Over Temperature Switch contact opens when over Std
Switch Not Tripped temperature is detected (Input DC
level goes high when contact opens)
IN1 IO1-J7B:16 Sump Over Temperature Switch contact opens when over Std
Switch Not Tripped temperature is detected (Input DC
level goes high when contact open)
IN2 IO1-J7B:5 Right Service Side Door Switch contact is closed when door Std
Close Switch Detected is closed
IN3 IO1-J7B:19 Left Service Side Door Switch contact is closed when door Std
is closed
Close Switch Detected
IN4 IO1-J7B:8 Left Non-Service Side Door Switch contact is closed when door Std
23
Table 4-2. Digital Inputs (continued)
IN5 IO1-J7B:22 Right Non-Service Side Door Switch contact is closed when door Std
IN7 IO1-J7B:25 Service Side Door Safety Switch Switch contact is open when door is Std
in obstruction
IN8 IO1-J7B:11 Non-Service Side Door Safety Switch contact is open when door is Std
Switch in obstruction
IN10 IO1-J7A:22 Sump Safety Level Switch Switch contact is open when safety Std
level is reached
IN11 IO1-J7A:8 SCS Request To Open Washer Switch contact is closed when SCS Std
Load Door request to open door
IN12 IO1-J7A:19 SCS Request To Open Washer Switch contact is closed when SCS Std
Unload Door request to open door
IN13 IO1-J7A:5 Chemical #1 Flowmeter N/A Std
IN14 IO1-J7A:16 Chemical #2 Flowmeter N/A Std
IN15 IO1-J7A:2 Chemical #4 Flowmeter N/A Opt
I/O Board #2
-
IN0 IO2-J7B:2 Main air pressure detected Std
IN1 IO2-J7B:16 External Cool Down Done Input is energized when external Std
cool down is deactivated
IN6 IO2-J7A:25 Chemical #1 Low Level Switch is closed when level is ok Std
IN11 IO2-J7A:8 Chemical #4 Low Level Switch is closed when level is ok Opt
IN12 IO2-J7A:19 Chemical #5 Low Level Switch is closed when level is ok Opt
IN13 IO2-J7A:5 Motor Overload Tripped Relay contact is closed when Std
overload is detected
IN14 IO2-J7A:16 Emergency Stop OK Input is energized when E-stop is Std

not pressed
IN15 IO2-J7A:2 Chemical #5 Flowmeter N/A Opt
24
Table 4-2. Digital Inputs (continued)

I/O Board #3
IN0 IO3-J7B:2 Rinse Reservoir Low Level Switch Switch contact is closed when level Rinse Res.
is reached Opt
IN1 IO3-J7B:16 Rinse Reservoir Mid Level Switch Switch contact is closed when level Rinse Res.
is reached Opt
IN2 IO3-J7B:5 Rinse Reservoir High Level Switch Switch contact is closed when level Rinse Res.
is reached Opt
IN3 IO3-J7B:19 Rinse Reservoir Safety Level Switch contact is open when safety Rinse Res.
Switch level is reached Opt
IN4 IO3-J7B:8 Rinse Reservoir Over Switch contact opens when over Rinse Res.
Temperature Switch temperature is detected Opt
Table 4-3. Digital Output
# Connector Description Valve Type El. Diag Ref. Option

I/O Board #1
-
DC0 IO1-J8A:5 Recirculation Pump Low Speed PMP1 Std
-
DC1 IO1-J8A:3 Recirculation Pump High Speed PMP1 Std
-
DC2 IO1-J8A:1 Drying Fan FAN1 Std
-
DC3 IO1- J8A:8 Drying Electric Heaters HTR1 Std
-
DC4 IO1- J8B:5 Close Service Side Door PV2 Std
-
DC5 IO1- J8B:3 Open Service Side Door PV2 Std
-
DC6 IO1- J8B:1 Close Non-Service Side Door PV3 Std
-
DC7 IO1- J8B:8 Chemical #1 Pump PMP101 Std
DC8 IO1-J9A:5 Chemical #1 Valve N.C. V301 Std

-
DC11 IO1- J9A:8 Chemical #2 Pump PMP102 Std
DC12 IO1-J9B:5 Chemical #4 Valve N.C. V304 Opt
DC13 IO1- J9B:3 Sump Drain Valve/Drain N.O. V7 Std
25
Table 4-3. Digital Output (continued)
External Dry Contact

- -
DC14 IO1- J9B:1 Activate Shunt Trip Breaker Std
-
DC15 IO1- J9B:8 Chemical #3 Pump PMP103 Std
I/O Board #2
-
DC0 IO2-J8A:5 Open Non-Service Side Door PV3 Std
DC1 IO2-J8A:3 Chemical #5 Valve N.C. V305 Opt

- -
DC2 IO2-J8A:1 Washer Ready To Be Loaded Std
Request
- -
DC3 IO2- J8A:8 Washer Ready To Be Unloaded Std
Request
DC4 IO2- J8B:5 Pure Water Inlet Valve/ N.C. V3 Std

DC5 IO2- J8B:3 Cold Water Inlet Valve N.C. V1 Std
DC6 IO2- J8B:1 Hot Water Inlet Valve/ N.C. V2 Std

-
DC7 IO2- J8B:8 Chemical #4 Pump PMP104 Opt
DC8 IO2-J9A:5 Sump Steam Valve/ N.C. V4 / Steam/

Sump Electric Heater N/A HTR2 Electric
DC9 IO2-J9A:3 Drain Cooling Valve N.C. V5 Std
DC10 IO2-J9A:1 Condenser Valve N.C. V6 Std

-
DC11 IO2- J9A:8 Chemical #5 Pump PMP105 Std
- -
DC12 IO2-J9B:5 Red LED Std
-
DC13 IO2- J9B:3 Cycle Running CR6 Opt
External Dry Contacts
- -
DC14 IO2- J9B:1 Green LED Std
- -
DC15 IO2-J9B-8 Blue LED Std
26
Table 4-3. Digital Output (continued)

I/O Board #3
DC0 IO2-J8A:5 Rinse Reservoir Outlet Valve N.O. V11 Rinse Res. Opt
DC1 IO2-J8A:3 Sump Outlet Valve N.O. V12 Rinse Res. Opt
-
DC2 IO2-J8A:1 Rinse Reservoir Heater HTR3 Rinse Res. Opt
DC3 IO2- J8A:8 Wash Reservoir Outlet Valve N.C. PV5 Wash Res. Opt
V13
DC4 IO2- J8B:5 Spray Arms Valve N.O. V14 Wash Res. Opt
D5 IO2- J8B:3 Wash Reservoir Return Valve N.O. V15 Wash Res. Opt
Table 4-4. Analog Inputs
# Connector Device ID Description Type Option

I/O Board #1
CH0 Not used 0-10 V Std
CH1 IO1-J11B TE1 Sump Temperature #1 (Control) RTD Std
CH2 IO1-J12A PE1 Recirculation Pressure Transmitter 4-20 mA Std

-
CH4 Not used RTD
-
CH5 Not used 4-20 mA
CH6 IO1-J12B TE2 Drying Temperature #1 (Control) RTD Std
I/O Board #2
CH0 Not used 0-10 V Std
CH1 IO2-J11B TE1 Sump Temperature #2 (Verification) RTD Std
CH2 IO2-J12A CM1 Conductivity Meter 4-20 mA Opt

-
CH4 Not used RTD
CH5 IO2-J11B LE1 Water Level Pressure Transmitter 4-20 mA Std
CH6 IO2-J12B TE2 Drying Temperature #2 (Verification) RTD Std
I/O Board #3
CH1 IO3-J11B TE3 Reservoir Temperature RTD Rinse Res.
Opt
27
Table 4-5. RS-232 Signal
Connector Device ID Description Option
RS232-1 BC2 Debug (Empty) / Opt

Hand-held Bar Code Reader
RS232-2 BC1 SCS Bar Code Scanner Opt
RS232-3 PRT1 Printer Opt
Table 4-6. HDMI Video Signal
VIDEO1 HMI1 Display Service Side Std
VIDEO2 HMI2 Display Non-Service Side Std
Table 4-7. USB Ports
USB1 HMI1 Touch Screen Service Side Std
USB2 HMI2 Touch Screen Non-Service Side Std
USB3 Service Side External USB Std
USB4 Non-Service Side External USB Std
4.10 Washer Layout

NOTE: Refer to Electrical Schematic and Process and Instrument Diagram (10260377) included with reference drawings
at the end of this Maintenance Manual.
4.11 Service Mode - Machine Setup Menu - Introduction

To enter Service mode, technician enters Service mode password. This password is composed of the last four digits of
unit serial number inverted by pairs.
Example: if unit serial number is 3602561234, Service mode password is 3412.
When serial number is configured, control system automatically updates Service mode password.
Alarms are not monitored while in Service mode.
4.12 Machine Setup — Hardware Options

• Serial Number (36xxxxxxxx)
Numeric input (Numeric setting, 8 Digits)
Default: 3600001234
• Model
28
Model selection needs to be done during the initial boot-up to properly configure options and cycles or the unit.
During this boot-up, a screen is displayed to select washer model as per unit's nameplate. After it has been
defined, the selected value is displayed in the Hardware Options menu, but it cannot be edited.
Selection on initial boot-up: 7053 or 7052
NOTE: Controller needs to be factory reset to change this parameter's value.
• Unit Configuration
Frequency (Hz) parameter impacts cycle variables. Changing its value automatically resets all cycle's parameters
to default. Display must ask User to acknowledge that he is ready to reset those parameters.
Selection: (STEAM or ELECTRIC) and (50 Hz or 60 Hz)
Default: STEAM and 60 Hz
• Drain Discharge Cool Down System
This is a standard feature. User can disable it or use an external system like the Drain Acu-Cooldown offered as
an accessory.
Selection: ENABLED or DISABLED or EXTERNAL
Default: ENABLED
NOTE: If External Cool Down Done is deactivated when this parameter is set to EXTERNAL, a warning message is
displayed to indicate "External Cooldown Controller Not Detected" and setting returns to disabled.
• Non-Vented Vapor Condenser
User has to enable it if the option is installed.
Selection: ENABLED or DISABLED
Default: DISABLED
• Printer
This is an accessory. Even if it is set to YES, it can be disabled in Supervisor mode.
Selection: YES or NO
Default: NO
• Process Flow (Load Door Definition)
Process flow defines on which side of the unit LOAD door is located. It verifies which touch screen is plugged into
USB1 & USB2 in the same procedure. Refer to Section 4.56, Doors and Process Flow for details on the process flow
management.
Selection: SERVICE or NON-SERVICE
Default: SERVICE
• Automation
If SCS Conveyor System is present, it can be enabled here.
NOTE: If Single-Door Operation is enabled, the SCS automation cannot be enabled.
– Load End SCS
Default: NO
– Unload End SCS
Default: NO
• Single-Door Operation
29
User must enable this option to operate the washer with only the LOAD door.
Default: DISABLED
When single-door mode is enabled, Automation option is automatically disabled. However, the process flow can
be changed to define load door.
• Steam Condensate Return to Drain
Accessory for steam units only. User must set to YES if installed. if unit configuration is set to ELECTRIC-HEATED,
this parameter is not available
Section: YES or NO
Default: NO
• Pure Water Present
Pure water inlet line is always present on the unit, but if at start-up this utility is not provided to the unit, it can
be disabled to update all cycles with one configuration. When the option is enabled, it must be configured
depending on the presence of the RINSE RESERVOIR. If this reservoir is present, the pure water inlet line is fitted
on the reservoir instead of the chamber.
Selection: YES-CHAMBER, YES-RESERVOIR or NO (in 2 consecutive screens, see the following first note)
Default: YES-CHAMBER
NOTE: To ease the understanding of the configuration for the Service technicians, the selection is done with 2 screens
when the parameter is changed from YES to NO. After pressing the button, a second screen is displayed asking "Is Rinse
Reservoir Present?" with YES/NO selection. After the presence of the reservoir is confirmed, the display returns to the
first screen and shows either Yes-Chamber (answer was NO) or Yes-Reservoir (answer was YES). If the Service technician
presses the button again, it will change directly to NO without passing by the second screen.
NOTE: When this button is set to NO, the Thermal Rinse filling port is changed to Hot Water for all cycles. Changing this
parameter's value from NO to any other state or from any state to NO will automatically reset all cycle's parameters to
default. Display must ask User to acknowledge that he is ready to reset those parameters.
NOTE: When this button is set to NO, the following outputs are always remaining in the following state to ensure
recirculation functionality if the reservoir components are installed on the unit but are not intended to be used:
RINSE RESERVOIR OUTLET VALVE is closed (energized)
SUMP OUTLET VALVE is open (de-energized)
• Hand-Held Bar Code Reader
This is an accessory. Even if it is set to Yes, it can be disabled using Supervisor mode.
Default: NO
• Dry Contacts
If Dry Contacts option is present, it can be enabled here.
Default: NO
• Conductivity Meter
This is an accessory. Even if it is set to YES, it can be disabled using Supervisor mode.
Default: NO
• Wash Reservoir
30
The optional reservoir is used to recycle water from a Thermal phase to be reused in another cycle during the
Wash stage.
Default: NO
NOTE: Changing this parameter's value from any state automatically resets all cycle's parameters to default. A
confirmation screen is displayed to receive operator's acknowledgment.
NOTE: When this button is set to NO, the following outputs are always remaining in the following state to ensure
recirculation functionality if the reservoir components are installed on the unit but are not intended to be used:
SPRAY ARMS VALVE is open (de-energized)
WASH RESERVOIR RETURN VALVE is close (energized)
WASH RESERVOIR RETURN VALVE is close (energized)
• Water Level Type
This is a necessary setting for the software to be backward compatible on the AMSCO 7053L using mechanical
switches to detect water level.
Automatic Detection: When Define button is pressed, if a raw value is read on IO2 CH5 and that value
corresponds to a reading between [-2 to 12 in WC], the system returns that a Pressure Transmitter was detected
and sets the parameter to Transmitter. If not, the system sets the parameter to Switch.
Default: Transmitter
NOTE: This parameter is always set to Transmitter for 7052HP and 7053HP. Only a failure of the water level
transmitter could cause the automatic detection to configure this parameter to Switch.
4.13 Machine Setup — System Options

• Cycle Counter
Range: 0 - 99 999
Default: 0
• Number of Cycles Before Maintenance is Due
Range: 1 - 99 999
Default: 10 000
• CW/HW Fill Alarm Time
Range: 1:00 to 59:59
Default: 3:00
• PW Fill Alarm Time
Range: 1:00 to 59:59
Default: 8:00
• Sump Heating Alarm Time
Range: 7:00 to 59:59
Default: 10 minutes for steam-heated units and 30 minutes for electric-heated units
• Vapor Removal Time
Range: 1:00 to 29:59
Default 1:00
• Altitude Over 2500 ft [762 m]
31
This parameter impacts cycle variables. Changing its value to YES automatically resets all cycle's parameters to
default. Display must ask User to acknowledge that he is ready to reset those parameters.
Default: NO
• Flowmeters Monitoring
If this parameter is set to DISABLED, pulses from flowmeters are not recorded during Chemical Injection phase.
Default: ENABLED
• Main Air Pressure Warning
Default: DISABLED
4.14 Machine Setup — Communication (Connectivity Options)

This menu is used to configure the network to use Connectivity functionalities. It gives access to the following list of
parameters:
NOTE: Changing any parameter of this menu requires to reboot the controller to apply the changes. A confirmation screen is
displayed to receive operator's acknowledgment when leaving the Connectivity Options menu. If the operator does not want to
reboot now, the settings are saved and display returns to Machine Setup menu.
• System Monitoring Interface
This button enables remote monitoring functions (Systems Monitoring Infrastructure) ProConnect and CS-iQ.
Default: DISABLED
• HTTP
This button enables cycle data collection in XML file as well as cycle log in PDF file and output via Web server.
Selection: DISABLED, HTTP, HTTPS
Default: DISABLED
• Network
This button is enabled only when HTTP is set to Enabled. It displays the Network Setup screens as defined as
follows:
– Machine Name
Alphanumeric input: Maximum 20 characters
Default: empty
– Hospital Name
Alphanumeric input: Maximum 20 characters
Default: empty
– Port Number
Numeric input: range from 0 to 65535
Default: 80 when HTTP is enabled
443 when HTTPS is enabled
– IP Address
32
IP address type can be set to Static or Dynamic.

If it is set to Static, the following parameters can be set:
» IP Address: 4 fields of 3 digits (default: 192.168.16.100)
» Subnet Mask: 4 fields of 3 digits (default: 255.255.255.000)
» Gateway: 4 fields of 3 digits (default: 192.168.16.100)
4.15 Machine Setup — Chemical Parameters

For all Standard Chemical Pumps (1, 2 and 3):
• Chemical Type
This parameter selects the chemical type for all three standard pumps. This parameter impacts cycle variables.
Changing it automatically resets all cycle's parameters to default as well as pump calibration values. Display must
ask User to acknowledge that he is ready to reset those parameters.
For software version without RAS cycle:
– Selection: PUC HP or PUC or Others
– Default: Others
For software version with RAS cycle:
– Selection: None
– Default: PUC HP
For each accessory chemical pumps (4 and 5):
• Chemical Type
This parameter is used to enable or disable accessory pumps as well as to set the injection concentration range.
This parameter impacts cycle variables. Changing its value from None to any concentration does not reset cycle
parameters: but changing from one concentration range to the other or to None automatically resets all cycle's
parameters to default as well as pump and flowmeter calibration values. In this case, display must ask User to
acknowledge that he is ready to reset those parameters.
Selection:
– 0.20 - 0.37 - 0.74 oz (6 - 11 - 22 ml) or
– 1/40 - 1/20 - 1/10 oz/gal (0.2 - 0.4 - 0.8 ml/L) or
– 1/8 to 2 oz/gal (1 to 16 ml/L) or
– Not Present
Default: Not Present
4.16 Service Mode - I/O Testing Menu - Introduction

I/O testing menu gives manual access to all washer outputs and visual display of inputs. Table 4-2 details the inputs
mapping and Table 4-3 details the outputs mapping. Some inputs or outputs shall not be displayed in I/O Testing Menu
depending of unit Hardware Options. In those cases, refer to the Option column of tables included in Table 4-2 and Table
4-3.
Some interlock conditions are required prior to activating each output through Service mode. Generally, when going out
of Service mode, outputs shall be automatically turned off. If there are exceptions, they are listed within this section.
4.17 I/O Testing — Doors Menu

• General
33
When entering Service mode: doors pilot valve outputs must keep the same state. Open or Close buttons used to
activate doors pilot valves shall reflect the actual state of their corresponding pilot valves thus providing a visual
indication to User of current state of the door pilot valves. Pressing Open or Close button opens or closes the
door.
If E-Stop button is pressed while in Service mode, all door pilot valve outputs are de-energized (24 V DC supply is
removed to inputs/output circuits) and any door action is canceled. E-Stop button must be reset in order to
reactivate door. If E-Stop button is pressed, all other outputs turn off and any command is reset.
If door safety mechanism is activated while CLOSE DOOR pilot valve is energized: pilot valve is de-energized and
any door command is canceled. It is not possible to reactivate the door unless the door safety mechanism has
return to its normal position.
When door safety mechanism hits an obstruction, due to the mechanical design of the system, door movement is
reversed (one inch) so the door safety mechanism returns to its normal position.
When exiting Service mode, if any door is open, the Automatic mode displays proper message to advise User to
close door. If door is closed but its corresponding CLOSE DOOR pilot valve is not energized, the pilot valve is
automatically energized.
• Service Side Door
– For service side door, following inputs are displayed with the following names:
IO1-IN2 - Right Close Switch Detected;
IO1-IN3 - Left Close Switch Detected;
IO1-IN7 - Safety Switch Not Detected.
– For service side door, following outputs are available to be manually activated with buttons showing the
following names:
IO1-DC4 - Close Door;
IO1-DC5 - Open Door.
• Non-Service Side Door
– For non-service side door, following inputs are displayed with the following names:
IO1-IN4 - Left Close Switch Detected;
IO1-IN5 - Right Close Switch Detected;
IO1-IN8 - Safety Switch Not Detected.
– For non-service side door, following outputs are available to be manually activated with buttons showing the
following names:
IO1-DC6 - Close Door;
IO2-DC0 - Open Door.
4.18 I/O Testing — Filling/Draining Menu

• Following inputs are displayed with the following names:
IO2-LE1 - Sump Low Level Reached;
IO2-LE1 - Sump High Level Reached;
IO1-IN10 - Sump Safety Level Switch Not Reached.
IO2-IN1 - External Cool Down Done.
• Following outputs are available to be manually activated with buttons showing the following names:
IO1-DC13 - Sump Drain Valve;
IO2-DC4 - Pure Water Inlet Valve (only if Rinse Reservoir is not present);
34
IO2-DC5 - Cold Water Inlet Valve;

IO2-DC6 - Hot Water Inlet Valve;
IO2-DC9 - Drain Cooling Valve.
• Following analog inputs is also displayed if WATER LEVEL TYPE is set to Transmitter:
IO2-CH5 - Water Level;
• When one or more water fill valves (IO2-DC4, IO2-DC5, IO2-DC6) are activated, all three outputs are de-energized
when low or high level is reached (IO1-IN6, IO1-IN9 or IO2-CH5 reading) depending on the state of the toggle
button available for FILLING LEVEL. WATER LEVEL TRANSMITTER (IO2-CH5) uses Low Level and High Level
setpoints defined in Section 4.39, Sequences - Filling to stop filling.
• If drain valve (IO1-DC13) was de-energized at exit of Service mode, it is automatically energized.
• If Sump Safety Level Switch detects water (IO1-IN10): Pure Water Inlet Valve, Cold Water Inlet Valve, Hot Water
Inlet Valve and Drain Cooling Valve outputs are de-energized.
4.19 I/O Testing — Recirculation Menu

IO1-IN1 - Sump Heaters Over Temp. Switch Not Tripped (only if electric-heated unit);
IO2-IN13 - Motor Overload Tripped.
IO1-DC0 - Pump Low Speed;
IO1-DC1 - Pump High Speed;
IO2-DC8 - Sump Heating.
• Following analog inputs are also displayed:
IO1-CH1 - Recirc. Temperature #1;
IO1-CH2 - Recirc. Pressure;
IO2-CH1 - Recirc. Temperature #2;
IO2-CH2 - Conductivity Meter (only if Conductivity Meter hardware option is enabled.
• Recirculation pump can only be activated at high speed (IO1-DC1) if it is already activated at low speed (IO1-DC0).
When passing to high speed, low speed is automatically deactivated.
• If motor overload (IO2-IN13) is tripped OR one door is not closed (IO1-IN2, IO1-IN3, IO1-IN4, IO1-IN5) OR sump
drain valve (IO1-DC13) is not closed, recirculation pump (IO1-DC0, IO1-DC1) cannot be started. If it was already
activated, pump stops.
• If sump overtemperature switch (IO1-IN1) is tripped OR if sump drain valve (IO1-DC13) is not closed, sump
heating (IO2-DC8) cannot be activated. If it was already activated, heating stops.
• If sump low level is not reached for 3 seconds, sump heating (IO2-DC8) is deactivated.
• It is not required to have water in sump to activate pump to be able to perform pump rotation test during initial
start-up.
4.20 I/O Testing — Drying Menu

IO1-IN0 - Drying Heaters Over Temp. Switch Not Tripped;
IO2-IN13 - Motor Overload Tripped.
35
IO1-DC2 - Drying Fan;

IO1-DC3 - Drying Heaters;
IO1-DC14 - Shunt Trip;
IO2-DC10 - Condenser Valve.
• Following analog inputs are also displayed:
IO1-CH6 - Drying Temperature #1;
IO2-CH6 - Drying Temperature #2.
• If motor overload (IO2-IN13) is tripped OR if there is water in the sump (IO1-IN6, IO1-IN9), drying fan (IO1-DC2)
cannot be started. If it was already activated, fan stops.
• If drying fan (IO1-DC2) is not activated OR if drying over-temperature switch (IO1-IN0) is tripped, drying heaters
(IO2-DC3) cannot be activated. If it was already activated, drying heaters stop.
• If Shunt Trip button is pressed; a confirmation screen is displayed to the User. On that screen, pressing Cancel
button returns to the previous screen. Pressing Yes button activates the shunt trip output if E-stop button is not
pressed. The confirmation screen advises the User that Circuit breaker(s) in the main electrical box must be
manually reset prior to running cycle (when the shunt trip output is energized).
4.21 I/O Testing — Chemical Injection Menu

IO1-IN13 - Chemical #1 Flow Meter;
IO1-IN14 - Chemical #2 Flow Meter;
IO1-IN15 - Chemical #4 Flow Meter (only if Pump 4 is enabled);
IO2-IN15 - Chemical #5 Flow Meter (only if Pump 5 is enabled).
(IO1-DC7+IO1-DC8) - Chemical #1 Pump/Valve;
(IO1-DC12+IO2-DC7) - Chemical #4 Pump/Valve (only if Pump 4 is enabled);
(IO2-DC1+IO2-DC11) - Chemical #5 Pump/Valve (only if Pump 4 is enabled).
– Chemical pump/valve activation sequence: corresponding chemical valve is energized then chemical pump
energized.
– Chemical pump/valve deactivation sequence: chemical pump is de-energized, then 500 ms later corresponding
chemical valve is de-energized.
• It is not possible to activate a chemical pump without activating a chemical valve for User. Service mode uses only
one button for both outputs together.
• To avoid overloading electrical circuits, chemical injection pumps are interlocked so only one chemical injection
pump is energized at a time.
• Every time a pump is energized, a PWM ratio of 100% is used no matter what is the actual chemical parameters
configuration.
4.22 I/O Testing — Chemical Level Menu

IO2-IN6 - Chemical #1 Level Detected;
36

IO2-IN11 - Chemical #4 Level Detected (only if Pump 4 is enabled);
IO2-IN12 - Chemical #5 Level Detected (only if Pump 5 is enabled).
4.23 I/O Testing — Miscellaneous Menu

IO1-IN11 - SCS Request To Open Washer Load Door (Only if Load End SCS is enabled);
O1-IN12 - SCS Request To Open Washer Unload Door (Only if Unload End SCS is enabled);
IO2-IN14 - Emergency Stop OK;
IO2-IN0 - Main Air Pressure Detected.
IO2-DC12 - Red LED;
IO2-DC14 - Green LED;
IO2-DC15 - Blue LED;
IO2-DC2 - Ready To Load (Only if Load End SCS is enabled);
IO2-DC3 - Ready To Unload (Only if Unload End SCS is enabled);
IO2-DC13 - Cycle Running Dry Contact (only if Dry Contacts is enabled).
• No other interlocks manage these outputs.
4.24 I/O Testing — Bar Code Test Menu

• Only present when Load SCS OR Hand-Held Bar Code Reader is present.
• This menu gives access to a screen allowing to select which bar code reader is to be tested: SCS or Hand-Held.
• When SCS bar code reader is selected, display indicates Reader waiting for Barcode.
• When Hand-Held bar code reader is selected, User can test reader by scanning Operator bar code, Rack bar codes,
Load bar codes and/or Tray bar codes.
• For both test screens, once bar code is read, code and encoded information is returned and User can close the
menu.
4.25 I/O Testing — Rinse Reservoir Menu

Reservoir menu is available only if Rinse Reservoir is enabled in Hardware Option menu of the Service mode: Pure
Water Present defined to Yes-Reservoir (see Section 4.12, Machine Setup — Hardware Options).
IO3-IN0 - Low Level Switch Reached;
IO3-IN1 - Mid Level Switch Reached;
IO3-IN2 - High Level Switch Reached;
IO3-IN3 - Safety Level Switch Not Reached;
IO3-IN4 - Over Temperature Switch Not Tripped.
IO3-DC0 - Res. Outlet Valve (Normally open valve);
IO3-DC1 - Sump Outlet Valve (Normally open valve);
IO3-DC2 - Reservoir Heater;
37
IO3-DC4 - Pure Water Fill Valve.

When Pure Water Fill Valve (IO2-DC4) is activated, the output is de-energized when Mid Level Switch (IO3-IN1) or
High Level Switch (IO3-IN2) is reached, depending on the state of the toggle button available for FILLING LEVEL
(MID or HIGH).
• Following analog input is also displayed:
IO3-CH1 - Reservoir Temperature.
• If Safety Level Switch Not Reached (IO3-IN3) input is lost, Pure Water Fill Valve (IO2-DC4), Sump Outlet Valve
(IO3-DC1) and Reservoir Outlet Valve (IO3-DC0) are de-energized.
NOTE: Note that Sump Drain Valve is automatically deactivated by an electrical interlock when a reservoir safety
level is reached, so no action is to be taken on this output.
• If Over Temperature Switch Not Tripped (IO3-IN4) input is lost OR if Mid Level Switch (IO3-IN1) input is lost OR if
Sump Electric Heater (IO2-DC8, only if electric-heated) is activated, Reservoir Heater (IO3-DC2) is deactivated
after a maximum of 2 seconds.
• If Over Temperature Switch Not Tripped (IO3-IN4) input is lost and Emergency stop input (IO2-IN14) is energized
and this condition has been maintained for 2 consecutive seconds, SHUNT TRIP BREAKER (IO1-DC14) must
activate. SHUNT TRIP BREAKER (IO1-DC14) output remains activated until Over Temperature Switch Not Tripped
(IO3-IN4) input is not re-energized.
• If E-stop button is pressed, all outputs turn OFF and any command is reset.
4.26 I/O Testing — Wash Reservoir Menu

Wash Reservoir menu is available only if Wash Reservoir is enabled in Hardware Option menu of the Service mode (see
Section 4.12, Machine Setup — Hardware Options).
• Following state indicator is displayed with the following names:
Water in Reservoir: this indicator is lightened when the state of the reservoir is full. It darkens when the outlet
valve is open for 15 seconds.
IO3-DC3 - Res. Outlet Valve (Normally close valve);
IO3-DC4 - Spray Arm Valve (Normally open valve);
IO3-DC5 - Return Valve (Normally open valve).
4.27 RTD Calibration

Both the sump water and drying temperatures are monitored using dual element RTDs. Therefore, when calibration is
performed for either the Sump RTD or the Drying RTD, both elements of the RTD are calibrated at the same time. RTD
calibration menu is accessible in Service mode and it is always possible to edit the calibration values (Low Raw, High
Raw, Low Temp, High Temp) for each element of both RTDs.
• Calibration Routine Sequence:
The calibration method used is the 2-point calibration.
The low point temperature shall be between -10°C and 50°C and the high point temperature shall be between
80°C and 130°C.
Calibration procedure could fail if stabilization was not obtained after 10 minutes or if low and high points are too
close.
4.28 Pressure Transmitter Calibration (Recirculation Pressure)

Recirculation PRESSURE TRANSMITTER calibration menu is accessible in Service mode and it is always possible to edit
the calibration values (Low Raw, High Raw, Low Press, High Press).
38

The first setpoint value must be between 0.0 psig and 5.0 psig and the second setpoint value between 40.0 psig
and 70.0 psig.
close.
4.29 Water Level Calibration (Pressure Transmitter)

The WATER LEVEL TRANSMITTER is used to determine the height of water present in the sump. Its calibration menu is
accessible in Service mode and it is always possible to edit the calibration values (Low Raw, High Raw, Low Point, High
Point).
NOTE: For this sensor, Low and High points that can be edited are the measured values, not the real water height (measured
height + 3.9 in WC), to avoid confusion of the Service technicians.
The calibration method used is the 2-point calibration. This procedure can be initiated with either one of the doors
open or closed.
– If both doors are closed, the screen displays a message to the User to open one door (service or non-service).
– If one door is open, the screen displays a message to the User to acknowledge the start of calibration
procedure.
– When OK is pressed, SUMP DRAIN VALVE opens and the control indicates that the WATER LEVEL is stabilizing
for its low point.
– Once the calibration value is stabilized, the raw value determined is assigned to 0.0 inch of Water Column (in
WC).
– Then the screen displays a message to remove the sump filter prior to sump filling using cool down valve.
– When OK is pressed, SUMP DRAIN VALVE closes and DRAIN COOLING VALVE opens. At this step, the screen
indicates that sump is filling for high point calibration with the progress percentage. On this screen, a button
is displayed to cancel the procedure. If this Cancel button is pressed, SUMP DRAIN VALVE opens and display
screen returns to Calibration menu.
– When the WATER LEVEL reads a digital raw value of 5181679 (representing approximately 7.0 in WC) the
DRAIN COOLING VALVE closes and the control indicates that the WATER LEVEL is stabilizing for its high point.
– Once the calibration value is stabilized, a screen is displayed so the User can input the corresponding high
point height measurement (in inches). This screen includes an image showing where the measure must be
taken: the height of water over the sump filter housing surface.
– When the value is confirmed by the User, the control adds 3.90 inches to the value and assigns the total value
to the high raw value obtained. This is needed because the User is not able to measure with precision the
complete height of water.
– The screen then displays the calibration completion message.
close.
4.30 Detergent Pumps and Flowmeters Calibration

Detergent pumps Calibration menu is accessible in Service mode and it is always possible to edit the calibration values
of all pumps and flowmeters.
– User selects detergent pump to calibrate.
– A screen is displayed so User can press pump Start button when ready to collect the calibration injection.
39
– Injection time for calibration is 50 seconds when chemical pump is configured using Others chemical or 30
seconds when using PUC or PUC HP chemicals. Injection can start only if corresponding chemical level sensor
input is activated (level ok). Pump is energized at PWM ratio defined as per specific chemical setting (see
Section 4.42, Chemical Injection (Wash Treatment) and Section 4.43, Chemical Injection (Thermal Rinse)).
– Once calibration time is completed, a screen is displayed so the User can input the total volume injected during
the calibration time. A value between 30 and 500 ml must be entered.
– Pump (X) calibration (ml)/minute = 60 x Injected Volume (ml)/50 seconds or 30 seconds.
– During calibration, control system counts incoming pulses from flowmeter. When pump stops, incoming pulses
continue to be counted for 5 seconds.
– When Service technician enters injected volume, the control calculates the number of ml per pulse (flowmeter
calibration value). This value shall be of 2 digits (0.XX). Editable value range is from 0.10 ml/pulse to 0.50
ml/pulse.
4.31 Conductivity Meter Calibration

Analog Conductivity meter calibration menu is accessible in Service mode and it is always possible to edit the
calibration values (Low Raw, High Raw, Low Cond., High Cond.).
The first setpoint value must be between 0.0 and 40 µS/cm and the second setpoint value must be between 60 and
100.0 µS/cm.
Calibration procedure could fail if stabilization was not obtained after 5 minutes or if low and high points are too close.
4.32 Supervisor Mode - Adjustable Parameters

To enter Supervisor mode, Supervisor or technician must enter Supervisor Password or Service mode Password.
Supervisor has the flexibility to change some unit's parameters within Supervisor mode:
• Cycle Setup:
Parameters: Copy OR Modify Cycle Parameters: refer to Section 4.34, Cycle Mode - Cycle Structures for cycles
structures.
NOTE: When copying a cycle, cycles 1 to 28 (Except RAS and DECONTAMINATION cycles) are available as sources
and cycles 9 to 28 are available as destination.
When Anesthesia Cycle values are copied to another cycle, Thermal Rinse temperature setpoint and time values
are not copied to the destination cycle. Destination cycle will keep its current Thermal Rinse type, Temperature
setpoint and recirculation time values.
Modify Cycle Name (only for custom cycles): maximum 20 characters.
Pump Speed: pump speed of pre-programmed cycles are as per Cycles Description Chart (see Table 4-1) and
cannot be modified, customs cycles are as per User selection.
Reset to Default Cycle Values
Print Current Cycle Values (if printer function is enabled by Supervisor)
Barcode: modify barcode value assign to cycle (if load end SCS option is enabled)
Lock/Unlock (all cycles except RAS and DECONTAMINATION cycles): When cycle is locked, cycle is removed from
the Operator menu (cycle cannot be run).
• Test Menu:
Perform Door Safety Test, Sump Safety Level Test and Water Inlet Dynamic Pressure Measurement (see Section
4.33, Supervisor Mode - Supervisor Test Menu).
• Print Menu (Only visible if Hardware Option enabled in Service Mode):
40
Printer state, selection: ENABLED or DISABLED (default: ENABLED)

Extended Cycle Printout: selection: YES or NO (default: NO)
Print All Cycles Parameters
Print Supervisor Settings
• Units:
Injection unit: oz/gal or ml/l (default: oz/gal)
Temperature unit: °F or °C (default: °F).
Pressure unit: psig or bar or kPa (default: psig)
Conductivity unit: µS/cm or µmho/cm (only if Conductivity meter hardware option is enabled)
• Supervisor Password:
Password: Range 0000 to 9999 (default: 0000)
• Date:
Year: Range 2013 to 2035
Month: Range 1 to 12
Date: Range 1 to 31
Date Format: YEAR-MONTH-DAY or MONTH-DAY-YEAR or DAY-MONTH-YEAR
(default: YEAR-MONTH-DAY)
• Time:
Time Format: selection: 24h or 12h (AM/PM) (default = 12h [AM/PM])
AM / PM: N/A or selection: AM or PM (only if time format is set to 12h AM/PM)
Hour: Range 0 to 23 (for time format 24h)
Range 1 to 12 (for time format 12h [AM/PM])
Minute: Range 0 to 59
• Misc:
Machine ID: Range 0 to 99 (default: 0)
Automatic Standby Delay (hrs): Range 1 to 24 hours (default: 8 hours)
Supervisor Code Required for Alarms: YES or NO (default: YES)
NOTE: Service code can be used to replace Supervisor code.
Load Access Code Required to Open Door (1379): YES or NO (default: YES)
NOTE: Service or Supervisor code can be used to replace Load Access Code.
DECONTAMINATION Cycle Reminder: Selection 25-50-100-200 cycles (default: 50)
Drain Extension Time: Range 0 to 120 seconds (default: 0 second)
Audible Signal Delay, End of Cycle: Range 0 to 120 seconds (default 20 seconds)
Clean Sump Filter Reminder: Selection 10-20-50-DISABLED (default: DISABLED)
Conductivity Reading Enabled: YES or NO (default: YES)
Hand-Held Bar Code Reader enabled: YES or NO (default: YES)
Touch tone volume: OFF, LOW, MEDIUM or HIGH (default: OFF)
• Language
41
English or French or Spanish or Italian or German or Portuguese or Swedish (default: English)

• Software Version
This menu displays current software version which include:
– Software part number, revision and version.
– Library part number and version
– IO boards firmware part number and version
• Cycle History
Cycle Tapes: display, print or download recorded cycle data.
Thermal Rinse Data: display, print or download recorded Thermal Rinse data.
Cycle Graph: display or download recorded cycle graph data.
Settings: allows to set the following options:
– Memory Usage Warnings: ENABLED or DISABLED (default: ENABLED)
– Cycle Tape Log: ENABLED or DISABLED (default: ENABLED)
– Cycle Graph Log: ENABLED or DISABLED (default: DISABLED)
– Delete: Allows to delete all cycle history. A confirmation screen is displayed before deletion.
• Transfer Cycle Report
This menu is used to transfer Cycle tape, Thermal Rinse data and Cycle Graph data on an external media (USB
key).
• Chemical Pump Name
This menu is used to configure the chemical pump name (20 characters)
• Prime Chemical Pumps
This menu is used to prime chemical pumps
4.33 Supervisor Mode - Supervisor Test Menu
Door Safety Test
Test menu is accessible by Supervisor mode. Supervisor needs to perform safety verifications of safety water level and
door obstruction bar functionality every X number of cycles. Cycle counter value is displayed on test menu screen. Also,
User has the possibility to verify the water inlet dynamic pressure using that menu.
A message is displayed after 750 cycles so User can perform door safety test. This message gives access to test menu
after entering Supervisor code.
At test start, control asks User to open load door.
Then, control asks User to activate both detection bar switches one after the other. Display is updated when switches
are activated.
Control asks User to close load door and, if Single-Door Operation is disabled, to open unload door.
Then, if Single-Door Operation is disabled, control asks to activate both detection bar switches one after the other.
Display is updated when switches are activated.
Once completed with success, reminder cycle counter is reset.
Test can be canceled during execution by User. In such case, the reminder reappears after completion of next cycle.
42
Sump Safety Level Test
A message is displayed to the operator after 979 cycles to perform test. This message gives access to Test menu after
entering Supervisor code.
Doors must be closed to enter Test menu.
Once User selects the initiation of test, alarm #8 monitoring is disabled, drain valve closes, drain cool down valve opens
and timer starts.
During filling display indicates "test in process".
When safety water level is reached, drain cool down valve closes and drain valve opens for 70 seconds to drain the
sump. Display indicates that test is successful.
User can close window, but if draining time was not elapsed, display indicates washer is draining until draining time is
elapsed.
Reminder cycle counter is reset.
For AMSCO 7052HP: If timer reaches 3:30 minutes and water level is still not reached, test has failed and drain valve is
open.
For AMSCO 7053HP: If timer reaches 4:15 minutes and water level is still not reached, test has failed and drain valve is
open.
Water Inlet Dynamic Pressure Measurement
This test is used to estimate the water inlet dynamic pressure from the sump or reservoir filling time:
Doors must be closed to enter Test menu.
Test can be performed using cold, pure or hot water inlet.
Once User selects water port to test, a filling sequence is initiated to determine the filling time that will be used to
calculate the dynamic pressure estimate (see Filling Time for Cold, Hot and Pure Water when set to "YES-CHAMBER" and Fill-
ing Time for Pure Water when set to "YES-RESERVOIR").
From that value, average filling flow rate is determined and dynamic pressure value is estimated from an
experimentally determined relation (see Dynamic Pressure Estimate).
Filling Time for Cold, Hot and Pure Water when set to "YES-CHAMBER"
DRAIN VALVE closes, WATER INLET VALVE opens and timer starts.
During filling display indicates "Test in process".
When LOW WATER LEVEL is reached: WATER INLET VALVE closes, DRAIN VALVE opens and timer stops and water
temperature is recorded from SUMP TEMPERATURE #1.
If timer reaches 2 minutes and LOW WATER LEVEL is still not reached, test has failed and draining occurs.
Filling Time for Pure Water when set to "YES-RESERVOIR"
Open RINSE RESERVOIR OUTLET VALVE and start DRAINING SUMP for LOW WATER LEVEL to empty reservoir;
During draining display indicates "Draining in process".
When DRAINING SUMP is completed: RINSE RESERVOIR OUTLET VALVE closes, WATER INLET VALVE opens and timer
starts.
During filling display indicates "Test in process".
When RINSE RESERVOIR MID LEVEL SWITCH is reached for 1000 ms: WATER INLET VALVE closes, timer stops and
water temperature is recorded from RESERVOIR TEMPERATURE.
If timer reaches 2 minutes and RINSE RESERVOIR MID LEVEL SWITCH is still not reached, test has failed and draining
occurs.
43
Dynamic Pressure Estimate
Controller first calculates the filling flow with the following formula:
• Q (USGPM) = 7.2 ÷ t x 60
Controller then calculates dynamic pressure in psig using following formula and calculated flow in USgpm:
For Pure Water: P (psig) = 0.2057Q2 - 0.166Q - 0.3328
For Hot and Cold Water:P (psig) = 0.28Q2 - 1.1164Q + 10.145
If pressure value parameter set to bar or kPa, use following conversion factor to display proper value:
P (kPa) = P (psig) / 0.145
P (bar) = P (psig) / 14.5
Value is finally displayed on test screen along with the water temperature.
4.34 Cycle Mode - Cycle Structures

Two different cycle structures are available: one when using "PUC" chemicals and the other when using "Others"
chemicals. Pre-programmed and customizable cycles parameters are to be coded per Cycle Description Charts (Table 4-
1). For this product series, the following set of cycle charts are available depending on the washer model (see Section
4.12, Machine Setup — Hardware Options), frequency (see Section 4.12, Machine Setup — Hardware Options) and chemical
type for P1-P2-P3 (see Section 4.15, Machine Setup — Chemical Parameters):
AMSCO 7052HP, 60 and 50 Hz, with PUC HP chemicals (see PUC Cycles Structure)
AMSCO 7052HP, 60 and 50 Hz, with PUC chemicals (see PUC Cycles Structure)
AMSCO 7053HP, 60 and 50 Hz, with PUC HP chemicals (see PUC Cycles Structure)
AMSCO 7053HP, 60 Hz, with PUC chemicals (see PUC Cycles Structure)
AMSCO 7053HP, 50 Hz, with PUC chemicals (see PUC Cycles Structure)
AMSCO 7052HP and 7053HP, 60 and 50 Hz, with OTHERS chemicals (see Others Cycles Structure)
RAS cycle for AMSCO 7052HP and 7053HP, 60 and 50 Hz, with PUC HP chemicals (see PUC Cycles Structure)
PUC Cycles Structure
When using "PUC" chemicals, the structure is available when chemicals setting for P1-P2-P3 is set to either "PUC" or
"PUC HP". It allows to program the following wet phases:
• Pre-Wash
• Wash (Dual-Wash)
• Rinse
• Thermal Rinse
See Section 4.35, Cycle Mode - Wet Phases for wet phases detailed description.
Also, in every cycle, one of the following venting phase must be performed:
• Drying
• Vapor removal:
See Section 4.36, Cycle Mode - Venting Phases for venting phases detailed description.
Others Cycles Structure
When using "OTHERS" chemicals, the structure is available when chemicals setting for P1-P2-P3 is set to "OTHERS". It
allows to program the following wet phases:
• Pre-Wash
44
• Pulsed Enzyme
• Enzyme Rinse
• Wash (Single-Wash)
• Rinse
• Thermal Rinse
See Section 4.35, Cycle Mode - Wet Phases for wet phases detailed description.
Also, in every cycle, one of the following venting phase must be performed:
• Drying
• Vapor removal:
See Section 4.36, Cycle Mode - Venting Phases for venting phases detailed description.
DECONTAMINATION Cycle Structure
DECONTAMINATION cycle is a maintenance cycle used to clean the washer chamber, piping, wash reservoir (if present)
and the washing accessory. It has a single structure no matter the selected cycle chart and uses only the following
phases:
• Wash (Single-Wash)
• Rinse
• Thermal Rinse
• Drying
See Section 4.35, Cycle Mode - Wet Phases for wet phases and Section 4.36, Cycle Mode - Venting Phases for venting
phases detailed descriptions.
It also has the following differentiations with cycles of typical structures:
• It cannot be modified or copied by either a Supervisor or a Service Technician: see Section 4.32, Supervisor Mode -
Adjustable Parameters for these settings.
• It cannot be locked by either a Supervisor or a Service Technician: see Section 4.32, Supervisor Mode - Adjustable
Parameters for these settings.
• It cannot have any barcode number associated: see Section 4.32, Supervisor Mode - Adjustable Parameters for these
settings.
• If the Wash Reservoir is present (see Section 4.12, Machine Setup — Hardware Options), WASH RESERVOIR OUTLET
VALVE and WASH RESERVOIR RETURN VALVE are open at the start of filling stage of the Wash phase and remain
open until the Drying phase is completed.
• It uses MANUAL INJECTION for its Wash phase: see Section 4.44, Manual Injection (Decontamination Cycle) for this
sequence.
4.35 Cycle Mode - Wet Phases
Typical Wet Phase
Typical wet phases are Pre-Wash, Enzyme Rinse and Rinse. Those phases are filling the sump, recirculating water on
the load items and finally draining the sump.
• It allows to configure sump filling level.
• It allows to configure water port for SUMP FILLING.
• It does not allow any CHEMICAL INJECTION.
• It does not allow SUMP HEATING.
45
• It can be processed to low or high speed, as defined for the cycle.

• It allows to configure recirculation time (see Section 4.46, Recirculation Timer).
Pulsed Enzyme
Pulse Enzyme is a specific phase designed to minimize foaming of the water solution and optimize enzymatic action for
enhanced cleaning performance. This phase consists in filling the sump, spraying water on the load items and letting
them soak alternatively and finally draining the sump.
• It allows a single CHEMICAL INJECTION only from Pump 1 (Enzymatic Cleaner), but could also be processed
without chemical injection.
• It always uses the recirculation pump in PULSED MODE (see Section 4.40, Start Pump Recirculation).
• It allows to configure recirculation time (see Section 4.46, Recirculation Timer).
Single Wash
The single Wash phase is similar to a single Wash phase at the difference that it allows to heat water while
recirculation is in process.
• It allows to configure water port for SUMP FILLING and can include CW+RW (if present).
• It allows a single CHEMICAL INJECTION, but could also be processed without chemical injection.
• It allows SUMP HEATING using wash parameters.
• It can be processed to low or high speed, as defined for the cycle.
• It allows to configure recirculation time (see Section 4.46, Recirculation Timer), which will be a guaranteed time at
the set temperature.
Dual Wash
A dual-wash is a Wash treatment divided in two phases. Sump is not drained and the recirculation pump is not stopped
between phases. Each Wash phase is called a stage.
A maximum of 2 chemical injections can occur during a Dual stage: one per stage.
Dual Wash — Stage 1
The stage can be heated or not and the sump can be filled with cold water (CW), hot water (HW), both mixed (CW+HW)
or a mix of cold and recovered water (CW+RW) if optional Wash Reservoir is present. If the time is 0 minute, the whole
treatment will not be executed. Stage 2 cannot be done without a previous Stage 1.
The first step of Stage 1 is to fill the sump with the specified water port. Once the sump is filled, the recirculation pump
and the heating start. Once the temperature setpoint is reached, the chemical injection at temperature setpoint can
start. When this injection is completed and the sump heating sequence has been in maintained mode for 10 seconds,
the recirculation timer begins to countdown. If the temperature goes below the setpoint, the recirculation timer is
paused (see Section 4.46, Recirculation Timer).
Once the recirculation timer is done, the Stage 2 is executed. If there is no Stage 2, the recirculation pump and the
heating sequence are stopped and the sump is drained.
46
Dual Wash — Stage 2
The stage can be heated. If the time is 0 minute, the phase will not be executed.
Since Stage 1 was executed, the sump is already filled and the recirculation pump is already running. In this case when
the stage 2 starts, the heating is started. Once the temperature setpoint is reached, the chemical injection at
temperature setpoint can start. When this injection is completed and the sump heating sequence has been in
maintained mode for 10 seconds, the recirculation timer begins to countdown. If the temperature goes below the
setpoint, the recirculation timer is paused (see Section 4.46, Recirculation Timer).
Once the recirculation timer is done, the recirculation pump and the heating sequence are stopped and the sump is
drained.
Dual Wash Examples
Single-Pass Rinse
Single-Pass Rinse is a specific phase designed to minimize water volume used to rinse water that can only be
processed with the optional Rinse Reservoir. This phase consists in spraying water on the load items from Rinse
Reservoir until the amount of water allowed for that phase is all used. The phase is completed by draining the sump.
• It does not allow to configure sump filling level. Water level displayed is then always Low which represents a
volume of 5 gal [18.9 L].
• It is only enabled if filling water port for a Rinse phase is set to PW and that Pure Water Present parameter is set
to YES-RESERVOIR.
• It does not allow any CHEMICAL INJECTION.
• It uses the recirculation pump in SINGLE-PASS MODE only (see Section 4.40, Start Pump Recirculation).
• It does not allow to configure recirculation time. It can only toggle between 00:05 and 00:00 (to skip the phase).
• It uses the shortest DRAINING SUMP sequence since the water volume used is below Low Level.
Thermal Rinse
Thermal Rinse is a specific Rinse phase designed to perform a thermal disinfection of the chamber and load items. The
major difference from a wash treatment is that it will heat the water solution to a higher temperature to reach
disinfection level.
47
• It allows a single CHEMICAL INJECTION from Pump 3 (Lubricant), but could also be processed without chemical
injection.
• It allows SUMP HEATING using Thermal Rinse parameters.
• It can be processed to low or high speed, as defined for the cycle, but will always maintain temperature with
pump running at low speed (as defined in SUMP HEATING).
• It allows to configure recirculation time (see Section 4.46, Recirculation Timer), which will be a guaranteed time at
the set temperature.
• It allows to configure the thermal disinfection control type between Time-Temperature or A0 Based (see Section
4.46, Recirculation Timer).
– When switching to A0 value, it supersedes previously defined time-temperature relation and uses the
maximum temperature available for the unit to reach default value of A0 600.
• The maximum temperature available to perform this phase if impacted by the Altitude Parameter:
– When altitude parameter is set over 2500 ft [762 m] (see Section 4.13, Machine Setup — System Options), all
cycles are reset to default to reduce phase temperature to the new maximum allowed and set phase time to
keep the same disinfection level.
4.36 Cycle Mode - Venting Phases

The minimal VAPOR REMOVAL removes the vapor from chamber prior to door opening and is mandatory to complete a
cycle.
• This phase is performed if the cycle is programmed without Drying phase (phase time set to 00:00).
• This phase is not customizable by the Supervisor, only Service technician can modify the phase duration through
SYSTEM OPTIONS menu of the Service mode (see Section 4.13, Machine Setup — System Options).
• See Section 4.49, Vapor Removal for VAPOR REMOVAL sequence.
The DRYING removes the water on the load items prior to cycle completion.
• The Supervisor is allowed to perform the phase customization through the CYCLE MODIFY menu of the Supervisor
mode (see Section 4.32, Supervisor Mode - Adjustable Parameters).
– If set to LOW temperature, the phase is adjustable from 0 to 60 minutes.
– If set to HIGH temperature, the phase is adjustable from 0 to 30 minutes.
• The ACU-DRY parameter is also available to Supervisor to end the Drying phase before the end of pre-
programmed time if the load is detected to be dry.
• See Section 4.48, Drying for the DRYING sequence.
4.37 Cycle Mode - Cycle Completion

When a cycle is completed, the audible alarm must be energized until any of the following events occurs:
The Cycle Complete screen is acknowledged;
The AUDIBLE ALARM DELAY (end of cycle signal) set in Supervisor mode (see Section 4.32, Supervisor Mode - Adjustable
Parameters) is elapsed.
Double-Door Operation Mode
• If cycle included a Thermal Rinse phase:

Unload Door automatically opens;
Sump drain valve is closed;
Cycle Complete screen is displayed.
From the Cycle Complete screen, User can access the Cycle Graph screens.
48
User must acknowledge Cycle Complete screen to come back to Ready screen.
See Section 4.56, Doors and Process Flow for door operation.
See Section 4.57, Doors and Load/unload Automation for door operation using SCS conveyors.
• If cycle did not include a Thermal Rinse phase:
Unload Door remains closed and display requests operator confirmation to open unload door;
Sump drain valve is closed;
If operator answers NO for unload door opening:
– unload door remains closed and load door opening is granted. See Section 4.56, Doors and Process Flow for door
operation.
– cycle Complete screen is displayed.
– from the Cycle Complete screen, User can access the Cycle Graph screens.
– User must acknowledge Cycle Complete screen to return to Ready Screen.
If unload operator answers YES for unload door opening:
– unload door automatically opens.
– cycle Complete screen is displayed with statement indicating that Thermal Disinfection did not occur.
– from the Cycle Complete screen, User can access the Cycle Graph screens.
– User must acknowledge Cycle Complete screen to return to Ready Screen.
– see Section 4.56, Doors and Process Flow for door operation.
– if unload SCS is present, automatic unloading is performed. See Section 4.57, Doors and Load/unload Automation
for door operation using SCS conveyors.
• Notes on door usage after cycle completion:
Unload door can be opened and closed as needed but each time unload door is opened: load side door cannot be
opened.
Once load door is opened, unload door cannot be opened until next cycle is completed.
User can start a cycle even if load door has not been open and closed.
Refer to Abort section (see Section 4.53, Abort) for situations where cycle is not completed.
Single-Door Operation Mode
Unload door remains closed and load door opens.

Sump drain valve is closed.
Cycle Complete screen is displayed.
From the Cycle Complete screen, User can access the Cycle Graph screens.
User has to acknowledge Cycle Complete screen to return to Ready screen.
4.38 Sequences - Power Up And Power Failure

Upon power-up and after that control system has booted, the default screen appears. User can enter in Service mode
using a hidden button on the lower left side of the screen. This option is available for 20 seconds. During that delay,
alarm monitoring is disabled and drain valve remains in open position (normally open) to drain sump. If Service mode is
not selected and the delay is elapsed, Washer power-up sequence and alarm monitoring must start.
NOTE: The default screen must appear each time washer is powered. Once Ready screen is displayed, default screen must
not be displayed until next power-up.
49
At power-up, system evaluates if power was lost during a running cycle and also checks the status of the door in order
to initiate the proper action during the Power-up sequence.
• Sequence:
The following conditions are evaluated to enter in the Ready mode:
– If one or both doors are open, one of the following messages is displayed to ask the operator to close doors.
When all doors are closed and door cylinders pressurized, the washer enters Ready mode.
If both doors are open:
Ensure there are no objects under door, then press button to close door.
If loading door is open:
Load door is open, ensure there are no objects under door, then press button to close door.
If unloading door is open:
Unload door is open, ensure there are no objects under door, then press button to close door.
• If there was no running cycle when the power interruption occurred, Wash Reservoir is not present on the unit and
both doors are closed, doors cylinders are pressurized and the washer/disinfector enters in Ready mode.
• If there was no running cycle when the power interruption occurred, Wash Reservoir is present on the unit and
both doors are closed, doors cylinders are pressurized and Wash Reservoir is drained:
– Display indicates "Draining Reservoir".
– WASH RESERVOIR OUTLET VALVE opens for 20 seconds.
– Once the draining is completed, the washer/disinfector enters in Ready mode.
• If there was a running cycle when the power interruption occurred, the washer/disinfector triggers the alarm "19.
Power failure during cycle" and sump and reservoir(s) (if present) are drained (abort sequence). Once sequence is
completed, alarm can be acknowledged and washer/disinfector returns to Ready mode.
• If CS-iQ is enabled and a load number is saved in non-volatile RAM then it is replaced by the string "None".
• If the Load Access Code option is set to YES, a screen is displayed when User touches Load Door Open button so
User can enter the code.
When the Ready screen is displayed, and if the Load End SCS option is present, screen shows the current state of the
loading mode (Manual or Automatic).
When the Ready screen is displayed, SUMP DRAIN valve is closed.
When Ready screen is displayed, User can proceed with the following actions:
• Start cycle from load side of the unit only
• Open/close loading door
• Enter Service mode or Supervisor mode
• Enter Standby mode
• Notes on door usage in Ready mode:
Only one door can be opened at a time, either load or unload, but never both doors at the same time to prevent
cross-contamination.
In Automatic mode, doors can be opened and closed by an operator when the washer/disinfector is in Ready
mode.
Unload door can be opened upon cycle completion. Once load door is opened, unload door cannot be opened until
next cycle is completed.
NOTE: Cycle cannot be started unless all RTDs, water level (if transmitter), pressure transmitter and chemical pumps
present on Washers have been calibrated.
50
4.39 Sequences - Filling
Static Sump Filling
The following sequence occurs when any wet treatment using a STATIC WATER LEVEL (Low or High) starts:
1. Open fill valves as per treatment selection (refer Section 4.33, Supervisor Mode - Supervisor Test Menu):
• COLD WATER INLET VALVE for CW fillings;
• HOT WATER INLET VALVE for HW fillings;
• PURE WATER INLET VALVE for PW fillings;
• HOT WATER INLET VALVE and COLD WATER INLET VALVE for CW+HW fillings;
• WASH RESERVOIR OUTLET VALVE and COLD WATER INLET VALVE for CW+RW fillings. (RW for Recovered
Water).
NOTE: If a treatment is defined to use CW+RW for filling and the Wash Reservoir is empty, the filling is done
using CW+HW. In this situation, CW+HW is the value printed and displayed on the screen.
2. When selected, STATIC LEVEL is reached (Low or High), fill valve closes and filling phase is completed.
Static levels measured by WATER LEVEL PRESSURE TRANSMITTER (LE1) are as follows:
Static Levels AMSCO 7052 [in WC] AMSCO 7053 [in WC]
Low Level (1st treatment) 6.65 6.45
Low Level 6.55 6.35
High Level 6.80 6.75
Dynamic Sump Filling (Acu-Fill)
The following sequence occurs when any wet treatment using Acu-Fill filling starts:
1. Open fill valves as per treatment selection (refer to Section 4.33, Supervisor Mode - Supervisor Test Menu):
• COLD WATER INLET VALVE for CW fillings;
• HOT WATER INLET VALVE for HW fillings;
• PURE WATER INLET VALVE for PW fillings;
• HOT WATER INLET VALVE and COLD WATER INLET VALVE for CW+HW fillings.
NOTE: If a treatment is Pre-Wash 1 or is defined to use CW+RW for filling, Acu-Fill is not available in the Water
Level selection.
2. When START LEVEL is reached, RECIRCULATION PUMP LOW SPEED is activated.
3. Start a 3-second countdown.
4. When countdown is elapsed, if STOP LEVEL is reached, fill valve(s) close and filling phase is completed.
Dynamic levels, measured by WATER LEVEL PRESSURE TRANSMITTER (LE1), available are:
Dynamic Levels AMSCO 7052 [in WC] AMSCO 7053 [in WC]
Start Level 5.65 5.85
Stop Level 5.85 5.75
51
Fill Sump For Thermal Rinse Using Rinse Reservoir
The following sequence occurs when THERMAL RINSE treatment is set to use RINSE RESERVOIR:
1. If FILL FOR THERMAL RINSE is completed.
2. Wait 2 seconds, then open RINSE RESERVOIR OUTLET VALVE.
3. Wait 3 seconds, then RECIRCULATION PUMP LOW SPEED is activated.
4. When RESERVOIR LOW LEVEL SWITCH is lost or RECIRCULATION PUMP LOW SPEED was activated for 30
seconds, close RINSE RESERVOIR OUTLET VALVE.
Fill Rinse Reservoir
Rinse reservoir is always prepared for the next cycle in parallel of the primary process. This reservoir can be filled to
execute both Single-Pass Rinse and Thermal Rinse phases water.
Fill for Thermal Rinse
Since a cycle can be programmed without using the Single-Pass Rinse functionality, only the water for Thermal Rinse is
prepared before cycle starts.
Reservoir filling can start if POWER-UP is in process:
1. Close RINSE RESERVOIR OUTLET VALVE.
2. Open PURE WATER INLET VALVE.
3. When RINSE RESERVOIR MID LEVEL SWITCH is reached for 1 second, close PURE WATER INLET VALVE.
4. Then, if RINSE RESERVOIR MID LEVEL SWITCH is not lost in the following 2 seconds, FILLING is completed. If not,
as soon as level is lost, sequence starts over at Step 2.
During cycle execution, water level in rinse reservoir is maintained at mid level. Once FILL SUMP FOR THERMAL RINSE
WITH RINSE RESERVOIR is completed, the previous reservoir filling sequence starts over.
Fill for Single-Pass Rinse
At cycle start, if Single-Pass Rinse phase is programmed, rinse reservoir preparation is completed:
1. Close RINSE RESERVOIR OUTLET VALVE.
2. Open PURE WATER INLET VALVE.
3. When RINSE RESERVOIR HIGH LEVEL SWITCH is reached for 1 second, close PURE WATER INLET VALVE.
4. Then, if RINSE RESERVOIR HIGH LEVEL SWITCH is not lost in the following 2 seconds, FILLING is completed. If
not, as soon as level is lost, sequence starts over at Step 2.
During cycle execution, water level in reservoir is maintained at HIGH LEVEL. Once water is transferred from reservoir
to sump during the SINGLE-PASS RINSE treatment, if another SINGLE-PASS RINSE treatment is programmed, the
previous filling sequence starts over once RINSE RESERVOIR MID LEVEL is lost.
If the cycle does not include another SINGLE-PASS RINSE treatment(s) using water from rinse reservoir, FILL FOR
THERMAL RINSE treatment (see Fill for Thermal Rinse) starts over to add missing water to allow FILL SUMP FOR
THERMAL RINSE USING RINSE RESERVOIR to start.
4.40 Start Pump Recirculation
Low Speed
For LOW SPEED treatments, once FILLING SUMP is completed, RECIRCULATION PUMP LOW SPEED is activated.
52
NOTE: If DYNAMIC SUMP FILLING or FILL SUMP FOR THERMAL RINSE USING RINSE RESERVOIR was used,
RECIRCULATION PUMP LOW SPEED was already activated.
High Speed
For HIGH SPEED treatments, once FILLING SUMP is completed, RECIRCULATION PUMP LOW SPEED is activated for 3
seconds.
NOTE: If DYNAMIC SUMP FILLING or FILL SUMP FOR THERMAL RINSE USING RINSE RESERVOIR was used,
RECIRCULATION PUMP LOW SPEED was already activated.
Then, RECIRCULATION PUMP LOW SPEED is deactivated and then RECIRCULATION PUMP HIGH SPEED is activated.
NOTE: It is possible that a treatment at high speed transitions to low speed during the temperature maintained stage
(see Section 4.41, Heating).
Pulsed Mode
For low speed cycles, once FILLING SUMP is completed, RECIRCULATION PUMP LOW SPEED is energized for 5 seconds.
Then, RECIRCULATION PUMP LOW SPEED is de-energized for a soaking period of 15 seconds. Spray/Soak pattern is
repeated for the selected time interval.
For high speed cycles, once FILLING SUMP is completed, RECIRCULATION PUMP LOW SPEED is energized for 3
seconds, then RECIRCULATION PUMP LOW SPEED is deactivated and then RECIRCULATION PUMP HIGH SPEED is
activated for 2 seconds. Then, RECIRCULATION PUMP HIGH SPEED is de-energized for a soaking period of 15 seconds.
Spray/Soak pattern is repeated for the selected time interval.
NOTE: If time remaining to stage is less than 3 seconds, spray sequence does not start and soaking period is extended
until recirculation timer is done.
Single-Pass Rinse
If washer is equipped with the RINSE RESERVOIR and that RINSE treatment is programmed to be done with pure
water, a single-pass (non-recirculated) is processed using the following sequence.
If FILL RINSE RESERVOIR for SINGLE-PASS RINSE is completed and that RINSE RESERVOIR HIGH LEVEL SWITCH is
reached:
1. Wait 2 seconds, then close SUMP OUTLET VALVE and open RINSE RESERVOIR OUTLET VALVE.
2. Wait 1 second, then RECIRCULATION PUMP LOW SPEED is activated.
3. When RINSE RESERVOIR MID LEVEL SWITCH is lost, deactivate RECIRCULATION PUMP LOW SPEED, close RINSE
RESERVOIR OUTLET VALVE and open SUMP OUTLET VALVE.
4. Sump is drained for SMALL WATER VOLUME (see Section 4.47, Draining).
5. If next programmed phase is a Single-Pass Rinse: start FILL RINSE RESERVOIR for Single-Pass Rinse sequence.
If not: when sump draining time is elapsed, close DRAIN VALVE and continue to next treatment (remaining water in the
reservoir is sufficient for Thermal phase).
4.41 Heating
Sump Heating
Sump heating is required when any wet treatment is configured as heated. Heating sequence brings chamber and load
temperature over the defined setpoint using three different modes. Continuous mode heats continuously until entering
maintained temperature band. Once done, pulsed mode switches heating ON and OFF to ensure that chamber is
stabilized. After chamber is stabilized, heating only occurs if temperature comes close to phase setpoint.
53
Thermal Pump Speed Management
For high speed treatments (see Section 4.40, Start Pump Recirculation):
If phase setpoint is 86°C (187°F) or higher, when the SUMP TEMPERATURE #1 reading reaches the phase setpoint,
RECIRCULATION PUMP HIGH SPEED is de-energized and 1000 ms after, RECIRCULATION PUMP LOW SPEED is
energized for the remaining stage time.
If phase setpoint is lower than 86°C (187°F), when the heating sequence has been in Maintained mode for 10
continuous seconds, RECIRCULATION PUMP HIGH SPEED is de-energized and 1000 ms after, RECIRCULATION PUMP
LOW SPEED is energized for the remaining stage time.
Rinse Reservoir Heating
RINSE RESERVOIR is always prepared for the next cycle in parallel of the primary process. The temperature of the
water inside the reservoir is maintained at any time the unit is powered, except when reservoir is drained, or being filled
and when unit is in STANDBY mode. Once a cycle in progress is to use the water from reservoir, temperature setpoint is
adapted according to Thermal Rinse setpoint.
NOTE: The temperature setpoints of the reservoir are not guaranteed. Then, if a phase using the reservoir starts, the filling
sequence starts no matter the water temperature inside the reservoir.
• Interlock In Cycle Run Mode:
If RINSE RESERVOIR LOW LEVEL SWITCH or RINSE RESERVOIR MID LEVEL SWITCH is not reached, deactivate
RESERVOIR HEATER.
For electric-heated units: if SUMP ELECTRIC HEATER is activated, deactivate RESERVOIR HEATER.
4.42 Chemical Injection (Wash Treatment)

When configuring wash treatment, Supervisor selects up to two injections for PUC or PUC HP (one injection per stage)
and one injection for Others (see Section 4.34, Cycle Mode - Cycle Structures). However, each injection when selected uses
only one chemical pump. For the wash treatment, if chemical type is set to PUC and PUC HP, chemicals can only be
injected at temperature setpoint. If chemical type is set to Others, chemicals can only be injected during sump filling.
Pumps available for injection in a standard wash treatment are:
• Pump 1 (Enzymatic cleaner)
• Pump 2 (Detergent)
• If present, Pump 4 (additional detergent or Neutralizer)
• If present, Pump 5 (additional detergent or Neutralizer)
When chemical is set to PUC or PUC HP, chemical injection is performed with pump running at about 50% of its nominal
speed.
Filling Injection
When selected, this injection always occurs during sump filling.

NOTE: Only sump filling is required to be completed prior to start recirculation pump at low speed or high speed.
NOTE: This injection can be selected only when using "Others" chemical configuration or for the Thermal Rinse
treatment with PUC or PUC HP.
Setpoint Injection
When selected, this injection always occurs once sump filling is completed, recirculation pump is started and if
treatment is heated, once sump water temperature reaches treatment setpoint.
If treatment is non-heated, chemical injection starts once sump filling phase is completed.
54
Chemical Injection Sequence For Detergent
The injection sequence for the filling or setpoint injection is the same. The CHEMICAL VALVE is open and then the
CHEMICAL PUMP is energized as per the calculated time.
The flowmeter pulses are counted only if FLOW METER MONITORING is enabled. Once the calculated time is elapsed,
the control calculates the amount of chemical injected (based on the count of number of pulses received from the
flowmeter and its calibration value [float value]).
If the chemical measured is higher than or equal to 85% of the required quantity to inject, then the Chemical Injection
phase is completed. CHEMICAL PUMP is de-energized and 500 ms later CHEMICAL VALVE is shut OFF. Flowmeter
pulses are counted for the 5 seconds after the CHEMICAL PUMP has been de-energized to confirm the final volume of
injection.
If the chemical measured is less than 85% of the required quantity to inject, then chemical pump continues to run to
add the missing quantity of chemical.
This quantity is equal to the required quantity to inject - chemical measured injected. This step is called the retroaction
loop.
After additional run time of the retroaction loop is elapsed, CHEMICAL PUMP is de-energized and 500 ms later
CHEMICAL VALVE is shut OFF. Flowmeter pulses are counted for the 5 seconds after the CHEMICAL PUMP has been
de-energized to confirm the final volume of injection. If it is higher than or equal to 85% of the required quantity to
inject, then the Chemical Injection phase is completed. If it is less than 85% of the required quantity to inject, then alarm
is set: CHEMICAL INJECTED VOLUME TOO LOW.
NOTE: If FLOW METER MONITORING setting is disabled, no pulses are counted and there is no retraction loop.
4.43 Chemical Injection (Thermal Rinse)

The Thermal Rinse treatment(s) can be configured with a chemical injection or not. There is no chemical selection
available since if chemical injection is selected, chemical pump 3 is used.
• Chemical Injection (Thermal Rinse) - Chemical Injection Sequence
The Chemical Injection phase can only be configured during FILLING SUMP of Thermal Rinse treatment (see
Section 4.33, Supervisor Mode - Supervisor Test Menu). When Filling Sump phase starts, the CHEMICAL VALVE is
open and then the CHEMICAL PUMP is energized as per the calculated time. Once time is elapsed, CHEMICAL
PUMP is de-energized and 500 ms later CHEMICAL VALVE is shut OFF.
NOTE: Only FILLING SUMP is required to be completed prior to starting RECIRCULATION PUMP at LOW SPEED or HIGH
SPEED.
4.44 Manual Injection (Decontamination Cycle)

• Sequence:
At cycle initiation, washer is paused. Control displays a message and a button to open load door and manually
poor detergent inside washer chamber.
Once door is open, display shows the CLOSE DOOR button.
Once door is closed, display shows the RESUME cycle button.
When RESUME button is pressed, cycle resumes and sump filling starts for the Wash phase.
NOTE: Door alarms are monitored during the manual injection phase.
4.45 Detergent Pump Priming

Detergent pump priming is accessible in Supervisor mode. All enabled pumps are displayed to give User the possibility
to activate them. Only one pump can be activated at a time.
Sequence:
• When pressing any pump activation button, both CHEMICAL PUMP and CHEMICAL VALVE are energized.
CHEMICAL PUMP is energized with 100% PWM ratio no matter what is the actual chemical concentration setting.
55
• When button is pressed again, CHEMICAL PUMP and CHEMICAL VALVE are deactivated.
4.46 Recirculation Timer

Control of the Recirculation Timer depends on the treatment configuration. For Wash treatment, only Time Based
selection is possible and no specific setting other than Temperature setpoint and Time is needed. When configuring the
Thermal Rinse, User has to define the Thermal Rinse Type:
Time-Temperature
A0
When Time-Temperature is selected, User sets a temperature setpoint and duration [min:sec]. In this case, refer to Time
Based for Thermal Rinse Treatment - Any Cycle, Except RAS Cycle and Time Based For Pulsed Enzyme Treatment for
sequences.
When A0 type is selected, User selects an A0 value. In this mode, temperature setpoint used is the maximum available
for the unit and phase time is adjusted according to the desired value. For A0 based sequence, refer to A0 Based (Thermal
Rinse).
Time Based for Thermal Rinse Treatment - Any Cycle, Except RAS Cycle
The recirculation timer starts once Chemical Injection phase is completed (if present), RECIRCULATION PUMP is running
and SUMP HEATING is in maintained mode for 10 consecutive seconds. After that moment, if sump water temperature
goes below treatment setpoint, recirculation timer is reset. Recirculation timer restarts once SUMP HEATING is in
maintained mode for 10 consecutive seconds again.
Time Based for Thermal Rinse Treatment — RAS Cycle
The recirculation timer starts once Chemical Injection phase is completed (if present), RECIRCULATION PUMP has been
running for 60 seconds and SUMP HEATING is in maintained mode for 10 consecutive seconds. After that moment, if
sump water temperature goes below treatment setpoint, recirculation timer is reset. Recirculation timer starts once
SUMP HEATING is in maintained mode for 10 consecutive seconds again.
Time Based For Pulsed Enzyme Treatment
The recirculation timer starts once Chemical Injection phase is completed and RECIRCULATION PUMP was activated for
the first time at the treatment's set speed. If the cycle is paused, so is the recirculation timer. Recirculation timer
resumes as soon as the cycle is resumed.
Time Based For Other Treatments
If treatment is heated, the recirculation timer starts once Chemical Injection phase is completed (if present),
RECIRCULATION PUMP is running and SUMP HEATING is in maintained mode for 10 consecutive seconds. After that
moment, if sump water temperature goes below treatment setpoint, recirculation timer is frozen. Recirculation timer
resumes once SUMP HEATING is in maintained mode for 10 consecutive seconds again.
If treatment is non-heated and high speed, countdown phase starts once RECIRCULATION PUMP is running at high
speed and CHEMICAL INJECTION (if present) is completed.
If treatment is non-heated and low speed, countdown phase starts when RECIRCULATION PUMP has started and
CHEMICAL INJECTION (if present) is completed.
A0 Based (Thermal Rinse)
Since this method only applies to Thermal Rinse treatment, same sequence than above (see Time Based for Thermal
Rinse Treatment - Any Cycle, Except RAS Cycle) is used unless temperature setpoint is fixed by the maximum values for
56
the unit. If unit is configured at an altitude over 2500 ft [762 m] (see Section 4.13, Machine Setup — System Options), A0
values of 3000 and 12000 value cannot be selected.
The following is a table of time-temperature combination used to reach offered A0 values:
Altitude<2500 ft [762 m] Altitude > 2500 ft [762 m]

A0 Values
Temperature (°C) Time (min:sec) Temperature (°C) Time (min:sec)
A0600 90.0 1:00 N/A N/A
A0600 Low Temp 1 82.2 6:02 82.2 6:02
A0600 Low Temp 2 85.5 2:49 85.5 2:49
Heat Sensitive1 78.3 15:00 78.3 15:00
A03000 90.0 5:00 N/A N/A
A03000 Low Temp 85.5 14:06 85.5 14:06
A012000 90.0 20:00 N/A N/A

Only used in default pre-programmed ANESTHESIA Cycle. This value can never be selected by User. See Cycle Description Charts referenced
in Table 4-1
4.47 Draining
Draining Sump (Drain Cool Down = Disabled)
NOTE: In addition to HIGH WATER LEVEL and LOW WATER LEVEL, SMALL WATER VOLUMES is defined to be used
when draining after a SINGLE-PASS RINSE TREATMENT, after RETURN WATER TO WASH RESERVOIR, during the
draining of the rinse reservoir for an ABORT and during the draining of the Wash Reservoir for a STANDBY.
This sequence must occur once any recirculation phase is completed, except for a Thermal Rinse.
For HIGH WATER LEVEL treatments, SUMP DRAIN VALVE opens for 45 seconds + Drain Extension Time value (see
Section 4.32, Supervisor Mode - Adjustable Parameters).
For LOW WATER LEVEL treatments, SUMP DRAIN VALVE opens for 30 seconds + Drain Extension Time value (see
Section 4.32, Supervisor Mode - Adjustable Parameters).
For SMALL WATER VOLUMES, SUMP DRAIN VALVE opens for 25 seconds + Drain Extension Time value (see Section
4.32, Supervisor Mode - Adjustable Parameters).
For the draining of a Thermal Rinse phase:
SUMP DRAIN VALVE is not closed after draining time;
It will be closed during the Drying phase (see Section 4.48, Drying) or the Vapor Removal phase (see Section 4.49, Vapor
Removal).
Draining Sump (Drain Cool Down = Enabled)
NOTE: In addition to HIGH WATER LEVEL and LOW WATER LEVEL, SMALL WATER VOLUMES is defined to be used when
draining after a SINGLE-PASS RINSE TREATMENT, after RETURN WATER TO WASH RESERVOIR, during the draining of the
rinse reservoir for an ABORT and during the draining of the Wash Reservoir for a STANDBY.
NOTE: SUMP TEMPERATURE #1 (IO1-CH1) is used for WATER TEMPERATURE in all situations except when draining Rinse
Reservoir or draining sump for a Single-Pass Rinse in which case RINSE RESERVOIR TEMPERATURE (IO3-CH1) is used.
57
Draining Sump — Water Temperature Below 60.0°C
If at the end of a treatment, WATER TEMPERATURE reading was BELOW 60°C (140°F):
For HIGH WATER LEVEL treatments, SUMP DRAIN VALVE opens for 45 seconds + Drain Time Extension value.
For LOW WATER LEVEL treatments, SUMP DRAIN VALVE opens for 30 seconds + Drain Time Extension value.
For SMALL WATER VOLUMES, SUMP DRAIN VALVE opens for 35 seconds + Drain Extension Time value (see Section
4.32, Supervisor Mode - Adjustable Parameters).
SUMP DRAIN VALVE is not closed after draining time.
It closes during the Drying phase (see Section 4.48, Drying) or the Vapor Removal phase (see Section 4.49, Vapor
Removal).
Draining Sump — Water Temperature Between 60.0°C and 76.1°C
If at the end of a treatment, WATER TEMPERATURE reading is between 60.0 °C (140°F) (included) and 76.1°C (169°F)
(excluded), the following sequence is executed:
Step Duration LOW LEVEL Cool Down

Step Duration Step Duration
(Seconds) Drain Valve Valve
Step SMALL VOL. HIGH LEVEL
(IO1-DC13)
(Seconds) (Seconds) (IO2-DC9)
For 7052 HP For 7053 HP
Closed Open
1 10 4 4 4
(energized) (energized)
Open Open
2 15 55 60 70
(de-energized) (energized)
Open Closed
3 13 + extension 10 + extension 11 + extension 10 + extension
(de-energized) (de-energized)

Removal).
Draining Sump — Water Temperature Between 76.1°C and 87.7°C
If at the end of a treatment, WATER TEMPERATURE reading is between 76.1°C (169°F) (included) and 87.7°C (190°F)
(excluded), the following sequence is executed:
58

(IO1-DC13)
Closed Open
1 14 13 13 16
Open Open
2 38 16 16 14
Closed Open
3 N/A 8 8 14
Open Open
4 N/A 13 15 18
Closed Open
5 N/A 8 8 14
Open Open
6 N/A 30 15 20
Closed Open
7 N/A N/A 8 16
Open Open
8 N/A N/A 20 38
(de-energized) (de-energized)
14 + extension 10 + extension 14 + extension 14 + extension Open Closed

9
time time time time (de-energized) (energized)

Removal).
Draining Sump — Water Temperature Greater than 87.7°C
If at the end of a treatment, WATER TEMPERATURE reading is equal or greater than 87.7°C (190°F), the following
sequence is executed:
59

(IO1-DC13)
Closed Open
1 15 17 17 16
Open Open
2 45 15 15 14
Closed Open
3 N/A 9 10 14
Open Open
4 N/A 14 15 18
Closed Open
5 N/A 9 10 14
Open Open
6 N/A 14 15 18
(de-energized) (energized))
Closed Open
7 N/A 9 10 16
Open Open
8 N/A 25 30 40
17 + extension 17 + extension 17 + extension 14 + extension Open Closed

9
time time time time (de-energized) (de-energized)

It closes during this the Drying phase (see Section 4.48, Drying) or the Vapor Removal phase (see Section 4.49, Vapor
Removal).
Draining Sump (Drain Cool Down = External)
NOTE: In addition to HIGH WATER LEVEL and LOW WATER LEVEL, SMALL WATER VOLUMES is defined to be used when
draining after a SINGLE-PASS RINSE TREATMENT, after RETURN WATER TO WASH RESERVOIR, during the draining of the
rinse reservoir for an ABORT and during the draining of the Wash Reservoir for a STANDBY.
NOTE: SUMP TEMPERATURE #1 (IO1-CH1) is used for WATER TEMPERATURE in all situations except when draining Rinse
Reservoir or draining sump for a Single-Pass Rinse in which case RINSE RESERVOIR TEMPERATURE (IO3-CH1) is used.
External drain cool down mode is using a dedicated controller to drain and cool down water as quickly and efficiently as
possible. This external controller provides a signal to indicate that cooling is done.
If at the end of a treatment, WATER TEMPERATURE reading is over 60.0°C (140°F) (included), the following sequence
is executed:
60
SUMP DRAIN VALVE opens, DRAIN COOL DOWN VALVE is activated and a 60-second countdown is started.
When 3 seconds is elapsed, DRAIN COOL DOWN VALVE is deactivated.
If countdown is done and EXTERNAL COOL DOWN DONE is activated for 5 continuous seconds, start Drain Extension
Time countdown (see Section 4.32, Supervisor Mode - Adjustable Parameters) and then close SUMP DRAIN VALVE (except
for a Thermal Rinse phase).
Removal).
Return Water to Wash Reservoir
If the Wash Reservoir is present and empty

AND
If the current Thermal Rinse phase chemical injection setting is defined to NO PUMP:
When the Thermal Rinse phase countdown is elapsed:
Close SPRAY ARMS VALVE, Open WASH RESERVOIR RETURN VALVE and activate PUMP LOW SPEED for return timer.
After this sequence is completed, Wash Reservoir Autoflush Countdown starts and DRAINING SUMP starts using
SMALL WATER VOLUMES.
Return timer is defined as per washer's frequency (see Section 4.12, Machine Setup — Hardware Options):
If washer is 50 Hz, return timer is 26 seconds;
If washer is 60 Hz, return timer is 23 seconds.
Wash Reservoir Auto Flush
The reservoir is drained as per following sequence if recovered water was not used for more than 3 hours:
1. If a cycle is in progress when Wash Reservoir Auto Flush Countdown is elapsed, once cycle completed screen is
cleared and unload door closed:
Screen indicates "Draining Reservoir".
Open WASH RESERVOIR OUTLET VALVE and start a 25-second countdown (during this time SUMP
TEMPERATURE #1 confirms the temperature of the water to drain).
When 0 is reached, start DRAINING SUMP for SMALL WATER VOLUME.
Then, screen returns to Ready screen and only load door opening permission is given.
2. If washer is already in Ready mode:
When the countdown is elapsed and unload door is closed, another 30-second countdown starts so that User
clears load door path. The Draining screen is displayed to show "Draining reservoir in XX sec".
When the final 30-second countdown is elapsed:
• If load door is open, it is automatically closed;
• If both doors are closed, screen indicates "Draining Reservoir".
• Open WASH RESERVOIR OUTLET VALVE and start a 25-second countdown (during this time SUMP
• When 0 is reached, start DRAINING SUMP for SMALL WATER VOLUME.
• Then, screen returns to Ready screen and only load door opening permission is given.
61
4.48 Drying
Drying Phase Steps and Countdown
The drying sequence is divided in two parts. The first part of the Drying phase is controlled for heating sequence and
the second part is the drying cooling time. The drying sequence is started either:
• after DRAINING SUMP of the previous phase is completed.
• or if the previous phase was a Thermal Rinse, during DRAINING SUMP (see Drying Sequence Initiation During a Ther-
mal Rinse Draining).
The drying sequence is divided in two parts. The first part of the Drying phase is controlled for heating sequence and
the second part is the drying cooling time. The drying sequence is started either:
For any of the above possibilities, the Drying phase countdown only starts when DRAINING SUMP is completed. The
steps to complete the drying sequence are as follows:
• DRYING FAN is energized and HEATING SEQUENCE starts (see Heating Sequence).
• When 30 seconds are elapsed to Drying phase countdown, SUMP DRAIN VALVE is closed.
• When 30 seconds are left to Drying phase countdown, DRYING COOLING starts (see Drying Cooling).
• When Drying phase countdown is elapsed, the DRYING FAN stops and cycle is completed.
Drying Sequence Initiation During a Thermal Rinse Draining
If DRAIN COOL DOWN option is set to ENABLED or EXTERNAL:

• DRYING sequence is started 5 seconds after the beginning of the draining sub-phase if SUMP RTD #1 reading was
between 60°C and 76.1°C at the beginning of the draining sub-phase.
• DRYING sequence is started 30 seconds after the beginning of the draining sub-phase if SUMP RTD #1 reading
was between 76.1°C and 87.7°C at the beginning of the draining sub-phase.
• DRYING sequence is started 60 seconds after the beginning of the draining sub-phase if SUMP RTD #1 reading
was higher than 87.7°C at the beginning of the draining sub-phase.
If DRAIN COOL DOWN option is set to DISABLED:
• DRYING sequence is started at the same time as draining sub-phase if NON-VENTED VAPOR CONDENSOR is set to
DISABLED.
• DRYING sequence is started 5 seconds after the beginning of the draining sub-phase if NON-VENTED VAPOR
CONDENSOR is set to ENABLED and SUMP RTD #1 reading was lower than 87.7°C at the beginning of the
draining sub-phase.
• DRYING sequence is started 8 seconds after the beginning of the draining sub-phase if NON-VENTED VAPOR
CONDENSOR is set to ENABLED and SUMP RTD #1 reading was above and 87.7°C at the beginning of the draining
sub-phase.
If cycle in process is RAS cycle, DRYING sequence is started only after the completion of draining sub-phase.
Heating Sequence
The drying treatment can be configured at LOW (180°F [82.2 °C]) or HIGH temperature (220°F [104.4 °C]). Through all
drying treatment, DRYING FAN is energized. DRYING ELECTRIC HEATERS are first energized continuously until reaching
14.4°F (8°C) under setpoint and then maintain temperature by cycling 60 seconds ON and 20 seconds OFF when
temperature drops 10.8°F (6°C) under setpoint.
Drying Cooling
The cooling time is used to cool the drying heating elements and its duration is hardcoded within the Drying phase and
is independent of the drying time.
62
• When 30 seconds are left to Drying phase countdown, DRYING ELECTRIC HEATERS stay deactivated.
• When the 30 seconds are over, DRYING FAN stops and cycle is completed.
Acu-Dry
The DRYING TEMPERATURE #1 reading is representative of the load dryness. This reading is used to end the drying
heating stage earlier to reduce cycle time when smaller loads are processed. The drying sequence is adapted if Acu-Dry
parameter is enabled for a specific cycle:
• For HIGH temperature drying, countdown is corrected to 120 seconds when criterion is met.
• For LOW temperature drying, countdown is corrected to 90 seconds when criterion is met.
4.49 Vapor Removal
Vapor Removal Phase Steps and Countdown
The vapor removal sequence is started either:

after DRAINING SUMP of the previous phase is completed.
or if the previous phase was a Thermal Rinse, during DRAINING SUMP (see Vapor Removal Sequence Initiation During a
Thermal Rinse Draining).
For any of the above possibilities, the vapor removal phase countdown only starts when DRAINING SUMP is completed.
The steps to complete the drying sequence are as follows:
DRYING FAN is energized through all vapor removal phase.
When 30 seconds are elapsed to vapor removal phase countdown, SUMP DRAIN VALVE is closed.
When vapor removal phase countdown is elapsed, the DRYING FAN stops and cycle is completed.
Vapor Removal Sequence Initiation During a Thermal Rinse Draining
If DRAIN COOL DOWN option is set to ENABLED:

DRYING FAN is energized 30 seconds after the beginning of the draining sub-phase if SUMP RTD #1 reading is lower
than 87.7°C at the beginning of the draining sub-phase.
DRYING FAN is energized 60 seconds after the beginning of the draining sub-phase if SUMP RTD #1 reading is higher
than 87.7°C at the beginning of the draining sub-phase.
If DRAIN COOL DOWN option is set to DISABLED:
DRYING FAN is energized at the same time than draining sub-phase if NON-VENTED VAPOR CONDENSOR is set to
DISABLED.
DRYING FAN is energized 5 seconds after the beginning of the draining sub-phase if NON-VENTED VAPOR
CONDENSOR is set to ENABLED and SUMP RTD #1 reading is lower than 87.7°C at the beginning of the draining sub-
phase.
DRYING FAN is energized 8 seconds after the beginning of the draining sub-phase if NON-VENTED VAPOR
CONDENSOR is set to ENABLED and SUMP RTD #1 reading is higher than 87.7°C at the beginning of the draining sub-
phase.
4.50 Condenser
Vapor condenser is a device used to remove moisture and cool down exhaust air from washing chamber of non-vented
units. When steam condensate return to drain accessory is installed on a unit, hot condensate is sent to drain and has
to be cooled down. Unit uses vapor condenser system to throw cold water to the drain in this situation. If both options
are not present, none of the following sequence occurs.
63
During Wet (PW-W-R-TR) Phases
If NON-VENTED VAPOR CONDENSOR is set to ENABLED and STEAM CONDENSATE RETURN TO DRAIN is set to NO:
If SUMP TEMPERATURE #1 reads <65.5 °C and SUMP HEATERS are energized, CONDENSER VALVE remains closed.
If SUMP TEMPERATURE #1 reads ≥65.5 °C and SUMP HEATERS are energized, CONDENSER VALVE opens.
When SUMP HEATERS are de-energized, CONDENSER WATER VALVE is left open for 2 more seconds.
If STEAM CONDENSATE RETURN TO DRAIN is set to YES:
When SUMP HEATERS are energized; CONDENSER VALVE opens.
When SUMP HEATERS are de-energized, CONDENSER VALVE is left open for 2 more seconds.
During Thermal Draining Phase
This sequence applies to any draining type (see Section 4.47, Draining).
If NON-VENTED VAPOR CONDENSOR is set to ENABLED:
CONDENSER VALVE is energized 5 seconds before the DRYING FAN is energized if the SUMP RTD #1 temperature
reading is lower than 87.7°C (190°F) at the beginning of the Draining phase.
CONDENSER VALVE is energized 8 seconds before the DRYING FAN is energized if the SUMP RTD #1 temperature
reading is higher than 87.7°C (190°F) at the beginning of the Draining phase.
During Drying and Vapor Removal Phases
If NON-VENTED VAPOR CONDENSOR is set to ENABLED and STEAM CONDENSATE RETURN TO DRAIN is set in any
state:
CONDENSER VALVE is open through all phase.
4.51 Conductivity Reading

If conductivity meter is enabled in Hardware Options menu of the Service mode and conductivity reading is enabled in
the MISC menu of the Supervisor mode, conductivity reading is done during the first 15 seconds of the Draining phase
of the Thermal Rinse treatment. The same time frame is used no matter what is the draining type (see Section 4.47,
Draining) since the conductivity probe is over the cool down injector.
Also, the lowest and highest conductivity readings as well as the average value during the 15 seconds reading period
shall be printed on the cycle print and recorded in the datalog.
4.52 Cycle Details Screens

When a cycle is in progress, User can press the Cycle Details button on the touch screen to view additional cycle
information: this screen is called Cycle Details. The displayed information for each phase on the cycle details screen is
as described afterwards. As soon as one treatment of the cycle is completed, the User can press Previous button from
the Cycle Details screen to view completion details of that treatment. These screens are called Treatment Completion
Details. When several treatments are completed, User can press Previous and Next buttons to scroll through them. The
displayed information for each completed treatment shall be as described in the Treatment Completion Details section
below. Treatment Completion Details screen is also accessed through Cycle Completion screen.
4.53 Abort
General
To abort a cycle the following events must occur:

User has pressed the Abort button on the Cycle Wizard screen. When button is pressed, cycle continues to run but a
display appears to ask if User really wants to abort cycle. If Yes button is pressed, abort sequence is started. If no
button is pressed, display returns to cycle wizard screen.
64
If a non-critical alarm is set, once alarm is acknowledged, a display indicates that Supervisor code must be entered to
get the Cycle paused screen. Once Supervisor code is recognized, Cycle paused screen is displayed and User may
resume or abort cycle. The request to ask for the Supervisor code can be disabled in Supervisor mode (see Section 4.32,
Supervisor Mode - Adjustable Parameters).
If a critical alarm is set, once alarm is acknowledged, a display indicates that Supervisor code must be entered to abort
cycle. Once Supervisor code is recognized, User is allowed to abort cycle. The request to ask the Supervisor code can be
disabled in Supervisor mode (see Section 4.32, Supervisor Mode - Adjustable Parameters).
Screen Management
• ABORT Cycle - Before Thermal Rinse Phase Completion

When cycle is aborted, a screen is displayed to indicate that abort sequence is in process. When abort sequence is
completed:
Ready screen is displayed.
Sump drain valve is closed.
User is allowed to select and start a cycle.
Unload Door can never be opened.
If the Load Access Code option is set to YES, a screen is displayed when User touches Load Door Open button so
the User can enter the code.
When code is valid, the Ready screen is displayed and User has access to the door button.
If the code option is set to NO, the door opens right away when User touches Load Door Open button. The Ready
screen is displayed again after door opening.
• ABORT Cycle - After Thermal Rinse Phase Completion
When cycle is aborted, a screen is displayed to indicate that abort sequence is in process. When abort sequence is
completed, a screen with the following message is displayed: "Cycle aborted after thermal disinfection: load has
been successfully cleaned and disinfected. Unload door can be opened.". When screen message is acknowledged,
the User can open either the Load or Unload door (only if single-door option is disabled, see Section 4.56, Doors
and Process Flow). However, if User opens the Load door, the Unload door is locked until another successful cycle
has been executed.
NOTE: When cycle is aborted after thermal disinfection, it is not required to enter the load access code to open load door (if
"Load access code required to open door" function is enabled).
Abort Sequence - Wet Phases (PW-W-R) (Including When Draining)
This sequence applies when Operator aborts a running cycle or when cycle is aborted after being stopped by an alarm
(including Power Failure During Cycle, Alarm #19).
DRAINING SUMP starts with appropriate water level per treatment in progress setting (takes into account the cool
down if enabled)
Once sump is drained, Rinse Reservoir is drained, except if recovering from Power Failure During Cycle Alarm. Reservoir
draining sequence is:
If FILLING RINSE RESERVOIR FOR SINGLE-PASS RINSE was completed (RINSE RESERVOIR HIGH LEVEL REACHED) at
the time of abort, Rinse Reservoir is drained (takes into account the cool down if enabled):
• Open RINSE RESERVOIR OUTLET VALVE and start DRAINING SUMP for SMALL WATER VOLUME
• When RINSE RESERVOIR MID LEVEL is reached, close RESERVOIR OUTLET VALVE
Once sump and reservoir are drained, VAPOR REMOVAL is performed (see Section 4.49, Vapor Removal).
65
Abort Sequence - Thermal
These sequences apply when Operator aborts a running cycle or when cycle is aborted after being stopped by an alarm
(including Power Lost During Cycle).
If Thermal treatment is not in Draining phase:
• DRAINING SUMP starts (takes into account the cool down if enabled).
• Once sump is drained, VAPOR REMOVAL is performed (see Section 4.49, Vapor Removal).
If Thermal treatment is in Draining phase:
• DRAINING SUMP starts (takes into account the cool down if enabled).
• If DRYING FAN was energized when the alarm occurred, DRYING FAN continues to run for the remaining time of
the draining sequence. If CONDENSER VALVE is energized, it stays energized for the remaining time of the
draining sequence.
• When draining is completed, VAPOR REMOVAL is performed (see Section 4.49, Vapor Removal).
Abort Sequence - Drying or Vapor Exhaust
This sequence applies when Operator aborts a running cycle or when cycle is aborted after being stopped by an alarm.
The DRYING ELECTRIC HEATERS are de-energized and DRYING COOLING is performed (see Section 4.48, Drying).
Alarm During Abort Sequence
If ABORT occurred before DRYING or VAPOR REMOVAL and DRYING FAN was not energized:
If alarm occurred during Draining phase of the ABORT:
• Stop DRAINING SUMP.
• When the alarm is acknowledged and cleared, DRAINING SUMP starts from the beginning with DRAIN COOL
DOWN based on the water temperature during the cycle (if enabled, see Section 4.47, Draining), then VAPOR
REMOVAL phase is performed.
If alarm occurred during VAPOR REMOVAL phase of the ABORT:
• DRYING FAN and CONDENSER VALVE (if energized) are de-energized.
• When the alarm is acknowledged and cleared, VAPOR REMOVAL phase continues its execution where it stopped.
If ABORT occurred during Thermal Rinse while DRYING FAN is energized:
If alarm occurred during Draining phase of the ABORT:
• Stop DRAINING SUMP.
• DRYING COOLING is performed.
• When the alarm is acknowledged and cleared:
– DRAINING SUMP starts from the beginning with cool down based on the water temperature during the cycle
(if enabled, see Section 4.47, Draining). DRYING FAN and CONDENSER VALVE (if CONDENSOR hardware option
is enabled) are energized for the remaining time of the ABORT.
• If alarm occurred during VAPOR REMOVAL phase of the ABORT:
– DRYING FAN and CONDENSER VALVE (if energized) are de-energized.
– When the alarm is acknowledged and cleared, VAPOR REMOVAL phase continues its execution where it
stopped.
If ABORT occurred during DRYING or VAPOR REMOVAL phase:
• DRYING COOLING is continued.
66
• When alarm is acknowledged and cleared, DRYING COOLING is continued.

• If DRYING COOLING was finished when the alarm was acknowledged and cleared, ABORT is completed.
4.54 Cycle Pausing

Cycle is paused after an alarm is triggered.
During Filling
Close valve;
Reset alarm filling timer;
Wait RESUME;
When cycle is resumed, start filling timer and open fill valve(s).
During Chemical Injection
Even if cycle is paused, injection continues;

Injection stops if cycle is aborted before the end of the injection.
During Recirculation
Recirculation timer is paused (Timer, accumulated value is not reset, except for Thermal Rinse where timer must be
reset);
RECIRCULATION PUMP is stopped;
When cycle is resumed; Timer may resume (or restart in the case of the Thermal) and RECIRCULATION PUMP starts
again.
During Heating
Heating is stopped;
Heating sequence restarts from beginning when cycle is RESUMED;
Sump heating timer is reset (too long to heat alarm trigger).
During Draining
Drain valve closes;

Draining timer is reset;
When cycle is resumed, Draining phase starts over.
If current drain is the Thermal Rinse drain and CONDENSER VALVE is energized and DRYING FAN is not energized:
• CONDENSER VALVE is de-energized.
If current drain is the Thermal Rinse drain and DRYING FAN is energized:
• DRYING ELECTRIC HEATERS are de-energized and DRYING FAN continues to run for DRYING COOLING time (see
Section 4.47, Draining). If CONDENSER VALVE is energized, it stays energized for DRYING COOLING time.
During Drying
Phase timer is frozen and resumes when cycle is resumed;

DRYING ELECTRIC HEATERS are turned off and DRYING FAN continues to run for DRYING COOLING time (see Section
4.47, Draining). If CONDENSER VALVE is energized, it stays energized for DRYING COOLING time.
67
If pausing occurred during DRYING COOLING, DRYING FAN continues to run until COOLING TIME is completed. During
that delay, cycle can be resumed and DRYING FAN continues to run until DRYING COOLING is completed. If
CONDENSER VALVE is energized, it stays energized for DRYING COOLING time.
During Vapor Removal
If cycle is paused when VAPOR REMOVAL Time is running, delay is frozen and delay resumes when cycle is resumed.
DRYING FAN and CONDENSER VALVE (if energized) are de-energized.
4.55 Verification RTDs

SUMP TEMPERATURE #2 and DRYING TEMPERATURE #2 are located respectively in the same housing than SUMP
TEMPERATURE #1 and DRYING TEMPERATURE #1 (dual element RTD`s). Functions of both second RTD are:
To provide a second indication of the process (sump and drying) temperature value (see Section 4.52, Cycle Details
Screens);
To trigger some alarms;
To record temperature values during Thermal phase (SUMP TEMPERATURE #2 only) value.
4.56 Doors and Process Flow
Process Flow Management
The default loading door of the washer/disinfector is the Service side door and the default unloading door is the Non-
Service side door.
HMI of the Service side door is connected to USB-1 port of the Kodiak CPU and HMI of the Non-Service Side door is
connected to the USB-2 port of the Kodiak controller. The arrow shows the default flow of the washer/disinfector. In
the previous illustration, the loading door is the Service side door.
However, the loading door can be changed after unit installation. The Service mode includes the following setting
(default value shown):
To change the loading side of the washer/disinfector, Service access is required and following steps are performed.
In Service mode press Service Side button to initiate procedure
When button is pressed, display shows:
68
User presses the Define button of the HMI located on the side where racks are loaded into the washer. Once this is
done, display shows:
When display closes, process setting shows:
The loading door of the washer/disinfector is now the door located on the Non-Service Side.
Door Open Sequence
DOOR CLOSE PILOT VALVE is de-energized and DOOR OPEN PILOT VALVE is energized. A 8-second delay is started.
During countdown, display indicates “opening (load or unload) door”.
When delay is elapsed, if both DOOR LEFT and DOOR RIGHT CLOSE SWITCHES are de-energized, the door is open:
DOOR OPEN PILOT VALVE remains energized as long as a close command is not received.
When delay is elapsed, if either DOOR LEFT or DOOR RIGHT CLOSE SWITCH is still energized, the door is not open:
DOOR OPEN PILOT VALVE is de-energized and DOOR CLOSE PILOT VALVE is energized. An alarm is triggered.
Next time Door button is pressed (Ready screen), open sequence is repeated.
Door Close Sequence
DOOR OPEN PILOT VALVE is de-energized and DOOR CLOSE PILOT VALVE is energized. A 12-second delay is started.
During countdown and until both DOOR LEFT and DOOR RIGHT CLOSE SWITCHES are de-energized, display indicates
“closing (load or unload) door” with following warning message:
"If an obstruction occurs, wait for door to open or press EMERGENCY STOP pushbutton prior to removing obstruction."
When delay is elapsed, if both DOOR LEFT and DOOR RIGHT CLOSE SWITCHES are energized, the door is closed: the
DOOR CLOSE PILOT VALVE remains energized as long as open command is not received.
69
When delay is elapsed, if DOOR LEFT or DOOR RIGHT CLOSE SWITCHES are de-energized, the door is not closed: DOOR
CLOSE PILOT VALVE is de-energized and DOOR OPEN PILOT VALVE is energized for 1.25 seconds to reverse door
cylinder pressurization. An alarm is triggered.
Next time Door button is pressed (Ready screen), close sequence is repeated.
When DOOR CLOSE PILOT VALVE is energized and DOOR LEFT and DOOR RIGHT CLOSE SWITCHES are de-energized
(door not closed) and DOOR SAFETY SWITCH input is not energized (normally close switch), DOOR CLOSE PILOT VALVE
is de-energized and DOOR OPEN PILOT VALVE is energized to open door. An alarm is triggered.
(Exception is in Service mode where Open pilot valve must not be energized and no alarm must be triggered).
Single-Door Operation Mode
To accommodate special custom request, the software shall allow operation of the Washer in single door mode. Two
doors can still be present on the Washer, but only load door must be used.
In Ready mode, touch screen defined as the unloading door HMI cannot operate doors.
During power-up, Unload door state is still monitored and Unload HMI allows to close door if it is detected as open.
Unload door is still monitored during cycle for alarms.
4.57 Doors and Load/unload Automation
General
When the Load End SCS option is enabled (see Section 4.12, Machine Setup — Hardware Options), loading mode status is
displayed on Ready screen. Loading mode can be manual or automatic. In Manual Loading mode, the loading of the rack
and action to start a cycle are performed by the Operator. In Automatic Loading mode, the loading is performed by the
optional SCS Conveyor System and cycle is started automatically by the Washer. Cycle selection is based on value read
by the SCS bar code reader.
The conditions to change the Loading mode are as follows:
• On power-up, the Loading mode is set to automatic if there was no running cycle when the power interruption
occurred;
• When a cycle is aborted by the operator, the Loading mode becomes manual since rack is still present in chamber;
• When load door is opened by User (e.g. to clean sump filter) the Loading mode becomes manual;
• No Warning, Reminder or Message changes the loading mode to manual except Warnings related to loading
sequence. The following Warnings are triggered during loading sequence;
– Warning #1. No Code Detected or Cycle Locked Or Invalid Code;
– Warning #6. Retrieval Failed, No Load Number Ready;
– Warning #7. Retrieval Failed, Network Connection Error.
• When User access Supervisor mode or Service mode, the Loading mode becomes manual;
• When User access Cycle Graph or Treatment Completion screen, the loading mode becomes manual;
• When the Washer enters Standby mode, the loading mode becomes manual.
• When the loading mode is Manual and Operator starts a cycle, then loading mode becomes automatic;
When the loading mode is manual and the cycle selection screen button is pressed by the operator, the following
message is displayed:
Is wash chamber empty?
If the operator answers NO, the cycle selection screen is displayed and, if Hand-Held Bar Code reader option is enabled,
User can press the bar code button to go through the manual scanning sequence. If the operator answers YES, the
following question is displayed:
70
Activate automatic loading mode?

If the operator answers YES, the automatic loading mode is enabled and washer returns to ready screen and loading
mode is set to Automatic. If the operator answers NO, the washer returns to Ready mode.
The automatic unload rack function does not depend on the loading mode. The unload end SCS only depends on the
Unload End SCS hardware option (see Section 4.12, Machine Setup — Hardware Options). If this option is enabled, the
rack is automatically unloaded after cycle completion. If the option is disabled, the rack must be manually unloaded
after cycle completion.
Interface with SCS Conveyor System
The washer communicates with the SCS conveyors through digital inputs and outputs.
On the load side, the following signals are used to communicate with the SCS Conveyor System.
Signal Type Description
Ready To Be Loaded Output This signal is energized by the washer to inform the load end SCS
Request (IO2-DC2) conveyor that the washer is ready to load a rack. At the end of a
cycle, after the unload door closes, the washer reactivates that
output.
SCS Request To Open Input This signal is energized by the load end SCS conveyor to inform
Washer Load Door (IO1-IN11) the washer that unload SCS is empty and ready to receive a rack.
When the conveyor de-energizes the signal, the washer can close
the door and start processing the rack.
On the unload side, the following signals are used to communicate with the SCS Conveyor System.
Signal Type Description
Ready to Be Unloaded Output This signal is energized by the washer to inform the unload end
Request (IO2-DC3) SCS conveyor that the washer has completed a cycle and the rack
is ready to be unloaded.
SCS Request to Open Input This signal is energized by the unload end SCS conveyor to inform
Washer Unload Door (IO1-IN11) the washer to open the unload door and keep it pressurized.
When the conveyor de-energizes the signal, the washer can close
the door.
Automatic Load Rack With Load End SCS
Load End SCS is used to automatically load the rack in the chamber. Load End SCS conveyor must be installed, Load
End SCS must be enabled to use this function (See Section 4.12, Machine Setup — Hardware Options).
To load a rack in automatic loading mode, the washer must be in Ready mode, loading mode must be automatic and
load door must have permission to open. Once these conditions are met, the washer can enter the loading sequence.
If the Hand-Held Barcode Reader option is enabled in Hardware Options menu and activated in the Supervisor mode,
the Operator performs load scanning (see Section 4.62, Hand-Held Barcode Reader).
If Operator has completed the load scanning procedure or if the Hand-Held Barcode Reader is disabled in Hardware
Options menu or deactivated in the Supervisor mode, then the washer executes the following sequence:
The washer energizes the READY TO BE LOADED REQUEST output. When the SCS REQUEST TO OPEN WASHER LOAD
DOOR input is energized by the load end SCS conveyor, the washer de-energizes the READY TO BE LOADED REQUEST
output, opens the load door and keeps it pressurized.
71
When the load DOOR OPEN SEQUENCE is completed, while the rack is loaded in the chamber by the load end SCS
conveyor, the bar code reader is ready to read the bar code on the rack until the SCS REQUEST TO OPEN WASHER
LOAD DOOR input is de-energized by the load end SCS conveyor.
The washer waits until the SCS REQUEST TO OPEN WASHER LOAD DOOR input is de-energized by the load end SCS
conveyor. Then, the washer closes the load door and keeps it pressurized.
If the barcode number is valid, the corresponding cycle is automatically selected and started. If the barcode is invalid, a
Warning is displayed for "No code detected OR cycle locked OR Invalid code". Once cleared, the operator is prompted to
manually select and start a cycle.
Here is the list of default barcode value assigned:
Barcode # [1] Cycle Name Barcode # Cycle Name

[1]
00 INSTRUMENTS 15 Cycle 15
01 UTENSILS 16 Cycle 16
04 PLASTIC GOODS 17 Cycle 17
05 ANESTHESIA 18 Cycle 18
06 GENTLE Cycle 19 Cycle 19
07 RIGID M.I.S. 20 Cycle 20
08 ORTHOPEDICS 21 Cycle 21
09 Cycle 9 22 Cycle 22
13 RAS (if software with RAS 26 Cycle 26

installed)
Not Used (if software
with RAS not installed)
27 Cycle 27
[1] Cycle barcode value is not reset to default values when cycle values are reset to default values. Also, when a data of
a cycle is copied to another cycle, barcode value is not copied.
Manual Loading of Rack
Rack is manually loaded if loading mode is set to manual or if Load End SCS hardware option (see Section 4.12, Machine
Setup — Hardware Options) is disabled. To manually load a rack, the operator uses the following procedure:
72
Press the button to open the load door

Push the rack in the chamber
Press the button to close the load door
Select proper cycle to be initiated from load side of the unit only.
If the Hand-Held Barcode Reader option is enabled in Hardware Options menu and activated in the Supervisor mode,
the Operator can perform load scanning (see Section 4.62, Hand-Held Barcode Reader) before or after opening load door.
Automatic Unloading of Rack With Unload End SCS
Unload End SCS is used to automatically unload the rack from the chamber after a cycle completion. Unload End SCS
conveyor must be installed and Unload End SCS hardware option (see Section 4.12, Machine Setup — Hardware Options)
must be enabled to use this function.
If the Unload End SCS hardware is enabled and a cycle with thermal disinfection is completed, the washer opens the
unload door (see Section 4.37, Cycle Mode - Cycle Completion) and energizes the READY TO BE UNLOADED REQUEST
output. When REQUEST TO OPEN WASHER UNLOAD DOOR input is energized by Unload End SCS conveyor, the washer
de-energizes the READY TO BE UNLOADED REQUEST output. When the REQUEST TO OPEN WASHER UNLOAD DOOR
input is de-energized by the Unload End SCS conveyor, the washer closes the unload door.
If the Unload End SCS hardware is enabled and a cycle without thermal disinfection is completed, unload side operator
has to confirm that he wants to open unload door by replying to a warning message before the READY TO BE
UNLOADED REQUEST output is energized and normal sequence continues.
Manual Unloading of Rack
Rack is manually unloaded if Unload End SCS hardware option (see Section 4.12, Machine Setup — Hardware Options) is
disabled. To manually unload a rack, the operator uses the following procedure:
The unload door automatically opens after a cycle with thermal disinfection is completed (see Section 4.37, Cycle Mode -
Cycle Completion).
Remove the rack from the chamber
Press the button to close the unload door
For a cycle without thermal disinfection, unload side operator has to confirm that he wants to open unload door by
replying to a warning message; the unload door does not automatically open in that case.
4.58 Cycle Counter

Value shown by the cycle counter (in Service mode) must correspond to number of cycles started on unit. Cycle counter
includes both completed and aborted cycles.
4.59 Shunt Trip Breaker

SHUNT TRIP BREAKER (IO1-DC14) is an output activating a device that trips circuit breaker of: drying heaters, sump
heaters (if electric-heated) and reservoir heaters (if option is present). It is used by controller in:
Any situation where a contactor is suspected to be stuck in close position.
Any situation where an over temperature switch is tripped, except in the case of an E-Stop activation which cuts all I/O
signals and would simulate an over temperature tripping.
SHUNT TRIP BREAKER is activated if any of the DRYING OVER TEMPERATURE SWITCH or SUMP OVER TEMPERATURE
SWITCH (only if electric-heated) or RESERVOIR OVER TEMPERATURE SWITCH (only if the option is present) is tripped
for 2 consecutive seconds. It remains activated until the input is not tripped anymore.
4.60 Dry Contacts

Dry contacts is a hardware option that can be set to YES in Service mode (see Section 4.12, Machine Setup — Hardware
Options). The following is the list of dry contacts and how they work:
73
Cold Water Filling: This dry contact is activated every time the COLD WATER INLET VALVE, the CONDENSER VALVE or
the DRAIN COOLING VALVE output is activated.
Hot Water Filling: This dry contact is activated every time the HOT WATER INLET VALVE output is activated.
Pure Water Filling: This dry contact is activated every time the PURE WATER INLET VALVE output is activated.
Washer is Draining: This dry contact is activated every time the CLOSE DRAIN VALVE output is deactivated.
End of Cycle: This dry contact is activated every time the output to open unload door is activated (OPEN NON-SERVICE
SIDE DOOR or OPEN SERVICE SIDE DOOR). The selection of the output is done by the installer depending on the
process flow of the washer.
Cycle is Running: This dry contact is activated by the dedicated output CYCLE RUNNING EXTERNAL DRY CONTACT (IO2-
DC13). This output is activated when a cycle is started and it is deactivated when the cycle ends. Cycle end can be
either normal cycle completion or Abort completion for abnormal completion.
Refer to Electrical Schematics for wiring details (see ).
4.61 Standby
Standby mode is placing the unit in a low energy consumption state but with controller energized. The function was
mainly needed for optional reservoirs but is applicable to any washer configuration. There are 3 possible ways to put
the washer on Standby mode:
by Cycle in progress screen, when activating "Standby after cycle";
by Ready screen;
after the Automatic Standby Delay is elapsed.
If an alarm occurs while the washer is in Standby mode, the unit returns to Standby mode once the operator has
acknowledged the alarm message.
Screen Management
• In Ready Mode, by Manual Activation

Standby button is always available on Ready Screen. When pressing this button:
If both doors are not closed "Please Close Door" message is displayed.
If both doors are closed, a screen askS to confirm "Do you want to put the washer on standby?";
If YES is selected, PREPARING FOR STANDBY MODE starts and actions are displayed.
When all steps of PREPARING FOR STANDBY MODE are done, a screen is displayed to indicate that washer is on
Standby mode. A Restore button is available on this screen to RESTORE FROM STANDBY.
• In Ready Mode, After Automatic Standby Delay is Elapsed
Automatic Standby Delay is adjustable in Supervisor mode between 1 to 24 hours (see Section 4.32, Supervisor
Mode - Adjustable Parameters).
Countdown is active only when Ready screen is displayed.
Countdown starts as soon the Ready screen is reached after the power-up.
When the countdown is elapsed, another 30-second countdown starts so that User can cancel the procedure. The
Standby Request screen is displayed to show that "washer will be put into standby in XX sec". A cancel button is
available on this screen.
It is reset every time:
• A door is opened or closed by operator;
• The washer returns to Ready mode after exiting from Service or Supervisor mode;
• The Cancel button is pressed on the final countdown screen.
"When the final 30-second countdown is elapsed:
74
• If both doors are not closed, the open door is automatically closed;
• If an alarm is triggered during door closing, alarm screen is displayed and countdown is reset upon alarm
acknowledgment by User.
• If both doors are closed, PREPARING FOR STANDBY MODE starts and actions are displayed.
"When all steps of PREPARING FOR STANDBY MODE are done, a screen is displayed to indicate that washer is on
Standby mode. A Restore button is available on this screen to RESTORE FROM STANDBY.
• During a Cycle
Standby button is always available on Cycle Wizard screen. When pressing this button, Operator as the choice to
activate or deactivate "Standby after cycle";
When "Standby after cycle" is activated:
– the unit starts PREPARING FOR STANDBY MODE after the unload door has been closed following cycle
completion.
– no warning or reminders are displayed at cycle completion (no operator in front of the unit).
– if it was activated before the refilling of the Rinse Reservoir for next cycle (during Thermal Rinse phase), it will
not be filled.
– if it was activated before the water return to Wash Reservoir (during draining of Thermal Rinse phase), it will
not be returned.
– if an abort OR an alarm OR a power failure occurs "Standby after cycle" is deactivated.
When all steps of PREPARING FOR STANDBY MODE are done, a screen is displayed to indicate that washer is on
standby. A Restore button is available on this screen to RESTORE FROM STANDBY.
Preparing For Standby Mode
When the Standby request is confirmed, the following actions are done one after the other is completed:
1. DRAINING RINSE RESERVOIR (if present):
Open RINSE RESERVOIR OUTLET VALVE and start DRAINING SUMP for LOW WATER LEVEL.
2. DRAINING WASH RESERVOIR (if present):
Open WASH RESERVOIR OUTLET VALVE and start a 25-second countdown (during this time SUMP
When 0 is reached, start DRAINING SUMP for SMALL WATER VOLUME.
3. Deactivate BLUE LED, RED LED and GREEN LED.
4. Open DRAIN VALVE.
Restore From Standby
If Restore button is pressed, washer is returned to Ready mode after completing the following steps:
Close DRAIN VALVE;
Activate GREEN LED.
When reaching Ready mode, FILL RINSE RESERVOIR can start (if present).
4.62 Hand-Held Barcode Reader

If the Hand-Held Barcode Reader option is enabled in Hardware Options menu (see Section 4.12, Machine Setup —
Hardware Options) and activated in the Supervisor mode (see Section 4.32, Supervisor Mode - Adjustable Parameters), the
bar code button is available in the top left corner of the Ready screen or Cycle selection screen (if loading mode is not
automatic).
75
When button is pressed, the display asks the operator to scan the Operator barcode.
When next button is pressed, the display asks the User to scan the Washing Accessory barcode: only the last value
scanned is saved.
When next button is pressed, the display asks the User to scan the load barcode: only the last value scanned is saved.
When next button is pressed, the display asks the User to scan up to 15 tray barcodes: when a Tray barcode is scanned,
the information is entered in the first empty item in the list (numerical sequence). If no empty item is available, then the
control overwrites the last scanned item. User can press Clear button to clear the last value scanned.
The User can press Next button to skip scanning the Operator, Washing Accessory and/or Load barcode.
Previous button is available for the Washing Accessory barcode, Load barcode and Tray barcodes screens.
When finish button is pressed on the Tray barcodes screen, the information is saved and the washer allows to continue
the loading sequence (see Section 4.57, Doors and Load/unload Automation) and to select the cycle to start.
When cycle is started, the information is printed on the cycle printout and saved in the cycle datalog.
4.63 Door Lighting (LEDs)

RGB LED strips are installed on the top of the door to illuminate the door, its frame, the load and the chamber. Three
outputs are used to control the color of the light:
DC12 Red LED
DC14 Green LED
DC15 Blue LED
Operation of the lights is as follows:
• Light is green when the washer is ready to be loaded.
• Light switches to white (Red+Green+Blue) when the cycle starts.
• Light remains white until the unload door is closed after the cycle is completed: at that moment, it switches to
green.
• When the washer enters in Supervisor mode or Service mode, the light turns to white.
• When an alarm or a warning is generated, the light color changes to red.
• When a reminder is displayed, the light remains white.
• During the abort sequence, the light remains white.
4.64 Service Log

Service log records are created when any Alarm or Warning or System Error occurs. They are saved in log files which
can be transferred to USB key or viewed from a screen in Service mode.
The maximum number of log files is 3:
At the first event, the first log file is created.
Once its size has reached the maximum size allowed, a second one is created.
Once the second one has reached the maximum size allowed, a third one is created.
If this third file reaches the maximum size allowed, the first file is deleted and replaced with a new one.
The files are never erased and are kept in memory until a factory reset or a software update.
When copied to a USB key, they are stored inside the "Mach_XX" (where XX is the Machine ID value (see Section 4.32,
Supervisor Mode - Adjustable Parameters) folder in another folder called "ERRORLOG".
76
4.65 Software Evolution
Table 4-8. Software Evolution Chart
Released Date Part Number Revision Change Description
June 2019 10238765 B First Release of standard

(Tag 1.1.2) software
(English, French, Spanish, Italian,
German)
January 2020 10238765 C Add Japanese and Polish

(Tag 1.2.1) languages
German, Polish, Japanese)
October 2020 10238765 D Bug fixed: CAT disconnecting,

(Tag 1.3.1) Leap year issue, Clock Drift issue
January 2021 10238765 E Add Portuguese and Swedish

(Tag 1.4.1) languages
German, Polish, Japanese,
Portuguese, Swedish)
June 2021 10238765 F ACU Rinse Reservoir logic update

(Tag 1.5.2)
September 2019 10392612 B First Release of software with

(Tag 1.1.2) RAS cycle
German)
July 2021 10392612 C Version with RAS Cycle,

(Tag 1.2.1) dedicated to the use of
Prolystica Ultra Concentrated
High Performance
German, Polish, Japanese)
77
Figure 4-1. AMSCO 7052HP - Cycle Description Chart (50 Hz and 60 Hz - With Prolystica Ultra Concentrate High
Performance Chemicals) - Page 1 of 3
78
79
80
Figure 4-4. AMSCO 7052HP - Cycle Description Chart (50 Hz and 60 Hz - With Prolystica Ultra Concentrate
Chemicals) - Page 1 of 3
81
Figure 4-5. AMSCO 7052HP - Cycle Description Chart (50 Hz 60 Hz - With Prolystica Ultra Concentrate Chemicals) -
Page 2 of 3
82
Figure 4-6. AMSCO 7052HP - Cycle Description Chart (50 Hz and 60 Hz - With Prolystica Ultra Concentrate
Chemicals) - Page 3 of 3
83
84
85
86
Figure 4-10. AMSCO 7053HP - Cycle Description Chart (60 Hz - With Prolystica Ultra Concentrate Chemicals) - Page 1
of 3
87
of 3
88
of 3
89
of 3
90
of 3
91
of 3
92
Figure 4-16. AMSCO 7052HP and AMSCO 7053HP - Cycle Description Chart (50 Hz and 60 Hz - With Other Chemicals)
- Page 1 of 3
93
- Page 2 of 3
94
- Page 3 of 3
95
Figure 4-19. Pump Designation, Chemical Type and Concentrations Available
Figure 4-20. A0 Values Selection
96
97
®
AMSCO 7052HP and 7053HP Single-Chamber Washer/Disinfectors (50 Hz and 60 Hz)
764337483_C
DEFAULT VALIDATED PARAMETERS WITH 22 mL (0.8 mL/L) PROLYSTICA ULTRA CONCENTRATE HIGH PERFORMANCE PRODUCTS
No modification of this cycle is allowed to the user.
WASH 1 WASH 2 WASH 3
CYCLE NAME PARAMETERS PRE‐WASH
STAGE 1 STAGE 2 STAGE 1 STAGE 2 STAGE 1 STAGE 2
Recirculation Time 02:00 06:00 (GUA) 06:00 (GUA) 02:00 (GUA) 00:00 06:00 (GUA) 06:00 (GUA)
RAS
at Temperature Non‐Heated 122.0 F [50.0 C] (2) 150.0 F [65.5 C] (2) Non‐Heated Non‐Heated 122.0 F [50.0 C] (2) 150.0 F [65.5 C] (2)
13 Filling Water Port CW CW + HW ‐ CW ‐ CW ‐
HIGH
Water Level Low Low ‐ Low ‐ Low ‐
pump speed
Chemical Injection (1) ‐ Pump 1 Pump 2 None None Pump 1 Pump 2
WASH 4 ACCRONYMS: CW = Cold Water

PARAMETERS RINSE THERMAL RINSE DRYING
STAGE 1 STAGE 2 HW = Hot Water
Recirculation Time 06:00 (GUA) 06:00 (GUA) 01:00 01:00 (GUA) 20:00 PW = Pure Water
at Temperature 122.0 F [50.0 C] (2) 150.0 F [65.5 C] (2) Non‐Heated 194.0 F [90.0 C] (3) High GUA = Guaranteed Time over Temp.
(4)
Filling Water Port CW ‐ HW HW (5)
Acu‐Dry:
Water Level Low ‐ Low Low
(1)
Disabled
Chemical Injection Pump 1 Pump 2 ‐ None
NOTES: (1) Processing RAS cycle requires the usage of the following Prolystica® Ultra Concentrate High Performance chemicals.
P1‐P2‐P3 Setup PUMP ID CHEMICAL TYPE INJECTION RATE
Enzymatic 0.74 oz (1/10 oz/gal)
Pump 1
Cleaner [22 mL (0.8 mL/L)]
PUC HP
Neutral 0.74 oz (1/10 oz/gal)
Pump 2
Detergent [22 mL (0.8 mL/L)]
(2) Through all washing time, minimal temperature set point increases by approximatly 1 °C/min.
(3) Temperature is restricted to a maximum of 185.9 F [85.5 C] for Thermal Rinse phases for customers located at altitude higher than 2500 ft [762 m].
AVAILABILITY TIME EQUIVALENT
TEMPERATURE
WITH ALTITUDE [MIN:SEC] A0 VALUE
AMSCO® 7000 Series

Up to 2500 ft 194.0 °F
01:00 600
[762 m] [90.0 °C]
Up to 6560 ft 185.9 °F
02:49 600
[2000 m] [85.5 °C]
(4) If optional Acu-Rinse Reservoir is present, Rinse phase will be fixed to HW filling water port since the SINGLE-PASS RINSE performed by this reservoir is not
allowed for RAS cycle.
(5) If pure water is present on the unit (standard pure water line on chamber or optional Acu-Rinse Reservoir), the Thermal Rinse phase will automatically be set
to use PW.
Figure 4-21. Cycle Description Chart — RAS Cycle
Maintenance Manual
5 — Inspection and Maintenance
Inspection and Maintenance
5.1 Inspection and Maintenance – Introduction

information.
5.2 General
Maintenance procedures should be performed regularly at the intervals indicated in the Interval Based Check List
located in Section 10.1, Interval Based Check List.
Local conditions (water quality, usage, etc.) may require more frequent maintenance than indicated by the schedule.
IMPORTANT: Follow all safety procedures including Lockout/Tagout.
If a problem occurs, refer to Troubleshooting alarm.
Refer to the Illustrated Parts Breakdown section for recommended spare parts lists.
98
1. Access Panels 7. Printer

2. Hand-held Bar Code Reader (EMEA Option) 8. Control System
3. Status Lights 9. Power (ON/OFF) Toggle Switch
4. Chamber Doors 10. USB Port
5. Access Panels 11. Non-Service Side
6. Emergency Stop Pushbutton 12. Service Side
99
5.3 Cleaning Debris Screen
WARNING
SLIPPING HAZARD
WARNING
BURN HAZARD
Inner surfaces of washer/disinfector are very hot after cycle is completed. Allow
washer/disinfector to cool down before touching chamber. Always wear appropriate
Personal Protective Equipment (PPE), including gloves as well as a face shield, and
avoid all contact with inner walls when reaching into chamber.
As needed, or after last cycle of the day, clean debris screen located in bottom of sump as follows:
1. Allow washer/disinfector to cool down before reaching into washer/disinfector chamber.
2. Press Open Door on touch screen to open chamber load door.
3. Hold handle and remove debris screen from sump.
4. Rinse debris screen under running water.
5. Clean sump contour to remove any debris that may be trapped under the debris screen. Brush contour of the
debris screen seal.
IMPORTANT: Pay a special attention to the bottom wiper blade seal and recessed zone underneath it.
6. Reinstall debris screen into sump by inserting screen over sump cavity. Ensure it is correctly positioned and that
it covers entire opening.
7. Press Close Door on touch screen to close chamber load door.
100
1 Debris Screen
5.4 Cleaning Water Outlet Connection

Once a week, allow washer/disinfector to cool down and open washer/disinfector door. Clean sliding water inlet as
follows:
1. Remove water sliding inlet and inspect for debris.
2. Brush off all surfaces (inside and outside) and rinse under tap water, as necessary.
3. Inner surface of water outlet connection within chamber sump must also be wiped.
4. Reinstall water sliding inlet.
1 Gasket
2 Water Outlet Connection
.
5.5 Cleaning Door Gasket

Once a month, allow washer/disinfector to cool down and open washer/disinfector door.
Then clean, brush and disinfect under both door gaskets using a concentrate germicidal detergent.
101
5.6 Cleaning Washer/Disinfector Exterior
WARNING
SLIPPING HAZARD
procedures set forth on detergent or chemical label and/or Safety Data Sheet (SDS)
CAUTION
● Use nonabrasive cleaners when cleaning unit. Follow directions on containers and rub
in a back-and-forth motion (in same direction as surface grain). Abrasive cleaners will
damage stainless steel. Cleaners rubbed in a circular motion or applied with a wire
brush or steel wool on door and chamber assemblies can be harmful to stainless
steel. Do not use these cleaners on painted surfaces.
● Wipe all plastic surfaces or painted surfaces with 70% isopropyl alcohol cleaner (such
as glass or countertop cleaners).
The following cleaning procedure should be performed once per week:

Clean washer/disinfector exterior using a general purpose cleaner (nonabrasive) for general stains, a stainless-steel
stain remover for stubborn stains and a stainless-steel polish to keep equipment looking like new. Proceed as follows:
1. Using a damp cloth or sponge, apply cleaner in a back-and-forth motion, rubbing in same direction as surface
grain.
2. Thoroughly wipe off cleaner.
3. Polish surface with a clean, dry, lint-free cloth.
102
5.7 Processing Decontamination Cycle
WARNING
● Chemicals are caustic and can cause adverse effects to exposed tissues. Do not get in
eyes, on skin or attempt to swallow. Read and follow the precautions and
instructions on the chemical label and in the Safety Data Sheet (SDS) prior to
handling the chemical, refilling the chemical container or servicing the chemical
injection pump. Wear appropriate Personal Protective Equipment (PPE) whenever
handling the chemical or servicing the chemical injection pump and lines.
● Wear gloves and eye protection when using a chemical. Avoid contact with the eyes
or skin. If a chemical spills or splashes on you, flush the affected area with water for
15 minutes. If swallowed, DO NOT induce vomiting. Seek medical attention
immediately.
WARNING
performed.
103
IMPORTANT: As a preventive maintenance measure, it is the responsibility of the Customer to perform the decontamination of
the washer/disinfector once a week, as prescribed.
NOTE: Contact STERIS for information on specific cleaning and descaling products recommended for use with this
washer/disinfector.
Decontaminate and descale chamber as follows, using Decontamination cycle expressly designed for this purpose:
1. Wear appropriate Personal Protective Equipment (PPE) such as waterproof gloves and eye protection.
3. Place an empty multi-level manifold rack in chamber.
NOTE: If washer/disinfector is equipped with an ATLAS Workflow Automation Vehicle or with an SCS Conveyor
System for automatic loading, note that there is no cycle bar code tag for the DECONTAM cycle. Manual loading
shall be used.
4. Press Close Door on touch screen to close load door.
5. Press Select Cycle on Ready screen. Display shows Select cycle to start screen:
6. Press Right arrow on touch screen to view Decontamination cycle.

7. Press Decontamination on touch screen to start Decontamination cycle. Display shows:
8. Display shows message requesting operator opens load door and pours descaling product into chamber. Proceed
as follows:
IMPORTANT: Wear appropriate Personal Protective Equipment (PPE) such as waterproof gloves and eye protection
before opening load door.
a. Press Open Door on touch screen to open chamber load door.
b. Pour 414 mL (14 oz) of descaling product at the proper concentration into chamber sump.
c. Press Close Door on touch screen to close chamber load door.
104
d. Press Resume on touch screen to resume Decontamination cycle.

9. When Decontamination cycle is completed,
• For software 10074397: Display returns to Ready screen.
• For software 10238765: Unload door automatically opens. Press Close Door on touch screen to close
chamber unload door.
NOTE: If washer/disinfector is equipped with an ATLAS Workflow Automation Vehicle or with an SCS
Conveyor System for automatic unloading, rack unloading will occur and door will close automatically.
10. Allow washer/disinfector to cool down and press Close Door on touch screen to close chamber unload door.
12. Check debris screen for debris.
14. Rinse debris screen under running water if necessary. Rinse while screen is still wet, before any debris dries.
15. Clean sump contour to remove any debris that may be trapped under the debris screen. Brush contour of the
debris screen seal.
IMPORTANT: Pay special attention to the bottom wiper blade seal and recessed zone underneath it.
16. Reinstall debris screen in wash chamber.
105
5.8 Replacing Chemical Container
WARNING
Wear gloves and eye protection when using a chemical. Avoid contact with the eyes or
skin. If a chemical spills or splashes on you, flush the affected area with water for 15
minutes. If swallowed, DO NOT induce vomiting. Seek medical attention immediately.
WARNING
performed.
CAUTION
When choosing a detergent, select one with a low-chloride content. Detergents with a
high-chloride content must not be used, as such detergents may harm stainless steel.
If a chemical product is low or has run out, proceed as follows:

1. Install a new chemical container besides empty container to avoid dripping chemicals.
IMPORTANT: Ensure chemical is not expired. Verify expiration date printed on each container.
2. Wearing appropriate Personal Protective Equipment (PPE), remove pickup tube and low level sensor from empty
container by pulling on pickup tube and its dust cover
3. Verify new chemical container label color matches pickup tubes color.
4. Insert pickup tube assembly into new chemical container.
NOTE: DO NOT insert pickup into container without verifying it is for the proper application.
5. Place new chemical container in place of the empty one. Safely discard empty container and chemistry residual.
NOTE: NEVER empty any remaining chemical product from the old chemical container into the new chemical
container.
6. Push pickup tube assembly and dust cover until they are all the way down and completely sealing bottle
opening.
106
PUMP PICKUP TUBE USED

PUMP 1 RED
PUMP 2 GREEN
PUMP 3 BLUE
PUMP 4 (Accessory) WHITE
PUMP 5 (Accessory) WHITE
1 Dust Cover
2 Pickup Tube Assembly
.
5.9 Changing Printer Paper Roll and Ink Cartridge (Accessory)

To change printer ink cartridge and paper roll, proceed as follows:
IMPORTANT: STERIS ink cartridge and paper are recommended. Using non-STERIS ink cartridge and non-STERIS paper can
result in defects or other problems and can void the warranty.
Impact Printer Paper Roll
The printer paper roll should be changed whenever a colored stripe is visible on one or both edges of the printout paper.
If LED is present on Paper Feed Button, LED lights up when paper has completely run out.
107
NOTE: Do not operate printer without paper.

1. Press on top of printer outer door and release to open door.
2. Tear paper between take-up spool and printer.
— or –
If LED is present on Paper Feed Button,, LED is ON, press paper feed button so paper clears the ink cartridge
area.
3. Remove take-up spool from drive by inserting fingers in cavity and lifting slightly to pull take-up spool out.
4. Remove used paper from spindle.
5. If needed, open inner printer door and remove old paper roll, gently pulling any remaining paper out of printer
roller mechanism.
1 Press and Release Here to Open Door

2 Printer Door
.
108
1 Take-Up Spool
2 Paper
3 Inner Printer Door
4 Ink Cartridge
5 Paper Feed Button (Includes LED if Feature is Present)
6 Printer Door
.
6. Insert new paper roll.
7. Slightly fold end of paper and insert end of paper into printer roller mechanism, just behind ink cartridge.
8. Press paper feed button on printer until paper advances through printer mechanism and ink cartridge, exiting
through front.
9. Continue pressing paper feed button (or pull paper gently) until about 18” (46 cm) of paper hangs out of printer.
Insert end of paper into slot of take-up spool.
10. Coil paper around take-up spool until secure.
11. Reinstall take-up spool in bracket. Manually roll up slack paper.
12. Close printer door.
13. If LED is present on Paper Feed Button,, check LED light. It should be OFF.
109
Impact Printer Ink Cartridge
The printer ink cartridge should be changed as soon as type on printouts is light or faded, and before printouts become
difficult to read.
1. Tear paper between take-up spool and printer.
2. Open inner printer door, then press on right end of ink cartridge, until left end of cartridge pops out of printer.
3. Slip cartridge off end of paper, slip new cartridge over paper in same way as before, ensuring paper slides
between ink cartridge and ink ribbon.
4. Install left end of cartridge first, then push right end in, snapping cartridge into place.
5. Retighten ribbon by rotating wheel on left side of cartridge 1/4 turn. Then, see Impact Printer Paper Roll to
reinstall take-up spool.
1 Take-Up Spool
2 Paper
3 Inner Printer Door
4 Ink Cartridge
5 Paper Feed Button (Includes LED if Feature is Present)
6 Printer Door
.
5.10 Changing Thermal Printer Paper Roll (Accessory)

The printer paper roll must be changed whenever a colored stripe is visible or when status LED lights up.
NOTE: Do not operate printer without paper.
1. Pull to open printer door.
2. Remove any empty roll from printer.
3. Pull lever to open printer cover.
110
4. Insert new paper roll.

5. Gently close printer cover.
6. Leaving some paper out of printer, apply a uniform force on both left and right sides of cover. Ensure to avoid
twist effects.
NOTE: Ensure cover is completely closed and the paper is well centered at the cover’s paper guide exit.
7. Remove spool from printer. Open spool.

8. Insert paper between two parts of spool. Close spool.
9. Roll paper around spool twice.
111
10. Insert spool in printer housing seat. If there is not enough paper, feed some additional paper using Feed button.
11. Once paper is installed and loaded, feed a few centimeters of paper using Feed button to adjust paper path
alignment and to ensure complete paper tensioning.
5.11 Inspecting and Cleaning Rotary Spray Arm Assemblies AMSCO 7052HP W/D
WARNING
SLIPPING HAZARD
Once a week, inspect and clean chamber rotary spray arm assemblies as follows:
1. Top rotary spray arm assembly:
a. Remove pin securing top rotary spray arm assembly to chamber ceiling.
b. Remove and lower top rotary spray arm assembly.
c. Remove safety latches securing both arm assembly spray jets.
d. Remove end spray jets and put safely aside.
NOTE: End spray jets do not need to be disassembled for cleaning but need to be reinstalled at their
original location.
IMPORTANT: Spray jets have two specific positions: First position is for thruster spray function. Second position is
for corner spray function.
e. Use special tool provided with unit or a fine wire (approximately wire gauge of a paper clip) to gently clean
sediment from spray nozzles and end spray jets. Rinse under running water.
f. Rinse left and right spray arms under running water to clean out sediment.
g. Reinstall end spray jets on arm assembly using previously removed safety latches.
h. Once cleaning procedure is completed, reinstall rotary spray arm assembly to chamber ceiling using
previously removed pin.
2. Bottom rotary spray arm assembly:
a. Release latches securing both arm assembly end spray jets.
112
b. Remove end spray jets and put safely aside.

NOTE: End spray jets do not need to be disassembled for cleaning but need to be reinstalled at their
original location.
IMPORTANT: Spray jets have two specific positions: First position is for thruster spray function. Second position is
for corner spray function.
c. Use special tool provided with unit or a fine wire (approximately wire gauge of a paper clip) to gently clean
d. Reinstall end spray jets on arm assembly using previously removed safety latches.
3. If necessary, repeat appropriate cleaning procedure for each rotary spray arm assembly on manifold racks.
IMPORTANT: Do not interchange washer and manifolded rack spray arms.
1 Tool Provided with Washer

2 End Spray Jet
.
113
1 Three Engraved Dots

2 Position Hole Towards Bottom
3 Four Engraved Dots
4 Position Hole Towards Top
5 Thruster Spray Function
6 Arm Assembly
7 End Spray Jet
8 Pin
9 Hub
10 Safety Latch
Figure 5-1. Top Rotary Spray Arm Assembly
114
1 Three Engraved Dots

2 Position Hole Towards Top
3 Corner Function
4 Four Engraved Dots
5 Position Hole Towards Bottom
6 Thruster Spray Function
7 Sliding Inlet
8 Safety Latch
9 End Spray Jet
10 Spray Arm Support
Figure 5-2. Bottom Rotary Spray Arm Assembly
115
5.12 Inspecting and Cleaning Rotary Spray Arm Assemblies - AMSCO 7053HP W/D
WARNING
SLIPPING HAZARD
Once a week, clean chamber rotary spray arm assemblies as follows:

1. Top rotary spray arm assembly:
a. Remove pin securing top rotary spray arm assembly to chamber ceiling.
b. Remove and lower top rotary spray arm assembly.
c. Rotate counterclockwise both arm assembly spray jets and pull to remove. Keep end spray jets safely
aside.
NOTE: Pay attention to the way spray jet is secured in place on arm with slots at the extremity of the spray arm.
1 Spray jet
.
d. Use special tool provided with unit or a fine wire (approximately wire gauge of a paper clip) to gently clean
e. Rinse left and right spray arms under running water to clean out sediment.
f. Reinstall end spray jets on arm assembly by:
• Pushing spray jet into place;
IMPORTANT: Ensure to insert lower pin into L-shaped slot and upper pin into straight slot.
116
1 Lower pin (into L-shaped slot)

2 Upper pin (into straight slot)
.
• Turning spray jet clockwise to secure it using both slots at the end of spray arm.
g. Once cleaning procedure is completed, reinstall rotary spray arm assembly to chamber ceiling using
previously removed pin.
2. Bottom rotary spray arm assembly:
a. Rotate counterclockwise both arm assembly spray jets and pull to remove. Keep end spray jets safely
aside.
NOTE: Pay attention to the way spray jet is secured in place on arm with slots at the extremity of the spray arm.
117
1 Spray jet
.
b. Use special tool provided with unit or a fine wire (approximately wire gauge of a paper clip) to gently clean
c. Rinse left and right spray arms under running water to clean out sediment.
d. Reinstall end spray jets on arm assembly by:
• Pushing spray jet into place;
IMPORTANT: Ensure to insert lower pin into L-shaped slot and upper pin into straight slot.
1 Lower pin (into L-shaped slot)

2 Upper pin (into straight slot)
.
• Turning spray jet clockwise to secure it using both slots at the end of spray arm.
118
3. If necessary, repeat appropriate cleaning procedure for each rotary spray arm assembly on manifold racks.
IMPORTANT: Do not interchange washer and manifolded rack spray arms.
1. Tool Provided with Washer
119
1 Dot Identification
2 End Spray Jet
3 Hub
4 Sliding Inlet
5 Spray Arm Support
120
Dot Identification Position of Spray Arm Assembly
•••
Top Rotary Spray Arm Assembly
•••••
•••••••
Bottom Rotary Spray Arm Assembly
••••••••
5.13 Door Safety Test
WARNING
PERSONAL INJURY HAZARD
● Risk of pinch point between door and threshold when the door opens. Keep fingers
away from threshold.
● Risk of pinch point between door and upper panel. Do not push on top portion of
doors; do not push on door when door is rising; do not push on door when door is
jammed.
IMPORTANT: Supervisor password is required to perform this procedure.

Every 750 cycles, a door safety test is required to verify both doors security. While washer/disinfector is in Ready
mode, an audible signal sounds and a message is displayed to remind the supervisor that the safety test must be
performed. If the supervisor decides to bypass the safety test, the message pops up again after 20 cycles. The
message will be displayed after every 20 cycles until the safety test is performed.
1. Display shows door safety test due reminder.
.
NOTE: Pressing No will bypass door safety test.
2. Press Yes to perform test.
3. Display requests supervisor password entry.
4. Enter Supervisor mode password using available touch pads on keyboard screen.
121
6. Display shows message requesting to open load door. Press Open Door to open load door. Load door opens.
7. Display shows message requesting activation of first door safety switch.
8. Insert an insulated screwdriver (shaft length of at least 2" [51 mm] and shaft diameter of 1/10" [3 mm] or less)
into right hole of detection bar.
NOTE: Detection bar is located on bottom of door. Two small holes are located under detection bar, in the middle of the
bar.
1. Holes
2. Door
3. Detection Bar
9. When first door safety switch is verified, display automatically shows message requesting activation of second
door safety switch. Repeat Step 8 with left hole of detection bar.
10. When second door safety switch is verified, display automatically shows message requesting to close load door.
Press Close Door to close load door. Load door closes.
11. Repeat Step 6 to Step 10 to verify both door safety switches on bottom of unload door.
NOTE: Once test is completed, the 750-cycle reminder is reset to 0. Door safety reminder will be displayed again in 750
cycles.
5.14 Sump Safety Level Test

IMPORTANT: Supervisor password is required to perform this procedure.
Every 979 cycles, a sump safety test is required to verify water level in washer/disinfector sump. While
washer/disinfector is in Ready mode, an audible signal sounds and a message is displayed to remind the supervisor
that the safety level test must be performed. If the supervisor decides to bypass he safety level test, the message pops
up again after 25 cycles. The message will be displayed every five cycles until the safety level test is performed.
1. Display shows sump safety level test due reminder.
122
2. Press Ack to acknowledge test reminder.

6. Display shows message requesting to verify both washer/disinfector doors are closed.
7. Press Start to begin test.

NOTE: Once test is completed, the 979-cycle reminder is reset to 0. Sump Safety Level Test reminder will be displayed
again in 979 cycles.
5.15 Water Inlet Pressure Test

NOTE: Supervisor password is required to perform this procedure.
A water inlet pressure test is required to verify water inlet pressure in washer/disinfector.
1. Press Gear On Ready screen.
2. Press Supervisor mode on following screen:
123

5. Press OK to confirm entry. Display shows Supervisor mode screen:
124
NOTE: If password entered is wrong, display returns to Ready screen.

6. Press right arrow until reaching tests menu.
7. Press Tests. Display shows:
8. Start water inlet dynamic pressure test.

9. Display shows message requesting to choose water port (cold water, pure water or hot water):
125
10. Press Select to show water port selection screen. Display shows:
11. Press Save on touch screen to keep new setting.
12. Press Start to begin test. Filling starts.

NOTE: Once test is completed, display shows the estimated water inlet pressure in washer/disinfector.
5.16 Verifying Emergency Stop Pushbuttons

See Figure 5-3 and Figure 5-4.
Verify Emergency Stop pushbuttons as follows:
1. When washer/disinfector is idling, press Emergency Stop pushbutton located on load side of
washer/disinfector.
126
Figure 5-3. Emergency Stop Pushbutton

2. An alarm sounds and display shows Alarm screen:
3. Press Silence Buzzer on touch screen to silence buzzer.

4. Pull out Emergency Stop pushbutton.
127
Figure 5-4. Emergency Stop Pushbutton

5. Press Ack on touch screen to acknowledge alarm.
6. Display returns to Ready screen.
Repeat Steps 1 to 5 to verify Emergency Stop pushbutton located on unload side of washer/disinfector.
5.17 Verifying and Replacing HEPA Filter
CAUTION
HEPA filter may be damaged from foreign oils and other contaminants. When replacing
the HEPA filter, do not touch new filter with bare hands. Open plastic wrapping and hold
finger through the wrapping when inserting into the filter housing.
A dirty air filter results in improper Drying phase operation.

HEPA filter replacement should be carried out only by STERIS service technicians or STERIS trained, qualified, facility
service technicians.
To replace HEPA filter, proceed as follows:
1. On non-Service side of washer/disinfector, remove the following two panels:
a. Remove screw on bottom of lower portion of control access panel. Push panel upward to disengage and
remove panel.
b. Remove screw on bottom of upper portion of control access panel. Push panel upward to disengage and
remove panel.
2. Unlock HEPA filter support.
3. Remove old HEPA filter.
4. Retrieve new HEPA filter and remove wrapping protecting filter.
5. Install new HEPA filter in its dedicated support.
128
6. Ensure both filter and frame arrow are pointing in same direction.
7. Lock HEPA filter support.
8. Reinstall upper portion of control access panel on non-Service side of washer/disinfector and secure using
previously removed screw.
9. Reinstall lower portion of control access panel on non-Service side of washer/disinfector and secure using
previously removed screw.
5.18 Preparation and Priming of Chemical Injection Pumps
WARNING
1. Press Close on touch screen to return to previous screen.

When Save is not present on touch screen, changes are saved by pressing Close on touch screen while returning
to a previous screen.
2. Press Open Door and open chamber door.
129
3. Access Supervisor mode
NOTE: Use Service passcode or use Service password to access Supervisor mode if Supervisor password is unknown.
NOTE: If password entered to access Supervisor mode is wrong, display returns to Ready screen.
4. Press Prime Chemical Pumps on Supervisor mode screen.
NOTE: Wear appropriate Personal Protective Equipment (PPE) such as waterproof gloves and eye protection.
5. Retrieve 250 mL graduated cylinder from installation kit box previously removed from washer/disinfector
chamber.
6. Place cylinder under chemical injection port, inside chamber, corresponding to chemical injection pump to be
primed.
130
7. Press Touch Pad of Chemical Injection Pump to be primed.

Chemical is being injected into graduated cylinder through chemical injection port located inside chamber.
8. When chemical starts injecting continuously (no air bubbles noted). Stop priming.
NOTE: Failure to prime correctly could generate a temporary chemical out of range alarm.
9. Carefully discard collected chemical.
10. Proceed with chemical injection pump calibration. Refer to Section 3.8, How to Perform Chemical Injection Pump
Calibration.
5.19 Verifying Chemical Injection Pumps and Squeeze Tubes
WARNING
131
CAUTION

The following procedure should be carried out only by STERIS trained, qualified, facility service technicians or STERIS
For each chemical injection pump, lubricate and verify squeeze tubes every three months as follows:
1. Put washer/disinfector (Power) ON/OFF toggle switch below touch screen display to OFF position. Reservoirs
are drained.
2. Lockout/Tagout building main electrical disconnect switch to OFF position.
3. Locate chemical injection pumps installed on wall, at remote location.
4. Remove screw securing chemical injection pump faceplate to chemical injection pump.
IMPORTANT: Carefully loosen screw securing the faceplate to avoid cracking the faceplate.
5. Lift faceplate away from pump. Keep safely aside along with screw.
132
1. Squeeze Tube
2. Faceplate
3. Screw
6. Check squeeze tube for any leaks or signs of wear. If necessary, replace squeeze tube as explained in Section
5.20, Chemical Squeeze Tube Replacement .
7. Clean all internal pump surfaces.
8. Lubricate section of squeeze tube in contact with roller block using silicone lubricant (P117950599).
9. Liberally spread silicone lubricant over rollers in roller block.

10. Return faceplate to pump and fasten with previously removed screw.
IMPORTANT: Carefully tighten screw securing the faceplate to avoid cracking the faceplate.
11. Put main electrical disconnect switch to ON position.
12. Put washer/disinfector ON/OFF toggle switch to ON position.
13. Washer/disinfector power up sequence begins.
133
5.20 Chemical Squeeze Tube Replacement
WARNING
BURN HAZARD
WARNING
ELECTRICAL SHOCK AND/OR BURN HAZARD
● Pressing bottom portion of POWER (ON/OFF) toggle switch to turn off

electrical disconnect switch to turn off power to washer/disinfector for maintenance
or repairs.
● Repairs and adjustments to this equipment must be made only by STERIS or STERIS-
including steam and condensate return supply valves, before servicing. No one
should service unit unless all utilities have been properly locked out. Always follow
local electrical codes and safety-related work practices.
WARNING
CAUTION

The following procedure should be carried out only by STERIS trained, qualified, facility service technicians or STERIS
NOTE: Depending on the location of the chemical dosing station compared to the washer/disinfector, two people may be
required to perform the priming and calibration procedure.
134
Replacing Chemical Squeeze Tubes

If necessary, replace squeeze tube as follows:
1. Put washer/disinfector Power (ON/OFF) toggle switch to OFF position.
3. Locate chemical injection pumps on wall, at remote location.
4. Close manual ball valve located on quick connect fitting to stop flow of chemical.
1. Manual Ball Valve
5. Remove screw securing chemical injection pump faceplate to chemical injection pump.
IMPORTANT: Carefully loosen screw securing the faceplate to avoid cracking the faceplate.
6. Lift faceplate away from pump assembly. Keep safely aside along with the screw.
1. Squeeze Tube
2. Faceplate
3. Screw
7. Pull out old squeeze tube from pump head.

8. Clean all internal pump surfaces.
135
9. Insert new squeeze tube by turning roller block manually.

10. Lubricate section of squeeze tube in contact with pump using silicone lubricant (P117950599).
11. Liberally spread silicone lubricant over rollers in roller block.

12. Return faceplate to pump assembly and fasten using previously removed screw.
IMPORTANT: Carefully tighten screw securing the faceplate to avoid cracking the faceplate.
1. Squeeze Tube
2. Faceplate
3. Screw

14. Put washer/disinfector Power (ON/OFF) toggle switch to ON position.
15. When power up sequence is completed, display shows Ready screen.
16. Press Service mode button and enter Service password.
NOTE: Service access code is composed of last four digits of washer/disinfector serial number, inverted by pairs. For
example, if last four digits are 1234, Service access code is 3412.
17. Press I/O button.
136
18. Select Chemical Pumps.
19. Activate pump output for five minutes to form squeeze tube.
20. When finish, repeat Step 18 and Step 19.
21. Remove both quick connect fittings from old squeeze tube. Discard tube.
1. Quick Connect Fittings
NOTE: Chemical feed line and pickup tube are still connected to both fittings.
22. Reinstall both quick connect fittings on new squeeze tube.
NOTE: Chemical feed line and pickup tube are still connected to both fittings.
137
23. Open ball valve located on quick connect fitting.

25. Put washer/disinfector Power (ON/OFF) toggle switch to ON position.
26. When squeeze tube replacement is completed, proceed with chemical injection pump priming and calibration
(see Section 5.18, Preparation and Priming of Chemical Injection Pumps).
5.21 Cleaning Chemical Drip Pan

As required, clean chemical drip pan as follows:
1. Wear appropriate Personal Protective Equipment (PPE) such as waterproof gloves and eye protection.
2. On service side of washer/disinfector, remove screw on bottom portion of control access panel. Push panel
upward to disengage and remove panel.
3. Lift to remove chemical drip pan.
4. Rinse under running water and dry.
5. Reinstall chemical drip pan in retaining slot.
6. Reinstall control access panel and secure using previously removed screw.
5.22 Replacing Supply-Line Strainers
WARNING
BURN HAZARD
Allow piping to cool before inspecting and/or cleaning supply-line strainers.
138
WARNING
● Fasteners and star washers are used to ensure protective bonding continuity. Always
reinstall any star washer which may have been removed during installation or
servicing.
WARNING
CAUTION

NOTE: Contact facility maintenance technician for this operation.

1. On Service side of washer/disinfector, loosen screws from upper access panel. Push panel upward to disengage,
then pull to remove.
Clean building supply-line strainers as follows:
2. Lockout/Tagout main electrical disconnect switch to OFF position.
3. Close building supply lines: hot water, cold water and steam (option).
4. Locate and remove strainers using 1-1/4" socket.
5. Clean strainers under running water.
6. Reinstall strainers.
7. Open building supply lines: hot water, cold water, and steam (option).
8. Verify there is no leak from each strainer fitting.
139
1. Strainer
5.23 Verifying Damper

1. With load door open, activate Drying Fan and verify if damper is going up when fan starts.
2. Verify damper shuts when fan is de-activated.
5.24 How To Clean Water Level Sump Connection Port
WARNING
trained service personnel. Repairs and adjustments performed by unqualified
personnel or installation of unauthorized parts could cause personal injury, result in
improper equipment performance, void the warranty or result in costly damage.
Contact STERIS regarding service options.
● Regularly scheduled routine maintenance, as well as preventive maintenance, are
required for safe and reliable operation of this equipment. Contact STERIS to
schedule preventive maintenance or obtain the necessary Maintenance Manual if
preventive maintenance is done by the Customer.
140
WARNING
● Pressing bottom portion of POWER (ON/OFF) toggle switch to turn off

electrical disconnect switch to turn off power to washer/disinfector for maintenance
or repairs.
WARNING
SLIPPING HAZARD

2. Loosen screws from lower Service access panel. Push panel upward to disengage, then pull to remove.
3. Loosen worm-drive clamp to remove connection port from sump.
1. Worm-Drive Clamp
4. Brush and disinfect all interior surfaces of connection port with a germicidal detergent (follow the label
instruction).
5. Use a clean wet rag to rinse connector port.
6. Dry connection port completely with a clean dry rag.
7. Reinstall connection port on sump using previously removed worm-drive clamp.
141
NOTE: Notch on connection port needs to be aligned with pin on connection port.
8. Lockout/Tagout building main electrical disconnect switch to ON position.
9. Verify connection port for leaks.
10. Perform water level adjustment verification (refer to Section 7.5, System Verification - Adjustments and Calibration).
11. Reinstall lower Service access panel.
5.25 Formatting USB Key

To be compatible with reporting features, USB key must be formatted to FAT32. From the factory almost all USB keys
are formatted as FAT32 for maximum compatibility among operating systems. Older keys of 2 GB and smaller
capacities were usually formatted as FAT (FAT16).
Checking USB Key Format
To check USB key format in Microsoft Windows, proceed as follows:

NOTE: If your version of Microsoft Windows differs from below, refer to the Microsoft Corporation website for relevant
procedure.
1. Open the Computer/This PC window. This window displays all of the drives connected to your computer. There
are several ways to open this:
2. Open the Start menu and select "Computer," or double-click the Computer icon on your desktop.
3. Right click the USB Flash key listed.
4. Right-click on “Properties”.
142
5. Check format is “FAT32”.
143
Formatting USB Key
To format USB key in Microsoft Windows, proceed as follows:

1. Click Start > Computer
2. Right click the USB Flash key listed.
144
3. In the drop-down menu, select “Format”.
145
4. Click the drop-down menu under File System, then click the FAT32 option.
5. Click the "Start" button at the bottom of the window.
146
6. Click the OK button to confirm that you are aware that formatting the USB flash key will delete all of the data
that is currently stored on it.
5.26 Verifying Acu-Rinse Reservoir Safety Water Level Operation

Refer to Illustrated Parts Breakdown module.
1. In Service mode, drain water from Rinse Reservoir: safety level LED should be ON.
2. On non-service side: remove control panel.
3. Remove safety level switch.
4. While holding switch in your hands, raise float and ensure LED turns OFF.
5. Mark switch clamp for float position.
6. Reinstall switch while ensuring float is directed upward.
7. Tighten clamp.
8. Reinstall control panel.
147
1. Mark on Switch Clamp

2. Safety Water Level
3. Orientation Sticker
148
6 — Troubleshooting
Troubleshooting
6.1 Troubleshooting — Introduction

information.
6.2 Troubleshooting — General
WARNING
Fasteners and star washers are used to ensure protective bonding continuity. Always
reinstall any star washer which may have been removed during installation or servicing.
WARNING

149
WARNING
SLIPPING HAZARD
This section describes the messages which may appear on the washer/disinfector touch screens and indicates probable
causes.
This section also describes the reminders and warnings which may appear on the washer/disinfector touch screens and
indicates probable causes.
This section describes the types of washer/disinfection malfunctions which may occur and indicates probable causes.
If unable to correct the problem with the use of the charts, or if a problem occurs that is not described on the charts,
please contact STERIS. Service charges may be incurred. Consult your warranty for details.
NEVER PERMIT UNQUALIFIED PERSONS TO SERVICE THE AMSCO ®7052HP SINGLE-CHAMBER
WASHER/DISINFECTOR AND/OR THE AMSCO® 7053HP SINGLE-CHAMBER WASHER/DISINFECTOR.
150
6.3 ABNORMAL CONDUCTIVITY READINGS FOR THERMAL RINSE DRAINING
Condition
Abnormal conductivity readings for thermal rinse draining.
General Troubleshooting Additional Information
Water supply conductivity is incorrect. 1. Contact building maintenance to test water

supplies.
Cycle program is incorrect. 1. Cycle program does not include sufficient rinsing
for the load type. Customize cycle to include an
additional rinse phase before thermal rinse.
Conductivity meter is miscalibrated. 1. Contact STERIS.
Lubricant (if applicable) or detergent pumps 1. Contact STERIS.

miscalibrated.
Draining time is to short. 1. Contact STERIS.
Internal Technician Troubleshooting Additional Information
Conductivity sensor is miscalibrated. 1. Perform conductivity sensor calibration (refer to

Section 3.9, How to Perform Conductivity Sensor
Calibration).
Water supply conductivity is incorrect. 1. In Service mode, verify Customer's Pure Water
conductivity is per specification.
Chemical pumps are not calibrated. 1. Perform calibration for all chemical pumps (refer to
Section 3.8, How to Perform Chemical Injection Pump
Calibration).
Draining time is to short. 1. Test draining time and set drain extension time
setting to add missing draining time.
A Rinse phase needs to be added. 1. Add another Rinse phase before the Thermal Rinse
phase.
151
6.4 ABNORMAL NOISE GENERATED BY WASHER/DISINFECTOR
Condition
Abnormal noise generated by washer/disinfector.
If washer/disinfector is noisy in idle state: compressed 1. Contact STERIS.

air system leaks.
If noise is occurring during a wet phase: exterior panel 1. Verify all screws are tightened.
loose.
If noise is occurring during a wet phase: this is the first 1. Condensate is drained very quickly. This noise is
cycle following a long pause (steam-heated). normal, but should not be heard at next heating.
If noise is occurring during a wet phase: wrong type of 1. Refer to detergent specifications and follow
detergent is used; too foamy. detergent manufacturer’s recommendations for
quantity of detergent to be used.
If noise is occurring during a wet phase: too much 1. Call supervisor to adjust detergent injection rate.
detergent is injected during treatment.
If noise is occurring during a wet phase: chemical pump is 1. Chemical pump needs calibration, contact STERIS.
not properly calibrated.
If noise is occurring during a wet phase: water volume in 1. Contact STERIS.

sump too low.
If noise is occurring during drying/venting phase: drying 1. Contact STERIS.

fan impeller loose.
If washer/disinfector is noisy in Idle state: compressed 1. Verify pneumatic hoses and fittings for leaks.
air system leaks.
If noise is occurring during a wet phase: too much 1. Verify with Supervisor if it is possible to reduce
detergent is injected during treatment. detergent injection rate or increase number of rinse
stages to remove foam.
If noise is occurring during a wet phase: chemical pump is 1. Chemical pump needs calibration. Perform pump
not properly calibrated. calibration (refer to Section 3.8, How to Perform
Chemical Injection Pump Calibration).
If noise is occurring during a wet phase: water volume in 1. Verify water level sensor calibration in Service
sump too low. mode. Perform water level sensor calibration if
required (refer to Section 3.11, Water Level Sensor
Calibration).
If noise is occurring during drying/venting phase: drying 1. Verify drying fan assembly.
fan impeller loose.
152
6.5 AIR PRESSURE TOO LOW
Condition
Warning is displayed when the main air inlet pressure is detected lower than the minimum requirement during the
cycle. Exact time of occurrence can be viewed on the cycle printout.
Air pressure may not be within specifications. 1. Press Silence Buzzer on touch screen to stop alarm
buzzer.
3. Verify air pressure utility with maintenance to
ensure it is within specification.
4. Continue normal operation of washer.
5. If Warning is displayed too often, contact STERIS.
Warning is displayed too often. 1. This warning can be disabled in Supervisor mode.
6.6 AUTO-DOCKING TRANSFER CART DOES NOT REMAIN DOCKED TO TRANSFER CART ADAPTOR
Condition
Auto-Docking Transfer Cart does not remain docked to Transfer Cart Adaptor.
Auto-Docking Transfer Cart does not remain docked. 1. Refer to documentation provided with Auto-
Docking Transfer Cart.
6.7 BAR CODE READER DOES NOT OPERATE PROPERLY
Condition
If washer/disinfector is equipped with a SCS conveyor system, bar code reader does not operate properly (cycle must
be manually selected even if a cycle bar code tag is present).
Bar code tag not properly located. 1. Cycle bar code tag is not properly located on rack.
2. If situation reoccurs, contact STERIS.
Bar code reader is not located properly or is defective. 1. Bar code reader is not located properly or is
defective. Contact STERIS.
153
6.8 CHAMBER DOES NOT DRAIN PROPERLY
Condition
Chamber does not drain properly.
Drain lines might be obstructed. 1. Visually verify if drain lines are obstructed.
Drain extension time is too short 1. Set a longer drain extension time in Supervisor
mode.
Main air supply line not operating properly 1. Verify if main air supply line meets equipment
drawing requirements and if it operates properly.
Leaks in pneumatic fitting, filter auto-drain or hose. 1. Verify for leaks from pneumatic fitting, filter auto-
drain or hose. Replace appropriate component if
required.
6.9 CHAMBER ROTARY SPRAY ARM ASSEMBLY DOES NOT ROTATE DURING CYCLE
Condition
Chamber rotary spray arm assembly does not rotate during cycle.
Rotary spray may be obstructed. 1. Verify if spray arm can move without any
constraint. If spray arm does not move freely, clean
spray arm hub (refer to Section 5.11, Inspecting and
Cleaning Rotary Spray Arm Assemblies AMSCO
7052HP W/D or Section 5.12, Inspecting and Cleaning
Rotary Spray Arm Assemblies - AMSCO 7053HP W/D
).
There is debris in the spray arms. 1. Inspect if there is debris in spray arms, clean spray
arms if necessary (refer to Section 5.11, Inspecting
and Cleaning Rotary Spray Arm Assemblies AMSCO
7052HP W/D or Section 5.12, Inspecting and Cleaning
Rotary Spray Arm Assemblies - AMSCO 7053HP W/D
).
154
6.10 CLEAN SUMP FILTER
Condition
Reminder is displayed when number of cycles set for sump filter reminder has been reached.
Sump debris screen needs to be cleaned. 1. Wait for washer to cool down and clean sump
debris screen (refer to Section 5.3, Cleaning Debris
Screen).
2. Press Ack on touch screen to acknowledge warning.
3. Reminder can be disabled in Supervisor mode.
6.11 CYCLE HISTORY DOWNLOAD DUE
Condition
Message is displayed when cycle history memory space is 80% full.
Acknowledge message and inform Supervisor. 1. Press Ack on touch screen to acknowledge
message.
2. Inform Supervisor that cycles data should be
backed up or erased.
Cycle history is full. 1. Back up cycle data through Supervisor mode.

2. Disable Memory Usage Warning in Cycle history
settings.
155
6.12 CYCLE HISTORY IS FULL
Condition
Warning is displayed when cycle history memory space is 95% full.
Acknowledge message and inform Supervisor. 1. Press Silence Buzzer on touch screen to stop alarm
buzzer.
3. Inform Supervisor that cycles data should be
backed up or erased.
5. Warning can be disabled in Supervisor mode.
Cycle history is full. 1. Back up cycle data through Supervisor mode.
6.13 DECONTAMINATION CYCLE DUE
Condition
Reminder is displayed when number of cycles set for next DECONTAMINATION cycle has been reached (25-50-100-
200. Default is 50).
User needs to perform DECONTAMINATION cycle. 1. Press Ack on touch screen to acknowledge
reminder.
2. Place an empty manifold rack inside chamber and
start a DECONTAMINATION cycle.
3. Reminder will be displayed again after 20 more
cycles completed if DECONTAMINATION cycle is
not processed.
4. If reminder is displayed too often, ask Supervisor to
increase counter value.
Reminder displayed too often 1. Modify counter value as per Customer request for
next reminder.
156
6.14 DELETE ALL HISTORY FILES DOES NOT RESET REMINDER DISPLAY CONDITION
Condition
Delete all history files does not reset reminder display condition.
Reminder Display condition is not reset. 1. User can download data to enable reminder.
6.15 DISPLAY BLANK; NO ACKNOWLEDGMENT WHEN TOUCH PADS PRESSED
Condition
Display blank; no acknowledgment when touch pads pressed.
User needs to restart washer/disinfector. 1. Restart washer/disinfector using power Power

(ON/OFF) toggle.
Faulty touch screen electrical connection. 1. Contact STERIS.
Faulty touch screen electrical connection. 1. Verify USB connection on touch screen and
controller.
Touch screen damaged. 1. Replace touch screen (refer to Section 8.19, How to
Replace Touch Screen).
157
6.16 DOOR SAFETY TEST DUE
Condition
Reminder is displayed when number of cycles set for door safety test (750) has been reached.
User needs to perform door safety test. 1. Press Ack on touch screen to acknowledge
reminder.
2. If you want to perform test, answer YES and
control automatically goes into door safety test
menu.
3. If you do not want to perform test, answer NO and
control automatically returns to Ready screen.
4. Reminder is displayed again after 20 more cycles
completed.
Safety switch may be defective. 1. In Supervisor mode, perform door safety test.
2. If test fails, replace defective safety switch.
6.17 ENTIRE PARAMETERS OF LONG CYCLE NOT PRINTED OR REBOOT AFTER DOUBLE/LONG
PRINT JOBS
Condition
Washer does not print entire parameters of a long cycle; Or system error; Or control reboot following double or long
printer jobs.
Entire parameters of a long cycle not printed; system 1. User can print each cycle separately. If a single
error; control reboot. cycle is too long to be printed from Supervisor
mode, cycle execution printout in its extended
version can be used to record cycle configuration.
158
6.18 EXCESSIVE FOAMING DURING PRE-WASH, PHASE REPEATED
Condition
Warning is displayed if foaming was detected during initial Pre-Wash phase or after filling of the subsequent phase.
Items may not have been properly loaded. 1. Press Silence Buzzer on touch screen to stop alarm
buzzer.
3. Ensure that all load items were loaded properly.
Cycle parameters need to be adjusted. 1. Improve manual pre-cleaning to remove more soil.
2. Continue normal operation of the washer.
3. Change Pre-Wash 1 to use HIGH water level.
4. Reduce Lubricant injection concentration.
Manifold rack may not be properly loaded. 1. Verify manifold rack is properly loaded. If using
multilevel rack, verify lowest level of rack is loaded.
6.19 EXCESSIVE FOAM IN CHAMBER
Condition
Excessive foam in chamber.
Wrong type of detergent, too foamy. 1. Refer to detergent specifications and follow
detergent manufacturer’s recommendations for
Too much detergent is injected during treatment. 1. Call supervisor to adjust detergent injection rate.
Chemical injection pumps are not calibrated properly. 1. Chemical pump needs calibration. Contact STERIS.
Chemical injection pumps are not calibrated properly. 1. Perform pump calibration (refer to Section 3.8, How
to Perform Chemical Injection Pump Calibration).
Water volume in sump too low. 1. Verify water level sensor calibration in Service
mode using sump laser marks on chamber wall.
Perform water level sensor calibration if required
(refer to Section 3.11, Water Level Sensor Calibration).
159
6.20 °F DIFFERENT ON PRINTOUT AND CAT; OR THERMAL DISINF. PASSED AS SHOWN
IN PROCONNECT
Condition
Value in Fahrenheit is not the same on printout and on CAT (ConnectAssure Technology); Or When a cycle contains only
a Drying phase, Thermal Disinfection “PASS” is reported to be consistent with ProConnect data.
Temp. values different on washer/disinfector data versus 1. Cycle graphs, cycle printout and thermal rinse
connectivity data. records can be used to confirm temperature
reached during cycle. These files can be
downloaded from the washer/disinfector.
2. Rely on washer/disinfector data first, not on
connectivity data.
6.21 GENERATED PRINTOUT IS LIGHT OR BLANK, OR PARTS OF CHARACTERS ARE MISSING
Condition
Generated printout is light or blank, or parts of characters are missing.
Printer paper not installed properly. 1. Reinstall printer paper.
Printer ribbon cartridge life ended. 1. Replace ribbon cartridge.
Printer is defective. 1. Contact STERIS.
Printer head dirty. 1. Clean printer head. If thermal printer is used, refer
to Section 8.25, How to Clean Printer Thermal Head).
Printer is defective. 1. Replace printer.
160
6.22 HAND-HELD BAR CODE READER (EMEA OPTION) DOES NOT SCAN
Condition
Hand-Held bar code reader (EMEA option) does not scan.
User needs to restart washer/disinfector. 1. Restart washer/disinfector using Power (ON/OFF)

toggle switch.
Bar code reader not correctly initialized. 1. Perform initializing procedure [refer to Section 8.26,
How to Configure Bar Code Reader (If SCS Conveyor
System is Present)].
Defective bar code reader. 1. Replace Bar code reader.
6.23 PRINTER PRINTOUT IS ERRATIC
Condition
Printer printout is erratic.
Printer dip switch setting is wrong. 1. Contact STERIS.
Missing or wrong printer driver within 1. Contact STERIS.

washer/disinfector.
Printer dip switch setting is wrong. 1. Verify setting [refer to Section 8.24, How to Set
Printer Dip Switch Settings (Accessory)].
161
6.24 IF WASHER IS EQUIPPED WITH THE OPTIONAL ACU-RINSE RESERVOIR, WATER SPILLS
FROM RESERVOIR VENT
Condition
If washer is equipped with the optional Acu-Rinse reservoir, water spills from reservoir vent.
Pure water inlet dynamic pressure is above 1. Verify water supply line dynamic pressure meets
requirements. equipment drawing requirements.
Reservoir temperature is too high. 1. Verify that altitude > 2500 ft parameter is properly
set.
2. Verify reservoir temperature probe calibration.
6.25 INVALID DIRECTORY NAME
Condition
Message is displayed when USB key was not connected to USB port or if USB key formatting is inappropriate for the
controller.
The USB key may not be properly formatted. 1. Press Ack on touch screen to acknowledge
message and return to previous page.
2. Insert USB key, provided with Customer
Documentation, in USB port.
3. On a computer, format USB key in FAT32 (refer to
Section 5.25, Formatting USB Key).
USB key defective. 1. Replace USB key.
162
6.26 LOAD COMES OUT DIRTY AT THE END OF CYCLE
Condition
Load comes out dirty at the end of a cycle.
Wrong type of detergent used. 1. Refer to detergent specifications and follow

detergent manufacturer's recommendations for
Rotary spray arms clogged. 1. Clean spray arm assemblies (refer to Section 5.11,
Inspecting and Cleaning Rotary Spray Arm Assemblies
AMSCO 7052HP W/D or Section 5.12, Inspecting and
Cleaning Rotary Spray Arm Assemblies - AMSCO
7053HP W/D ).
2. If condition reoccurs, contact STERIS.
Chamber debris screen clogged. 1. Clean debris screen (refer to Section 5.3, Cleaning
Debris Screen).
Sliding water inlet within chamber is not operating 1. Clean sliding water inlet and water outlet
properly. connection.
2. If condition reoccurs, contact STERIS.
Rotary spray arms are clogged. 1. Verify if spray arms can rotate freely. If not, clean
hub.
Chemical pump needs calibration. 1. Perform pump calibration (refer to Section 3.8, How
to Perform Chemical Injection Pump Calibration).
Water volume in sump is too low. 1. Verify water level sensor calibration in Service
mode. Perform water level sensor calibration if
Calibration).
Pump is rotating in the wrong direction. 1. Verify rotation of drying fan and recirculation pump
and correct wiring in electrical box on motors.
163
6.27 LOAD COMES OUT WET AT THE END OF A CYCLE
Condition
Load comes out wet at the end of a cycle.
Custom cycle not programmed correctly. 1. Program Drying phase in custom cycle.
Drying type not properly selected. 1. Select proper Drying type in Supervisor mode.
Acu-Dry may not be appropriate for load processed. 1. Disable Acu-Dry feature.
Drying time is too short. 1. Extend treatment time.

Acu-Dry may not be appropriate for load processed. 1. Disable Acu-Dry feature.
Proper loading technique not used. 1. Reload rack.
HEPA filter clogged. 1. Contact STERIS.
Defective drying heating elements or drying heaters 1. Look at temperature during Drying phase, by
circuit breaker tripped. pressing Details on touch screen, to confirm no
heating takes place. Contact STERIS.
HEPA filter not properly installed. 1. HEPA filter installed in the wrong direction. Verify
direction by ensuring both filter and frame arrow
are in same direction (refer to Section 5.17, Verifying
and Replacing HEPA Filter).
HEPA filter clogged. 1. Replace filter (refer to Section 5.17, Verifying and
Replacing HEPA Filter).
Drying system is not functioning correctly. 1. Drying system is not heating. Look at temperature
during Drying phase, by pressing Details on touch
screen, to confirm no heating takes place. If so,
refer to Section 6.83, ALARM# 32 DRYING SYSTEM
NOT HEATING (CRITICAL) for more information.
164
6.28 PAPER IS NOT TAKEN UP INTO POWER TAKE-UP
Condition
Paper is not taken up into power take-up.
Paper jammed. 1. Open printer cover, adjust paper path and close
cover.
Printer motor or roller defective. 1. Contact STERIS.
Printer motor, roller defective. 1. Replace printer.
6.29 PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE DUE
Condition
Reminder is displayed when number of cycles set for next maintenance has been reached (Default is 10,000).
User needs to acknowledge alarm and schedule 1. Press Ack on touch screen to acknowledge
maintenance. reminder.
2. Contact STERIS to schedule a visit of a service
technician.
completed.
4. If reminder is displayed too often, ask service
technician to increase counter value.
Reminder is displayed too often. 1. Once maintenance is done, modify counter value as
per Customer request for next reminder.
165
6.30 PRINTER DOES NOT WORK
Condition
Printer does not work.
Printer was disabled within washer/disinfector 1. Enable printer in Configuration menu.

configuration menu.
Faulty communication between washer/disinfector and 1. Contact STERIS.

printer accessory.
Printer electrical supply not connected. 1. Contact STERIS.
Printer is defective. 1. Contact STERIS.
Faulty communication between washer/disinfector and 1. Verify connections and cables from controller to
printer. printer.
Printer electrical supply not connected. 1. Verify power supply connection and cables.
Printer dip switch setting is wrong. 1. Verify setting [refer to Section 8.24, How to Set
Printer Dip Switch Settings (Accessory)].
Printer is defective. 1. Replace printer.
6.31 NO AUDIBLE ALARM SIGNAL WHEN ALARM OCCURS, WHEN CYCLE IS COMPLETED, ETC.
Condition
No audible signal when alarm occurs, when cycle is completed, etc.
Sound level too low. 1. Contact STERIS.
Defective amplifier/speaker system. 1. Contact STERIS.
Defective SPK1 cable on controller unplugged. 1. Replace SPK1 cable.
Defective speakers. 1. Replace speakers.
166
6.32 NO CODE DETECTED OR CYCLE LOCKED OR INVALID CODE
Condition
If SCS Conveyor System is present: warning is displayed when bar code reader has not been able to read cycle bar
code tag on manifold rack inside chamber; Or if cycle bar code tag read is assigned to a locked cycle.
Bar code tag is illegible or not present on manifold rack. 1. Press Silence Buzzer on touch screen to stop alarm
buzzer.
3. Manually select cycle to run.
Cycle bar code tag read is assigned to a locked cycle. 1. Verify cycle assigned to this cycle bar code tag is
unlocked.
2. If warning is displayed at every cycle, contact
STERIS.
Bar code may be illegible. 1. In Service mode, verify bar code can be read.
Replace tag if required.
2. Adjust tag holder height if required.
Bar code might be assigned to another cycle. 1. Verify bar code tag is assigned to cycle to be
processed.
6.33 PHASE STOPS FOR NO APPARENT REASON
Condition
Phase stops for no apparent reason.
User needs to restart washer/disinfector. 1. Turn washer/disinfector power OFF. Restart

process.
167
6.34 PLEASE CLOSE DOOR
Condition
Message is displayed when load door is detected as open and cycle Start button was pressed.
Close door and start cycle. 1. Press Ack on touch screen to acknowledge
message and return to Ready Screen.
2. Press Close Door touch pad to close door.
3. Start cycle.
Door close switches may not be functioning properly. 1. If door appears closed but message is still
displayed, verify operation of door close switches.
6.35 PRINTER NOT CONNECTED
Condition
Message is displayed when printer is disconnected or if printer queue is full at the time of starting a cycle.
Disable printer and continue operation. 1. If printer is printing, allow time for print to
complete.
2. Disable printer in Supervisor mode and continue
operation.
3. Contact STERIS.
Printer may not be properly connected. 1. Verify printer is properly connected. Connect.
Printer may be damaged. 1. Replace printer.
168
6.36 PUMP STARTS BEFORE APPROPRIATE CHAMBER WATER LEVEL IS REACHED
Condition
Pump starts before appropriate chamber water level is reached.
Water level sensor not properly working. 1. Contact STERIS.
Custom cycle programmed incorrectly. 1. Custom cycle programmed at low level instead of
high level.
Water level sensor improperly calibrated. 1. Verify water level sensor calibration in Service
mode. Perform water level sensor calibration if
Calibration).
6.37 RETRIEVAL FAILED, NETWORK CONNECTION ERROR
Condition
Warning is displayed if CSiQ network is not responding.
User needs to try again and continue without tracking if 1. Press RESTART to restart operator name retrieval
fails. request.
2. Press CANCEL to return to cycle selection screen,
cancel cycle start and start over cycle selection.
3. Press CONTINUE to continue without tracking.
4. If the warning is displayed at every cycle, contact
STERIS.
Cable may not be properly connected. 1. Verify cable is properly connected to Ethernet port.
Local network may not be functioning properly. 1. Verify local network is functional.
2. Review Network configurations to confirm it is in
accordance with CSiQ configuration.
169
6.38 RETRIEVAL FAILED, NO LOAD NUMBER READY
Condition
Warning is displayed if CSiQ did not respond any load number.
User needs to try again and continue without tracking if 1. Press RESTART to restart load number retrieval
attempt fails. request.
2. Press CANCEL to return to cycle selection screen,
cancel cycle start and start over cycle selection.
3. Press CONTINUE to continue without tracking.
STERIS.
Cable may not be properly connected. 1. Verify cable is properly connected to Ethernet port.
Local network may be disfunctional. 1. Verify local network is functional.

2. Review Network configurations to confirm it is in
accordance with CSiQ configuration.
6.39 RINSE RESERVOIR LEAKING
Condition
Warning is displayed if reservoir was refilled to many times in the last hour.
Water might be leaking from washer. 1. Press Silence Buzzer on touch screen to stop alarm
buzzer.
3. Verify no water is on the floor.
4. If no water visible you can start a cycle as needed.
5. If water is visible, contact STERIS.
Clamps may be loose or seals may be defective. 1. Inspect reservoir for signs of leak, tighten clamps
or replace defective seals.
170
6.40 RINSE RESERVOIR NOT HEATING
Condition
Warning is displayed if reservoir temperature has increase of less than 9°F in the last 5 minutes.
User can start a cycle as required. 1. Press Silence Buzzer on touch screen to stop alarm
buzzer.
3. You can start a cycle as needed.
STERIS.
Reservoir breaker may have tripped. 1. Verify reservoir breaker is not tripped.
Heating elements have failed. 1. Replace defective heating elements.
6.41 SAVE COMPLETE SOME CORRUPT FILES WERE DISCARDED
Condition
If one or some files were corrupted, display shows message indicating that some files were deleted.
Files have been corrupted. 1. Press Ack on touch screen to acknowledge warning
and enter Cycle Selection menu.
2. Cycle graph files will be discarded.
6.42 STATUS LIGHT DOES NOT TURN ON
Condition
Status light not turned on or defective.
Status light is burned out. 1. Contact STERIS.
Status light is disconnected or burned out. 1. Reconnect or replace status light.
171
6.43 SUMP SAFETY LEVEL TEST DUE
Condition
Reminder is displayed when number of cycles set for sump safety level test (979) has been reached.
User needs to perform sump safety level test. 1. Press Ack on touch screen to acknowledge
reminder.
2. If you want to perform test, answer YES and
control automatically goes into sump safety level
test menu (refer to Section 5.14, Sump Safety Level
Test).
3. If you do not want to perform test, answer NO and
control automatically returns to Ready screen.
completed.
Water supply line may not be providing proper flow rate. 1. If test fails because water did not reach safety level
in the allowed time, verify water supply line was
providing proper flow rate to drain cool down
water inlet. Pressure reading on pressure gauge
must be of 25 ± 2 psig. Perform regulator
adjustment if required (refer to Section 8.28, Cold
Water Pressure Regulator Adjustment).
Safety level input may not be functioning properly. 1. If test fails because switch did not detect water
level in sump, verify operation of safety level input
in Service mode by disconnecting one of its two
spade connectors. Replace switch if defective.
172
6.44 TEST FAILED: CALL STERIS
Condition
Message is displayed when automatic water inlet dynamic pressure test was unable to complete in the allowed time.
Verify pressure adjustment and repeat test. 1. Verify tested water inlet pressure adjustment with
building maintenance.
2. Repeat test and if situation reoccurs, contact
STERIS.
Water level may be malfunctioning. 1. Verify chamber or reservoir water level for proper
operation.
6.45 TOUCH SCREEN DOES NOT WORK PROPERLY
Condition
Touch screen does not work properly.
User needs to restart washer/disinfector. 1. Restart washer/disinfector using Power (ON/OFF)

toggle switch.
Faulty touch screen electrical connection. 1. Contact STERIS.
Touch screen lost calibration. 1. Contact STERIS.
Touch screen damaged. 1. Contact STERIS.
Touch screen in non-responsive. 1. Screen might need to be cleaned. Clean exterior and
in between display and protective screen if
problem is still present.
Touch screen lost calibration. 1. Perform screen calibration (refer to Section 8.20,
How to Calibrate Touch Screen Using Service Mode).
Faulty touch screen electrical connection. 1. Verify USB and HDMI connections on touch screen
and controller.
Touch screen damaged. 1. Replace touch screen (refer to Section 8.19, How to
Replace Touch Screen).
173
6.46 TRANSFER DOES NOT OCCUR BETWEEN CONVEYORS AND CHAMBER
Condition
Transfer does not occur between conveyors and chamber.
Communication cable is not connected between 1. Contact STERIS.

washer/disinfector and conveyors.
Faulty communication between washer/disinfector and 1. Contact STERIS.

conveyors.
Communication cable is not connected between 1. Verify cables and connections.

washer/disinfector and conveyors.
Automation is set to NO in Hardware Configuration 1. Set to YES in Service mode (refer to Section 3.4, How
menu. to Configure Washer/Disinfector).
6.47 UNLOAD CONVEYOR NOT READY
Condition
Message is displayed when cycle has been completed and unload conveyor is still full.
Conveyor needs to be emptied. 1. Empty unload conveyor.

2. Press Ack on touch screen to acknowledge
message.
Proximity sensor may not be functioning properly. 1. If conveyor is empty, verify unload conveyor
proximity sensor functionality.
6.48 UNLOAD DOOR DOES NOT OPEN
Condition
Unload door does not open.
Door interlock is activated. 1. Unload door will not open until washer/disinfector
has run a complete cycle.
174
6.49 WASHER NOT CALIBRATED
Condition
Message is displayed if a sensor, a pump or a flowmeter is not calibrated.
Acknowledge message and schedule a visit from 1. Press Ack on touch screen to acknowledge
technician. message and return to Ready Screen.
2. Contact STERIS to schedule a visit of a service
technician to perform calibration.
Chemical injection pumps or flowmeter may not have 1. In Service mode, verify all chemical injection pumps
been properly calibrated. have calibration values for pump and flowmeter.
Perform calibration for lines that are not calibrated
(refer to Section 3.8, How to Perform Chemical
Injection Pump Calibration).
Sensors may not have been properly calibrated. 1. In Service mode, verify all sensors have calibration
values. Perform calibration for sensors that are not
calibrated (refer to Section 3.6, How to Perform RTD
Calibration, Section 3.7, How to Perform Pressure
Transmitter Calibration with Hand Pump, and Section
3.9, How to Perform Conductivity Sensor Calibration).
6.50 WASHER STUCK IN PHASE: PREPARING FOR STANDBY, DRAINING RESERVOIR...
Condition
Washer stuck in phase: "Preparing for Standby, draining reservoir..."
User needs to allow time to complete or cancel. 1. User can either allow time for Standby to complete
its draining sequence or can cancel the Standby
request. The next time a cycle is ran, a specific
alarm will be displayed if the fault condition is still
present.
175
6.51 WATER LEAKS FROM WASHER/DISINFECTOR
Condition
Water leaks from washer/disinfector.
Door gasket is dirty. 1. Verify if one of door gaskets is dirty. Clean door
gasket (refer to Section 5.5, Cleaning Door Gasket).
Spray gasket arms are not properly turning. 1. Visually ensure spray arms are properly turning,
shooting to door gasket.
Piping is leaking. 1. Verify piping is leaking, contact STERIS.
Door gasket is dirty or damaged. 1. Verify if one of the door gaskets is dirty or
damaged. Clean or replace door gasket (refer to
Section 8.17, How to Replace Chamber Door Gasket).
Piping is leaking. 1. Tighten faulty clamps or replace seals.
Door gutter drain is clogged. 1. Clean door gutter drain.
176
6.52 ALARM# 1 LOAD DOOR OPEN (CRITICAL)
Condition
Alarm is triggered when load door is detected as open during process.
Load door is detected as open during process. 1. Press Silence Buzzer on touch screen to stop alarm
buzzer.
3. Press Abort on touch screen to abort cycle.
4. Repeat cycle.
Compressed air line leaks. 1. In Service mode, open and close load door. If door
movement is normal: verify if pneumatic system is
leaking from fittings, filter or hoses. Replace
components if required.
Load door closed switches defective or load door closed 1. In Service mode, open and close load door. If door
switches misadjusted. movement is normal: verify if one of load door
closed switches is defective or misadjusted.
Pilot valve defective. 1. In Service mode, open and close load door. If door
movement is abnormal:
a. Verify if load door open and close valves (PV2
or PV3) are properly working by manually
activating valves. Replace pilot valve if
required.
b. Verify if safety pilot valve (PV4) defective by
manually activating valve on pneumatic block
valve. Replace pilot valve if required.
177
6.53 ALARM# 2 UNLOAD DOOR OPEN (CRITICAL)
Condition
Alarm is triggered when unload door is detected as open during process.
Unload door is detected as open during process. 1. Press Silence Buzzer on touch screen to stop alarm
buzzer.
4. Repeat cycle.
Compressed air line leaks. 1. In Service mode, open and close unload door. If
door movement is normal: verify if pneumatic
system is leaking from fittings, filter or hoses.
Replace components if required.
Unload door closed switches defective or unload door 1. In Service mode, open and close unload door. If
closed switches misadjusted. door movement is normal: verify if one of unload
door closed switches is defective or misadjusted.
Pilot valve defective 1. In Service mode, open and close unload door. If
door movement is abnormal:
a. Verify if unload door open and close valves
(PV2 or PV3) are properly working by
manually activating valves. Replace pilot
valve if required.
b. Verify if safety pilot valve (PV4) defective by
manually activating valve on pneumatic block
valve. Replace pilot valve if required.
178
6.54 SYSTEM ERROR# 3 CYCLES RETURNED TO DEFAULT VALUES (CRITICAL)
Condition
Error is triggered at power-up if controller noticed that serial flash memory is corrupted. All customized cycles
information and cycle history (tapes and reports) are erased.
Cycles returned to default values. 1. Press Silence Buzzer to stop alarm buzzer.
IMPORTANT: Notify Supervisor.
2. Press Ack to acknowledge alarm.
3. Supervisor must reprogram customized cycles in
Supervisor Mode.
4. Press Ack to continue.
5. If error reoccurs, contact STERIS.
Cycles returned to default values. 1. Reprogram customized cycles in Supervisor mode.

2. Note or print all unit calibration values, Service and
Supervisor parameters, then perform a Factory
Reset of the controller.
3. Inform Supervisor that washer/disinfector must be
connected to power at all time.
179
6.55 ALARM# 4 SUMP TOO LONG TO FILL (CRITICAL)
Condition
Alarm is triggered when sump water level was not reached within allowed time (adjustable parameter in Service mode).
IMPORTANT: Read cycle printout to determine which water supply caused the fault.
NOTE: Sump drain valve opens automatically at fault detection to avoid overflow situations.
Water supply line shutoff valve is closed. 1. Press Silence Buzzer on touch screen to stop alarm
buzzer.
4. Verify water supply line shutoff valve is open.
5. Repeat cycle.
Dynamic pressure does not meet specification. 1. Press Silence Buzzer on touch screen to stop alarm
buzzer.
4. Verify water supply line dynamic pressure meets
specification.
5. Repeat cycle.
Water inlet supply shut-off line valve is closed. 1. Verify washer/disinfector water supply line shut-
off valve is fully open. Open if necessary.
2. Press Ack on touch screen to acknowledge alarm,
then press Resume on touch screen to resume
cycle.
Water inlet supply below requirements. 1. Verify water supply line dynamic pressure meets
equipment drawing requirements. If building often
has low water inlet pressure, increase filling
allowed time in Service mode.
cycle.
Water inlet strainer clogged. 1. Clean water inlet line strainer.

cycle.
180
Fill valve is defective. 1. Verify proper opening of fill valve. If incorrect,

verify if valve is properly energized when activated.
Connector becomes red at output activation. If
connection is correct and fill valve does not open,
replace valve.
cycle.
Sump drain valve pneumatic line leaking. 1. Inspect drain valve pneumatic line for leaks.
Replace hose or fittings if required.
cycle.
Drain valve is leaking or pilot valve defective. 1. In Service mode, activate drain valve to verify valve
operation:
a. If valve shuts but is not watertight, replace
valve.
b. If valve actuator does not move, try to
manually activate pilot valve. Replace pilot
valve if required.
c. Press Ack on touch screen to acknowledge
alarm, then press Resume on touch screen to
resume cycle.
Water trapped in water level hose. 1. Inspect water level hose for trapped water. If so,
ensure to drain sump completely and then dry
tubing. If washer/disinfector is steam-heated, also
verify steam inlet valve is not forced in open
position or failed open.
cycle.
Water level sensor defective. 1. Perform water level operation check in Service
mode. Calibrate or replace any failed level sensor
(refer to Section 3.11, Water Level Sensor Calibration
or Section 8.6, How to Replace Water Level Sensor).
cycle.
181
6.56 ALARM# 5 SUMP NOT DRAINED (NON-CRITICAL)
Condition
Alarm is triggered when sump water level is still reached after draining allowed time is elapsed.
Air supply shutoff valve closed. 1. Press Silence Buzzer on touch screen to stop alarm
buzzer.
2. Verify if air supply line shutoff valve is open.
cycle.
Drop in air inlet pressure. 1. Verify printout for Air Pressure Too Low warning
just before the alarm was triggered. This warning
indicates a drop in the air inlet pressure.
Sump drain valve pneumatic line leaking or sump drain 1. Press Ack on touch screen to acknowledge alarm,
valve failed. then press Resume touch pad to resume draining
stage. If draining is still incomplete, proceed as
follows:
a. Verify if fittings and hoses of drain valve
pneumatic line are leaking. Replace if
required.
b. Verify proper opening of drain valve. Replace
if required.
Water level defective, trapped water in water level hose 1. Press Ack on touch screen to acknowledge alarm,
or water level sensors miscalibrated. then press Resume touch pad to resume draining
stage. If draining seems completed, proceed as
follows:
a. If drain line routing is slowing down draining
flow rate, increase drain extension time in
Supervisor mode.
b. Inspect water level hose for trapped water. If
so, ensure to drain sump completely and
then dry tubing.
c. In Service mode, verify operation of water
level sensor. Calibrate or replace water level
sensors if required (refer to Section 8.6, How
to Replace Water Level Sensor).
182
6.57 ALARM# 6 WATER REMAINED IN CHAMBER (CRITICAL)
Condition
Alarm is triggered when sump filling takes less than ten seconds and there is water remaining in chamber after draining
of previous stage.
Air supply shutoff valve closed. 1. Press Silence Buzzer on touch screen to stop alarm
buzzer.
5. Repeat cycle.
Building water pressure over requirements. 1. Perform Water Inlet Dynamic Pressure test in
Supervisor mode (refer to Section 5.15, Water Inlet
Pressure Test) to verify if water supply meets
equipment drawing (10082208; AMSCO 7053L
Washer/Disinfector) requirements. Reduce inlet
pressure if required.
Drain valve closed or failed. 1. Verify proper opening of drain valve in Service
mode. Replace if required.
Sump drain valve pneumatic line leaking. 1. Verify if pneumatic fittings and hoses are leaking
on drain valve line. Replace if required.
Water level sensor defective or miscalibrated. 1. In Service mode, verify calibration of water level
sensors. Perform calibration of water level sensors
if required (refer to Section 3.11, Water Level Sensor
Calibration or Section 8.6, How to Replace Water Level
Sensor).
Drain time too short. 1. Measure complete draining time. Adjust drain
extension time in Supervisor mode to increase
draining time to proper value.
183
6.58 ALARM# 7 SUMP TOO LONG TO HEAT (NON-CRITICAL)
Condition
Alarm is triggered when phase temperature setpoint is not reached within the allowed time (adjustable parameter).
Building steam supply line shutoff valve is closed. 1. Press Silence Buzzer on touch screen to stop alarm
buzzer.
2. If washer/disinfector is steam-heated: verify if
building steam supply line shutoff valve is open.
cycle.
Air supply line shutoff valve is closed. 1. Press Silence Buzzer on touch screen to stop alarm
buzzer.
2. If washer/disinfector is steam-heated: verify if air
supply line shutoff valve is open.
cycle.
Building steam supply line and condensate return line 1. Press Silence Buzzer on touch screen to stop alarm
pressure do not meet requirements buzzer.
2. If washer/disinfector is steam-heated: verify if
building steam supply line and condensate return
line pressure meet equipment drawing
requirements.
cycle.
If steam-heated washer/disinfector: steam supply line 1. Verify if building steam supply line shut-off valve is
shut-off valve is closed. closed. If so, open valve.
cycle.
If steam-heated washer/disinfector: main air supply 1. Verify if air supply line shut-off valve is closed. If
shut-off valve closed. so, open valve.
184

cycle.
If steam-heated washer/disinfector: steam supply line 1. Verify if building steam supply line meets
pressure is too low. equipment drawing requirements. Modify heating
allowed time in Service mode if required by
Customer.
cycle.
If steam-heated washer/disinfector: condensate return 1. Verify if building condensate return line pressure
main line pressure is too high. meets equipment drawing requirements. Modify
heating allowed time in Service mode if required by
Customer.
cycle.
If steam-heated washer/disinfector: steam inlet valve 1. Use manual activation lever on steam valve
pilot is defective. actuator to verify actuator proper operation. If not
working properly, replace actuator.
cycle.
If steam-heated washer/disinfector: steam trap is 1. Verify if condensate return line remains cool right
clogged. after steam trap during sump heating. Verify if
steam trap is clogged. If so, clean steam supply line
inlet strainer and steam trap strainer (refer to
Section 8.27, How to Replace Thermostatic Steam
Trap Components).
cycle.
If steam-heated washer/disinfector: steam trap has 1. Verify if steam trap capsule is failed closed. If so,
failed when closed. replace steam trap (refer to Section 8.27, How to
Replace Thermostatic Steam Trap Components).
cycle.
If electric-heated washer/disinfector: heating elements 1. Verify if heating elements contactor is properly

contactor failed open. wired. If not, reconnect wires.
2. Verify if heating elements contactor is closing when
heating is required. If not, replace contactor.
cycle.
185
If electric-heated washer/disinfector: CB1 (and CB6 if 1. Verify if CB1 (and CB6 if present) breaker is tripped.
present) breaker tripped. Set breaker to ON position (red). IMPORTANT: It is
required to lockout/tagout main electrical disconnect
switch to OFF position prior to setting breakers to ON
position.
cycle.
If electric-heated washer/disinfector: heating element 1. Verify if all three heating elements are properly
defective. wired. If not, reconnect wires.
2. Measure current on each element line. Replace any
defective heating element.
cycle.
186
6.59 ALARM# 8 SUMP SAFETY WATER LEVEL REACHED (CRITICAL)
Condition
Alarm is triggered when sump safety level switch is activated for a consecutive time of 500 ms.
Cycle must be aborted and then restarted. 1. Press Silence Buzzer on touch screen to stop alarm
buzzer.
4. Repeat cycle.
Water inlet valve failed open. 1. If alarm occurred during filling stage or early in
recirculation: verify if one of water inlet valves is
leaking inside chamber when not activated.
Replace valve if required.
Water level sensor miscalibrated (filling stage or 1. In Service mode, verify operation of water level
recirculation). sensor at high level.
2. If level is never detected and water reaches safety
level, calibrate or replace sensor (refer to Section
3.11, Water Level Sensor Calibration, or Section 8.6,
How to Replace Water Level Sensor).
Safety level switch wires disconnected or safety level 1. In Service mode, drain sump and verify input state
switch failed (filling stage or recirculation). of safety level sensor.
2. If it is reached and there is no water in sump,
sensor is disconnected or failed. Replace sensor
and connectors (refer to Section 8.6, How to Replace
Water Level Sensor).
Safety water level switch misadjusted (draining stage or 1. Perform safety level test and verify water level in
recirculation). sump at drain valve activation. For safety level in
sump: If water level is lower than the safety level
range, perform adjustment of water level sensors
(refer to Section 8.6, How to Replace Water Level
Sensor).
Condenser/cool down water pressure regulator 1. In Service mode, activate drain cool down valve and
misadjusted (draining stage or recirculation). verify pressure gauge reading.
2. If pressure reading is higher than 25 psig when
activated, perform adjustment (refer to Section
3.12, Water Level Sensor Adjustment).
Non-vented vapor condenser is not connected properly 1. Verify ventilation connection to confirm holes
to ventilation (draining stage or recirculation). around connector are not covered by hose/duct.
187
Building exhaust line does not meet requirements (drying 1. Verify requirement. For vented washer/disinfectors
phase). only, building exhaust line does not meet
equipment drawing requirements and generates
too much pressure inside chamber.
Non-vented vapor condenser is not draining properly 1. Verify condenser for proper draining and condenser
(drying phase). vent for obstruction.
6.60 ALARM# 9 RECIRCULATION TEMPERATURE PROBE #1 DEFECTIVE (CRITICAL)
Condition
Alarm is triggered when during a cycle, signal from recirculation temperature probe #1 RTD (TE1 (CTRL)) failed.
Cycle must be aborted. 1. Press Silence Buzzer on touch screen to stop alarm
buzzer.
4. Contact STERIS.
Sensor cable is not connected. 1. Verify if sensor cable is properly connected. If not,
reconnect cable.
Sensor cable has short circuit. 1. Verify if sensor cable is damaged. If so, replace
cable.
Sensor is defective. 1. Verify if sensor is defective. If so, replace sensor.
188
6.61 ALARM# 10 SUMP TEMPERATURE TOO HIGH (CRITICAL)
Condition
Alarm is triggered when sump temperature reading has reached maximum allowed phase temperature.
IMPORTANT: Controller trips CB1 (and CB6 if present) breaker when this alarm is generated. It is required to lockout/tagout
main electrical disconnect switch to OFF position prior to setting breakers to ON position.
buzzer.
4. Wait for temperature to cool down prior to opening
door and removing load.
5. Contact STERIS.
If steam-heated washer/disinfector: steam inlet valve 1. In Service mode, verify steam inlet valve output
output has failed when energized. operation. Valve wire connector must be lit if
energized. If output is continuously energized,
replace controller (refer to Section 8.22, How to
Remove Controller).
If steam-heated washer/disinfector: steam inlet valve 1. In Service mode, verify operation of steam inlet
pilot is defective. valve pilot. If stuck in open position, close steam
isolation valve and replace pilot.
If steam-heated washer/disinfector: recirculation 1. Verify recirculation temperature probe calibration

temperature calibration out of range. (refer to Section 7.5, System Verification -
Adjustments and Calibration). Recalibrate if
necessary (refer to Section 3.6, How to Perform RTD
Calibration).
If electric-heated washer/disinfector: sump heaters 1. Verify if sump heaters output is continuously

output has failed when energized. energized. Output LED is lit on controller if
energized. If so, replace controller (refer to Section
8.22, How to Remove Controller).
189
If electric-heated washer/disinfector: sump heaters 1. Verify if sump heaters contactor is failed in close
contactor has failed when closed. position. If so, proceed as follows:
a. Lockout/Tagout main electrical disconnect
switch to OFF position.
b. Replace contactor.
c. Set breaker CB1 (and CB6 if present) to ON
position (red).
d. Ensure electric elements are not damaged.
Replace if necessary.
If electric-heated washer/disinfector: recirculation 1. Verify recirculation temperature probe calibration

temperature calibration out of range. (refer to Section 7.5, System Verification -
necessary (refer to Section 7.5, System Verification -
Adjustments and Calibration).
190
6.62 ALARM# 11 DRYING TEMPERATURE TOO HIGH (CRITICAL)
Condition
Alarm is triggered when drying temperature reading has reached maximum allowed phase temperature for ten
consecutive seconds.
Heaters circuit breaker has been tripped by controller. 1. Press Silence Buzzer on touch screen to stop alarm
buzzer.
5. Contact STERIS.
Drying heaters output has failed when energized. 1. Verify if drying heaters output is continuously
energized. Output LED is lit on controller if
Drying heaters contactor has failed when closed. 1. Verify if drying heaters contactor has failed in close
position. If so, proceed as follows:
c. Set CB1 (and CB6 if present) breaker to ON
position (red).
e. Ensure drying over temperature switch is not
damaged. Replace if necessary.
Drying fan rotates backward. 1. Verify drying fan rotation is as per arrow on motor.
If not, modify motor wiring.
Recirculation temperature calibration out of range. 1. Verify recirculation temperature probe calibration
(refer to Section 7.5, System Verification -
necessary (refer toSection 3.6, How to Perform RTD
Calibration).
191
6.63 ALARM# 12 SUMP OVER TEMPERATURE SWITCH TRIPPED (CRITICAL)
Condition
Alarm is triggered when sump over temperature switch (OTS) is tripped and cycle is running.
IMPORTANT: When washer is repaired, ensure OTS has been reset and CB1 (and CB6 if present) breaker is in ON position.
buzzer.
5. Contact STERIS.
If electric-heated washer/disinfector: sump OTS is 1. Verify if sump OTS is unplugged. If so, connect wire.
unplugged.
If electric-heated washer/disinfector: sump OTS is in 1. Verify if sump OTS probe is in contact with sump
contact with heaters. heaters. If so, carefully pull on heaters and probe
so there is no more contact.
There was not enough water in sump. 1. Verify if water level adjustment is below normal
adjustment. If not, perform adjustment (refer to
Section 8.6, How to Replace Water Level Sensor).
If electric-heated washer/disinfector: there was too 1. Perform chemical pump calibration (refer to Section
much chemical injected. 3.8, How to Perform Chemical Injection Pump
Calibration).
If electric-heated washer/disinfector: sump drain valve or 1. Verify if sump drain valve or recirculation piping is
recirculaton piping leaking. leaking. If so, replace appropriate component.
If electric-heated washer/disinfector: sump heaters 1. Verify if sump heaters output is continuously

output has failed when energized. energized. Output LED is lit on controller if
If electric-heated washer/disinfector: sump heaters 1. Verify if sump heaters contactor is failed in close
contactor has failed when closed. position. If so, proceed as follows:
192

position (red).
e. Ensure sump OTS is not damaged. Replace if
necessary.
If steam-heated washer/disinfector: sump OTS 1. Sump OTS bypass wire is unplugged.

unplugged.
If steam-heated washer/disinfector: over temperature 1. Verify if over temperature switch bypass is still in
switch bypass is not in place. place. If not, repair wire.
193
6.64 ALARM# 13 PUMP DID NOT START (CRITICAL)
Condition
Alarm is triggered when there is no pressure detected at pump outlet after pump activation.
NOTE: Low speed contactor is failed open, (if pressure does not increase over 4 psig during the first 10 seconds of
pump activation) high speed contactor is failed open, pump is not rotating properly, pressure transmitter is not
calibrated properly or pump is defective.
buzzer.
Washer/disinfector is not correctly loaded. 1. Verify washer/disinfector is correctly loaded. Load

properly.
2. Repeat cycle.
Manifold rack is not correctly positioned. 1. Reinstall manifold rack in correct place inside
chamber.
2. Repeat cycle.
Water inlet piston is not present. 1. Verify water inlet piston is present.
2. Repeat cycle.
Excessive foam during previous phase. 1. See Section 6.19, EXCESSIVE FOAM IN CHAMBER.
2. Repeat cycle.
Soil foam in Wash phase. 1. Add a Pre-Wash 2 phase to remove soil foam prior
to Wash phase.
2. Repeat cycle.
Low speed contactor is failed open. 1. In Service mode, verify if pump is rotating when
output is pressed. If not, verify wiring, contactor
and "pump/door close" interlock relays (CR1, CR2,
CR3, CR4).
Pump is not rotating properly. 1. Verify if pump is rotating in proper direction. If not,
verify drying fan also. If only pump is not rotating
in proper direction, invert pump wiring. If both
motors are not rotating right direction, invert main
electrical supply wiring.
194
Pressure transmitter is not calibrated properly. 1. Perform pressure transmitter calibration

verification (refer to Section 7.5, System Verification -
Adjustments and Calibration). Calibrate if necessary
(refer to Section 3.7, How to Perform Pressure
Transmitter Calibration with Hand Pump).
Pump is defective. 1. Replace recirculation pump (refer to Section 8.12,

How to Replace Recirculation Pump Seal and Gasket).
195
6.65 ALARM# 14 DRYING OVER TEMPERATURE SWITCH TRIPPED (CRITICAL)
Condition
Alarm is triggered when, drying over temperature switch (OTS) is tripped and cycle is running.
buzzer.
5. Contact STERIS.
Heaters circuit breaker has been tripped by controller. 1. Wait for temperature to cool down prior to opening
door and removing load. Then reset drying OTS.
2. Important: If a circuit breaker has tripped,
component in this circuit may have been severely
damaged during short-circuit. Refer to document
13431240 on how to verify component integrity.
Drying OTS is unplugged. 1. Verify if OTS wires are disconnected. If so,

reconnect wires.
Drying heaters output has failed when energized. 1. Verify if drying heaters output is continuously
Drying heaters contactor has failed when closed. 1. Verify if drying heaters contactor is failed in close
position. If so, proceed as follows:
position (red).
e. Ensure drying OTS is not damaged. Replace if
necessary.
196
Drying fan has failed or is rotating backwards. 1. Verify drying fan rotation. Modify wiring to change
rotation direction if necessary or replace fan if
failed.
HEPA filter clogged. 1. Verify if HEPA filter is clogged. Replace filter if

necessary (refer to Section 5.17, Verifying and
Replacing HEPA Filter).
6.66 ALARM# 15 RECIRCULATION TEMPERATURE PROBE #2 DEFECTIVE (CRITICAL)
Condition
Alarm is triggered when during a cycle, signal from recirculation temperature probe #2 RTD (TE1 [PV]) failed.
buzzer.
4. Contact STERIS.
Sensor cable is disconnected. 1. Verify if sensor cable is properly connected. If not,

reconnect cable.
Sensor cable has short circuit. 1. Verify if sensor cable is damaged. If so, replace
cable.
197
6.67 ALARM# 16 CHEMICAL INJECTED VOLUME TOO LOW (CRITICAL)
Condition
Alarm is triggered when injection phase is completed and chemical volume monitored by the flowmeter is too low.
Review alarm printout to see which chemical line triggered the alarm.
Chemical container is empty. 1. Press Silence Buzzer on touch screen to stop alarm
buzzer.
4. Verify if chemical container is empty. If so:
a. Replace empty container with new one.
b. Prime chemical feed line to completely
remove air that entered the system.
c. Repeat cycle.
Chemical container is empty. 1. Verify if chemical container is empty. If so, proceed

as follows:
b. Prime line to completely remove air entered
in system (refer to Section 5.18, Preparation
and Priming of Chemical Injection Pumps).
c. Perform calibration (refer to Section 3.8, How
to Perform Chemical Injection Pump
Calibration).
d. Repeat cycle.
Injection line is clogged or leaking. 1. Inspect chemical line for leaks from tubing or
fittings. If so, proceed as follows:
a. Replace tubing or fittings if necessary.
b. Prime line to completely remove air entered
in system (refer to Section 5.18, Preparation
c. Perform calibration (refer to Section 3.8, How
to Perform Chemical Injection Pump
Calibration).
Pickup tube filter is clogged. 1. Rince under water with a soft brush.
198
Pickup tube filter is damaged. 1. Replace pickup tube.
Flowmeter is defective or pump and flowmeter are not 1. Perform calibration (refer to Section 3.8, How to
calibrated. Perform Chemical Injection Pump Calibration). If
flowmeter calibration value obtained is over 0.48
ml/pulse, flowmeter is defective.
2. Replace flowmeter (refer to Section 8.5, How to
Replace Chemical Injection System).
6.68 ALARM# 17 RECIRCULATION TEMP. PROBES VARIANCE EXCEEDS RANGE (CRITICAL)
Condition
Alarm is triggered when recirculation temperature probe (RTD) readings are showing a variance over +2.0°C, -2.0°C for
five seconds.
buzzer.
4. Repeat cycle.
Sensor not properly calibrated. 1. Perform RTD calibration verification (refer to

Section 7.5, System Verification - Adjustments and
Calibration). Calibrate RTD if required (refer to
Section 3.6, How to Perform RTD Calibration).
Defective sensor. 1. Replace RTD and perform calibration (refer to

199
6.69 ALARM# 18 MOTOR OVERLOAD DETECTED (CRITICAL)
Condition
Alarm is triggered when performing a cycle and motor overload is detected (drying fan or recirculation pump).
buzzer.
4. Contact STERIS.
Drying fan or recirculation pump is tripped. 1. Verify MSP adjustment according to value stated in
Section 8.31, How to Adjust Motor Overload Relay.
2. Verify motor overload input operation in Service
mode. Replace overload if required.
3. Verify if recirculation pump and drying fan are
rotating freely.
200
6.70 ALARM# 19 POWER FAILURE DURING CYCLE (ABORT PROGRESS...)
Condition
Alarm is triggered when power supply was lost while performing a cycle.
System needs to reboot. 1. Press Silence Buzzer on touch screen to stop alarm
buzzer.
3. Wait for system to reboot.
Power failure occurred or Power (ON/OFF) toggle switch 1. When abort sequence is completed, press Ack on
pressed during a cycle. touch screen to acknowledge alarm.
2. Review with Customer proper usage of Power
(ON/OFF) toggle switch and Emergency Stop
pushbutton.
Reboot could have been caused by an application error. 1. Review Service History to confirm if reboot was
caused by an application error. If so, review file for
other occurrence of this issue.
2. Replace controller if error is frequent.
201
6.71 SYSTEM ERROR# 20 I/O BOARDS OR CLOCK FAILURE (CRITICAL)
Condition
Error is triggered when communication between I/O boards and controller is lost or if system timer has drifted.
System needs to reboot. 1. Press Silence Buzzer on touch screen to stop alarm
buzzer.
3. Wait for system to reboot.
Problem with RS-485 connection. 1. Verify RS-485 connection. J9 on CPU, J4 on each I/O
Board.
Reboot could have been caused by an application error. 1. Review Service History to confirm if reboot was
caused by an application error. If so, review file for
other occurrence of this issue.
2. Replace controller if error is frequent.
202
6.72 SYSTEM ERROR# 21 CYCLE AND UNIT CONFIG. RESET TO DEFAULT (CRITICAL)
Condition
Error is triggered when controller memory has been reset to default values. Also, error is triggered when the application
program detected that contents of the non-volatile memory (EFRAM) is corrupted (after power up sequence).
IMPORTANT: When program is replaced, the alarm is set since nonvolatile memory (EFRAM) is erased and all values are reset
to default values: it is normal in this situation.
NOTE: When this alarm is triggered, user must verify the washer/disinfector values: cycle configuration,
washer/disinfector configuration, system option settings and calibration values since some values might have been
reset to default values.
Memory reset to default values. 1. Press Silence Buzzer on touch screen to stop alarm
buzzer.
3. Select washer model as per its identification.
4. Contact STERIS.
Parameters are not set. 1. Set Hardware Configuration, System Options,

Chemical Settings, Supervisor Parameters, Cycle
modifications.
System is not calibrated. 1. Enter calibration values or perform calibration.
203
6.73 ALARM# 22 EMERGENCY STOP PRESSED (CRITICAL)
Condition
Alarm is triggered when Emergency Stop pushbutton is pressed.
Emergency Stop pushbutton was pressed. 1. Pull out Emergency Stop pushbutton.
2. Verify both E-stops are pulled out.
3. Press Silence Buzzer on touch screen to stop alarm
buzzer.
If problem persists, CB4 circuit breaker tripped. 1. Verify CB4 circuit breaker is not tripped. If tripped,
reset circuit breaker.
2. Important: If a circuit breaker has tripped,
component in this circuit may have been severely
damaged during short-circuit. Refer to document
13431240 on how to verify component integrity.
If CB4 trips again, there could be short in the in the 24V 1. There’s probably a short in your 24V ISO line. Look
ISO line. for a short in the circuit.
IO board #1 is failed (System Error 20). 1. This alarm is also displayed if IO board #1 is failed
(System Error 20). Since Emergency Stop
pushbutton is on this board and this alarm (Alarm
#22) is the most important, it will be displayed
first.
204
6.74 ALARM# 23 PRESSURE TRANSMITTER DEFECTIVE (CRITICAL)
Condition
Alarm is triggered when during a cycle, signal from pressure transmitter is failed.
buzzer.
4. Contact STERIS.

reconnect cable.
Sensor cable is damaged. 1. Verify if sensor cable is damaged. If so, replace

cable.
Sensor is defective. 1. Replace sensor and perform calibration (refer to

205
6.75 ALARM# 24 LOAD DOOR DID NOT OPEN (NON-CRITICAL)
Condition
Alarm is triggered when load door is detected as closed after automatic door opening sequence.
Shutoff valve is closed. 1. Press Silence Buzzer on touch screen to stop alarm
buzzer.
Door gutter is obstructed. 1. Press Silence Buzzer on touch screen to stop alarm
buzzer.
3. Verify there is no obstruction in door gutter.
Main air supply shut-off valve closed. 1. In Service mode, try to open load door. If door is not
moving: verify if main air supply shut-off valve is
open. If not, open valve.
Main air supply under requirements. 1. In Service mode, try to open load door. If door is not
moving: verify if main air supply line meets
equipment drawing requirements and if supply line
operates properly.
Door obstruction in door sill. 1. Verify there is no obstruction in door sill. Remove
any foreign object which would prevent door from
completely opening.
Pilot valve defective. 1. Try to manually activate load door open and close
pilot valve. Replace pilot valve if not working
properly.
Pilot valve flow control not properly adjusted. 1. In Service mode, try to open load door. If door is
moving: verify door opening speed is between
seven and eight seconds. Adjust door speed if
required (refer to Section 8.18, How to Adjust
Chamber Door Pilot Valves).
Air pressure too low or air pressure regulator failed. 1. Verify printout for Air Pressure Too Low warning
206
6.76 ALARM# 25 LOAD DOOR DID NOT CLOSE (NON-CRITICAL)
Condition
Alarm is triggered when load door is not detected as closed after automatic door closing sequence (twelve seconds).
buzzer.
Door path is obstructed. 1. Press Silence Buzzer on touch screen to stop alarm
buzzer.
3. Verify there is no object obstructing door path and
try to close door again.
Main air supply shut-off valve closed. 1. In Service mode, try to close load door.
2. If door is not moving, verify if main air supply shut-
off valve is open. If not, open valve.
Main air supply under requirements. 1. In Service mode, try to close load door.
2. If door is not moving, verify if main air supply line
meets equipment drawing requirements and if
supply line works properly.
Piloted check valve defective. 1. In Service mode, try to close load door.
2. If door is not moving, verify door cylinder piloted
check valve is working properly.
3. Replace piloted check valve if required.
Pilot valve defective. 1. In Service mode, try to close load door.

2. If door is not moving, try to manually activate load
door close pilot valve. Replace pilot valve if not
working properly.
3. Try to manually activate load door safety pilot
valve. Replace pilot valve if not working properly.
Door obstruction. 1. In Service mode, try to close load door.

2. If door is moving, verify there is no obstruction
below door. Remove any foreign object which
would prevent door from closing completely.
207

3. Perform door safety test in Supervisor mode to
verify safety switch operation.
Pilot valve flow control not properly adjusted. 1. In Service mode, try to close load door.
2. If door is moving, verify door closing speed is
between seven and eight seconds. Adjust door
speed if required (refer to Section 8.18, How to
Adjust Chamber Door Pilot Valves).
Door closed switch misadjusted. 1. In Service mode, try to close load door.
2. If door is moving, load door closed switch not
properly adjusted or defective. Adjust or replace
switch if required.
Leaks in pneumatic fitting, filter auto-drain or hose. 1. In Service mode, try to close load door.
2. If door is moving, verify leaks from fitting, filter
auto-drain and hose.
3. Replace if required.
Air pressure regulator failed. 1. In Service mode, try to close load door.
2. If door is moving, verify printout for Air Pressure
Too Low warning just before the alarm was
triggered. This warning indicates a drop in the air
inlet pressure.
208
6.77 ALARM# 26 LOAD DOOR OBSTRUCTED (NON-CRITICAL)
Condition
Alarm is triggered when load door obstruction bar has detected an obstruction during automatic door closing.
Door obstructed. 1. Press Silence Buzzer on touch screen to stop alarm

buzzer.
3. Clear door path from obstruction and try to close
door again.
Obstruction switch defective. 1. Perform door safety test to verify operation of each
switch in Supervisor mode. Replace defective
switch if required.
Obstruction switch cable disconnected/broken. 1. Verify obstruction switch cable integrity. Reconnect
cable.
2. Replace if required.
Door speed not properly adjusted. 1. Verify door closing speed is between seven and
eight seconds. Adjust door speed if required (refer
to Section 8.18, How to Adjust Chamber Door Pilot
Valves).
209
6.78 ALARM# 27 UNLOAD DOOR NOT OPEN (NON-CRITICAL)
Condition
Alarm is triggered when unload door is detected as closed after automatic door opening sequence.
Air supply shutoff valve is closed. 1. Press Silence Buzzer on touch screen to stop alarm
buzzer.
Door gutter obstructed. 1. Press Silence Buzzer on touch screen to stop alarm
buzzer.
3. Verify there is no obstruction in door gutter.
If door is not moving: door obstruction in threshold. 1. Verify there is no obstruction in door sill.
2. Remove any foreign object which would prevent
door from opening completely.
If door is not moving: main air supply shut-off valve 1. Verify if main air supply shut-off valve is open. If
closed. not, open valve.
If door is not moving: main air supply under 1. Verify if main air supply line meets equipment
requirements. drawing requirements and if supply line operates
properly.
If door is not moving: pilot valve defective. 1. Try to manually activate unload door open and
close pilot valve.
2. Replace pilot valve if not working properly.
If door is moving: pilot valve flow control not properly 1. Verify door opening speed is between seven and
adjusted. eight seconds.
2. Adjust door speed if required (refer to Section 8.18,
How to Adjust Chamber Door Pilot Valves).
If door is moving: pressure regulator failed. 1. Verify printout for Air Pressure Too Low warning
210
6.79 ALARM# 28 UNLOAD DOOR DID NOT CLOSE (NON-CRITICAL)
Condition
Alarm is triggered when unload door is not detected as closed after automatic door closing sequence (twelve seconds).
Air supply inlet shutoff valve closed. 1. Press Silence Buzzer on touch screen to stop alarm
buzzer.
Door path obstructed. 1. Press Silence Buzzer on touch screen to stop alarm
buzzer.
3. Verify there is no object obstructing door path and
try to close door again.
Main air supply shut-off valve closed. 1. In Service mode, try to close unload door.
2. If door is not moving, verify if main air supply shut-
off valve is open. If not, open valve.
Main air supply under requirements. 1. In Service mode, try to close unload door.
2. If door is not moving, verify if main air supply line
meets equipment drawing requirements and if it
works properly.
Piloted check valve defective. 1. In Service mode, try to close unload door.
2. If door is not moving, verify door cylinder piloted
check valve is working properly.
3. Replace piloted check valve if required.
Pilot valve defective. 1. In Service mode, try to close unload door.

2. If door is not moving, try to manually activate
unload door close pilot valve. Replace pilot valve if
not working properly.
3. Try to manually activate unload door safety pilot
valve. Replace pilot valve if not working properly.
Door obstruction. 1. In Service mode, try to close unload door.

2. If door is moving, verify there is no obstruction
below door.
211

3. Remove any foreign object which would prevent
door from closing completely.
4. Perform door safety test in Supervisor mode to
verify safety switch operation.
Unload door closed switch not properly adjusted or 1. In Service mode, try to close unload door.
defective.
2. If door is moving, adjust or replace switch if
required.
Pilot valve flow control not properly adjusted. 1. In Service mode, try to close unload door.
2. If door is moving, verify door closing speed is
between seven and eight seconds.
If door is moving: pneumatic system air leaks. 1. In Service mode, try to close unload door.
2. If door is moving, verify leaks from fitting, filter
auto-drain or hose. Replace if required.
Pressure regulator failed. 1. In Service mode, try to close unload door.

2. If door is moving, verify printout for Air Pressure
Too Low warning just before the alarm was
triggered. This warning indicates a drop in the air
inlet pressure.
212
6.80 ALARM# 29 UNLOAD DOOR OBSTRUCTED (NON-CRITICAL)
Condition
Alarm is triggered when unload door obstruction bar has detected an obstruction during automatic door closing.
Door obstructed. 1. Press Silence Buzzer on touch screen to stop alarm

buzzer.
3. Clear door path from obstruction and try to close
door again.
Obstruction switch defective. 1. Perform door safety test to verify operation of each
switch in Supervisor mode.
2. Replace defective switch if required.
Switch cable disconnected/broken. 1. Verify obstruction switch cable integrity.

2. Reconnect cable or replace if required.
Door speed not properly adjusted. 1. Verify door closing speed is between seven and
eight seconds.
213
6.81 ALARM# 30 WATER LEVEL DEFECTIVE (CRITICAL)
Condition
Alarm is triggered when signal from water level switch appears defective.
buzzer.
4. Contact STERIS.
Water in water level hose. 1. Inspect water level hose for signs of water. If so,
empty sump and dry hose.
Level sensor connectors faulty. 1. Inspect level sensors wiring.

2. Replace connectors if required.
Sensors defective. 1. In Service mode, verify operation of level sensors.

2. Replace defective sensor (refer to Section 8.6, How
to Replace Water Level Sensor).
Condenser ventilation connection creating a vacuum. 1. Lift ventilation plumbing to expose condenser
ventilation holes.
214
6.82 ALARM# 31 LOW PRESSURE DETECTED (NON-CRITICAL)
Condition
Alarm is triggered when pressure reading drops under 8/12 psig (50Hz/60Hz) for ten consecutive seconds in a low
speed treatment; or under 30/45 psig (50Hz/60Hz) for ten consecutive seconds in a high speed treatment due to
foaming of process water.
Incorrect rack used. 1. Press Silence Buzzer on touch screen to stop alarm
buzzer.
4. Verify proper manifold rack is used for selected
cycle.
Rack is improperly loaded. 1. Press Silence Buzzer on touch screen to stop alarm
buzzer.
4. Verify manifold rack is properly loaded. If using
multi-level rack, lowest level of rack is loaded.
Spray tips are improperly mounted. 1. Press Silence Buzzer on touch screen to stop alarm
buzzer.
4. Verify all spray tips are properly mounted on
chamber and manifold rack spray arms.
Improper chemical used. 1. Press Silence Buzzer on touch screen to stop alarm
buzzer.
4. Verify proper chemical type is used for selected
cycle.
215
Chemical concentration too high. 1. Press Silence Buzzer on touch screen to stop alarm
buzzer.
4. If alarm occurred during Wash phase and STERIS
chemicals are not used, lower concentration to
reduce foaming effect.
Cycle wash phase setting modification required. 1. Press Silence Buzzer on touch screen to stop alarm
buzzer.
4. If alarm occurred during Wash phase, modify cycle
to perform two separate Wash phases to replace
one long Wash phase or a Dual Stage phase.
5. If alarm occurred during Wash phase and STERIS
chemicals are not used, lower concentration to
reduce foaming effect.
Chemical pumps not calibrated. 1. Perform calibration of all chemical pumps (refer to
Section 3.8, How to Perform Chemical Injection Pump
Calibration).
Pressure transmitter improperly calibrated. 1. Verify if pressure transmitter is properly calibrated

2. Perform calibration if required (refer to Section 3.7,
How to Perform Pressure Transmitter Calibration with
Hand Pump).
If foaming is due to enzyme wash, rinse stage is missing. 1. If foaming is due to enzyme wash, ensure there is a
rinse stage programmed before next stage.
If foaming is due to wash stage, another separate rinse 1. If foaming is due to wash stage, add another
stage is needed. separated rinse stage before thermal rinse to
remove more residual foam from sump.
216
6.83 ALARM# 32 DRYING SYSTEM NOT HEATING (CRITICAL)
Condition
Alarm is triggered when drying temperature reading is under 140°F [60°C] and is not rising over time.
Cycle needs to be aborted and then repeated. 1. Press Silence Buzzer on touch screen to stop alarm
buzzer.
4. Repeat cycle.
CB1 breaker tripped. 1. Visually inspect if CB1 breaker is tripped. If so,

lockout/tagout main electrical disconnect switch to
OFF position and set CB1 (and CB6 if present) to
ON position (red).
Drying fan failed. 1. Verify drying fan rotation. Modify wiring to change
rotation direction if necessary or replace fan if
failed.
Heating elements defective. 1. Measure current on each element line. Replace any
defective heating element.
Water remained in chamber. 1. Verify if draining is completed. If not, measure time

to completely drain sump. Default draining time is
30 seconds when filled to low level and 45 seconds
when filled to high level. Increase drain extension
time in Supervisor mode to reach complete
draining.
217
6.84 ALARM# 34 CONDUCTIVITY TRANSMITTER DEFECTIVE (CRITICAL)
Condition
For EMEA only, when conductivity meter option is present: Alarm is triggered when signal from conductivity meter
appears defective. Conductivity meter or probe are not wired properly, conductivity meter is defective, or conductivity
probe is defective.
buzzer.
4. Contact STERIS (Service charges may be incurred).
Note: if you need to continue running cycles while
waiting for service, the supervisor can disable
conductivity reading in Supervisor mode.
Conductivity meter wire has a short or open circuit. 1. Conductivity meter (CE1) wiring has short circuit or
has an open circuit (disconnected). Verify wiring of
conductivity meter and probe.
Conductivity meter and/or probe is defective. 1. Replace conductivity meter and/or probe.
218
6.85 ALARM# 35 DRYING TEMPERATURE PROBES VARIANCE EXCEEDS RANGE (CRITICAL)
Condition
Alarm is triggered when drying temperature probe (RTD) readings are showing a variance over maximum allowed.
Cycle must be aborted and then repeated. 1. Press Silence Buzzer on touch screen to stop alarm
buzzer.
4. Repeat cycle.
Sensor not properly calibrated. 1. Perform RTD calibration verification (refer to

Section 7.5, System Verification - Adjustments and
Calibration). Calibrate RTD if required (refer to
Defective RTD. 1. Replace RTD and perform calibration (refer to

6.86 ALARM# 36 DRYING TEMPERATURE PROBE #2 DEFECTIVE (CRITICAL)
Condition
Alarm is triggered when during a cycle, signal from drying temperature probe #2 (TE2 [PV]) failed.
buzzer.
4. Contact STERIS.

reconnect cable.

cable.
219
6.87 ALARM# 37 DRYING TEMPERATURE PROBE #1 DEFECTIVE (CRITICAL)
Condition
Alarm is triggered when during a cycle, signal from drying temperature probe #1 (RTD) failed
buzzer.
3. Press Abort on touch screen to abort cycle
4. Contact STERIS.

reconnect cable.

cable.
220
6.88 ALARM# 38 READ/WRITE ERROR
Condition
Error is triggered when an error is detected in memory while reading or writing data.
Cycle data must be backed up. 1. Press Silence Buzzer on touch screen to stop alarm
buzzer.
2. Backup/Print cycle data.
Cycle configuration must be reviewed. 1. Press Silence Buzzer on touch screen to stop alarm
buzzer.
2. Review washer/disinfector and cycle configuration.
Washer/Disinfector system not correctly configured. 1. Verify Hardware Configuration, System Options,
Chemical Settings, Supervisor Parameters, Cycle
modifications.
2. Cycle power to verify that software is correctly
booting.
3. If Steps 1 and 2 failed, re-upload the program.
4. If issue is recurrent, replace the controller.
221
6.89 ALARM# 40 SOFTWARE APPLICATION ERROR
Condition
Error is triggered when and error occurred with washer software application.
Error detected in application. 1. Press Silence Buzzer on touch screen to stop alarm
buzzer.
2. An error was detected in the application.
3. Press Ack on touch screen to continue, system will
reboot.
4. Washer/disinfector can be operated.
Error code is generated. 1. Note Error Code and Line information. If screen is
no more available, download Service History file.
Contact Technical Support.
Controller defective. 1. Replace controller if error is displayed frequently.
222
6.90 ALARM# 41 CHEMICAL CONTAINER [X] EMPTY
Condition
Alarm is triggered when no signal is detected from chemical [X] low-level sensor prior to initiating a cycle using that
chemical.
Pickup tube out of chemical container. 1. Press Silence Buzzer on touch screen to stop alarm
buzzer.
3. Verify if chemical pickup tube is out of container. If
so, place pickup tube in chemical container.
Chemical container empty. 1. Verify if chemical container is empty. If so:

c. Repeat cycle.
Level sensor float switch obstructed. 1. Verify if level sensor float switch moves freely. If
jammed in low position, rinse float with water to
clean it.
Sensor signal cable disconnected. 1. Verify if level sensor signal cable is properly
connected. If not, reconnect cable.
Verify dosing station operation. 1. Verify if dosing station can send a signal to
washer/disinfector by connecting another chemical
level sensor to problematic chemical line and
watching input state in Service mode:
a. If signal is correct using other level sensor,
old level sensor is defective. Replace level
sensor.
b. If there is no signal with other level sensor,
dosing station connection board is defective.
Replace connection board.
223
Condition
chemical.
buzzer.

c. Repeat cycle.
clean it.
sensor.
224
Condition
chemical.
buzzer.

c. Repeat cycle.
clean it.
sensor.
225
Condition
chemical.
buzzer.

c. Repeat cycle.
clean it.
sensor.
226
Condition
chemical.
buzzer.

c. Repeat cycle.
clean it.
sensor.
227
6.95 ALARM# 46 RINSE RESERVOIR TOO LONG TO FILL (CRITICAL)
Condition
Alarm is triggered when reservoir filling was not completed within allowed time (adjustable parameter).
buzzer.
buzzer.
4. Verify pure water supply line shutoff valve is open.
5. Repeat cycle.
6. Change Rinse and Thermal Rinse water ports to hot
water, then contact STERIS.
Pressure does not meet specifications. 1. Press Silence Buzzer on touch screen to stop alarm
buzzer.
4. Verify pure water supply line dynamic pressure
meets specification.
5. Repeat cycle.
Pure water inlet valve closed. 1. Change Rinse and Thermal Rinse water ports to hot
2. Verify proper opening of pure water inlet valve. If
incorrect, verify if valve is properly energized when
activated. Connector becomes red at output
activation.
3. If connection is correct and fill valve does not open,
replace valve.
228
6.96 ALARM# 47 RINSE RESERVOIR WATER LEVEL SWITCH DEFECTIVE (CRITICAL)
Condition
Alarm is triggered when signal from water level switch appears defective.
buzzer.
4. Repeat cycle.
5. Change Thermal Rinse water port to Hot Water,
then contact STERIS.
Reservoir water level switch defective. 1. Change Thermal Rinse water port to Hot Water.
2. Inspect Low, Mid and High Reservoir water levels
for proper operation by dismantling them from
reservoir and manually moving float. Replace
defective switch.
229
6.97 ALARM# 48 RINSE RESERVOIR SAFETY WATER LEVEL SWITCH REACHED (CRITICAL)
Condition
Alarm is triggered when reservoir safety water level switch is activated for a consecutive time of 200 ms.
Cycle must be aborted and then restarted. 1. Press Silence Buzzer on touch screen to stop alarm
buzzer.
4. Repeat cycle.
Reservoir water level switch defective. 1. Inspect Low, Mid and High Reservoir water levels
for proper operation by dismantling them from
reservoir and manually moving float. Replace
defective switch.
Inlet valve open. 1. Inspect pure water inlet valve for proper closing. If
valve does not close tightly, clean valve seat or
replace valve.
6.98 ALARM# 49 RINSE RESERVOIR TRANSFER MALFUNCTION (CRITICAL)
Condition
Alarm is triggered if pressure reading was too low during water transfer from reservoir to chamber.
buzzer.
4. Repeat cycle.
Water ports must be changed to hot water. 1. Change Rinse and Thermal Rinse water ports to hot
water to allow operator to use washer while water
inlet is not operational.
230
6.99 ALARM# 50 RINSE RESERVOIR TEMPERATURE TOO HIGH (CRITICAL)
Condition
Alarm is triggered when reservoir temperature reading has reached maximum allowed temperature.
Breaker tripped. 1. Press Silence Buzzer on touch screen to stop alarm

buzzer.
4. Wait for washer/disinfector to cool down.
5. Circuit breaker tripped, contact STERIS.
Heaters output failed when energized. 1. Verify if reservoir heaters output is continuously
8.22, How to Remove Controller)
Reservoir heaters contactor has failed when closed. 1. Verify if reservoir heaters contactor is failed in
closed position. If so, proceed as follows:
c. Set CB1 and CB6 breakers to ON position
(red).
Reservoir temperature calibration out of range. 1. Verify reservoir temperature probe calibration
2. Recalibrate if necessary.
231
6.100 ALARM# 51 RINSE RESERVOIR OVERTEMPERATURE SWITCH TRIPPED (CRITICAL)
Condition
Alarm is triggered when reservoir over temperature switch (OTS) is tripped and cycle is running.
IMPORTANT: Controller trips CB1 and CB6 breakers when this alarm is generated. It is required to lockout/tagout main
electrical disconnect switch to OFF position prior to setting breakers to ON position.
IMPORTANT: When washer is repaired, ensure OTS has been reset, CB1 and CB6 are in ON position.
Circuit breaker tripped. 1. Press Silence Buzzer on touch screen to stop alarm
buzzer.
5. Heaters circuit breaker has been tripped by
controller, contact STERIS.
Reservoir OTS is unplugged. 1. Verify if Reservoir OTS is unplugged. If so, connect

wire.
Reservoir OTS is in contact with heaters. 1. Verify if Reservoir OTS probe is in contact with
sump heaters. If so, carefully pull on heaters and
probe so there is no more contact.
There was not enough water in reservoir. 1. Verify if MID water level is failed to ON position. If
so, clean or replace level sensor.
Reservoir heaters output has failed when energized. 1. Verify if Reservoir heaters output is continuously
Reservoir heaters contactor has failed when closed. 1. Verify if Reservoir heaters contactor is failed in
close position. If so, proceed as follows:
b. Replace contactor and breaker.
c. Set CB1 and CB6 to ON position (red).
e. Ensure sump OTS is not damaged. Replace if
necessary. IMPORTANT: When washer is
repaired, ensure OTS has been reset, CB1 and
CB6 are in ON position.
232
6.101 ALARM# 52 COMMUNICATION WITH DRAIN COOLDOWN CONTROLLER LOST (CRITICAL)
Condition
Alarm is triggered when signal from External Cooldown Controller has not changed when intended.
buzzer.
4. Cycle power to reboot washer.
5. Repeat cycle.
6. Contact STERIS.
External power cable not connected. 1. Verify if external controller power cable is properly
connected. If not, reconnect cable. If yes, controller
is defective, replace defective controller.
RTD damaged. 1. Verify if external controller indicates an error. If so,

verify if RTD is damaged; replace if necessary.
Wires improperly connected. 1. If alarm occurs at the beginning of the draining

stage, verify signal wires are properly connected on
external controller. Reconnect/Rebuild wires if
necessary.
Valves not open correctly. 1. If alarm occurs after 5 minutes of the beginning of
draining stage, verify that both isolation valves and
proportional valves open properly. Replace valve if
required.
233
6.102 ALARM# 53 RINSE RESERVOIR TEMPERATURE PROBE DEFECTIVE (CRITICAL)
Condition
Alarm is triggered when signal from reservoir temperature probe (RTD) failed.
buzzer.
4. Contact STERIS.
Sensor cable disconnected. 1. Verify if sensor cable is properly connected. If not,

reconnect cable.

cable.
6.103 Fatal Error 1
Condition
Red display shows “Fatal Error 1”.
RTXC error. 1. Format a 16 GB USB key to FAT32.

2. Install software to latest revision by installing
directly on the control.
3. Replace control.
234
6.104 Fatal Error 2
Condition
I2C bus error. 1. Format a 16 GB USB key to FAT32.

3. Replace control.
6.105 Fatal Error 3
Condition
Serial debug error. 1. Format a 16 GB USB key to FAT32.

3. Replace control.
6.106 Fatal Error 4
Condition
Network error. 1. Verify Ethernet cable is properly installed on

control.
2. Verify Network settings are correctly configured in
service mode.
3. Format a 16 GB USB key to FAT32.
4. Install software latest revision by installing directly
on the control.
5. Replace Ethernet cable.
6. Replace control.
235
6.107 Fatal Error 5
Condition
Application lost or corrupted. 1. Format a 16 GB USB key to FAT32.

3. Replace control.
6.108 Fatal Error 6
Condition
Application parameter storage error. 1. Format a 16 GB USB key to FAT32.

3. Replace control.
6.109 Fatal Error 7
Condition
Firmware update failure error. 1. Format a 16 GB USB key to FAT32.

3. Replace control.
236
6.110 Fatal Error 8
Condition
EEPROM error. 1. Format a 16 GB USB key to FAT32.

3. Replace control.
6.111 Fatal Error 9
Condition
RTXC timer error. 1. Ensure Date and Time are correct in Supervisor
mode.
3. Install software revision by installing directly on the
control.
4. Replace control.
6.112 Fatal Error 10
Condition
USB configuration file error. 1. Format a 16 GB USB key to FAT32.

3. Replace control.
237
6.113 Fatal Error 11
Condition
TCP/IP server error. 1. Verify Ethernet cable is properly installed on

control.
2. Verify Network settings are correctly configured in
service mode.
5. Replace Ethernet cable.
6. Replace control.
238
7 — Field Test Procedure
Field Test Procedure
7.1 Field Test Procedure - Introduction
WARNING
● Fasteners and star washers are used to ensure protective bonding continuity. Always
reinstall any star washer which may have been removed during installation or
servicing.
● Use a nonconductive tool to make voltage adjustment on power supply.
WARNING
● Always wear Personal Protective Equipment (PPE) appropriate for the task to be
performed.
trained service personnel. Repairs and adjustments performed by unqualified
improper equipment performance, void the warranty or result in costly damage.
● Regularly scheduled routine maintenance, as well as preventive maintenance, are
required for safe and reliable operation of this equipment. Contact STERIS to
schedule preventive maintenance or obtain the necessary Maintenance Manual if
preventive maintenance is done by the Customer.
239
CAUTION
Ensure that all consummable products (detergents, Loctite, RTV, etc) used to operate or
appropriately.
7.2 General
Each washer/disinfector must be tested and inspected according to this procedure whenever a part is adjusted,
repaired or replaced. Items which do not comply to test procedures must be corrected and retested. Keep a record of all
readings, measurements, tests, discrepancies, corrections and reinspections. Each test must meet the standards of
material and performance set forth in this procedure. Refer to Section 8.1, Component Repair, Replacement and
Adjustment - Introduction, should mechanical problems arise or adjustment be required. Read the complete test
procedure carefully to know steps to be accomplished and test equipment required before starting.
1. Access panels
2. Status Lights
3. Chamber Doors
4. Access Panels
5. Hand-held Bar Code Reader (EMEA Option)
240
6. USB Port
7. Power (ON/OFF) Toggle Switch
8. Control System
9. Printer
10. Emergency Stop Pushbutton
7.3 Instrumentation/Material Required

NOTE: Use calibrated instruments only.
• Stopwatch – to verify rotary spray arms rotation speed.
• Manifold rack.
• Flashlight – to verify leakage.
• Lubricant, peristaltic pump (P117950599) – for chemical injection pumps.
• DC voltmeter – to verify voltage.
• AC clamp meter – to verify amperage.
• "T" type thermocouple with electronic thermometer – to verify RTD calibration.
• 300 W water heater (P764326551) – to verify RTD calibration.
• Two coffee cups (interior diameter between 3" and 3-1/2"; interior depth between 3-1/4" and 4") – to verify RTD
calibration.
• RTD holder (10030839) – to verify RTD calibration.
• 250 mL graduated cylinder – to verify chemical injection pump and flowmeter calibration.
• Hand pump assembly with fitting (P755718521 and 11015590) – calibrated 0-100 psig Electronic Pressure
Indicator to verify pressure transmitter calibration.
• Grease, Dow Corning #7 – for chamber doors guides.
• 250 mL glass or plastic beaker (non-conductive material) and 84 μS/cm conductivity solution (P117906173) – to
verify conductivity probe calibration (if present).
Depending on field test procedure results, calibration may be required. Refer to Section 3.6, How to Perform RTD
Calibration for additional instrumentation and material required.
7.4 Visual Verification

1. Verify proper hookup of electric and water supplies.
2. Inspect top of washer/disinfector for debris that could prevent doors from opening or closing correctly.
3. Inspect top of washer/disinfector for debris that could prevent proper venting of the washer/disinfector.
4. Inspect all piping clamps and tighten if necessary.
5. Inspect drain piping under washer/disinfector for correct positioning.
6. Inspect all protective earth bonding (ground wires). Protective earth bonding must be present, not damaged and
correctly fixed:
• Building main protective earth wire inside main electrical box.
• Ground wire between chamber door and frame.
7. Inspect each chamber door guide for presence of grease (P117915507). Add if necessary.
241
8. Inspect chamber door gasket(s). Gaskets must not be worn or damaged. Replace if necessary.
9. Inspect debris screen inside chamber. Clean if necessary.
10. Inspect each rotary spray arm assembly inside chamber. Clean if necessary.
11. Inspect each steam line strainer. Clean if necessary (steam-heated washer/disinfectors only).
12. Inspect HEPA filter for wear in washer/disinfector. Replace if necessary.
13. Inspect each chemical injection pump squeeze tube. Squeeze tubes must not be worn or damaged. Replace if
necessary.
14. Inspect chemical injection pumps for presence of lubricant (P117950599). Add if necessary.
7.5 System Verification - Adjustments and Calibration

Verifications in this section require Service mode access to manually activate outputs and verify inputs state or values.
Enter in Service mode prior to starting verification. Refer to Section 3.3, How to Enter Service Mode for more details on
how to access Service mode.
Control Voltage Verification
With DC voltmeter, verify output voltage of power supply (RECT1) is 24 VDC (+/- 0.1 VDC). Readjust voltage when
washer/disinfector is in "Ready mode" (no cycle in process) using adjustment knob on power supply if necessary.
IMPORTANT: If power supply adjustment was out of range and was readjusted, chemical injection pumps must be calibrated
(refer to Section 3.8, How to Perform Chemical Injection Pump Calibration for more details).
Inputs and Outputs Verification
IMPORTANT: Testing shunt trip output or disconnecting wire from OTS1, OTS2 (electric-heated washer/disinfector) or OTS3
(Acu-Rinse reservoir option) makes CB1 and CB6 (Acu-Rinse Reservoir option) breakers trip. CB1 and CB6 (Acu-rinse reservoir
option) breakers must be re-engaged in ON position after the test.
Verify proper functionality of all inputs and outputs.
Water Levels Verification

2. In Service mode, go to I/O Test / Filling-Draining.
3. Set fill level to Low.
4. Activate Cold Water Inlet Valve.
5. Wait until Low Level is reached. When it is reached, cold water inlet valve automatically stops.
6. Open one door.
7. Using a measuring tape, measure water level from flat surface where sump debris screen lies as shown.
Measurement should be:
• Between 2-1/2" and 2-7/8" for 7052HP W/D
• Between 2-5/16" and 2-11/16" for 7053HP W/D
8. If measurement is out of range, recalibrate water level sensor.
9. Access Supervisor Test menu and perform safety water level test.
242
Main Air Pressure Verification
Verify main air static pressure is 80 (-0+5) psig [552 (-0+34) kPa] using the gauge already present on chamber main air
line.
1. Ensure building supply has more than 80 psig [552 kPa].
2. Adjust pressure regulator if necessary. Refer to Section 8.29, How to Adjust Pneumatic Pressure Regulator.
Chamber Door Speed Verification
Verify opening and closing time for each door. Opening and closing time must be between seven and eight seconds.
Shorter time may result in false detection of the door security system. Refer to Section 8.13, How to Replace Chamber
Door System - Introduction, for adjustment procedure if necessary.
Chamber Door Security Verification
Verify on each door:

• Detection bar moves freely and does not jam when pressed (on each end and on center).
• Two "CLICKS" are heard when detection bar is pressed (on each end and on center).
NOTE: The two "CLICKS" come from the two switches inside detection bar being activated.
• Access Tests menu in Supervisor mode and perform door safety test.
RTD Calibration Verification
Two dual element RTDs [one on the pump inlet piping and the other one on top service area, next to the drying
elements] and one single element RTD (optional) [on the Rinse Reservoir] need to be verified. For each RTD, the
reading of each element must be verified for proper calibration.
First verification method (for all RTDs): To verify RTD calibration, a "T" type thermocouple with electronic
thermometer and a 300 W water heater (P764326551) are necessary. A coffee cup (interior diameter between 3" and
3-1/2"; interior depth between 3-1/4" and 4") with boiling water is also used.
Ensure to order the RTD holder (10030839) which is needed to support RTD while verifying calibration.
1. Remove RTD from washer/disinfector.
2. Fill coffee cup with hot water up to 3/8” from cup edge.
4. Insert 300-W water heater in coffee cup and wait until water reaches and maintains boiling point.
5. Using RTD holder, insert RTD with thermocouple in cup filled with boiling water (or soon to be boiling).
243
6. In the cup, place support at the opposite side from water heater.
7. Let temperature stabilize and compare reading of electronic thermometer with temperature displayed on control
system touch screen.
8. If temperature difference is over 1.8°F [1°C] between:

• Electronic thermometer and RTD #1 display on control system;
or
or
• RTD #1 display on control system and RTD #2 display on control system...
RTD must be calibrated (refer to SECTION 2.4.1, RTD CALIBRATION, for more details).
NOTE: Rinse Reservoir (option) RTD does not have dual head RTD. Verify only between Electronic thermometer
and RTD display on control system.
Second verification method (only for recirculation RTD):
1. On pump inlet piping, remove the 1/8" NPT plug.
2. Insert a thermocouple gland fitting (P309716-061) with a "T" type thermocouple with electronic thermometer in
hole left by removal of plug.
3. In Service mode, fill sump with water.
4. Activate recirculation pump.
5. Heat sump until reaching a temperature of ~ 194°F [90°C].
6. Let temperature stabilize and compare reading of electronic thermometer with temperature displayed on control
system touch screen.
7. If temperature difference is over 1.8°F [1°C] between:
or
or
• RTD #1 display on control system and RTD #2 display on control system...
RTD must be calibrated (refer to Section 3.6, How to Perform RTD Calibration for more details).
244
Figure 7-1. 1/8” NPT Plug for Thermocouple
Chemical Injection Pumps and Flowmeters Calibration Verification
Chemical injection pumps and flowmeters calibration verification cannot be easily performed. The best way to do so is
to perform the calibration (refer to Section 3.8, How to Perform Chemical Injection Pump Calibration for more details).
Pressure Transmitter Calibration Verification
Pressure transmitter calibration is performed using a low and a high pressure point. The calibration verification has to
be performed the same way.
To perform pressure transmitter calibration verification, proceed as follows:
Low Point Verification
3. If sump is not already empty, access filling/draining menu of I/O Groups menu and drain sump.
4. Access recirculation menu of I/O Groups menu to see transmitter input value.
5. If displayed value is not between -1 psig [-0.07 bar, -7 kPa] and 2 psig [0.14 bar, 14 kPa], pressure transmitter
must be calibrated (refer to Section 3.7, How to Perform Pressure Transmitter Calibration with Hand Pump for more
details).
High Point Verification
1. Prepare hand pump assembly calibration kit with fitting and gauge (P755718521 and 11015590).
2. Disconnect pressure transmitter and its fitting from recirculation piping.
3. Fitting must stay assembled on transmitter for calibration.
4. Connect pressure transmitter to calibration kit 7/16-20 fitting.
5. Connect 1/4" hose of pressure transmitter calibration kit blue hose to electronic pressure indicator reading port
using a 1/4" push-in fitting for connection.
245
6. Adjust pressure transmitter calibration kit hand pump pressure regulator to read between 40 to 50 psig on
electronic pressure indicator. Ensure pressure is constant on gauge and there is no leak in the assembly.
10. If pressure difference between pressure indicator reading and displayed value is over 3 psig [0.21 bar,21 kPa],
pressure transmitter must be calibrated (refer to Section 3.7, How to Perform Pressure Transmitter Calibration with
Hand Pump for more details).
Conductivity Meter Calibration Verification
Conductivity meter and sensor are only present as an option.

3. If sump is not already empty, access filling/draining menu of I/O Groups menu and drain sump.
5. Remove conductivity sensor from washer/disinfector.
6. Rinse conductivity sensor and 250-mL beaker with pure water.
7. Pour 84 µS/cm conductivity solution into beaker.
8. Insert conductivity sensor. Let temperature and conductivity stabilize.
IMPORTANT: DO NOT compensate value with solution temperature, compensation is already done by the conductivity
9. Compare conductivity solution value (84 µS/cm) with value displayed on control system touch screen.
If conductivity difference is over 1 µS/cm between one of them, conductivity meter must be calibrated (refer to
Section 3.8, How to Perform Chemical Injection Pump Calibration).
Rotary Spray Arms Rotation Verification
1. Install a manifold rack inside chamber and close doors.

2. Fill sump with cold water until sump low water level is reached.
3. Activate circulation pump at low speed.
4. Verify top and bottom rotary spray arms speed. Spray arms must perform five complete rotations in 11 to 13
seconds (7052HP W/D) or five complete rotations in less than 40 seconds (7053HP W/D). If not, dismantle and
clean spray arm assembly.
5. For 7052HP W/D rotary spray arms, adjust if necessary (refer to Section 8.32, Rotary Spray arm Adjustment -
AMSCO 7052HP W/D).
Water Inlet Pressure Verification
For water inlet pressure verification, refer to Section 5.15, Water Inlet Pressure Test, for procedure.
Voltage Verification
The washer/disinfector is designed to be fully functional at the voltage indicated on identification nameplate (located
on the front bottom part of the load side) ± 10%. Random malfunctions may occur if voltage is out of range.
246
Measure voltage between L1/L2, L2/L3, L1/L3 and compare with values inTable 7-1 . Voltage must be measured when
washer/disinfector is in operation and in heating phase. If voltage is out of range, ask maintenance department to
correct the situation.
NOTE: Voltage can be measured in main electrical box.
Table 7-1. Voltage
Nameplate Voltage Functional Range
200-208 V 187 to 228 V
380-400 V 342 to 440 V
380-400-415 V 342 to 456 V
460-480 V 414 to 528 V
Amperage Verification
Verify amperage on each line (L1, L2, L3) of pump, fan and electric heaters and compare with values in Table 7-2.
Measured value must not exceed maximum value indicated for pump and fan and must be within the specified range
for electric heaters. A measured value out of range may denote an abnormal operation. Inspect and replace if
necessary.
NOTE: Verification must be performed with a manifold rack inside chamber and sump must be filled with water. Rinse
reservoir (if present) must be filled to at least mid level.
Table 7-2. Amperage
Washer Supply Voltage

Con-
Description tac- 200 208 380 400 460 480 200 208 380 400 415
torID V60 V60 V60 V60 V60 V60 V50 V50 V50 V50 V50
Hz Hz Hz Hz Hz Hz Hz Hz Hz Hz Hz
Recirculation
Pump(Low C2 8.3A 8.4A 4.4A 4.4A 4.2A 4.2A 8.9A 9.1A 4.1A 4.3A 4.4A
Speed)
Recirculation
Pump (High 16.7-
C1 33.4A 32.4A 16.9A 14.6A 14.6A 29.0A 29.0A 14.1A 14.0A 14.2A
Speed) A
Drying Fan 4.90-

C4 8.0A 8.0A 4.90A 4.0A 4.0A 8.0A 6.7A 4.0A 4.0A 4.0A
A
NOTE: For pump, maximum amperage values are based on a five-level manifold rack (worst case) + 25% tolerances
without exceeding motor FLA.
Possible cause of motor having amperage over maximum value:
• Worn out motor, anticipate pump replacement.
• Too much water flow, refer to troubleshooting of ALARM #31: LOW PRESSURE DETECTED for possible causes.
247
Washer Supply Voltage

Descrip- Contactor
tion ID
200 V 208 V 380 V 400 V 415 V 460 V 480 V
Sump C5 N/A N/A 16.3 - 17.2 - 17.8 - 14.8 - 15.4 -

Heaters 22.0A 23.2A 24.1A 20.0A 20.8A
15kW (if
present)
Drying C6 26 - 35.1A 27.1 - 12.4 - 13.1 - 13.6 - 11.2 - 11.7 -

Heaters 36.6A 16.8A 17.7A 18.3A 15.2A 15.8A
11.4kW
Without
"40 amp
minimum
circuit
protec-
tion"
option
Drying C6 19.5 - 20.3 - N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A

Heaters 26.4A 27.4A
8.55kW
With "40
amp
minimum
circuit
protec-
tion"
option
Rinse C7 34.2 - 35.6 - 16.3 - 17.2 - 17.8 - 14.8 - 15.4 -

Reservoir 46.2A 48.1A 22.0A 23.2A 24.1A 20.0A 20.8A
Heaters
15kW(if
present)
NOTE: Amperage ranges are based on 5% tolerances from heater manufacturer plus 10% voltage supply.
Possible cause of heaters having amperage out of range:
• Broken heater
• Wrong heater voltage installed.
• Breaker tripped (no amperage).
7.6 Cycle Operation Verification

In Cycle mode, initiate an Instrument cycle with a manifold rack and load items in bottom level of rack. During cycle,
verify the following:
• Leakage from water inlet lines.
• Leakage from electric heater connections to sump (electric-heated washer/disinfectors only).
• Leakage from steam inlet lines (steam-heated washer/disinfectors only).
• Leakage from steam return lines (steam-heated washer/disinfectors only).
248
• Leakage from recirculation pump and recirculation piping.

• Leakage from chamber door(s) (water and vapor).
• Leakage from chemical injectors.
• Leakage from chemical lines.
• Leakage from water level sensor port.
• Leakage from recirculation RTD (TE1).
• Leakage from sump welding.
• Leakage from drain piping.
• Leakage from pressure transmitter (PE1).
• DURING PRE-WASH:
◻ Visually confirm each rotary spray arm assembly is rotating freely. If not, refer to SECTION 6.4.11, ROTARY
SPRAY ARMS ROTATION VERIFICATION, for more information.
◻ Verify recirculation piping, chamber and doors for any leaks. Retighten leaking connections.
◻ Verify if sump is completely drained after actual draining time.
• PULSED ENZYME:
◻ Verify washer/disinfector chemical setting is properly set in Service mode; this phase is not performed for
washer/disinfectors using Prolystica® Ultra Concentrate chemicals. With all others, this phase is performed.
• DURING WASH:
◻ Verify washer/disinfector properly heats up when heating is activated (refer to Troubleshooting section).
◻ Verify temperature stabilizes between 150°F (65.5°C) and 168°F (75.5°C) after heating if phase setpoint is set
at 150°F (65.5°C).
NOTE: If chemical setting is set with Prolystica Ultra Concentrate chemicals, wash phase first stabilizes for
enzyme cleaning between 122°F (50°C) and 140°F (60°C).
◻ Verify chemical injection occurs and recirculation pressure is constant through the phase (no quick
fluctuations). Verify for chemical leaks on washer/disinfector components.
• DURING RINSE:
◻ Verify Rinse phase properly removes foaming.
• DURING THERMAL:
IMPORTANT: If pure water was not connected because there is no pure water at the facility, ensure Pure Water is
Present option is set to No in the Hardware Options menu of Service Mode. If not, a too long to fill alarm will be
generated during the Thermal Rinse phase.
◻ Verify temperature stabilizes between 194°F (90°C) and 203°F (95°C) after heating or between 186°F (85.5°
C) and 195°F (90.5°C) if altitude > 2500 ft parameter is set to YES.
◻ Verify drain cool down valve (if enabled) is activated during water draining to perform drain cool down
sequence. Verify if sump is completely drained after actual draining time (set in Service mode).
• DURING DRYING:
◻ If washer/disinfector is non-vented, verify vapor condenser water valve is energized through all phase (set in
Service mode).
◻ Verify ventilation or vapor condenser duct is properly attached and sealed.
◻ Verify heaters are stopped before RTD temperature reaches 220°F (104°C).
• AFTER CYCLE COMPLETION:
249
◻ Allow cycle to run to completion; unload door automatically opens.

◻ Allow washer/disinfector and manifold rack to cool:
◻ Verify bottom of chamber sump for absence of water. If water is still present, refer to Troubleshooting
section.
◻ Carefully pull manifold rack out of chamber. Verify manifold rack is easy to remove from chamber and
transfer cart and/or SCS conveyor system are adjusted at proper height.
◻ Remove and rinse debris screen under running water.
◻ Reinstall debris screen in chamber sump.
◻ Press Close Door touch pad to close unload door.
◻ Verify doors are opening and closing freely.
◻ Verify each door full path is between seven and eight seconds for opening and closing. refer to Section 8.13,
How to Replace Chamber Door System - Introduction.
250
8 — Component Repair, Replacement and Adjustment
Component Repair, Replacement and

Adjustment
8.1 Component Repair, Replacement and Adjustment - Introduction
WARNING
including team and condensate return supply valves, before servicing. No one should

repairs.
Technicians must war arc flash equipment when performing lockout/tagout and
WARNING
BURN HAZARD
251
WARNING
performed.
Regular scheduled routine maintenance, as well as preventive maintenance, are

CAUTION

appropriately.
8.2 Prepare Washer/Disinfector for Service and Maintenance

NOTE: The following general service procedures should be performed whenever servicing the washer/disinfector. Some
procedures may require electrical power to stay ON. This is specified whenever necessary.
References to Figures
To view figures mentioned in this section, refer to Illustrated Parts Breakdown (IPB) for component part numbers (Section
9.1, Illustrated Parts Breakdown).
General Safety Procedures
1. Lockout/Tagout building electrical supply disconnect switch to OFF position.

2. Shut-off building supply valves.
252
Recommended Electrostatic Discharge (ESD) Precautions
CAUTION
Observe all electrostatic precautions. Always wear a grounding wrist strap when
working inside control panel compartment and on microprocessor controller.
NOTE: The following precautions should be taken whenever Printed Circuit (PC) boards are being handled or replaced.
• Always use an ESD-safe container when transporting boards from one location to another.
• No boards should be removed from their containers except at an approved static station or where personneland
machine are properly grounded.
• At minimum, use a wrist strap grounded to the unit when removing and/or replacing PC boards.
NOTE: Failure to follow the above precautions may result in electrostatic damage to the printed circuit board. If a static
discharge happens to go through an integrated circuit (IC) and the transient current pulse is not effectively diverted by
protective circuitry, the current from the discharge can flow through the board and raise the temperature of internal
junctions to their melting point. Damage can range from latent degradation to complete destruction.
253
1 Access Panels 7 Power (ON/OFF) Toggle Switch

2 Hand-held Bar Code Reader (EMEA Option) 8. Control System
3 Access Panels 9. Printer
4 Chamber Doors 10. Emergency Stop Pushbutton
5 Status Lights 11. Non-Service Side
6 USB Port 12. Service Side
.
8.3 How to Replace Dual RTD and Single RTD

Refer to the Water Level — Acu-Rinse Reservoir Option [For Acu-Rinse Reservoir Option], Heating Element Box System
[For Drying Dual RTD] and Recirculation Pump [For Recirculation Dual RTD] Figures in the Illustrated Part Breakdown
Module of the corresponding equipment.
After RTD replacement, calibration must be performed (refer to Section 3.6, How to Perform RTD Calibration).
254
8.4 How to Replace Pressure Transmitter

Refer to the Pressure Transmitter Assembly and Pressure Transmitter Calibration Assembly Figures in the Illustrated Part
Breakdown Module of the corresponding equipment.
After pressure transmitter replacement, calibration must be performed (refer to Section 3.7, How to Perform Pressure
Transmitter Calibration with Hand Pump).
8.5 How to Replace Chemical Injection System

Refer to the Chemical Injection Pump to Pickup Tube and Low-Level Sensor Assembly Figures in the Illustrated Part
Breakdown Module of the corresponding equipment.
WARNING
WARNING
SLIPPING HAZARD
CAUTION

After replacing any tubes, valves, check valves, foot valves, flowmeters or pumps within chemical injection system,
corresponding chemical line must be primed to remove air introduced in the system (refer to Section 5.18, Preparation
Then, corresponding chemical injection pump must be calibrated (refer to Section 3.8, How to Perform Chemical Injection
Pump Calibration).
255
1. Chemical Injection Pumps

2. Squeeze Tubes
3. Chemical Dosing System (Wall-Mounted Near Chemical Supply) (Shown With Two Additional
Pumps [Accessories])
4. Chemical Dispensing Devices (Right Side of Washer/Disinfector When Facing Service Side)
8.6 How to Replace Water Level Sensor

IPB Figure for component parts:
• Water Level Sensor
1. Prepare washer/disinfector as explained in Section 8.2, Prepare Washer/Disinfector for Service and Maintenance.
2. Lift and remove top service access panel on non-Service side of washer/disinfector.
3. Locate water level sensor to be replaced.
IMPORTANT: Before disconnecting two electric wires inside water level sensor, take note of where they are connected.
4. Remove water level sensor cover and disconnect two electric wires inside water level sensor.
5. Reinstall water level sensor cover.
IMPORTANT: Before removing hose on water level sensor, take note of hose location to properly reinstall hose on new
water level sensor.
256
1. Water Level
2. Top Service Access Panel
6. Remove hose on water level sensor.

7. Remove screws securing water level sensor in place.
8. Remove water level sensor.
1. Water Level Sensor

2. Screws
9. Retrieve new water level sensor.

10. Remove sticker located on new water level sensor.
11. Install new water level sensor and secure sensor in place using previously removed screws.
12. Reinstall hose on new water level sensor.
13. Remove water level sensor cover and reconnect two electric wires inside water level sensor.
IMPORTANT: Ensure to reconnect electric wires exactly as they were previously connected.
14. After water level sensor replacement, adjustment must be performed (refer to Section 3.12, Water Level Sensor
Adjustment for details).
15. When water level sensor adjustment is completed, reinstall cover on water level sensor.
16. Reinstall top service access panel.
257
8.7 How to Replace Water Level Pressure Transmitter

IPB Figures for component parts:
• Water Level Sensors
• Pickup Tube and Low-Level Sensor Assembly
2. Lift and remove top service access panel on non-Service side of washer/disinfector.
3. Locate water level pressure transmitter to be replaced.
1. Water Level Pressure Transmitter

2. Top Service Access Panel
.
IMPORTANT: Before disconnecting two electric wires inside water level pressure transmitter, take note of where they
are connected.
4. Remove water level pressure transmitter cover and disconnect two electric wires inside water level pressure
transmitter.
5. Reinstall water level pressure transmitter cover.
IMPORTANT: Before removing hose on water level pressure transmitter, take note of hose location to properly reinstall
hose on new water level pressure transmitter.
6. Remove hose on water level pressure transmitter.
7. Remove screws securing water level pressure transmitter in place.
8. Remove water level pressure transmitter.
258
1. Screws
2. Water Level Pressure Transmitter
.
9. Retrieve new water level pressure transmitter.
10. Remove sticker located on new water level pressure transmitter.
11. Install new water level pressure transmitter and secure pressure transmitter in place using previously removed
screws.
12. Reinstall hose on new water level pressure transmitter.
13. Remove water level pressure transmitter cover and reconnect two electric wires inside water level pressure
transmitter.
IMPORTANT: Ensure to reconnect electric wires exactly as they were previously connected.
14. After water level pressure transmitter replacement, calibration must be performed. Proceed with calibration
(refer to Section 3.6, How to Perform RTD Calibration).
15. When water level pressure transmitter calibration is completed, reinstall cover on water level pressure
transmitter.
16. Reinstall top service access panel.
8.8 How to Replace Water Level AND water level pressure transmitter Hose
• Water Level Sensors
2. On non-Service side of washer/disinfector, remove four following panels:
a. Remove screw on bottom portion of control access panel. Push panel upward to disengage and remove
panel.
b. Remove screw on bottom of upper portion of control access panel. Push panel upward to disengage and
remove panel.
c. Loosen screws from lower non-Service access panel. Push panel upward to disengage, then pull to
remove.
d. Loosen screws from top non-Service access panel. Push panel upward to disengage, then pull to remove.
3. Locate hose to be replaced.
4. Remove tie-wrap securing hose in place.
5. Disconnect hose in upper and in lower compartments of washer/disinfector.
259
1. Water Level Pressure Transmitter and Water Level Sensor
IMPORTANT: When disconnecting hose carefully retrieve the restriction located in the upper extremity of hose.
6. Retrieve new hose.
7. Before installing new hose, ensure hose restriction is present in upper compartment.
8. Install new hose in place. Hose must have a positive slope and a clamp must be installed on water level
transmitter.
9. Secure hose in middle and lower compartments.
10. Attach hose with tie-wrap.
260
1. Clamp Installed on Water Level Transmitter

2. Hose Restriction
3. Positive Slope
8.9 How to Configure Hand-Held Bar Code Reader (EMEA Option)

1. Put building main electrical disconnect switch to ON position.
2. Put Washer/Disinfector (Power) ON/OFF toggle switch to ON position.
NOTE: If bar code reader battery is completely discharged, leave bar code reader on base station for at least one hour
before configuring bar code reader.
3. Using bar code reader, scan UNLINK code. Wait until you hear one high-pitched beep, then four low-pitched
beeps.
261
4. Press trigger to wake bar code reader. Place bar code reader on base station to link it to its base station. Wait
until you hear four high-pitched beeps.
5. Scan RESTORE EU FACTORY CONFIGURATION then wait until you hear two high-pitched beeps, then four high-
pitched beeps.
6. Scan ENTER/EXIT PROGRAMMING MODE. You will hear four low-pitched beeps.
7. Scan HOST COMMANDS = IGNORE. You will hear two high-pitched beeps.
8. Scan I2 of 5 = ENABLE. You will hear two high-pitched beeps.
9. Scan SELECT I 2 OF 5 LENGTH 1 SETTING. You will hear one high-pitched beep.
262
10. Scan 0. You will hear one high-pitched beep.
11. Scan 2. You will hear two high-pitched beeps.
12. Scan ENTER/EXIT PROGRAMMING MODE. You will hear one high-pitched beep, then four low pitched beeps,
then four high-pitched beeps.
13. Verify operation as follows:

a. In Ready Mode, press SETUP/ SERVICE/ I/O.
b. Press Barcode Test, then Hand-Held Barcode.
c. Scan following bar codes and verify display shows each scan correctly:
263
8.10 How to Verify Drying Diverter Valve

• Pressure Transmitter Assembly
2. Remove stainless-steel clamp.
3. Remove valve air inlet.
4. Remove O-ring.
5. Remove internal piston and inspect for deterioration, cracks or chips:
• Piston should move freely up and down within valve body.
• Piston O-ring should be pliable, not flattened or chipped, and hold securely to groove in top of piston.
264
1. Valve Air Inlet

2. O-Ring
3. Stainless-Steel Clamp
4. Piston
8.11 How to Replace Drying Fan Assembly

• Ventilation Box Drying Assembly
• Drying System
2. Remove lower and upper back access panels on non-service side of washer/disinfector.
3. Lift and remove top service access panels on service and non-service sides of washer/disinfector.
4. Remove washer/disinfector top panel.
265
1 Top panel
.
5. Remove 2 bolts securing water level assembly support. Keep safely aside.
1 Water level assembly support

.
6. Remove water level assembly support and move to the side.
7. Loosen clamp securing flexible hose in place.
266
1 Air flexible hose

2 Clamp
.
8. Remove air flexible hose.
9. Remove 13 screws securing fan housing. Keep safely aside.
1 Screws (13)
.
10. Remove 2 bolts securing drying fan assembly. Keep safely aside.
267
1 Bolts (2)
.
11. Remove damper assembly from drying fan assembly and keep safely aside.
1 Damper assembly
.
12. Open drying fan assembly electrical box.
13. Label each wiring connection using a black marker.
14. Disconnect electrical cable.
268
15. Remove tie-wrap securing condenser drain hose and drain cooldown hose.
16. Lift drying fan assembly.
NOTE: Two people may be required to lift drying fan assembly.
17. Install new drying fan assembly.

18. Connect wiring to new drying fan assembly.
19. Retrieve damper assembly previously kept aside.
20. Install damper assembly on new drying fan assembly.
21. Secure fan housing using 13 screws previously kept aside.
22. Secure drying fan assembly using 2 bolts previously kept aside.
23. Reinstall air flexible hose.
24. Install new tie-wrap to secure condenser drain hose and drain cooldown hose.
25. Reinstall water level assembly support.
26. Unlock building electrical supply disconnect switch and position to ON.
27. Start new cycle and verify drying fan rotation.
28. Reinstall panels previously removed.
8.12 How to Replace Recirculation Pump Seal and Gasket

• Recirculation Pump
269
WARNING
● Lock building electric supply to OFF and close unit supply valves before performing
any service on the washer/disinfector. If washer/disinfector is started during
maintenance procedures, hot water/steam may be sprayed into chamber.
For seal and/or gasket replacement, proceed as follows:

1. Remove clamps from hose connected to recirculation pump.
2. Remove quick disconnect clamp and silicone O-ring between centrifuge filter and recirculation pump.
3. Loosen four retaining bolts on recirculation pump and remove all components including pump pads.
4. Using soapy water, lubricate sump frame slides used to lift or slide recirculation pump.
5. Slide and turn recirculation pump to access and remove pump cover as well as gasket.
6. Disconnect hose from recirculation pump.
7. Replace O-rings and mechanical seal as shown on Figure: also remove spring located over mechanical seal.
8. Before installing new mechanical seal, apply food-grade grease (P117912452) on shaft connected to impeller.
9. Before installing new spring over mechanical seal, ensure spring is already compressed.
10. Reinstall spring and mechanical seal.
11. Reinstall O-rings.
12. Reinstall pump cover and gasket.
13. Manually cross-tighten bolts.
14. Reinstall recirculation pump in its original position.
15. Reinstall all previously removed components including pump pads. Reinstall retaining bolts.
16. Reinstall hose on recirculation pump and securing using previously removed clamps.
17. Reinstall quick disconnect clamp and silicone O-ring between centrifuge filter and recirculation pump
18. Reinstall clamp on hose connected to recirculation pump.
270
1. O-Ring
2. Mechanical Seal
3. O-Ring
4. O-Ring
5. Mechanical Seal
8.13 How to Replace Chamber Door System - Introduction
WARNING
8.14 How to Replace Chamber Door Cylinder

• Cylinder Door System
NOTE: Chamber door cylinder replacement may affect door opening and closing speed. After chamber door cylinder
replacement, see Section 8.18, How to Adjust Chamber Door Pilot Valves for door speed adjustments.
IMPORTANT: A 12" (30 cm) minimum clearance height is necessary to raise chamber door completely.
271
IMPORTANT: If both pneumatic cylinders need to be removed at the same time, chamber door must be removed (see Section
8.15, How to Remove Chamber Door for instructions on how to remove chamber door).
To remove pneumatic cylinder, proceed as follows:
1. Lock building electrical supply disconnect switch in OFF position and close washer/disinfector supply valves.
IMPORTANT: Do not close air supply.
2. If cylinder to be replaced is located on service side of washer/disinfector: loosen screws securing service side
upper access panel, service side bottom access panel and service side bottom control access panel. Remove
panels and keep safely aside.
– or –
If cylinder to be replaced is located on non-service side of washer/disinfector: loosen screws securing non-
service side upper access panel, non-service side bottom access panel and service side bottom control access
panel. Remove panels and keep safely aside.
3. Using a small flat screwdriver, push screw on air pilot valve (2B [service door] or 3B [non-service door]) to raise
door at maximum height.
Pilot valves are located on bottom part of washer/disinfector service side.
1. Pneumatic Block Valve
4. Press in on door to clear and remove screw securing cylinder to chamber door using 2.5 mm Allen key. Keep
screw safely aside.
5. Manually raise door about 1" (3 cm).
6. Close air supply valve located on bottom part of washer/disinfector service side.
7. On top of washer and on opposite side of cylinder to be replaced, install a pin (not provided by STERIS) or a
screwdriver through hole located on chamber door slide. Tape pin or screwdriver in place. This will help to
prevent door from moving too much when adjusting new cylinder later in procedure.
8. On bottom part of chamber, remove safety pin retaining cylinder.
272
1. Chamber Door Slide Hole

2. Opening (bottom) giving access to screw securing cylinder to door
3. Pneumatic Valves
4. Air Supply Valve
Figure 8-1. Preventing Door Slide Movement With Screwdriver and Tie Wrap
9. Manually retract rod of cylinder to be removed.
10. On same side as cylinder to be replaced, remove screws securing bottom door guide. Remove guide and keep
guide and screws safely aside.
11. Disconnect blue and red pneumatic hoses from cylinder to be replaced.
12. Pull out cylinder from inside chamber.
13. Remove attachment, locknut and two elbows from cylinder. Keep safely aside as they will be reinstalled on new
cylinder.
To install new pneumatic cylinder, proceed as follows:
1. Prior to installing new cylinder, reinstall attachment, locknut and two elbows on new cylinder.
2. Install new cylinder by sliding cylinder downwards.
3. Ensure cylinder is well inserted into cylinder fixture.
IMPORTANT: Ensure cylinder attachment thread always faces door slide.
273
4. Connect blue and red pneumatic hoses on new cylinder.

5. On bottom part of chamber, reinstall previously removed safety pin to secure cylinder.
6. Place bottom door guide into its original location and secure guide using previously removed screws.
7. Open air supply valve located behind bottom control panel of washer/disinfector.
1. Air Supply Valve

2. Pneumatic Valves
8. Using a small flat screwdriver, push screw on air pilot valve (2B [service door] or 3B [non-service door) to raise
both pneumatic cylinders completely.
9. Slightly slide door until door rests against both cylinders.
IMPORTANT: Ensure bottom part of each door slide is well inserted into door cylinder attachment.
10. Secure cylinder to door with previously removed screw using 2.5 mm Allen key.
11. Remove pin (not provided by STERIS) or screwdriver from hole located on chamber door slide.
12. Using two small flat screwdrivers, simultaneously push screws on air pilot valves 2A and (4A [service door] or 3A
and 4B [non-service door]) to lower door.
13. Using a small flat screwdriver, push screw on air pilot valve (2B [service door] or 3B [non-service door]) to verify
proper door operation.
14. Reinstall any previously removed panels using previously removed screws.
15. Unlock building electrical supply disconnect switch and position to ON and open washer/disinfector supply
valves.
8.15 How to Remove Chamber Door

• Chamber Door Assembly
• Chamber Door Sub-Assembly
• Chamber Door Guides
• Chamber Door Gasket
NOTE: Chamber door replacement may affect door opening and closing speed. After chamber door replacement, see
Section 8.18, How to Adjust Chamber Door Pilot Valves for door speed adjustments.
To remove chamber door, proceed as follows:
274

2. Depending if service or non-service side door will be removed, loosen screws securing service or non-service
side upper access panel. Remove panel and keep safely aside.
3. If door to be removed is located on service side of washer/disinfector: remove screws securing service side
bottom access panel, upper access panel, bottom control access panel and upper control access panel. Remove
panels and keep panels and screws safely aside.
– or –
If door to be removed is located on non-service side of washer/disinfector: remove screws securing non-service
side bottom access panel, upper access panel, bottom control access panel, upper control access panel and
service side bottom control access panel. Remove panels and keep panels and screws safely aside.
4. On service side, remove screw securing control lower access panel. Remove panel and keep panel and screw
safely aside.
5. Depending if service or non-service side door will be removed, remove screw securing control upper access
panel. Remove panel and keep panel and screw safely aside.
6. If door to be removed is located on service side of washer/disinfector, remove control high voltage section cover.
7. Depending if service or non-service side door will be removed, unplug LED light connector, remove 4 screws
securing LED support and remove service or non-service side LED.
8. On side from where door will be removed from washer/disinfector, remove screws securing middle upper corner
panel and unsnap LED connector from the panel. Remove panel and keep panel and screws safely aside.
10. Depending if service or non-service side door will be removed, disconnect connector (service door: PDL; non-
service door: PDR) on top of washer/disinfector.
11. Remove tie wrap holding wiring at top of chamber frame.
12. Remove screw securing ground. Keep screw safely aside.
13. Open air supply valve located on bottom part of washer/disinfector service side.
275
15. Press in on door to clear and remove each screw securing each cylinder to chamber door using 2.5 mm Allen key.
Keep both screws safely aside.
16. Using two small flat screwdrivers, simultaneously push screws on air pilot valve 2A and (4A [service door] or 3A
17. Remove screws securing both upper door guides. Remove guides and keep guides and screws safely aside.
pneumatic cylinders completely.
IMPORTANT: Door is heavy. Two people are required to remove door.
19. Using stepladder, one person lifts door about 1" (3 cm) while other person holds door from bottom.
20. Carefully pull door away from washer/disinfector frame at 45° angle.
21. Remove chamber door. Rest door on a flat surface (table or workbench).
IMPORTANT: Before and while reinstalling door, ensure all locations requiring grease have been verified. Apply Dow
Corning #7 grease where necessary.
To reinstall chamber door, proceed as follows:
IMPORTANT: Door is heavy. Two people are required to reinstall door.
and 4B [non-service door]) to lower both cylinders attachment until they are half way down bottom door guides.
2. Later in procedure, door will be reinstalled by placing door at 45° angle and by resting door against cylinder on
side where panel is still present. To prepare door for reinstallation, proceed as follows:
a. Locate side of door that will rest against cylinder located where panel is still present.
b. On top of washer, install a pin (not provided by STERIS) or a screwdriver through hole located on chamber
door slide.
c. Tape pin or screwdriver in place. Doing so will help prevent door from moving too much when adjusting
new cylinder later in procedure.
IMPORTANT: Door is heavy. Two people are required to reinstall door.
3. Reinstall control side door slide.
4. Using stepladder, lift chamber door while other person holds door bottom.
5. Reinstall door by placing door at 45° angle and by resting door against cylinder on side where panel is still
present.
NOTE: A screwdriver can be used to help with insertion of door slide into cylinder attachment.
6. Carefully push on other side of door to rest other side of door on cylinder.
IMPORTANT: Ensure bottom part of each door slide is well inserted into door cylinder attachment.
7. If present, remove pin (not provided by STERIS) or screwdriver hole located on chamber door slide.
and 4B [non-service door]) to lower door completely.
9. Reinstall upper door guide using previously removed screws.
Pilot valves are located on load side bottom part of washer/disinfector.
276
11. Press in on door and reinstall previously removed screws using 2.5 mm Allen key to secure both cylinders to
door.
14. Reinstall tie wrap to hold wiring at top of chamber frame.
15. Secure ground using previously removed screw.
16. Plug and reinstall LED using previously removed screws.
17. Reinstall LED connector on middle upper corner panel using previously removed screws.
18. On top of washer/disinfector, reconnect connector and ground wire (service door: PDL; non-service door: PDR).
NOTE: For cable installation see Section 8.16, How to Replace Door Cable Bundle.
19. Return control system support into its original position using previously removed screws.
20. If door is located on service side of washer/disinfector, reinstall control high voltage section cover.
21. Reinstall all other previously removed panels using previously removed screws.
22. Open air supply valve located on top of washer/disinfector.
23. Unlock building electrical supply disconnect switch and position to ON.
8.16 How to Replace Door Cable Bundle

• Chamber Door Assembly
• Chamber Door Sub-Assembly
WARNING
PERSONAL INJURY HAZARD AND/OR EQUIPMENT DAMAGE HAZARD
Do not disconnect door electrical cables if electric supply has not been cut off. Door may
lift at high speed and cause personal injury.

2. With door closed, disconnect "power door load (or unload)" connector near washer ceiling.
3. Cut two tie-wraps securing cable bundle in place.
4. Remove ground wire.
277
5. Using a small flat screwdriver, push screw on air pilot valve (2B [service door] or 3B [non-service door]) to open
door and gain access behind upper section of door.
6. Turn OFF main pneumatic valve once door is at desired height.
278
7. Disconnect black/red wire located behind upper section of door on left side of washer/disinfector.
8. Disconnect white/green wire located behind upper section of door on right side of washer/disinfector.
9. Loosen screws securing door lock assembly switch support on top of door on left side of washer/disinfector.
Remove support. Keep screws and support safely aside.
10. Cut tie-wraps securing door cable bundle in place behind upper section of door.
11. Remove ground wire (green) behind upper section of door.
12. Turn ON main pneumatic valve.
door completely.
14. Turn OFF main pneumatic valve.
15. Loosen screws securing detection bar in place. Remove bar. Keep bar and screws safely aside.
16. Loosen screws securing limit switch support. Remove support. Keep screws safely aside.
17. Cut tie-wrap securing orange cable in previously removed support.
18. Disconnect two cylindric connectors within support.
279
19. Cut orange cable to allow removal of cable bundle from top of chamber.

and 4B [non-service door]) to close door.
22. Pull on cable bundle to remove from top of chamber.
23. Retrieve new cable bundle and cut tie-wraps to free cable bundle.
24. Retrieve bag attached to cable bundle. Bag contains two cylindric connectors to be installed on terminals in limit
switch support. Keep cylindric connectors safely aside.
25. Stretch cable bundle while ensuring cables are kept in required installation order (green/orange/grey), green
being the first wire to be installed next to sump.
26. Route orange cable through hole on top of door.
280
door completely.
29. Insert High temperature tie-wrap (not provided by STERIS) in limit switch support.
30. Connect two new cylindric connectors on orange cable black and white wires.
IMPORTANT: Ensure to install cylindric connector teeth towards wires.
31. Connect orange cable cylindric connector to support limit switches white and grey wires.
32. Stretch orange cable in limit switch support and secure wire using previously installed High temperature tie-
wrap. Cut tie wrap.
33. Slightly twist white wire inside limit switch support so wire and cylindric connectors securely remain inside
support.
IMPORTANT: Ensure not to jam the white wire while installing and tightening the middle screw.
281
34. Reinstall limit switch support in place under door and secure using previously removed screws.
35. Retrieve detection bar and ensure two springs are still present on bar.
36. Apply blue Loctite on two screws used to secure detection bar in place under door.
37. Reinstall detection bar in place and secure using screws with blue Loctite.
38. Tighten two screws at 30 lb/in torque.
IMPORTANT: Verify detection bar operation by slightly pushing on one side of detection bar: two clicks should be heard
from limit switches. Repeat on other side of detection bar.
door and gain access behind upper section of door.
42. Retrieve door lock assembly switch support.
43. Before installing support in place on top of chamber, on left side of washer/disinfector, grab orange cable and
gently pull it out of the way.
44. Insert orange cable in door lock assembly switch support teeth.
45. Install support in place on top of door. Secure support in place using previously removed screws. Do not tighten
yet.
46. Start routing cable bundle behind upper section of door. Pay special attention while routing cable bundle to keep
required installation order of cables (green/orange/grey), green being the first wire to be installed next to sump.
47. Secure ground wire (green wire) in place. Pay special attention while securing wire to keep required installation
order of cables (green/orange/grey).
282
48. Connect first cable bundle connector located on left side of cable.
49. Lower cable bundle sheath towards middle of door, until reaching tie-wrap fastener. Keep stretching cable
bundle also towards middle of door. Pay special attention to keep required installation order of cables
(green/orange/grey).
50. Start securing cable bundle in place using a first tie-wrap. Ensure to press cable bundle against top of door
before tightening a tie-wrap. Pay special attention while securing cable to keep required installation order of
cables (green/orange/grey).
51. Gently push orange cable towards the left on top of chamber and secure cable using a tie-wrap.
52. Continue to install tie-wraps to secure cable bundle as illustrated on Chamber Door Sub-Assembly Figure in
Illustrated Parts Breakdown module.
53. Connect cable bundle connector located on right side of cable bundle.
54. Stretch sheath and gently push cable bundle excess. Keep all cables against top of door before completely
tightening tie-wraps. Cut all tie-wrap excesses.
and 4B [non-service door]) to close door.
58. Before routing cable bundle, bend cable bundle to the left. This action will force cable movement toward
chamber during door opening.
59. While ensuring to keep all cables flat and in required installation order, raise cable bundle towards upper section
of washer.
283
60. Secure cable bundle using a first tie-wrap on upper section of washer. Stretch cable bundle and tighten tie-wrap.
61. Secure ground wire. Do not tighten yet.
62. Secure cable bundle using tie-wrap on fastener next to ground wire location. Stretch cable bundle and tighten
tie-wrap.
63. Tighten ground wire.
64. Reconnect power door load (or unload)" connector.
65. Cut all remaining tie-wraps.
66. Insert screwdriver between door lock assembly switch support and frame on top of door.
67. Using screwdriver, slightly push support against opposite side of frame on top of door.
68. While pushing support against frame, tighten door lock assembly switch support using previously installed
screw.
284

70. Proceed with detection bar Test (refer to Section 5.13, Door Safety Test) and door operation Test (see Section 8.18,
8.17 How to Replace Chamber Door Gasket

• Chamber Door Gasket
Material Required:
• Gasket inserting tool (P117912561)
• Sponge cord (P117904245)
• Door gasket (10037219)
• Pair of scissors
• Isopropyl alcohol
2. On service side, remove screw securing control lower access panel. Remove panel and keep panel and screw
safely aside.
285
4. Press in on door to clear and remove each screw securing each cylinder to chamber door. Keep both screws
safely aside.
5. Raise door manually about 1" (3 cm).
6. On top of washer, on one side, install a pin (not provided by STERIS) or a screwdriver through hole located on
chamber door slide.
7. Tape pin or screwdriver in place. Doing so will help prevent door from moving too much when adjusting new
cylinder later in procedure.
8. Pull out gasket from frame, starting from top and center of frame.
9. If necessary, remove all silicone traces.
To install new gasket:
1. Clean new gasket using a cloth dampened with 70% isopropyl alcohol.
2. Start installing new gasket into frame bottom groove by centering three gasket drip holes with sump sliding
water inlet.
3. Insert new gasket into groove with caution, starting with bottom center and going up.
IMPORTANT: Do not insert gasket into upper groove center yet.
4. To avoid folds, use gasket inserting tool (P117912561) to carefully push gasket into groove starting with four
frame corners.
5. Then, use gasket inserting tool to carefully push gasket into groove starting with bottom center and going up.
IMPORTANT: Do not insert gasket into upper groove center yet.
6. Slide gasket inserting tool on gasket exterior to verify gasket is well-inserted into groove.
7. Use a marker to make a line precisely on upper frame center.
8. Center gasket extremities with line and use a good pair of scissors to cut gasket extremities.
9. Insert silicone sponge cord (P117904245) inside gasket extremities to make junction.
10. Insert gasket into frame upper groove.
286
11. Use gasket inserting tool to verify gasket is well inserted into groove.
12. Secure both cylinders to door using previously removed screws.
13. Remove pin (not provided by STERIS) or a screwdriver inserted through hole located on door slide.
14. If present, cut tie wrap on door slide top pawl.
16. Reinstall any previously removed panels using previously removed screws.
17. Unlock building electrical supply disconnect switch and position to ON and open washer/disinfector supply
valves.
8.18 How to Adjust Chamber Door Pilot Valves

• Cylinder Door System
Door speed is controlled by pilot valve integrated flow control. After pilot valves replacement, pilot valves must be
adjusted:
1. Enter Service mode (refer to Section 3.3, How to Enter Service Mode).
2. Activate corresponding door (open and close sequentially).
3. Using a small screwdriver, adjust flow control on pilot valve to have an opening time and a closing time between
seven and eight seconds.
NOTE: Wrong adjustment may generate false alarms.
NOTE: Adjusting flow control on closing valve affects door opening speed and adjusting flow control on opening valve
affects door closing speed.
8.19 How to Replace Touch Screen

• Control Panel Assembly
2. Replace touch screen by a new one and reconnect.
NOTE: Ensure that the screen is properly centered on the control panel hole.
3. Perform touch screen calibration as explained in Section 8.20, How to Calibrate Touch Screen Using Service Mode.
8.20 How to Calibrate Touch Screen Using Service Mode

After touch screen replacement, touch screen calibration must be performed.
NOTE: If touch screen is completely out of calibration, proceed with calibration procedure as explained in Section 8.21, How
to Calibrate Touch Screen if Completely Out of Calibration.
To calibrate touch screen, proceed as follows:
2. Press Machine Setup on touch screen.

3. Press Touch Screen calibration touch pad to start Touch screen calibration.
4. Display shows:
287
5. Using your finger, press upper left target as indicated on touch screen.
6. Follow instructions on touch screen for the next Steps.
7. Press SAVE and EXIT. Calibration is completed.
8.21 How to Calibrate Touch Screen if Completely Out of Calibration

1. Prepare washer as explained in Section 8.2, Prepare Washer/Disinfector for Service and Maintenance.
3. Remove two screws securing controller and rotate controller to have access to SW1 DIP switch on left side of
controller.
4. Remove black hole cap on left side of controller and set:
• SW1-1 (first dip switch from top) to OFF position to calibrate service side display.
• SW1-2 (second dip switch from top) to OFF position to calibrate non-service side display.
288
1. First Dip Switch (Top)
5. Turn building electrical supply disconnect switch to ON position.

6. Display shows:
7. Using your finger, press upper left target as indicated on touch screen.
8. Follow instructions on touch screen for the next Steps.
9. Press SAVE and EXIT when calibration is completed.

11. Set back DIP switch to ON position and reinstall black hole cap. Reinstall controller using two previously
removed screws.
12. Turn building electrical supply disconnect switch to ON position.
8.22 How to Remove Controller

• Electrical Box, Controller, Box Cover
CAUTION

289
Controller dip switch adjustment are preset by the factory and does not need to be adjusted. Adjustment can be found
on P&ID/Electrical schematic 10260377.
1. Using Phillips screwdriver, remove upper screw securing controller in place.
2. Using Phillips screwdriver, remove lower screw securing controller in place.
3. Disconnect cables on left side of controller (VIDEO1/VIDEO2/SPK/USB1/USB2) and on front of controller

(USB3/USB4).
290
4. Slightly pull out controller outside electrical box and rotate controller to gain access to rear connectors.
Disconnect all connectors behind controller.
NOTE: On 3 I/O boards controller, a third column of connectors is present (not shown).
5. Disconnect MATE-N-LOCK type connectors by pressing on tab.
6. Using flat screwdriver, remove DB type connectors.
291
7. To reinstall controller, reverse removal Steps.

IMPORTANT: When reconnecting DB connector, ensure cable identification matches controller identification. mismatch
may cause irreversible damage to controller.
1. Markings of Connectors
2. Markings of Connectors
IMPORTANT: The audio/speaker (SPK) connector must be fully inserted and tight into the female connector of the
controller to avoid it becoming disconnected. Secure the SPK connector using a Tie-Wrap Base and Tie-Wrap.
292
1. Tie-Wrap
2. Tie-Wrap Base
8.23 How to Update Software

Required Material:
• Software on a USB key (refer to Section 4.65, Software Evolution)
To download software, proceed as follows:
IMPORTANT: Updating software will erase all Service mode values (configuration, setup, calibration) and Supervisor mode
values (cycle, cycle history, setup, operator, password). Print all values before updating the software. If printer accessory is not
installed write down values before updating the software.
Prior to updating software, transfer Cycle reports on a USB key and give back to customer.
If Controller is being replaced, you need to calibrate the new controller, calibration values cannot be used.
Downloading on a controller having the same software revision as the one on USB key will overwrite boards firmware
and application software but will detect it is the same application software and will not erase and restore Service mode
and Supervisor mode values to default. To solve an application software issue due to corrupted data, a "factory reset" is
recommended. Factory Reset is available in Service mode.
Always use the USB download method as explained in this Section and not the former APload method to download
software as the USB method will also update boards firmware.
If two USB keys are provided, use only the USB key identified according to the number of IO boards inside controller ex.:
293
1. Controller with 2 IO boards use USB key identified: 1 XXXXXXX_X_USB_2IOB

2. Controller 3 IO boards use USB key identified: 1 XXXXXXX_X_USB_3IOB
1. Power OFF washer/disinfector.

2. Insert USB key into washer console USB ports.
3. Power ON washer/disinfector. Display shows a screen, such as:
4. Software installation is run automatically and takes about 5 to 10 minutes. When software installation is
completed, display shows:
For 2 IO boards controller, verify that all 3 updates are successful (1 CPU and 2 I/O boards) (see following
picture).
For 3 IO boards controller, verify that all 4 updates are successful (1 CPU and 3 I/O boards) (not shown).
294
5. Wait until display shows "Remove USB FLASH drive to continue" to remove USB key. Software application will
start automatically. Do not power OFF washer.
6. If controller is a new one or if there was an application program in control that was different from the one
downloaded, Alarm 21 will be displayed. Press ACK, select washer model (7052 or 7053) based on nameplate on
the unit, and re-enter all washer parameters. Recalibrate all sensors for a new controller or re-enter calibration
value if it is only an application software update.
8.24 How to Set Printer Dip Switch Settings (Accessory)

• Printer Assembly
Printer DIP switch must be adjusted on new printer before installation as follows:
2. Remove back cover from new printer.
3. Verify proper setting of DIP switch S1.
4. Adjust if necessary before replacement.
295
1
1 and 3 : ON
2, 4 to 8: OFF
2
S1
DIP Switch Setting
Figure 8-2. DIP Switch Setting (Back of Printer)
Printer Ribbon Cartridge
For instructions on how to replace printer ribbon cartridge, refer to Section 5.9, Changing Printer Paper Roll and Ink
Cartridge (Accessory).
Printer Paper Roll
For instructions on how to replace printer paper roll, refer to Section 5.9, Changing Printer Paper Roll and Ink Cartridge
(Accessory).
8.25 How to Clean Printer Thermal Head

Clean the thermal head only if printing is degraded due to dirty elements on its surface.
1. Before proceeding, use a grounded wrist strap or touch a safety grounded object or a metal part, such as a metal
housing to avoid damaging the printer electric components due to static electricity.
2. Disconnect printer power supply cable.
3. Open cover completely to access head.
4. Use a soft cloth or cotton wool dampened with isopropyl or ethyl alcohol and gently clean the head surface.
5. Close cover once the alcohol have been dried completely.
296
6. Reconnect printer power supply cable.
8.26 How to Configure Bar Code Reader (If SCS Conveyor System is Present)
If SCS Conveyor System is present, washer/disinfector is equipped with a bar code reader. After bar code reader
replacement, bar code reader must be configured:
1. Place each bar code sequentially (#1, #2 then #3) in front of bar code reader to configure bar code reader.
2. When bar code reader configuration is completed, place a STERIS bar code in front of bar code reader.
3. A "beep" from bar code reader sounds if bar code reader is configured correctly.
SCAN ALL BAR CODES FROM TOP TO

BOTTOM
#1
SET (ZZ)
#2
Minimum data one character (GE)
#3
END (ZZ)
297
8.27 How to Replace Thermostatic Steam Trap Components
WARNING
performed.
WARNING
How to Replace Capsule

• Steam Supply and Condensate Return Piping
To remove steam trap capsule, proceed as follows:
1. Loosen and remove two bolts on top of cover.
2. Remove cover, spring, capsule, disc and cover gasket.
3. Unscrew seat.
4. Install and screw new seat in place.
5. Reinstall cover gasket.
6. Install new disc, capsule and spring in place. Ensure spring and capsule are correctly oriented.
NOTE: Smallest side of spring shall be toward capsule. Capsule top surface is recognized by the tiny ball to
center spring.
7. Reinstall cover and secure using two previously removed bolts.
298
1 Bolts
2 Cover
3 Spring
4 Capsule
5 Disc
6 Seat
7 Gasket
.
How to Replace Interior Strainer

• Hot Water Inlet Assembly
To remove steam trap internal strainer, proceed as follows:
1. Loosen and remove strainer bolt.
NOTE: Make sure to retain steam trap body in place with a pipe wrench while loosening bolt to not apply
excessive force on sump.
2. Remove strainer and gasket.
3. Install new strainer and new gasket in place.
4. Reinstall and tighten strainer bolt.
299
1 Strainer
2 Gasket
3 Strainer Bolt
Figure 8-3. Removing Strainer
8.28 Cold Water Pressure Regulator Adjustment

• Cold Water Inlet Assembly
See Table 8-1.
1. Verify cold water pressure by running water inlet dynamic pressure test in Supervisor mode. If pressure is below
requirement specified on equipment drawing (10082208; 30-50psig), proper adjustment will not be possible.
2. Activate condenser valve in drying menu of I/O Groups menu of Service mode (refer to Section 3.5, How to Perform
Tests).
3. If measured dynamic pressure was over 40 psig, adjust pressure regulator to 27 psig.
4. If measured dynamic pressure was below 40 psig, adjust pressure regulator to 25 psig.
5. Deactivate condenser valve in Drying menu of I/O Groups menu.
300
1. Pressure Regulator With Pressure Gauge

.
Table 8-1. Overload Relay Adjustment
Example For 2.2A Adjustment
Function Relay 200-208 V50 200-208 V60 380-400 V60 460-480 V60 380-415 V50
Hz Hz Hz Hz Hz
Pump
PressureHigh OL1 32.6 33.4 16.9 16.9 17.3
Speed
Pump
PressureLow OL2 10.7 9.8 5 5 5.4
Speed
Drying Fan MSP1 8 8 4.9 4 4
NOTE: For MSP1, a "dash mark" and a "triangle mark" are present for adjustment. Use "triangle mark" to point value
as illustrated in present Table.
8.29 How to Adjust Pneumatic Pressure Regulator

• Pressure Transmitter Calibration Assembly
When ordering Service part to replace pneumatic filtration-regulation device, device was not preset at factory to proper
adjustment. Perform adjustment as follows:
301
1. Prepare a pressure indicator for pressure reading between 0-100 psig with a 5/32" push-in fitting for
connection.
2. Turn manual shut-off valve OFF to cut pressure supply to system.
3. Disconnect hose from safety valve on pneumatic block valve assembly.
4. Connect previously disconnected hose on pressure indicator port.
1. Manual Shutoff Valve

2. Hose From Safety Valve
.
5. Turn manual shut-off valve ON to allow air to reach regulator.
6. Rotate regulator adjustment knob to reach a static pressure reading between 80 and 85 psig on electronic
pressure indicator.
NOTE: Turning knob clockwise increases regulator setpoint. Turning knob counter-clockwise decreases regulator
setpoint.
7. Once adjustment is reached, lock adjustment knob and turn manual shut-off valve OFF to cut pressure supply to
system.
8. Disconnect electronic pressure indicator and reinstall hose on safety valve.
9. Turn manual shut-off valve ON to allow air to reach regulator.
NOTE: It is recommended to verify door system operation after replacement of pneumatic pressure regulator.
Refer to Section 8.13, How to Replace Chamber Door System - Introduction for door speed adjustment if required.
8.30 How to Modify Power Supply

• Electrical Box
302
WARNING
For 24 VDC power supply RECT1 replacement proceed as follows:

1. Position switches A and B to OFF position.
2. Position switch 120/230 to 230 position.
3. Using potentiometer located on front of the power supply RECT1, set voltage output to 24VDC -0+0.2VDC when
washer is energized and in "Ready mode".
1. Power Supply
2. Under Power Supply
3. Potentiometer
.
8.31 How to Adjust Motor Overload Relay

• Electrical Box, Power Section
303
WARNING
2. Replace required part by a new one.
3. After overload relay replacement, pump and drying fan overload relays must be adjusted (see Table 8-1).
8.32 Rotary Spray arm Adjustment - AMSCO 7052HP W/D
WARNING
WARNING
SLIPPING HAZARD
Whenever a rotary spray arm is replaced, adjustment on spray jet orientation (spray arm) must be performed to ensure
the proper rotational speed of spray arms.
Wash Chamber Rotary Spray Arms

• Top and Bottom Rotary Spray Arm Assemblies
• Top Rotary Spray Arm Assembly — 7052HP
• Bottom Rotary Spray Arm Assembly, 7052HP
IMPORTANT: Rotary spray arms inside wash chamber must perform 5 complete rotations in 11 to 13 seconds when a
manifold rack is used at low speed with water temperature at 150°F (65.5°C).
304
If necessary adjust rotary spray arms rotation as follows:

1. Adjust only spray tip in thruster function (four engraved dots arm).
1. Spray Tip for Thruster Position

.
2. Loosen one turn on 7/32" screw located at the end of spray tip assembly.
3. Turn clockwise to decrease speed or turn counterclockwise to increase speed.
1. Turn to Adjust Speed

2. To Increase
3. To Decrease
.
4. Tighten screw at 10 lb/in torque.
5. Verify proper spray arms rotation.
7. Press CLOSE DOOR on touch screen to close chamber door.
8. Access Inputs/Outputs menu of Service mode and fill sump with hot water.
9. Access Inputs/Outputs menu of Service mode and activate recirculation pump low speed.
305
10. Access Inputs/Outputs menu of Service mode and activate sump steam valve until temperature reaches 66°C
(150°F).
11. Visually confirm jet holes are not clogged and spray arms are rotating freely.
12. Let washer/disinfector operate until spray arms rotational speed is constant.
13. Using stopwatch, visually verify spray arms rotate five complete turns within 11 to 13 seconds.
14. Stop all washer/disinfector operation.
Accessory Rotary Spray Arm Assemblies

• Rotary Spray Arm Assembly — Accessory
• Rotary Spray Arm Assembly Propeller — Accessory
• Rotary Spray Arm Assembly — Long Accessory
When proper reinstallation of rotary spray arm is completed, proceed as follows:
2. Press OPEN DOOR on touch screen to open chamber door.
3. Place Vision manifold rack in chamber.
4. Ensure Vision manifold rack is correctly positioned within chamber.
5. Press CLOSE DOOR on touch screen to close chamber door.
6. Access Inputs/Outputs menu of Service mode and fill sump with hot water.
7. Access Inputs/Outputs menu of Service mode and activate recirculation pump low speed.
8. Access Inputs/Outputs menu of Service mode and activate sump steam valve until temperature reaches 66°C
(150°F).
9. Visually confirm jet holes are not clogged and spray arms are rotating freely.
10. Let washer/disinfector operate until spray arms rotational speed is constant.
11. Using stopwatch, visually verify spray arms rotate five complete turns within 11 to 13 seconds.
12. Stop all washer/disinfector operation.
13. Press OPEN DOOR on touch screen to open chamber door.
14. Remove Vision manifold rack from chamber.
15. Adjust rotary spray arms in the same way as chamber rotary spray arms.
16. Once adjustment is completed, let Vision manifold rack dry within washer/disinfector.
8.33 How to Replace Acu-Wash Reservoir Outlet Valve

• Acu-Wash Reservoir Option — Top of Washer
1. In Service mode, drain utility lines and reservoir.
3. Remove upper service access panel.
4. Loosen union located on cold water inlet.
306
5. Remove two DIN connectors.
6. Remove cold water inlet by lifting piping out of support.

7. Loosen and lower upper clamp on three flexible hoses.
• Replacement of these hoses is recommended using isopropyl alcohol to ease removal. If ordered, replace with
new ones.
8. Use isopropyl alcohol on each flexible hose to ease sliding of hose on reservoir connection for followings steps.
307
9. Remove tri-clamps on outlet valve.
10. Take note of position of blue and red pneumatic hose on valve for reinstallation. Disconnect both hoses.
11. Using a pry bar and a block, push reservoir upward and remove outlet valve and gaskets.
308
1. Pry Bar
2. Pry Bar
3. Block
.
12. Retrieve new gaskets and new outlet valve.
13. Insert valve without gaskets.
14. Pry valve and reservoir up and insert bottom gasket.
15. Install lower tri-clamp.
16. Pry reservoir up and insert top gasket.
17. Install upper tri-clamp.
18. Reinstall three upper flexible hose clamps in place.
19. Reconnect red and blue pneumatic hoses on valve.
20. Reinstall cold water inlet in place on support and secure in place by tightening union.
21. Reinstall two DIN connectors.
22. Reinstall upper service access panel.
8.34 How to Replace Acu-Wash Reservoir

• Load/Unload Side Control Panel and Service Panels
• Acu-Wash Reservoir Option — Top of Washer
4. Pull drying RTD from its location to prevent it from being damaged while proceeding with following steps. Lay
RTD out of reservoir's way.
309
7. Remove cold water inlet by lifting it out of support.

8. If drain Acu-Cooldown accessory is present, remove hose by loosening fitting. Lay hose out of reservoir's way.
310
9. Remove U bolt to release pure water inlet.
10. Identify pneumatic hose for later reinstallation. Disconnect pneumatic hose from pure water valve.
11. Remove DIN connector to free pure water inlet.
12. Remove pure water inlet and lay out of reservoir's way.
13. Remove bolt securing cold and pure water inlet support. Remove support.
311
1. Bolt
.
14. Remove hot and cold water inlet support to release water inlets.
1. Support
15. Remove hot water inlet.

16. Remove remaining portion of cold water inlet.
17. Loosen upper clamps and move towards center of hoses.
18. Remove hoses using isopropyl alcohol to ease removal.
• Replacement of these hoses is recommended. If ordered, replace with new ones.
312
19. Take note of position and unplug pneumatic hoses from reservoir's elbows, outlet valve and solenoid valve.
20. Remove tri-clamps on outlet valve.
21. Using a pry bar and a block, push reservoir upward and remove outlet valve and gaskets.
1. Pry Bar
2. Pry Bar
3. Block
22. Remove two bolts located under top center frame to release reservoir.
23. Remove Reservoir.
24. Retrieve elbows and solenoid valve from old reservoir and reinstall on new reservoir.
25. If previously removed, install three new flexible hoses on sump's connections.
26. Install new Reservoir in place and secure using two previously removed bolts.
27. Install flexible hoses on Reservoir's connections without tightening upper clamps.
28. Insert valve without gaskets.
313
29. Pry valve and reservoir up and insert bottom gasket.

30. Install bottom tri-clamp.
31. Pry reservoir up and insert top gasket.
32. Install upper tri-clamp.
33. Tighten all flexible hose clamps.
34. Reconnect pneumatic hoses on elbows, outlet valve and solenoid valve.
35. Reinstall water inlets and supports.
36. Reinstall DIN connectors.
37. Reconnect pneumatic hose.
38. Reinstall drying RTD in place.
8.35 How to Rebuild Pure Water Inlet Valve

• Pure Water Assembly
314
6. Remove cold water inlet by lifting it out of support.

7. Disconnect pneumatic hose.
8. Disconnect DIN connector from pure water inlet valve.
9. Unscrew valve head and remove head.

10. Retrieve and install new valve head.
315
1. Valve Head
.
11. Reconnect DIN connector to original position.
12. Reconnect pneumatic hose.
13. Reinstall cold water inlet in place and secure by tightening union.
14. Reinstall two DIN connectors.
8.36 How to Replace Acu-Rinse Reservoir Heaters/OTS
Acu-Rinse Reservoir Heaters

• Elements Assembly — Acu-Rinse Reservoir Option
1. Put washer/disinfector in Standby mode to empty reservoir.
3. Remove bottom and upper control access panels on non-service side of washer/disinfector.
4. Unplug OTS by gently pulling on both red connectors located behind OTS.
316
1. OTS connectors
.
5. Remove screw and star washer securing pure water reservoir cover in place. Remove cover.
6. Unscrew 8 nuts securing flange and heaters assembly in place.
7. Disconnect harness from heaters.
8. Remove flange and heaters assembly from reservoir.
9. Retrieve new gasket provided with new part. Install on reservoir.
10. Install new flange and heaters on reservoir.
IMPORTANT: Position wire ring terminal at the same angle as illustrated on next Figure. Wrong ring terminal angle can
lead to short-circuit when heater cover is reinstalled.
317
1. Step #1 13. Position of Dented Lockwasher

2. Nut 14. Sharp Edge Towards Ring
3. Hold Nut While Tightening 15. Rounded Edge Towards Nut
4. Washer 16. Step #3
5. Step #2 17. Tie-Wrap
6. Identified 24A 18. Step #1
7. Identified 25A 19. Identified 26
8. Identified 26A 20. Identified 25
9. Step #3 21. Identified 24
10. Dented Lockwasher 22. Ground is Installed
11. Nut 23. Screw
12. Torque to 20 IN-LB 24. Harness HTR3
.
11. Secure flange and heaters assembly with nuts provided with new part: reinstall nuts in indicated order on flange.
12. Tighten nuts in indicated order using torque wrench adjusted to 60 in-lb.
13. Torque nuts a second time in indicated order.
14. Reconnect harness as illustrated.
15. Reinstall heater cover.
318
16. Reconnect two connectors behind OTS.

17. Remove lockout/tagout and turn on building supply valves.
18. Start a cycle and verify there are no leaks.
Acu-Rinse Reservoir OTS

• Element Assembly — Acu-Rinse Reservoir Option
1. Put washer/disinfector in Standby mode to empty reservoir.
3. Remove bottom and upper control access panels on non-service side of washer/disinfector.
4. Unplug OTS by gently pulling on both red connectors located behind OTS.
1. OTS connectors
.
5. Remove screw and star washer securing pure water reservoir cover in place. Remove cover.
6. Remove two screws on OTS support.
7. Remove tie-wrap located next to flange.
319
8. Slide sleeve to gain access to compression fitting.
9. Loosen compression fitting nut. Remove and keep safely aside.
10. Loosen two bolts on heater.

11. Remove OTS.
12. Retrieve new OTS and install in place on heater.
13. Secure OTS on heater using two previously removed bolts.
14. Secure new OTS on flange using previously removed compression fitting and nut.
15. Slide sleeve back into place and secure against flange using new tie-wrap.
16. Reconnect two connectors behind OTS.
17. Reinstall two screws on OTS support.
320
8.37 How to Replace Acu-Rinse Reservoir Water Levels and Safety Level
• Water Level — Acu-Rinse Reservoir Option
3. Install water level sensor assembly inside tri-clamp fitting connection.
4. For Low, Mid and High water levels, position black marker mark vertically on tri-clamp fitting cap, with arrow
pointing downward (refer to sticker on Reservoir for water level orientation).
5. For Safety water level, position black marker mark vertically on tri-clamp fitting cap, with arrow pointing upward
(refer to sticker on Reservoir for water level orientation).
6. Tighten tri-clamp fitting.
8.38 How to Verify Acu-Rinse Reservoir Safety Level

1. Access Rinse Reservoir I/O Test screen of Service mode.
2. Verify Safety level LED is ON.
3. Remove safety level (see Section 8.37, How to Replace Acu-Rinse Reservoir Water Levels and Safety Level).
4. While holding safety level in your hands, raise float and ensure LED turns OFF.
5. Ensure float direction is indicated on clamp. If not, draw a line to help with reinstallation.
6. Reinstall safety level and tighten clamp.
8.39 How to Replace Sump Outlet Valve

• Recirculation Pump
• Acu-Rinse Reservoir Option — Bottom of Washer
3. Remove both lower service access and control access panels.
4. If washer/disinfector is not equipped with Acu-Rinse Reservoir: loosen 2 clamps on rubber hose junction located
between recirculation pump and valve.
– or –
If washer/disinfector is equipped with Acu-Rinse Reservoir: loosen 3 clamps on rubber tee connection located
between recirculation pump and valve.
Then, remove 1-1/2" piping from top connection of rubber tee connection.
321
NOTE: Details may vary depending on configuration.

5. Using isopropyl alcohol: move rubber hose junction towards pump if washer/disinfector is not equipped with
Acu-Rinse Reservoir.
– or –
Using isopropyl alcohol: move rubber tee connection towards pump if washer/disinfector is equipped with Acu-
Rinse Reservoir.
6. Remove tri-clamp and gasket on pump outlet.
7. Remove pump bolts and nuts and keep safely aside.
8. Push pump towards control side so there's enough clearance to remove sump outlet valve.
9. Remove tri-clamp and gasket on sump outlet valve.

10. Disconnect pneumatic hose on outlet valve.
11. Remove sump outlet valve.
12. Retrieve and install new sump outlet valve and gasket on sump outlet. Secure using previously removed tri-
clamp.
13. Reconnect pneumatic.
14. Reinstall pump in place.
15. Reinstall tri-clamp and gasket on pump outlet.
16. Secure pump in place using previously removed bolts and nuts.
17. Move rubber hose junction to its initial location if washer/disinfector is not equipped with Acu-Rinse Reservoir.
– or –
322
Move rubber tee connection to its initial location if washer/disinfector is equipped with Acu-Rinse Reservoir.
18. If washer/disinfector is not equipped with Acu-Rinse Reservoir, tighten 2 clamps on rubber hose junction.
If washer/disinfector is equipped with Acu-Rinse Reservoir, reinstall 1-1/2" piping in top connection of rubber
tee connection. Tighten 3 clamps.
19. Reinstall both lower service access and control access panels.
8.40 How to Rebuild Hot Water Inlet Strainer and to Install Static Pressure Reading Port
• Hot Water Inlet Assembly
3. Remove cap using 1-¼" socket.
4. Install adapter with heise ¼" NPT to push in.
5. Open shut off valve on water line.
6. Measure static pressure.
7. Remove adapter and install standard cap.
323
9 — Illustrated Parts Breakdown
Illustrated Parts Breakdown
9.1 Illustrated Parts Breakdown

information.
WARNING
trained service personnel. Repairs and service adjustments performed by unqualified
improper equipment performance, void the warranty, or result in costly damage.
CAUTION
To prevent voiding the warranty or damaging the equipment, use only authorized
STERIS parts.
How to Use Illustrated Parts Breakdown
• Determine the function and application of the part required. Select the most appropriate title from the List of
Illustrations. Note the illustration page number.
• Turn to the page indicated and locate the desired part on the illustration.
• From the illustration, obtain the item number assigned to the desired part. Refer to the accompanying tabular list
for the part number and description of the part.
• Illustration of a component assembly parts breakdown is presented within this Section when specific parts of this
assembly can be obtained. The component assembly parts breakdown is referred to as a sub-assembly.
• The abbreviation meanings are as follows: S/S means "stainless steel", A/R means "as required" and FGG means
"Food Grade Grease".
• Illustrations of components assemblies are presented within this Section.
• Illustration of a component assembly parts breakdown is presented within this Section when specific parts of this
assembly can be obtained. The component assembly parts breakdown is referred to as a sub-assembly.
• If an illustration of a component sub-assembly is present, a cross-reference is indicated after the description.
324
9 — Illustrated Parts Breakdown
Table 9-1. Example of a Typical Tabular List. Details May Vary
9.2 Preventive Maintenance Pack

Repair parts needed to perform preventive maintenance of equipment components are grouped together in Preventive
Maintenance (PM) packs. PM packs allow the Customer to order all necessary repair kits using one part number.
• PM Pack P764337–605
[Inspection #1 Kit] includes: Two O-Rings, One Washer, Two Bushings, One HEPA Filter, One Piston and Three
Squeeze Tubes.
325
List of Figures
Description ...................................................................................................................... Page

Figure 1. AMSCO 7052HP/7053HP Single-Chamber Washer/Disinfectors ............................................. 8-6
Figure 2. Middle Corner Panel Assembly ................................................................................................. 8-8
Figure 3. Load Side Corner Panel Hardware .......................................................................................... 8-10
Figure 4. Unload Side Corner Panel Hardware ...................................................................................... 8-12
Figure 5. Load/Unload Side Control Panel and Service Panels ............................................................. 8-14
Figure 6. Top Panel ................................................................................................................................ 8-16
Figure 7. Control Panel Assembly .......................................................................................................... 8-18
Figure 8. Bar Code Reader ..................................................................................................................... 8-20
Figure 9. Steam Supply and Condensate Return Piping (Up To S/N 3610121xxx) ................................ 8-22
Figure 10. Steam Supply and Condensate Return Piping (From S/N 3610221xxx) ................................. 8-24
Figure 11. Water Inlet Piping .................................................................................................................... 8-26
Figure 12. Cold Water Inlet Assembly ...................................................................................................... 8-28
Figure 13. Hot Water Inlet Assembly ........................................................................................................ 8-30
Figure 14. Pure Water Inlet Assembly ...................................................................................................... 8-32
Figure 15. Acu Wash Reservoir Option – Top of Washer ......................................................................... 8-34
Figure 16. Acu Rinse Reservoir Option .................................................................................................... 8-36
Figure 17. Elements Assembly – Acu-Rinse Reservoir Option ................................................................. 8-38
Figure 18. Water level – Acu-Rinse Reservoir Option .............................................................................. 8-40
Figure 19. Condensate Return System ..................................................................................................... 8-42
Figure 20. Heating System ....................................................................................................................... 8-44
Figure 21. Heating Element Box System .................................................................................................. 8-46
Figure 22. Ventilation Box Drying Assembly ............................................................................................. 8-48
Figure 23. Drying System ......................................................................................................................... 8-50
Figure 24. Pneumatic Inlet ........................................................................................................................ 8-52
Figure 25. Pneumatic Block Installation .................................................................................................... 8-54
Figure 26. Pneumatic Door Cylinder Hoses .............................................................................................. 8-56
Figure 27. Pneumatic Hose Sub-Assembly – Load Side .......................................................................... 8-58
Figure 28. Pneumatic Hose Sub-Assembly – Unload Side ....................................................................... 8-60
Figure 29. Pneumatic Block Assembly ..................................................................................................... 8-62
Figure 30. Cylinder Door System – Service Side ...................................................................................... 8-64
Figure 31. Cylinder Door System – Non-Service Side .............................................................................. 8-66
Figure 32. Chemical Injection Pump with HP Pickup Tubes ..................................................................... 8-68
Figure 33. Chemical Injection Pump ........................................................................................................ 8-70
Figure 34. Flowmeter Valve Assembly – Round Flowmeter ..................................................................... 8-72
Figure 35. Flowmeter Valve Assembly – Square Flowmeter .................................................................... 8-74
Figure 36. Chemical Dosing Station – Three Pumps ................................................................................ 8-76
Figure 37. Pickup Tube and Low-Level Sensor Assembly ....................................................................... 8-78
Figure 38. Steam Sump Heating System .................................................................................................. 8-80
Figure 39. Electrical Sump Heating System ............................................................................................. 8-82
Figure 40. Conductivity System ................................................................................................................ 8-84
Figure 41. Recirculation Pump .................................................................................................................. 8-86
Figure 42. Acu Rinse Reservoir Option – Bottom of Washer .................................................................... 8-88
Figure 43. Pressure Transmitter Assembly ............................................................................................... 8-90
8-2
764337-483
List of Figures (Cont’d)
Figure 44. Acu Wash Reservoir Option – Bottom of Washer .................................................................... 8-92
Figure 45. Top and Bottom Rotary Spray Arm Assemblies ...................................................................... 8-94
Figure 46. Top Rotary Spray Arm Assembly – 7052HP ........................................................................... 8-96
Figure 47. Top Rotary Spray Arm Assembly – 7053HP ........................................................................... 8-98
Figure 48. Bottom Rotary Spray Arm Assembly, 7052HP – Part 1 of 2 .................................................. 8-100
Figure 49. Bottom Rotary Spray Arm Assembly, 7052HP – Part 2 of 2 .................................................. 8-102
Figure 50. Bottom Rotary Spray Arm Assembly – 7053HP .................................................................... 8-104
Figure 51. Drain Piping ........................................................................................................................... 8-106
Figure 52. Condenser Drain Hoses Sub-Assembly ................................................................................ 8-108
Figure 53. Cold Water Inlet Hose Sub-Assembly ................................................................................... 8-110
Figure 54. Drip Pan Drain Hoses Sub-Assembly .................................................................................... 8-112
Figure 55. Sampling Port ........................................................................................................................ 8-114
Figure 56. Roller, Shelf Frame and Debris Screen ................................................................................. 8-116
Figure 57. Water Level Sensors ............................................................................................................. 8-118
Figure 58. Chamber Door Assembly – Part 1 of 2 .................................................................................. 8-120
Figure 59. Chamber Door Assembly – Part 2 of 2 .................................................................................. 8-122
Figure 60. Chamber Door Sub-Assembly – Part 1 of 3 .......................................................................... 8-124
Figure 63. Chamber Door Guides ........................................................................................................... 8-130
Figure 64. Chamber Door Gasket ........................................................................................................... 8-132
Figure 65. Adjustable Leg ....................................................................................................................... 8-134
Figure 66. Light Support ......................................................................................................................... 8-136
Figure 67. Finishing Panels and Barrier Wall Flanges ............................................................................ 8-138
Figure 68. Electrical Box, Controller, Box Cover ..................................................................................... 8-140
Figure 69. Electrical Box – Top Cooling Fan .......................................................................................... 8-142
Figure 70. Electrical Box – Main Supply Terminals ................................................................................ 8-144
Figure 71. Electrical Box, Power Section – 200-208V ............................................................................ 8-146
Figure 72. Electrical Box, Power Section – 380-480V ............................................................................ 8-148
Figure 73. Electrical Box – Control Section ............................................................................................ 8-150
Figure 74. Dry Contact Module ............................................................................................................... 8-152
Figure 75. Impact Printer Assembly ........................................................................................................ 8-154
Figure 76. Thermal Printer ...................................................................................................................... 8-156
Figure 77. Two-Level Manifold Rack with Equal Level Space ................................................................ 8-158
Figure 78. Two-Level Vision Manifold Rack – Part 1 of 3 ....................................................................... 8-160
Figure 81. Three-Level Vision Manifold Rack – Part 1 of 2 .................................................................... 8-166
Figure 82. Three-Level Vision Manifold Rack – Part 2 of 2 .................................................................... 8-168
Figure 83. Three-Level Base Rack For MIS, Ophthalmic or Dental Application ..................................... 8-170
Figure 84. Upper Insert for MIS Instruments ........................................................................................... 8-172
Figure 85. Upper Insert for Ophthalmic Instruments ............................................................................... 8-174
Figure 86. Four-Level Vision SC Manifold Rack – Part 1 of 2 ................................................................ 8-176
Figure 87. Four-Level Vision SC Manifold Rack – Part 2 of 2 ................................................................ 8-178
8-3
764337-483
List of Figures (Cont’d)
Figure 88. Five-Level Vision Manifold Rack – Part 1 of 2 ....................................................................... 8-180

Figure 89. Five-Level Vision Manifold Rack – Part 2 of 2 ....................................................................... 8-182
Figure 90. Vision Multi-Function Rack For Small Items .......................................................................... 8-184
Figure 91. Vision Multi-Function Rack For Large Items .......................................................................... 8-186
Figure 92. General Purpose Vision Rack ................................................................................................ 8-188
Figure 93. General Purpose Upper Insert for Containers ....................................................................... 8-190
Figure 94. AN Vision SC Manifold Rack ................................................................................................. 8-192
Figure 95. Two-Level Manifold Rack With Equal Level Space – Long ................................................... 8-194
Figure 96. Two-Level Manifold Rack – Long .......................................................................................... 8-196
Figure 97. Three-Level Manifold Rack – Long ........................................................................................ 8-198
Figure 98. Three-Level Base Rack For MIS, Ophthalmic or Dental Application – Long ......................... 8-200
Figure 99. Upper Insert for MIS Instruments – Long ............................................................................... 8-202
Figure 100. Upper Insert for Ophthalmic Instruments – Long ................................................................... 8-204
Figure 101. Four-Level Manifold Rack – Long .......................................................................................... 8-206
Figure 102. Five-Level Manifold Rack – Long .......................................................................................... 8-208
Figure 103. Multi-Function Rack For Small Items – Long ......................................................................... 8-210
Figure 104. Multi-function Rack For Large Items – Long .......................................................................... 8-212
Figure 105. General Purpose Basket Accessory – Long .......................................................................... 8-214
Figure 106. Anesthesia/Respiratory – Long .............................................................................................. 8-216
Figure 107. Flexible Hoses For Cannulated Instruments .......................................................................... 8-218
Figure 108. Rotary Spray Arm Assembly – Accessory ............................................................................. 8-220
Figure 109. Rotary Spray Arm Assembly Propeller – Accessory .............................................................. 8-222
Figure 110. Rotary Spray Arm Assembly – Long Accessory .................................................................... 8-224
Figure 111. Upper Insert For Two Sterile Goods Containers .................................................................... 8-226
Figure 112. Insert for OR Shoes ............................................................................................................... 8-228
Figure 113. Flexible Hold-Down Screen ................................................................................................... 8-230
Figure 114. Mesh Tray With Silicone Mat for Ophthalmic Instruments ..................................................... 8-232
Figure 115. Additional Chemical Pump – With Round Flowmeter ............................................................ 8-234
Figure 116. Additional Chemical Pump – With Square Flowmeter ........................................................... 8-236
Figure 117. Chemical Injection Pump with HP Pickup Tubes ................................................................... 8-238
Figure 118. Additional Peristaltic Pump Assembly ................................................................................... 8-240
Figure 119. Pickup Tube and Low Level Sensor Assembly ...................................................................... 8-242
Figure 120. Installation Kit Flexible Hose and Shut-Off Valve for Utilities ................................................. 8-244
Figure 121. Air Compressor With Float Drain (Accessory) ....................................................................... 8-246
Figure 122. Air Compressor With Automatic Drain Valve (Accessory) ..................................................... 8-248
Figure 123. Pressure Transmitter Calibration Assembly ........................................................................... 8-250
Figure 124. Drain Acu-CoolDown Accessory ............................................................................................ 8-252
Figure 125. Recessed Installation Air Management Panel Accessory ...................................................... 8-254
Figure 126. Condensate Return to Drain Accessory ................................................................................ 8-256
Figure 127. Seismic Anchorage System Accessory ................................................................................. 8-258
8-4
764337-483

REF.: 11011653
Figure 1. AMSCO 7052HP/7053HP Single-Chamber Washer/Disinfectors
8-6
764337483
FIG. & PART S UNITS
ITEM NUMBER V DESCRIPTION PER
NO. C ASS’Y
1 AMSCO 7052HP/7053HP SINGLE-CHAMBER WASHER/DISINFECTORS ....
1 EXTERIOR PANELS (SEE FIGURE 5 AND FIGURE 7) ....................................

2 WASHER/DISINFECTOR TOP VIEW (SEE FIGURE 6) ....................................
3 DOOR ASSEMBLY (SEE FIGURE 58 TO FIGURE 64) .....................................
4 ELECTRICAL POWER SUPPLY BOX AND CONTROL BOX ASSEMBLY
(SEE FIGURE 68 TO FIGURE 73) .....................................................................
5 CHEMICAL INJECTION SYSTEM (SEE FIGURE 33 TO FIGURE 37)..............
6 RECIRCULATION PUMP AND PIPING (SEE FIGURE 41) ...............................
7 DOOR PNEUMATIC SYSTEM AND CYLINDER
(SEE FIGURE 26 TO FIGURE 31) .....................................................................
8 WASH CHAMBER INTERIOR (SEE FIGURE 56)..............................................
ROTARY SPRAY ARM ASSEMBLIES (SEE FIGURE 45 TO FIGURE 50) .......
9 CONTROL PANEL ASSEMBLY, 7052HP/7053HP (SEE FIGURE 7) ................
ACCESSORIES AND RACKS (SEE FIGURE 77 TO FIGURE 114) ..................

AIR COMPRESSOR (SEE FIGURE 121 AND FIGURE 122).............................
ID TAGS FOR ACCESSORIES (NOT SHOWN) ................................................ X

P 117076 874 ID TAG, CYCLE 00, PACK OF 10 ...................................................................... A/R
FD58000 HOLDER, BAR CODE ........................................................................................ A/R
11012316 NAMEPLATE, RAS CYCLE (7052/7053HP) ...................................................... A/R
8-7
764337483
A C
B
D
1 1
4
1 1
1
2 1 3
DETAIL A
DETAIL C
1
1
DETAIL B REF.: 11011666

DETAIL D
Figure 2. Middle Corner Panel Assembly
8-8
764337483
FIG. & PART S UNITS
NO. C ASS’Y
2 MIDDLE CORNER PANEL ASSEMBLY............................................................ X
1 P 117042 998 SCREW, PAN, S/S, M5 X 0.8 MM X 6 MM, W SEALANT.................................. 10

2 10080078 COLUMN, CENTRAL, BOTTOM, SOILED SIDE................................................ 1
3 10080079 COLUMN, CENTRAL, BOTTOM, CLEAN SIDE................................................. 1
4 10088312 COLUMN, CENTRAL, TOP, SOILED SIDE........................................................ 1
5 10088313 COLUMN, CENTRAL, TOP, CLEAN SIDE......................................................... 1
8-9
764337483
2
A
1
1 2
2
1
1
2
DETAIL A
2 1
1
1
2
2
1
C 1
2
2
B
2 1
DETAIL B
SCREW TIGHTLY
TO SQUEEZE SPACERS
2
1
DETAIL C REF.: 11011837
Figure 3. Load Side Corner Panel Hardware
8-10
764337483
FIG. & PART S UNITS
NO. C ASS’Y
3 LOAD SIDE CORNER PANEL HARDWARE .................................................... X

2 P 117043 926 SPACER, NYLON, 5/16" OD X 1/8" LONG, SCREW #10.................................. 14
8-11
764337483
2
1
2 1 1 2 2 1
2
DETAIL A
1
1 2 2 1
2
1
C
B
2
1 2 2 1
DETAIL B
2
SCREW TIGHTLY
TO SQUEEZE SPACERS
1
REF.: 11011858
DETAIL C
Figure 4. Unload Side Corner Panel Hardware
8-12
764337483
FIG. & PART S UNITS
NO. C ASS’Y
4 UNLOAD SIDE CORNER PANEL HARDWARE ............................................... X
1 P 117042 998 SCREW, PAN HEAD, S/S, M5 X 0.8 MM X 6 MM, WITH SEALANT ................. 14
2 P 117043 926 SPACER, NYLON, 5/16" OD X 1/8" LONG, SCREW #10.................................. 14
8-13
764337483

7052HP 10
7053HP 11
6
2
REF.: 11013063
2 4 2 8 4
Figure 5. Load/Unload Side Control Panel and Service Panels
8-14
764337483
FIG. & PART S UNITS
NO. C ASS’Y
5 LOAD/UNLOAD SIDE CONTROL PANEL AND SERVICE PANELS ............... X
1 P 117042 998
SCREW, PAN, S/S, M5 X0.8 MM X 6 MM, W SEALANT................................... 8
2 P 117042 999
SCREW, PAN, S/S, M5 X0.8 MM X10 MM, W SEALANT.................................. 8
3 P 117043 323
SCREW, HEX SOCKET, S/S, M5 X10 MM, W SEALANT ................................. 8
4 P 117043 968
RETAINING WASHER, NYLON, #10 ................................................................. 8
5 117079 103
SPACER, DOOR ................................................................................................ 4
6 CONTROL PANEL ASSEMBLY (SEE FIGURE 7) .............................................
7 10030479 * PANEL, BOTTOM, INSULATED, SERVICE....................................................... 2
P 117043 968 RETAINING WASHER, NYLON, #10 ................................................................. 2
P 117042 999 SCREW, PAN, S/S, M5 X0.8 MM X10 MM, W SEALANT.................................. 2
8 10035228 * PANEL, CONTROL, BOTTOM, INSULATED, SERVICE ................................... 2
P 117043 968 RETAINING WASHER, NYLON, #10 ................................................................. 1
P 117042 999 SCREW, PAN, S/S, M5 X0.8 MM X10 MM, W SEALANT.................................. 1
9 10035230 ** THRESHOLD, CABINET, INSULATED .............................................................. 2
10 11013069 *** PANEL, SERVICE ACCESS TOP, 7052HP, SERVICE ..................................... 2
11 11013082 *** PANEL, SERVICE ACCESS TOP, 7053HP, SERVICE ..................................... 2
12 P 117917 737 INSULATOR, BASOTECT 1/2" X 48 X 48 VE & FSK......................................... A/R
13 P 117052 026 INSULATOR, BASOTECT 1/2"+VE 1/16 48" X 48 ............................................. A/R
* Includes P117052-026, P117043-968 and P117042-999.

** Includes P117052-026.
*** Includes P117917-737.
8-15
764337483
1
REF.: 11013126
Figure 6. Top Panel
8-16
764337483
FIG. & PART S UNITS
NO. C ASS’Y
6 TOP PANEL........................................................................................................ X

2 11013120 * TOP PANEL ASSEMBLY, SERVICE.................................................................. 1
3 P 117052 026 INSULATOR, BASOTECT 1/2"+ VE 1/16 48" X 48"........................................... A/R
* Includes P117052-026.
8-17
764337483
2
7
2 4
6
8
18
17 NEED4
ADJUSTMENT
12
16
11
13
10
14
REF.: 11011923
15 9 3 5
Figure 7. Control Panel Assembly
8-18
764337483
FIG. & PART S UNITS
NO. C ASS’Y
7 CONTROL PANEL ASSEMBLY ........................................................................ X
1 P 117033 576 SWITCH, ON/OFF CHERRY .............................................................................. 1

2 P 117042 092 SCREW, PAN HEAD, S/S,M3 X 0.5 MM X 6 MM............................................... 6
3 P 117042 999 SCREW, PAN, S/S, M5 X 0.8 MM X 10 MM, W SEALANT................................ 2
4 P 117043 015 NUT, S/S, M5 X 0.8 MM ..................................................................................... 4
5 P 117043 968 RETAINING WASHER, NYLON, #10 ................................................................. 2
6 P 117049 083 PANEL-MOUNT, USB A/B L-COM ..................................................................... 1
7 P 117909 007 LOCKWASHER, DENTED, FOR SCREW #6..................................................... 4
8 P 020844 061 WASHER, S/S, 3/16" .......................................................................................... 4
9 10016262 GUARD, SWITCH............................................................................................... 1
10 10023949 PLATE, PRINTER BLANKING............................................................................ 1
11 10024340 SCREW, PAN HEAD, FOR PLAST, S/S 6-19 X 1/4" ......................................... 4
12 10027368 SUPPORT, SCREEN.......................................................................................... 2
13 10097367 CONTACT BLOCK, N.C. 3SU1 .......................................................................... 1
14 10097368 HOLDER, BUTTON, 3 MODULES, 3SU1 .......................................................... 1
15 10097369 PUSH BUTTON, EMERGENCY STOP .............................................................. 1
16 11001695 PROTECTOR, SCREEN, 8.4" ............................................................................ 1
17 11001702 * SCREEN, 8.4" WITH PROTECTOR, ASSEMBLY ............................................. 1
11001695 PROTECTOR, SCREEN, 8.4" ............................................................................ 1
18 11014843 ** PANEL, CONTROL, 7000HP ASSEMBLY, SERVICE ....................................... 1
* Includes 11001695; Calibration required. Refer to SECTION 2, SERVICE MODE

PROCEDURE.
** Includes P117033-576, P117042-999 and P117043-968.
8-19
764337483
6
5
7
3 9
INSERT PAPER CLIP INTO

HOLE TO REMOVE RS232 CABLE.
REF.: 11012289
Figure 8. Bar Code Reader
8-20
764337483
FIG. & PART S UNITS
NO. C ASS’Y
8 FD363 BAR CODE READER ........................................................................................ X
1 P 117042 994 SCREW, PAN HEAD, S/S, M3 X 0.5 MM X 10 MM............................................ 4

2 P 117043 374 SPACER, 4-40 F/F 0.195" .................................................................................. 2
3 P 117076 389 * BAR CODE READER ......................................................................................... 1
4 P 117076 390 * SUPPORT, BAR CODE READER...................................................................... 1
5 10015477 CABLE, DB9 CSM9MF-5 L-COM ....................................................................... 1
6 10024340 SCREW, PAN HEAD, FOR PLAST, S/S 6-19 X 1/4" ......................................... 4
7 10031810 PLATE, SUPPORT, BAR CODE READER ........................................................ 1
8 10038813 CABLE, RS232, BAR CODE READER .............................................................. 1
9 10087208 SOCKET, SAVER, SLIMLINE, DB9 MALE/FEMALE ......................................... 1
* Adjustment required. Refer to SECTION 7, COMPONENT REPAIR, REPLACEMENT

AND ADJUSTMENT.
8-21
764337483
IF INTERNATIONAL
5
CONDENSATE
23 OUTLET 20
7
STEAM
9
INLET 17
8
18
11
13 14
10
12 27
22
28 15
10
26
DETAIL B
2
DETAIL B
25 21 3
4 4 6
DETAIL C
15
19
16
C
A
4
24 4 6
DETAIL A
REF.: 11013176
Figure 9. Steam Supply and Condensate Return Piping (Up To S/N 3610121xxx)
8-22
764337483
FIG. & PART S UNITS
NO. C ASS’Y
9 STEAM SUPPLY AND CONDENSATE RETURN PIPING

(UP TO S/N 3610121XXX).................................................................................. X
1 P117043 758 ELBOW, PNEUMATIC, 90 1/4" M X 5/32" OD ................................................... 1

2 P117079 084 HOSE, S/S, FLEXIBLE, 1/2" M X 5/8" JIC 78" X 5/8" JIC 78" LONG ................. 1
3 P117903 256 BASE, SNAP-IN, FOR TIE-WRAP...................................................................... 1
4 P117905 924 ELBOW, S/S 90, 1/2" M X 1/2" F 316 ................................................................. 4
5 P117907 262 NIPPLE, BRASS, 1/2" NPT X 1/2" BSPT X 2" LONG X 2" LONG...................... 1
6 P117912 583 ADAPTOR, COP, 1/2" M X 5/8" JIC ................................................................... 2
7 P117940 061 U-BOLT, S/S, FOR 3/4" NPT PIPE..................................................................... 2
8 P117940 068 * SYPHON, PIGTAIL, IRON,1/4" NPT, #525 ........................................................ 2
9 P117940 083 * VALVE, MANUAL BALL COP, 1/4" F ................................................................. 2
10 P117940 197 * NIPPLE, COP, 1/4" X 1-1/2" ............................................................................... 4
11 P117940 215 * UNION, BRONZE, 1/4" F NPT............................................................................ 2
12 P117942 761 NUT, JAM, S/S 1/4-20, NYLON INSERT............................................................ 4
13 P084079 216 WASHER, S/S 304, 1/4" ..................................................................................... 4
14 P029162 091 NIPPLE, BRASS, 1/2", CLOSED........................................................................ 1
15 P029166 091 NIPPLE, BRASS, 1/2" X 2" ................................................................................. 2
16 P117952 057 NIPPLE, BRASS, 1/2" X 4" ................................................................................. 1
17 P117952 186 BUSHING, BRASS, 1/2" NPT M X 1/4" NPT F................................................... 2
18 P117952 210 PLUG, BRASS, 1/4" M........................................................................................ 2
19 P117953 726 ELBOW, S/S 90, 1/2" F X 1/2" F 316.................................................................. 1
20 P117954 454 TEE, S/S, 1/2" F X 1/2" F X 1/2" F ...................................................................... 2
21 P117954 654 TIE WRAP, 14" LONG TY 28M .......................................................................... 1
22 P001618 091 * ELBOW, BRONZE, 90, 1/4" F X 1/4" F............................................................... 2
23 P117959 340 * GAUGE, PRESSURE, 0-160PSI, 2-1/2", 1/4" BRASS ....................................... 2
24 10021758 STEAM TRAP, 1/2", STEEL, THERMOSTATIC................................................. 1
P 117918 196 • KIT, REPAIR FOR STRAINER SCREEN AND GASKET................................. A/R
11029860 ** • KIT, UPGRATE, REPLACEMENT STEAM TRAP............................................ A/R
25 10029836 TAPE, SELF-RETRACTABLE, RED, 1", HT X 4" LONG.................................... A/R
26 10041958 VALVE, STEAM, COPPER, 1/2" F, PNEUMATIC, N/C 24V .............................. 1
P 117917 343 • KIT, REPAIR FOR VALVE 10041958............................................................... A/R
27 10050080 STRAINER, BRZ, 1/2" F 60 MESH..................................................................... 1
28 10091902 HOSE, S/S, FLEXIBLE, 1/2" M X 5/8" JIC 93" LONG X 5/8" JIC 93" LONG...... 1
* Parts to be ordered to install a manometer on washer. These parts are not

provided with a standard washer.
** Once the replacement kit (steam trap ball float) has been installed, refer to
FIGURE 10 to order individual replacement parts.
8-23
764337483
IF INTERNATIONAL
6
CONDENSATE
27 OUTLET 24
9
STEAM
11
INLET 21
10
22
13
16 17
12
14 30
26
7 18
12
29
DETAIL B
3
4 2
28
25
DETAIL B
DETAIL C
5 5 8
20
23
1 31 32 19 15
A
DETAIL A
REF.: 11013176
Figure 10.Steam Supply and Condensate Return Piping (From S/N 3610221xxx)
8-24
764337483
FIG. & PART S UNITS
NO. C ASS’Y
10 STEAM SUPPLY AND CONDENSATE RETURN PIPING

(FROM S/N 3610221XXX) .................................................................................. X
1 P 117041 963 HOSE, S/S, FLEXIBLE, 1/2"M X 5/8"JIC 20"LG................................................. 1

2 P 117043 758 ELBOW, PNEU, 90 1/4"M X 5/32"OD................................................................. 1
4 P 117903 256 BASE, SNAP-IN, FOR TIE-WRAP...................................................................... 1
5 P 117905 924 ELBOW S/S 90 1/2"M X 1/2"F 316 ..................................................................... 2
6 P 117907 262 NIPPLE, BRASS 1/2"NPT X 1/2"BSPT X 2"LG .................................................. 2
8 P 117912 583 ADAPTOR, COP, 1/2"M X 5/8"JIC ..................................................................... 1
9 P 117940 061 U-BOLT, S/S, 3/4" PIPE ..................................................................................... 2
10 P 117940 068 PIGTAIL SYPHON, IRON, 1/4"NPT, #525 ......................................................... 2
11 P 117940 083 VALVE, MANUAL BALL BRASS 1/4"F............................................................... 2
12 P 117940 197 NIPPLE, COP 1/4" X 1-1/2" ................................................................................ 4
13 P 117940 215 UNION, COP 1/4"NPT ........................................................................................ 2
14 P 117942 761 NUT, JAM, S/S 1/4-20 (NYLON INSERT) .......................................................... 4
15 P 117950 216 VALVE, CHECK, COP, SWING, 1/2" F .............................................................. 1
16 P 117950 976 WASHER,S/S 1/4" .............................................................................................. 4
17 P 117952 051 NIPPLE, BRASS, 1/2", CLOSED........................................................................ 1
18 P 117952 053 NIPPLE, BRASS 1/2" X 2" .................................................................................. 1
19 P 117952 054 NIPPLE BRASS 1/2""NPT X 2-1/2" .................................................................... 1
20 P 117952 055 NIPPLE, BRASS 1/2" X 3" .................................................................................. 1
21 P 117952 186 BUSHING, BRASS,1/2"NPT MX1/4"NPT F........................................................ 2
22 P 117952 210 PLUG, COPPER, 1/4" M..................................................................................... 2
23 P 117954 450 ELBOW S/S 90 1/2"F X 1/2"F............................................................................. 1
24 P 117954 454 TEE, S/S,1/2"F X 1/2"F X 1/2"F .......................................................................... 2
25 P 117954 654 TIE WRAP, 14"LG TY 28M................................................................................. 1
26 P 117958 728 ELBOW, BRASS, 90 1/4F X 1/4F ....................................................................... 2
27 P 117959 340 GAUGE, PRESSURE, 0-100 PSIG, 1/4"NPT..................................................... 2
28 10029836 TAPE, SELF-RETRACTABLE, RED, 1", HT X 4"LG .......................................... 1
29 10041958 VALVE, STEAM, BRASS, 1/2F, N/C 24VDC...................................................... 1
30 10050080 STRAINER, BRZ, 1/2"F, 60 MESH..................................................................... 1
31 11018233 STEAM TRAP 1/2,STEEL,BALL FLOAT ............................................................ 1
32 11022134 U-BOLT S/S, 304, NIPPLE, BRASS 1/2''............................................................ 1
8-25
764337483
IF INTERNATIONAL 5 8 3
IF INTERNATIONAL 5
10
IF INTERNATIONAL 2 8 7
11 7
6 4 8
PURE WATER
HOT WATER
COLD WATER
REF.: 11011959
Figure 11. Water Inlet Piping
8-26
764337483
FIG. & PART S UNITS
NO. C ASS’Y
11 WATER INLET PIPING ...................................................................................... X
1 P 117009 295 ELBOW, POLYPRO., 90, 1/2" BARBED X 1/2" BARBED .................................. 1
2 P 117015 539 NIPPLE, HEX, S/S, 1/2" NPT M X 1/2" BSPT M ................................................ 1
3 P 117043 024 LOCK NUT, S/S, M6 X 1 MM, NYLON INSERT ................................................. 2
4 P 117064 236 BOLT, S/S, M6 X 1 MM X 16 MM ....................................................................... 1
5 P 117907 262 NIPPLE, BRASS 1/2" NPT X 1/2" BSPT X 2" LONG ......................................... 2
6 P 117940 061 U-BOLT, S/S, FOR 3/4" NPT PIPE..................................................................... 1
7 P 117942 761 NUT, JAM, S/S, 1/4-20, NYLON INSERT........................................................... 2
8 P 084079 216 WASHER, S/S 304, 1/4" ..................................................................................... 4
9 10009302 COUPLING, POLYPROPYLENE, 1/2" BARBED ............................................... 2
10 10009802 COLLAR, CRIMP SPRING, 13/16"..................................................................... 3
11 10015098 BULKHEAD......................................................................................................... 3
12 COLD, WATER, INLET, ASSEMBLY (SEE FIGURE 12) ................................... 1
13 HOT, WATER, INLET, ASSEMBLY (SEE FIGURE 13)...................................... 1
14 PURE, WATER, INLET, ASSEMBLY (SEE FIGURE 14) ................................... 1
8-27
764337483
FLOW
16
5
9
5
FILTER 7
#60 5
15
6 5
12
9 8
18
6
17
5 1
17
13
10
11
4
14 19
13 5
2
100 17
STRAINER 10
VALVE WATER 22
45
10
90 REF.: 11012070
Figure 12. Cold Water Inlet Assembly
8-28
764337483
FIG. & PART S UNITS
NO. C ASS’Y
12 COLD WATER INLET ASSEMBLY ................................................................... X
1 P 117020 123 ELBOW, POLYPROPYLENE, 1/2" NPT X 3/8" BARBED .................................. 1

2 P 117043 696 ELBOW, POLYPROPYLENE, 90 1/2" M X 1/2" SINGLE-BARBED ................... 1
3 P 117046 473 ADAPTOR, POLYPROPYLENE, 1/2" M NPT X 1/2" SINGLE-BARBED............ 1
4 P 117941 497 REDUCING BUSHING, S/S 3/8" M X 1/4" F ...................................................... 1
5 P 029162 091 NIPPLE, BRASS, 1/2", CLOSED........................................................................ 6
6 P 117952 054 NIPPLE, BRASS 1/2" NPT X 2-1/2".................................................................... 2
7 P 117952 166 UNION, S/S, 1/2" F ............................................................................................. 1
8 P 117952 186 BUSHING, BRASS, 1/2" NPT M X 1/4" NPT F................................................... 1
9 P 117954 454 TEE, S/S, 1/2" F X 1/2" F X 1/2" F ...................................................................... 2
10 P 003442 091 PLUG, S/S, 1/2" M, HEX HEAD.......................................................................... 1
11 P 117954 655 TIEWRAP, 7-3/8" LONG..................................................................................... 1
12 P 117959 340 GAUGE, PRESSURE, 0-160PSI, 2-1/2", 1/4" BRASS ....................................... 1
14 10015687 HOSE, EPDM, 1/2" ID X 13/16" OD, BLACK...................................................... A/R
15 10042068 * REGULATOR, PRESSURE, 1/2" NPT, BRZ ...................................................... 1
17 10091162 VALVE, WATER, BRASS, 1/2 F NPT 24VDC .................................................... 3
10091205 • KIT, REPAIR, WATER VALVE, TYPE 6281 24 VDC ....................................... A/R
18 10099135 CROSS, BRASS, 1/2" F (FOR WATER) ............................................................ 1
19 10100990 RETAINER CAP, STRAINER, 3/8" F.................................................................. 1

AND ADJUSTMENT.
8-29
764337483
FLOW
FILTER #60
REF.: 11012256
Figure 13. Hot Water Inlet Assembly
8-30
764337483
FIG. & PART S UNITS
NO. C ASS’Y
13 HOT WATER INLET ASSEMBLY ...................................................................... X
1 P 117046 473 ADAPTOR, POLYPROPYLENE, 1/2" M NPT X 1/2" SINGLE-BARBED............ 1

2 P 117952 054 NIPPLE, BRASS 1/2" NPT X 2-1/2".................................................................... 1
6 10091162 VALVE, WATER, BRASS, 1/2 NPT, 24 VDC ..................................................... 1
10091205 • KIT, REPAIR, WATER VALVE, TYPE 6281 24 VDC ....................................... 1
8-31
764337483
1
REF.: 11012262
Figure 14. Pure Water Inlet Assembly
8-32
764337483
FIG. & PART S UNITS
NO. C ASS’Y
14 PURE WATER INLET ASSEMBLY.................................................................... X
1 P 117043 758 ELBOW, PNEUMATIC, 90 1/4" M X 5/32" OD ................................................... 1

2 P 117046 473 ADAPTOR, POLYPRO, 1/2" M NPT X 1/2" SINGLE-BARBED.......................... 1
5 10047072 VALVE, WATER, 316L, S/S, 1/2" F PNEUMATIC, 24V ..................................... 1
P 117917 343 • KIT, REPAIR, FOR VALVE............................................................................... 1
8-33
764337483
5 14
TO CONDENSER
14
2
11
10
9
13
8
7
TO DRAIN
TO RECIRCULATION
4
TO DRAIN
3
TO SUMP
12
6
REF.: 11011149
Figure 15. Acu Wash Reservoir Option – Top of Washer
8-34
764337483
FIG. & PART S UNITS
NO. C ASS’Y
15 ACU WASH RESERVOIR OPTION – TOP OF WASHER ................................. X
1 P 117043 046 WASHER, FENDER, S/S M8 X 24 MM OD........................................................ 2

2 P 117043 789 BOLT, S/S, M8 X 1.25 MM X 12 MM .................................................................. 2
3 P 117902 322 HOSE, NYLON, 5/32" OD, RED ......................................................................... A/R
4 P 117902 323 HOSE, AIR, 5/32" NYLON, BLUE....................................................................... A/R
5 P 117903 348 TUBING, AIR, NYLON, RED, 1/4" ...................................................................... A/R
6 P 117916 443 ELBOW, PNEUMATIC, 90 DEG, 1/8" M QSL-1/8-4 ........................................... 2
7 P 117917 253 CLAMP, S/S, W/SCREW, 25-40MM DIN 3017................................................... 6
8 P 117951 196 CLAMP, QUICK DISCONNECT, S/S, 1", 1-1/2"................................................. 1
9 P 117953 306 O-RING, SILICONE, 1-1/2"................................................................................. 1
10 10015688 HOSE, EPDM, 3/4" ID X 1-5/32" OD, BLACK .................................................... A/R
11 10089908 * TANK, RECOVERY, ACD................................................................................... 1
12 10089922 * BALL VALVE, PNEU, S/S 1-1/2"T-C .................................................................. 1
13 10091683 VALVE, SOLENOID, ASSEMBLY ...................................................................... 1
14 10091706 ELBOW, PNEUMATIC, 90, 1/8" M X 1/4" OD 316 ............................................. 4
* It is recommended to replace EPDM hoses (10015688) when replacing tank

or ball valves.
8-35
764337483
A
7
6 2
6 DETAIL A
B 11
4 1
DETAIL B
10
1
9
REF.: 11011330
Figure 16. Acu Rinse Reservoir Option
8-36
764337483
FIG. & PART S UNITS
NO. C ASS’Y
16 ACU RINSE RESERVOIR OPTION ................................................................... X
1 P 117043 009 BOLT, S/S, M8 X 1.25 MM X 16 MM .................................................................. 2

2 P 117043 696 ELBOW, POLYPRO, 90 1/2" M X 1/2" SINGLE-BARBED ................................. 1
4 P 117950 978 WASHER, S/S 3/8", 3/8" ID X 7/8" OD ............................................................... 2
5 P 117952 289 HOSE, WATER, 1" ............................................................................................. A/R
8 10088327 TANK, PURE WATER, 316L, ACD..................................................................... 1
9 P 117064 469 ISOLATION, RIGID, W VAPOR BARRIER, 7/16" .............................................. A/R
10 10102259 ADAPTER, VENT, 1" OD.................................................................................... 1
11 10015099 PLUG, BULKHEAD............................................................................................. 1
8-37
764337483
1
5
18
3/16 1/8
8
9
2-3/16 3
8
DETAIL A
16
12
13
23 22 21
10
19
17
20
4
7
11
2
15
6
14
REF.: 11011281
Figure 17. Elements Assembly – Acu-Rinse Reservoir Option
8-38
764337483
FIG. & PART S UNITS
NO. C ASS’Y
17 ELEMENTS ASSEMBLY – ACU-RINSE RESERVOIR OPTION....................... X
1 P 117043 017 NUT, S/S, M8 X 1.25 MM ................................................................................... 8

2 P 117901 928 SLEEVE, 3/8" 2000C GR:C #FTSUF-132053W X 17" LONG............................. A/R
3 P 117906 017 LOCKWASHER, DENTED, SCREW #10 ........................................................... 6
4 P 117907 239 STICKER, GROUND, EURO .............................................................................. 1
5 P 117909 000 LOCKWASHER, DENTED, 5/8" ......................................................................... 6
6 P 117909 007 LOCKWASHER, DENTED, FOR SCREW #6..................................................... 2
7 P 117909 068 TIE-WRAP, 4" HIGH TEMP. #PLT1M-C76......................................................... 1
8 P 117950 951 NUT, S/S, 10-32.................................................................................................. 12
9 P 117950 975 WASHER, S/S, 3/16" .......................................................................................... 6
10 P 117984 794 WASHER, SEALING, HEATING ELEMENT....................................................... 6
11 P 117989 564 STICKER, RESET "//"......................................................................................... 1
12 10020077 FIXTURE, THERMODISC, ELEMENT, SUMP ................................................... 2
13 10020813 BOLT, S/S, M5 X 0.8 MM X 25 MM .................................................................... 2
14 10023545 SCREW, SELF-THREADING, STEEL, M3 X 6 MM ........................................... 2
15 10023609 SWITCH, OVER TEMP, SUMP 175 C, ASS'Y (SER) ........................................ 1
16 10088401 GASKET, PURE WATER TANK......................................................................... 1
17 10091621 INSULATION, ELEMENTS COVER, PW TANK................................................. 1
18 10091711 LOCK NUT, ZINC PLATED STEEL, 5/8-18........................................................ 6
19 11005780 SCREW, PAN HEAD/TOOTH WASHER, S/S, M5 X 10 MM.............................. 2
20 11014845 * COVER, ELEMENT PW RESERVOIR 7000HP (SERVICE) .............................. 1
21 11014846 ** ELEMENT, 208V 5KW, ASSEMBLY, 7000HP (SERVICE) ................................ 1
22 11014847 *** ELEMENT, 415V 5KW, ASSEMBLY, 7000HP (SERVICE) ................................ 1
23 11014848 † ELEMENT, 480V 5KW, ASSEMBLY, 7000HP (SERVICE) ................................ 1
P 117955 591 FITTING, COMPRESSION, S/S 1/8" M X 1/8" OD............................................. 1

10024039 SWITCH, OVER TEMPERATURE, 175C........................................................... 1
10088393 SUPPORT, ELEMENTS, PURE WATER TANK................................................. 1
10088476 ELEMENT, HEATER, 208V 5KW ....................................................................... 3
* Includes 10091621 and 11005780.

** Includes items 1 to 14, 16, 18, 19 and P117955-591, 10024039, 10088393,
10088476.
*** Includes items 1 to 14, 16, 18, 19 and P117955-591, 10024039, 10088393,
11088475.
† Includes items 1 to 14, 16, 18, 19 and P117955-591, 10024039, 10088393,
11088398.
8-39
764337483
2
1
5
3
2
1
4
3
6
2
1
5
3
2
1
5
3 REF.: 11011347
Figure 18. Water level – Acu-Rinse Reservoir Option
8-40
764337483
FIG. & PART S UNITS
NO. C ASS’Y
18 WATER LEVEL – ACU-RINSE RESERVOIR OPTION ..................................... X

2 P 117953 306 O-RING, SILICONE, 1-1/2"................................................................................. 4
3 P 117954 656 TIE-WRAP, 6-1/8" LONG.................................................................................... 4
4 11014842 WATER LEVEL CONTROL M5002 MADISON W/TC, SERVICE ...................... 1
5 11014844 WATER LEVEL CONTROL M5010 MADISON W/TC, SERVICE ...................... 3
6 11015575 RTD SINGLE 100 OHMS ASS., SERVICE......................................................... 1
8-41
764337483
4
5
3
2
8
5
4

1
5
REF.: 11012861
Figure 19. Condensate Return System
8-42
764337483
FIG. & PART S UNITS
NO. C ASS’Y
19 CONDENSATE RETURN SYSTEM ................................................................... X
1 P 117020 124 TEE, POLYPRO, 3/8" BARBED X 3/8" BARBED X 3/8" BARBED..................... 1
2 P 117037 274 ELBOW, POLYPROPYLENE, 90, 1/4" M X 3/8" BARBED................................. 1
3 P 117049 290 ADAPTOR, WATER INLET, CONDENSER ....................................................... 1
5 P 117917 449 CLAMP, S/S, W/SCREW, 8-16MM DIN 3017..................................................... 7
7 11012871 CONDENSER ASSEMBLY, SERVICE............................................................... 1
8 11014851 HOSE SILICONE 3" ID X 3-3/8" OD, SERVICE ................................................. 2
8-43
764337483
( '
! #'+

! #'+

&/01$23!-
&&
Figure 20. Heating System
8-44
764337483
FIG. & PART S UNITS
NO. C ASS’Y
20 HEATING SYSTEM ............................................................................................ X
1 P 117042 999 SCREW, PAN HEAD, S/S, M5 X 0.8 MM X 10 MM, WITH SEALANT ............... 3
2 P 117043 009 BOLT, S/S, M8 X 1.25 MM X 16 MM .................................................................. 1
3 P 117049 210 GASKET, DAMPER, VACUUM, AIR .................................................................. 1
4 P 117049 250 DEFLECTOR, AIR, INLET .................................................................................. 1
5 P 117049 266 TRAP, ASSEMBLY ............................................................................................. 1
6 P 117072 602 WASHER, NORD-LOCK, 316 S/S, M8 .............................................................. 1
8-45
764337483
7
APPLY LOCTITE
(117-918-007) ON 11 (200-208V)
THREADS OF THE
ELEMENTS
12 (460-480V)
16 8
13 (380-415V)
14 (208V, 40Amin CIRC. PROT.)
15 (380-400V)
DO NOT APPLY 10
THREAD SEAL
DETAIL A
6
9
A
9
REF.: 11013235
Figure 21. Heating Element Box System
8-46
764337483
FIG. & PART S UNITS
NO. C ASS’Y
21 HEATING ELEMENT BOX SYSTEM ................................................................. X
1 P 117009 219 SWITCH, OVERTEMPERATURE, MANUAL RESET 315F ............................... 1

117914 631 O-RING, SILICON, 1"OD X 7/8" ID (NOT SHOWN) ........................................... A/R
2 P 117048 960 SUPPORT, DRYING HEATER ELEMENT ......................................................... 1
3 P 117048 985 GASKET, DRYING HEATER ELEMENT............................................................ 1
5 P 117911 079 GASKET, ELEMENT HEATING, DRYING 400, 444 .......................................... 6
6 10036890 COVER, HEATER ELEMENT, DRYING, ASSEMBLY, SERVICE ..................... 1
8 11005510 * RTD W/CONNECT,DOUBLE GOLD 100OHM ................................................... 1
9 11005780 SCREW,PAN HEAD/TOOTH WASHER,S/S,M5X10MM.................................... 21
10 11005782 SCREW,PAN HEAD/TOOTH WASHER,S/S,M4X6MM...................................... 2
11 11013593 ** ELEMENT, DRYING, SERVICE (200-208V) ...................................................... 3
14 11013597 ** ELEMENT, DRYING, SER (200-208V 40A PROT.) ........................................... 3
15 ** ELEMENT, DRYING, SERVICE (380-400V) ...................................................... 3
16 10009140 BULKHEAD, INJECTOR, CHEMICAL ................................................................ 1
150475 630 NUT, S/S, 10-32 (NOT SHOWN)........................................................................ 4

020844 061 WASHER, S/S, 3/16" (NOT SHOWN) ................................................................ 2
P 117906 017 LOCKWASHER, DENTED, SCREW #10 ........................................................... 2
* Calibration required. Refer to SECTION 2, SERVICE MODE PROCEDURE.

** Includes: P117906-017, P117909-000, P117911-079, P150475-630,
P020844-061 and 10091711.
8-47
764337483
9 8 7
REF.: 11015971
Figure 22. Ventilation Box Drying Assembly
8-48
764337483
FIG. & PART S UNITS
NO. C ASS’Y
22 VENTILATION BOX DRYING ASSEMBLY ....................................................... X
1 P 117042 399 BOLT, S/S, M8 X 1.25 MM X 20 MM .................................................................. 2

3 P 117043 018 NUT, S/S, M8 X 1.25 MM, NYLON INSERT....................................................... 2
4 P 117043 046 WASHER, FENDER, S/S M8 X 24 MM OD........................................................ 4
5 P 117048 980 GASKET, AIR SUCTION BOX, DRYING............................................................ 1
6 P 117941 562 SEAL, WASHER, 3/16" S/S-NEOPRENE .......................................................... 13
7 11015788 FAN 200-208V, 50/60 HZ, SERVICE.................................................................. 1
8 11015789 FAN 380-415V/460-480V, 50/60 HZ, SERVICE ................................................. 1
9 11015790 FAN 380-400V, 60HZ, SERVICE........................................................................ 1
8-49
764337483

'
&

&+4

&+4

5&&
&& & 6
Figure 23. Drying System
8-50
764337483
FIG. & PART S UNITS
NO. C ASS’Y
23 DRYING SYSTEM .............................................................................................. X
1 P 117042 993 SCREW, PAN HEAD, S/S, M3 X 0.5 MM X 4 MM.............................................. 2

3 P 117906 923 HOSE, AIR, FLEXIBLE, 3" DIAMETER, SOLD BY FOOT ................................. A/R
4 P 117915 576 CLIPS, RETAINING ............................................................................................ 1
5 P 117917 257 CLAMP, S/S, OETIKER, WITH SCREW, 70-90 MM .......................................... 2
6 10009328 HEPA FILTER, 250 MM X 250 MM X 250 MM, 2 G. .......................................... 1
7 10019207 COVER, HEPA, FILTER, ASSEMBLY................................................................ 1
8 10035368 DAMPER, ASSEMBLY, 50 HZ, SERVICE.......................................................... 1
9 10035371 DAMPER, ASSEMBLY, 60 HZ, SERVICE.......................................................... 1
10 10009367 BOTTOM BOX, HEPA, FILTER.......................................................................... 1
8-51
764337483
2
5 WITHOUT
WASH TANK OPTION 7
IF INTERNATIONAL 3
8
6
2
1 4 8
WITH
WASH TANK OPTION
IF MODEL
STEAM HEATED
IF MODEL 7
ELECTRIC HEATED
8
DETAIL B
7
WITHOUT DETAIL A
WASH TANK OPTION
A AND
PURE WATER TANK OPTION
REF. : 11013813
Figure 24. Pneumatic Inlet
8-52
764337483
FIG. & PART S UNITS
NO. C ASS’Y
24 PNEUMATIC INLET ........................................................................................... X
1 P 117015 671 ADAPTOR, PNEUMATIC, 1/8" M X 1/4" OD ...................................................... 1

2 P 117043 757 TEE, PNEUMATIC, 5/32" OD X 5/32" OD X 5/32" OD ....................................... 3
3 P 117902 322 HOSE, NYLON, 5/32" OD, RED X 68" LONG .................................................... A/R
5 P 117903 348 TUBING, AIR, NYLON, RED, 1/4" X 63" LONG ................................................. A/R
6 P 117907 355 NIPPLE, COP, 1/8" NPT X 1/8" BSPT................................................................ 1
7 P 117908 171 PLUG, PNEUMATIC, 5/32" OD .......................................................................... 3
8 P 117954 656 TIE-WRAP, 6-1/8" LONG.................................................................................... 6
8-53
764337483

&&
Figure 25. Pneumatic Block Installation
8-54
764337483
FIG. & PART S UNITS
NO. C ASS’Y
25 PNEUMATIC BLOCK INSTALLATION.............................................................. X

2 P 117046 284 PRESSURE, SWITCH, 1/8" NPT M, 70 PSIG.................................................... 1
3 BLOCK, PNEUMATIC, ASSEMBLY (SEE FIGURE 29) .....................................
8-55
764337483
( '!
( '!

( '!

&& &
( '!
Figure 26. Pneumatic Door Cylinder Hoses
8-56
764337483
FIG. & PART S UNITS
NO. C ASS’Y
26 PNEUMATIC DOOR CYLINDER HOSES .......................................................... X
1 P 117903 256 BASE, SNAP-IN FOR TIE-WRAP....................................................................... 2

2 P 117954 656 TIE-WRAP, 6-1/8" LONG.................................................................................... 18
3 HOSE, PNEUMATIC, ASSEMBLY (SEE FIGURE 27 FOR LOAD SIDE AND
FIGURE 28 FOR UNLOAD SIDE) ...................................................................... A/R
8-57
764337483
+
+

&&
Figure 27. Pneumatic Hose Sub-Assembly – Load Side
8-58
764337483
FIG. & PART S UNITS
NO. C ASS’Y
27 PNEUMATIC HOSE SUB-ASSEMBLY – LOAD SIDE ...................................... X

2 P 117902 322 HOSE, NYLON, RED, 5/32" OD, SOLD BY FOOT ............................................ A/R
3 P 117902 323 HOSE, AIR, 5/32", NYLON, BLUE, 1A-201-07, SOLD BY FOOT ...................... A/R
8-59
764337483
+ +

&&
Figure 28. Pneumatic Hose Sub-Assembly – Unload Side
8-60
764337483
FIG. & PART S UNITS
NO. C ASS’Y
28 PNEUMATIC HOSE SUB-ASSEMBLY – UNLOAD SIDE ................................. X

3 P 117902 323 HOSE, AIR, 5/32", NYLON, BLUE, 1A-201-07, SOLD BY FOOT ...................... A/R
8-61
764337483

9

9

& &

5 "

+
&& &
Figure 29. Pneumatic Block Assembly
8-62
764337483
FIG. & PART S UNITS
NO. C ASS’Y
29 10023709 PNEUMATIC BLOCK ASSEMBLY .................................................................... X
1 P 117049 221
ADAPTER, G1/8, M X 1/8 NPT F ....................................................................... 1
2 P 117049 223
VALVE, PNEUMATIC, SHUT-OFF, MANUAL, 1/4" OD ..................................... 1
3 P 117060 839
MUFFLER, UC-1/8.............................................................................................. 3
4 P 117912 162
PLUG, #B-1/8...................................................................................................... 2
5 P 117916 430
TUBING, DRAIN, PCN-4-NT, SOLD BY FOOT.................................................. A/R
6 P 117916 898
ELBOW, QBL-1/8-1/4-U-M ................................................................................. 1
7 10014954 * ONE WAY, FLOW, CONTROL, #GRLZ-M5-QS-4-D.......................................... 4
8 NIPPLE, NPFB-D-2R18-M (NLA) ....................................................................... 1
9 10017360 QUICK, COUPLING, KD3-1/8-A ......................................................................... 1
10 10017361 Y, COUPLING, QSY-M5-4.................................................................................. 1
11 10017362 FITTING, QSM-B-M5-4-I-20 ............................................................................... 4
12 10017363 ELBOW, QSL-B-1/8-4-20.................................................................................... 2
13 10017376 FITTING, QSM-M3-4-I ........................................................................................ 1
14 10017379 SOLENOID, VALVE, VUVG-L10-M52-RT-M5-1P3 ............................................ 1
15 10017380 SOLENOID, VALVE, VUVG-L10-P53C-T-M5-1P3 ............................................. 2
16 10017381 SOLENOID, VALVE, VUVG-L10-T32U-MTZ-M5-1P3 ........................................ 1
17 10017386 SEAL, VABD-L1-10X-S-M5 ................................................................................ 4
18 P 117912 171 HOSE, AIR, 4 MM, BL, SOLD BY FOOT............................................................ A/R
19 10041417 ** FILTER, REGULATOR, MS4, ASSEMBLY ........................................................ 1
20 10017403 CUSTOM, VUVG, VALVE, MANIFOLD, MS4-LF/LFR-SA ................................. 1
21 P 117904 128 HOSE, AIR, 1/4", NYL, BL, VAVE-L1-1H2-LR, SOLD BY FOOT ....................... A/R
22 10017624 E-BOX, CONNECTOR, VAVE-L1-1H2-LR ......................................................... 7
23 10020051 VALVE, BLOCK, HARNESS............................................................................... 1
24 10021450 FILTER, AUTOMATIC, DRAIN, MS4-LF/LFR-SA............................................... 1
25 10027701 ADAPTER, MODULE, MS-4/6-A8 ...................................................................... 1
10040283 *** BOWL, FILTER, DRAIN...................................................................................... 1

AND ADJUSTMENT.
** Includes 10021450 and 10027701. Adjustment required. Refer to SECTION 7,
COMPONENT REPAIR, REPLACEMENT AND ADJUSTMENT.
*** If washer/disinfector is connected to an air compressor with automatic
drain valve (see Figure 122), also order manual drain filter bowl 10040283
when replacing 10041417 or 10021450.
8-63
764337483

( '
( '
( '

( '
&& &
Figure 30. Cylinder Door System – Service Side
8-64
764337483
FIG. & PART S UNITS
NO. C ASS’Y
30 CYLINDER DOOR SYSTEM – SERVICE SIDE ................................................. X
1 P 117018 619 PIN, QUICK-RELEASE, 1/4" X 0.7".................................................................... 2

2 P 117042 407 ELBOW, PNEUMATIC, 90, 1/8" M X 5/32" OD .................................................. 3
3 P 117046 315 TUBE, FITTING, 10-32 M X 5/32" OD ................................................................ 2
4 P 117048 995 * CYLINDER, PNEUMATIC, ASSEMBLY ............................................................. 1
5 P 117914 231 O-RING, EPDM, 1" ID X 1-1/8" OD .................................................................... 2
6 10032510 PILOT, OPERATED, CHECK VALVE, 1/8 NPT, 10-32 ...................................... 1
7 10036688 ** DOOR, CYLINDER, SERVICE SIDE, ASSEMBLY ............................................ 1
* Includes P117042-407.
** Includes P117042-407, P117046-315, P117914-231 and 10032510.
8-65
764337483

( '
( '

( ' ( '
&& &
Figure 31. Cylinder Door System – Non-Service Side
8-66
764337483
FIG. & PART S UNITS
NO. C ASS’Y
31 CYLINDER DOOR SYSTEM – NON-SERVICE SIDE........................................ X
1 P 117018 619 PIN, QUICK-RELEASE, 1/4", X 0.7"................................................................... 2

2 P 117042 407 ELBOW, PNEUMATIC, 90 1/8" M, X 5/32" OD .................................................. 3
3 P 117046 315 TUBE, FITTING, 10-32 M X 5/32" OD ................................................................ 2
4 P 117048 995 * CYLINDER, PNEUMATIC, ASSEMBLY ............................................................. 1
5 P 117914 231 O-RING, EPDM, 1" ID, X 1-1/8" OD ................................................................... 2
6 10032510 PILOT, OPERATED, CHECK VALVE, 1/8 NPT, 10-32 ...................................... 1
7 10037065 ** DOOR, CYLINDER, NON-SERVICE SIDE, ASSEMBLY ................................... 1
* Includes P117042-407.
** Includes P117042-407, P117046-315, P117914-231 and 10032510.
8-67
764337483
RED GREEN BLUE
5 6 4
DETAIL A
NEEDS
9
ADJUSTMENT
BLUE
FOR
3 LUBRICANT
ONLY
2 GREEN
1 RED
REF.: 11031248
Figure 32. Chemical Injection Pump with HP Pickup Tubes
8-68
764337483
FIG. & PART S UNITS
NO. C ASS’Y
32 CHEMICAL INJECTION PUMP WITH HP PICKUP TUBES.............................. X
1 P 117073 623 HOSE POLY FLEX, 1/4"ID X 3/8"OD,RED, SOLD BY FOOT ............................ A/R
2 P 117073 624 HOSE POLY FLEX, 1/4"ID X 3/8"OD,GREEN, SOLD BY FOOT....................... A/R
3 P 117073 627 HOSE POLY FLEX, 1/4"ID X 3/8"OD,BLUE, SOLD BY FOOT .......................... A/R
4 10023524 HOSE, AIR, 3/8", POLY BLUE X 100'LG X 100'LONG ..................................... 1
5 10023525 HOSE, AIR, 3/8", POLY RED X 100'LG X 100'LONG ....................................... 1
6 10023526 HOSE, AIR, 3/8", POLY GREEN X 100'LG X 100'LONG .................................. 1
7 FD387 HP PICKUP TUBE, NO, EPDM .......................................................................... 2
8 FD388 HP PICKUP TUBE, NO, VITON.......................................................................... 1
9 P 11030 779 INJ SYSTEM, KNIGHT, 3 PMP .......................................................................... 1
8-69
764337483
RED GREEN BLUE
6 7 5
DETAIL A
NEEDS
1
ADJUSTMENT
FOR
3 LUBRICANT
ONLY
A
REF.: 11012916
Figure 33. Chemical Injection Pump
8-70
764337483
FIG. & PART S UNITS
NO. C ASS’Y
33 CHEMICAL INJECTION PUMP.......................................................................... X
1 10019681 * CHEMICAL DOSING STATION, THREE PUMPS (SEE FIGURE 36) ............... 1
2 10019986 ** PICKUP, TUBE, PUMP #1, RED, ASSEMBLY (SEE FIGURE 37) .................... 1
3 10019988 ** PICKUP, TUBE, PUMP #3, BLUE, ASSEMBLY (SEE FIGURE 37)................... 1
4 10019992 ** PICKUP, TUBE, PUMP #2, GREEN, ASSEMBLY (SEE FIGURE 37) ............... 1
5 10023524 ** HOSE, AIR, 3/8", POLYETHYLENE, BLUE X 100' LONG ................................. 1
6 10023525 ** HOSE, AIR, 3/8", POLYETHYLENE, RED X 100' LONG ................................... 1
7 10023526 ** HOSE, AIR, 3/8", POLYETHYLENE, GREEN X 100' LONG.............................. 1

** Replacement of these components will introduce air in the injection line.
Priming is required after replacement.
8-71
764337483
16
2
15
4
6 BLUE
HOLE TOWARDS
BOTTOM
7 GREEN
8 RED
1
2
15
3
3
DETAIL B
BLUE
GREEN
RED
14
B 13
14
9
10
12 17
NEEDS 19
ADJUSTMENT 11
17
18
DETAIL A
REF.: 11012369
Figure 34. Flowmeter Valve Assembly – Round Flowmeter
8-72
764337483
FIG. & PART S UNITS
NO. C ASS’Y
34 FLOWMETER VALVE ASSEMBLY – ROUND FLOWMETER ......................... X
1 P 117048 680 * INJECTOR, DETERGENT.................................................................................. 3

2 P 117048 954 O-RING, 13/16" OD X 5/8" ID SILICONE #114 .................................................. 5
3 P 117052 115 * CHECK VALVE, POLYPRO, 3/16" B X 1/8 NPT, EPDM.................................... 2
4 P 117052 120 * CHECK VALVE, POLYPRO, 3/16" B X 1/8 NPT, VITON ................................... 1
5 P 117052 254 SCREW, PAN HEAD, S/S M 2.5 X 0.45 MM X 12 MM....................................... 6
6 P 117055 760 * HOSE POLY FLEX, 3/16" ID X 5/16" OD, BLUE................................................ A/R
7 P 117055 766 * HOSE POLY FLEX, 3/16" ID X 5/16" OD, GREEN ............................................ A/R
8 P 117055 962 * HOSE POLY FLEX, 3/16" ID X 5/16" OD, RED.................................................. A/R
9 11014840 * VALVE DETERGENT KNIGHT EPDM ASS, SERVICE ..................................... 2
10 11014839 * VALVE DETERGENT VITON ASS, SERVICE ................................................... 1
11 10082100 ** FLOWMETER, ELLIPTICAL, LOW FLOW, PPS, ASSEMBLY........................... 2
12 10082220 * NIPPLE, POLYPRO, 1/8" M NPT ....................................................................... 2
13 10090046 * FITTING, COMPRESSION, POLYPRO, 1/8" M X3/8" OD ................................. 3
14 10090047 * INSERT FITTING, 3/8" OD X 1/42 TUBE ID ...................................................... 3
16 10095517 BOLT, PLUG, 5/8" .............................................................................................. 2
17 10097955 * ADAPTOR, POLYPRO, 1/8 M X 1/4" OD X 13/16" LONG X 13/16" LONG ...... 3
18 10098126 * ELBOW, REDUCER, POLYPRO, 5/16" OD X 1/4" OD ...................................... 2
19 10098127 * ELBOW, REDUCER, PP, 5/16" OD X 1/4" OD, VITON...................................... 1
* Any replacement of these components will introduce air in the injection line.
** Calibration required. Refer to SECTION 2, SERVICE MODE PROCEDURE.
8-73
764337483
14
2
13
4
HOLE 6 BLUE
TOWARDS
BOTTOM
7 GREEN
8 RED
1
2
13
3
3
DETAIL B
BLUE
GREEN
RED
12
12
11
11
B
9
10
5
5
15
19
18
20
21
18
16
17
DETAIL A
REF.: 11012399
A
Figure 35. Flowmeter Valve Assembly – Square Flowmeter
8-74
764337483
FIG. & PART S UNITS
NO. C ASS’Y
35 FLOWMETER VALVE ASSEMBLY – SQUARE FLOWMETER....................... X
1 P 117048 680 * INJECTOR, DETERGENT.................................................................................. 3

3 P 117052 115 * CHECK VALVE, POLYPRO, 3/16" B X 1/8 NPT, EPDM.................................... 2
4 P 117052 120 * CHECK VALVE, POLYPRO, 3/16" B X1/8 NPT, VITON .................................... 1
6 P 117055 760 * HOSE POLY FLEX, 3/16" ID X 5/16" OD, BLUE................................................ A/R
7 P 117055 766 * HOSE POLY FLEX, 3/16" ID X 5/16" OD, GREEN ........................................... A/R
8 P 117055 962 * HOSE POLY FLEX, 3/16" ID X 5/16" OD, RED.................................................. A/R
9 11015678 * VALVE, FLOWMETER, LUBRICANT, AICHI ASS, SERVICE ........................... 2
10 11014839 * VALVE DETERGENT VITON ASS, SERVICE ................................................... 1
11 10090046 * FITTING, COMPRESSION, POLYPRO, 1/8" M X 3/8" OD ................................ 3
12 10090047 * INSERT FITTING, 3/8" OD X 1/4" TUBE ID ....................................................... 3
14 10095517 BOLT, PLUG, 5/8" .............................................................................................. 2
15 10095547 * ADAPTOR, POLYPRO, 1/4" F BSPP X 1/8" NPT M .......................................... 2
16 10095548 * ADAPTOR, POLYPRO, 1/4" F BSPP X 3/8" OD ................................................ 2
17 10095553 * ELBOW, REDUCER, POLYPRO, 3/8" OD X 5/16" OD ...................................... 2
18 10095808 SEAL, WASHER, EPDM, 29/64" OD X 7/32" ID................................................. 4
19 10097955 * ADAPTOR, POLYPRO, 1/8 M X 1/4" OD X 13/16" LONG X 13/16" LONG ...... 1
20 10098127 * ELBOW, REDUCER, PP, 5/16" OD X 1/4" OD, VITON...................................... 1
21 11014841 ** FLOWMETER, ELLIPTICAL, AICHI, SERVICE.................................................. 2
8-75
764337483

13836'3-0
13836'3-0 32834
320)*8
13836'3-0
326-+,8
2))(7

%(.9781)28
2))(7
%(.9781)28
2))(7
%(.9781)28
2))(7

%(.9781)28

(6%;-2+291&)6
4%68291&)6
Figure 36. Chemical Dosing Station – Three Pumps
8-76
764337483
FIG. & PART S UNITS
NO. C ASS’Y
36 CHEMICAL DOSING STATION – THREE PUMPS ........................................... X
1 P 117009 598 * ADAPTER, POLY, 3/8" M X 3/8" BARBED......................................................... 1

2 10034809 MOTOR, 24 VDC, 100 RPM ............................................................................... 3
3 P 117073 833 * PUSH-CONNECT, 3/8" TUBE X 3/8" TUBE....................................................... 3
4 P 117073 834 * VALVE, SPEEDFIT, SHUT-OFF, 3/8, PUSH CONNECT................................... 2
5 P 117074 043 COVER, BASE.................................................................................................... 1
6 P 117074 056 ** PUMP, BODY, 500, SERIES .............................................................................. 3
7 P 117074 058 FACEPLATE, "STERIS" ..................................................................................... 3
8 P 117074 395 ** ROLLER, PUMP, YELLOW ................................................................................ 3
9 P 117074 397 ** TUBE, SQUEEZE, TUBE, 1/4" ID, ASSEMBLY ................................................. 3
10 P 117911 447 FERRITE, Ø 0.512, I.D. ...................................................................................... 1
11 10019682 CABLE, INTERNAL, LOW, LEVEL, SENSOR, PUMP, #2 ................................. 1
16 10019692 CABLE, INTERNAL, SUPPLY ............................................................................ 1
17 NOT USED .........................................................................................................
18 10019969 * VALVE, MAN, 3/8 NPT X 3/8 OD. ...................................................................... 1
19 10030764 CIRCUIT BOARD, CONNECTION, WITHOUT DIODES.................................... 1
20 10019681 DOSING STATION (NOT SHOWN).................................................................... A/R
8-77
764337483

7

8

7

)
# *

7

&&
Figure 37. Pickup Tube and Low-Level Sensor Assembly
8-78
764337483
FIG. & PART S UNITS
NO. C ASS’Y
37 PICKUP TUBE AND LOW-LEVEL SENSOR ASSEMBLY................................ X
1 P 117037 119 SUPPORT, DETERGENT, SENSOR ................................................................. 3

2 P 117049 099 SENSOR, LOW LEVEL, 18", N.O., WITH, CONNECTOR ................................. 3
3 P 117052 100 * FOOT, VALVE, FOR POLYFLO, TUBE, 3/8", EPDM ......................................... 2
4 P 117059 012 WEIGHT, SUPPORT, SENSOR, DETERGENT................................................. 3
5 P 117073 623 * HOSE, POLY, FLEX, RED, 1/4" ID X 3/8" OD, SOLD BY FOOT ....................... A/R
6 P 117073 624 * HOSE, POLY, FLEX, GREEN, 1/4" ID X 3/8" OD, SOLD BY FOOT.................. A/R
7 P 117073 627 * HOSE, POLY, FLEX, BLUE, 1/4" ID X 3/8" OD, SOLD BY FOOT ..................... A/R
8 P 117908 973 * FOOT, VALVE, FOR POLYFLO, TUBE, 3/8", VITON ........................................ 1
9 P 117954 656 TIE-WRAP, 6-1/8" LONG.................................................................................... 12
* Any replacement of these components will introduce air in the injection line. Priming
is required after replacement. Calibration required: Refer to SECTION 2, SERVICE
MODE PROCEDURE.
8-79
764337483
APPLY BLUE SEALANT
(117-958-707)
COIL MUST NOT TOUCH

BOTTOM OF SUMP
3 2 9
10
EPDM O-RINGS POSITION
5
1
ref.: 11012922
Figure 38. Steam Sump Heating System
8-80
764337483
FIG. & PART S UNITS
NO. C ASS’Y
38 STEAM SUMP HEATING SYSTEM ................................................................... X
1 P 117013 937 CONNECTOR, MALE, STEAM COIL ................................................................. 2

2 P 117013 939 O-RING, EPDM, 1-1/8" OD X 7/8" ID ................................................................. 2
3 P 117013 940 O-RING, EPDM, 1-3/8" OD X 1-1/8" ID .............................................................. 2
5 P 117952 209 PLUG, S/S 1" M .................................................................................................. 1
6 P 117954 461 PLUG, S/S, 1/8" M .............................................................................................. 1
7 P 117984 794 WASHER, SEALING, HEATING ELEMENT....................................................... 4
8 10023956 BOLT, S/S 5/8-18 X 1"........................................................................................ 4
9 10035588 * STEAM COIL, SUMP, ASSEMBLY, SERVICE................................................... 1
P 117013 939 O-RING, EPDM, 1-1/8" OD X 7/8" ID ................................................................. 2
P 117013 940 O-RING, EPDM, 1-3/8" OD X 1-1/8" ID .............................................................. 2
* Includes P117013-939 and P117013-940.
8-81
764337483
3/8 3/8
APPLY LOCTITE 117-918-007

2-5/8 ON THREADS OF THE 3 ELEMENTS
415V
DETAIL A 480V
14
15
6
7
1
2
5
4
8
11
10
3
12 REF.:11012932
13
Figure 39. Electrical Sump Heating System
8-82
764337483
FIG. & PART S UNITS
NO. C ASS’Y
39 ELECTRICAL SUMP HEATING SYSTEM ......................................................... X
1 P117021 290 O-RING, EPDM, 15/16" OD X 11/16" ID............................................................. 2

2 P117021 299 ADAPTER, HEATER, ELEMENT, SUMP ........................................................... 2
3 P117909 000 LOCKWASHER, DENTED, 5/8" ......................................................................... 6
4 P117909 007 LOCKWASHER, DENTED, FOR SCREW #6..................................................... 2
5 P117984 794 WASHER, SEALING, HEATING ELEMENT....................................................... 4
6 P
10020077 FIXTURE, THERMODISC, ELEMENT, SUMP ................................................... 2
7 P
10020813 BOLT, S/S, M5 X 0.8 MM X 25 MM .................................................................... 2
8 P
10023545 SCREW, SELF-THREADING, STEEL, M3 X 6 MM ........................................... 2
9 P
10023609 SWITCH, OVER TEMP, SUMP 175C, ASSEMBLY (SERVICE) ........................ 1
10 P
10026617 BOX,ELEMENT, HEATER.................................................................................. 1
11 P
10035930 COVER, ELEMENT BOX, ASSEMBLY, SERVICE ............................................ 1
12 P
10091711 LOCK NUT, ZINC PLATED STEEL, 5/8-18........................................................ 6
13 P
11005780 SCREW, PAN HEAD/TOOTH WASHER, S/S, M5 X 10 MM.............................. 3
14 11012949 * ELEMENT 415V ASSEMBLY, SERVICE ........................................................... 3
P 117048 872 ELEMENT, HEATER, 415V 5KW ....................................................................... 1
P 150475 630 NUT, S/S, 10-32.................................................................................................. 4
P 020844 061 WASHER, S/S, 3/16" .......................................................................................... 2
15 11012951 ** ELEMENT 480V ASSEMBLY, SERVICE ........................................................... 3
P 117048 873 ELEMENT, HEATER, 480V 5KW ....................................................................... 1

P 150475 630 NUT, S/S, 10-32.................................................................................................. 4
P 020844 061 WASHER, S/S, 3/16" .......................................................................................... 2
P 117984 794 WASHER, SEALING, HEATING ELEMENT ...................................................... 2
P 117906 017 LOCKWASHER, DENTED, SCREW #10 ........................................................... 2
* Includes 117048-872, P117906-017, P117909-000, P150475-630,

P020844-061, P117984-794 and 10091711.
** Includes P117048-873, P117906-017, P117909-000, P150475-630,
P020844-061, P117984-794 and 10091711.
8-83
764337483
O-RING O-RING
4
3
2
NEED ADJUSTMENT 1
DETAIL A
REF.: 11012463
Figure 40. Conductivity System
8-84
764337483
FIG. & PART S UNITS
NO. C ASS’Y
40 CONDUCTIVITY SYSTEM ................................................................................. X
1 11014909 * CONDUCTIVITY PROBE 7052/7053HP ............................................................ 1

10068078 PROBE, CONDUCTIVITY, 0-200US, 4-20MA.................................................... 1
P 117906 173 SOLUTION, CONDUCTIVITY, 84 US/CM NEUTRAL ........................................ 1
P 117914 818 SOLUTION, CONDUCTIVITY, 5 US/CM, 500 ML NEUTRAL ............................ 1
2 10082361 O-RING, SILICONE, 1-1/8" OD X 15/16" ID ....................................................... 1
3 10094130 ADAPTOR, CONDUCTIVITY METER ................................................................ 1
4 10095020 O-RING, SILICONE, 1-1/16" OD X 15/16" ID ..................................................... 1
* Includes 10068078, 10082361, 10094130, 10095020, P117906-173 and

P117914-818. Adjustment and calibration required. Refer to SECTION 2,
SERVICE MODE PROCEDURE.
8-85
764337483
7052HP & 7053HP
SEE CONFIGURATION
A 12
6 10 6
14
11
13
8 9 7
5 3 4
REF.: 11014055
Figure 41. Recirculation Pump
8-86
764337483
FIG. & PART S UNITS
NO. C ASS’Y
41 RECIRCULATION PUMP ................................................................................... X
1 P117040 874 BOLT, S/S, M8 X 1.25 MM X 45 MM .................................................................. 4

2 P117043 018 NUT, S/S, M8 X 1.25 MM, NYLON INSERT....................................................... 4
3 P117048 676 O-RING, EPDM, FOR PACKO PUMP ................................................................ 1
4 P117048 679 MECHANICAL SEAL, FOR PACKO PUMP........................................................ 1
5 P117051 883 O-RING, EPDM, FOR PACKO PUMP ................................................................ 1
6 P117917 257 CLAMP, S/S, W/SCREW, 70-90MM DIN 3017................................................... 2
7 P117941 362 SEAL, WASHER, 5/16", S/S-NEOPRENE ......................................................... 8
8 P117951 386 CLAMP, 2 1/2", QUICK DISCONNECT .............................................................. 1
9 P117951 390 O-RING, TRI-CLAMP, 2 1/2 SILICONE.............................................................. 1
10 10036490 *** HOSE, JUNCTION, SUCTION PUMP, ASSEMBLY, SERVICE......................... 1
P 117917 257 CLAMP, S/S, W/SCREW, 70-90MM DIN 3017................................................... 2
11 10085964 PAD, PUMP, VIBRATION DAMPENING ............................................................ 4
12 10036250 ** PUMP, RECIRCULATION, SERVICE (415V, 50HZ, 7052HP)........................... 1
10036250 ** PUMP, RECIRCULATION, SERVICE (415V, 50HZ, 7053HP)........................... 1
10086149 ** PUMP, RECIRCULATION, SERVICE (220V, 50HZ, IMP 180MM, 7052HP) ..... 1
11014066 ** PUMP, RECIRCULATION, SERVICE (200-208V, 60HZ, IMP 165MM, 7052HP)... 1
11014085 ** PUMP, RECIRCULATION, SERVICE (460-480V, 60HZ, IMP 165MM, 7052HP)... 1
10036350 ** PUMP, RECIRCULATION, SERVICE (380V, 60HZ, 7053HP)........................... 1
10036110 ** PUMP, RECIRCULATION, SERVICE (480V 60HZ, 7053HP)............................ 1
10035953 ** PUMP, RECIRCULATION, SERVICE (208V 60HZ, 7053HP)............................ 1
13 10092644 FERRULE, TRI-CLAMP, 2-1/2" X 3" 304............................................................ 1
14 11006506 * RTD, DOUBLE, 100OHMS, ASS, SERVICE ...................................................... 1
* Refer to Section 7, Component Repair, Replacement and Adjustment.

Calibration required: Also refer to SECTION 2, SERVICE MODE PROCEDURE.
** Includes P117040-874, P117043-018, 10085964 and P117941-362.
*** Includes P117917-257.
8-87
764337483
17
4
11 16
4
13
7
10
15
10
7
12
18
6 14 9 8
6
TO
BLOCK
PNEUMATIC
17
16

1
2
1 3
REF.: 11011445
Figure 42. Acu Rinse Reservoir Option – Bottom of Washer
8-88
764337483
FIG. & PART S UNITS
NO. C ASS’Y
42 ACU RINSE RESERVOIR OPTION – BOTTOM OF WASHER......................... X

2 P 117902 322 HOSE, NYLON, 5/32" OD, RED X 19" LONG ................................................... A/R
3 P 117908 171 PLUG, PNEUMATIC, 5/32" OD .......................................................................... 1
8 P 117951 386 CLAMP 2 1/2" QUICK DISCONNECT ................................................................ 1
9 P 117951 390 O-RING, TRI-CLAMP 2 1/2" SILICONE ............................................................. 1
10 P 117953 306 O-RING, SILICONE, 1-1/2"................................................................................. 2
11 10009283 HOSE, SILICONE, 1-1/2" ID X 1-7/8" OD X 2-1/2" BLUE, SERVICE................. 1
12 10088400 ELBOW, 304 S/S, 88Ø 1-1/2"T-C, ACD ............................................................. 1
13 10088402 TUBE, 304 S/S, 1-1/2"T-C, ACD ........................................................................ 1
14 10088450 VALVE, BUTTERFLY, PNEUMATIC, S/S 316L, 2-1/2" N/O .............................. 1
15 10089921 BALL VALVE, PNEUMATIC, 1-1/2"T-C N/O ...................................................... 1
16 10091228 ELBOW PNEUMATIC, 1/4" M X 4 MM QSL-1/4-4 ............................................. 2
17 10092792 MUFFLER AMTE-M-LH-G14 .............................................................................. 4
18 11014852 TEE, CONNEXION, SUCTION PUMP, SERVICE.............................................. 1
8-89
764337483
16
7
9
11
10 12
10
7
5
15
6
13
14 1
9 11
17
4 20 3 18 19 4 REF.:11013019
Figure 43. Pressure Transmitter Assembly
8-90
764337483
FIG. & PART S UNITS
NO. C ASS’Y
43 PRESSURE TRANSMITTER ASSEMBLY......................................................... X
1 P 117057 445 SUPPORT, VALVE ............................................................................................. 1

2 P 117061 717 CABLE TIES, 15" LONG, BLACK....................................................................... 2
3 P 117914 206 O-RING EPDM 3/8" ID X 1/2" OD....................................................................... 1
5 P 117917 511 O-RING, SILICONE, 1.495" OD X 0.945" ID ...................................................... 1
6 P 117950 162 ABSORBER, VIBRATION 1/2" X 1-1/4" ............................................................. 1
7 P 117950 808 CLAMP, QUICK DISCONNECT, S/S, 2" ............................................................ 2
8 P 024496 061 NUT, S/S, 3/8-16................................................................................................. 1
10 P 117951 568 O-RING, SILICONE, 2"....................................................................................... 2
11 P 117953 306 O-RING, SILICONE, 1-1/2"................................................................................. 2
12 10014984 REDUCER, S/S, 2" X 1-1/2"T-C EXCENTRIC ................................................... 1
13 10024122 TUBE, PUMP OUTLET, DRYING VALVE .......................................................... 1
14 10028362 VALVE, NEEDLE, MAN, 90 316 S/S, 1/4" OD ................................................... 1
15 10036530 ** PISTON, DRYING VALVE, ASSEMBLY, SERVICE........................................... 1
16 10090249 ELBOW, DRYING VALVE, ACD......................................................................... 1
17 10092406 SLEEVING, CERAMIC, 2", HIGH-TEMPARATURE X 11-1/2" LONG................ A/R
18 11003395 * PRESSURE TRANSMITTER, 0-100PSI 7/16-20 ............................................... 1
19 11013057 HOSE, SILICONE, 2-3/8" OD X 2" ID, SERVICE ............................................... 1
20 11015590 ADAPTOR, BRASS, 1/4" F NPT X 7/16-20 F..................................................... 1

** Includes P117917-511.
8-91
764337483
AIR FLOW
FLOW 14
20 13
5
18 19
9 10
11
17
9 9
11
16 19 20
5
10

9
6 FLOW
2
TO DRAIN 15
TO
PNEUMATIC BLOCK
4
1

DETAIL A
REF.: 11011234
Figure 44. Acu Wash Reservoir Option – Bottom of Washer
8-92
764337483
FIG. & PART S UNITS
NO. C ASS’Y
44 ACU WASH RESERVOIR OPTION – BOTTOM OF WASHER......................... X

2 P 117048 779 ELBOW, POLYPRO, 90, 1/2" M NPT X 3/4" BARBED....................................... 2
3 P 117057 445 SUPPORT, VALVE ............................................................................................. 1
4 P 117902 322 HOSE, NYLON, 5/32" OD, RED X 39" LONG .................................................... A/R
8 P 024496 061 NUT, S/S, 3/8-16................................................................................................. 1
10 P 117953 306 O-RING, SILICONE, 1-1/2"................................................................................. 2
11 P 117955 533 GASKET, SILICONE, 1" ..................................................................................... 2
12 10015688 HOSE, EPDM, 3/4" ID X 1-5/32" OD, BLACK .................................................... A/R
13 10028362 VALVE, NEEDLE, MAN, 90 316 S/S 1/4" OD .................................................... 1
14 10089366 DRYING VALVE, ACD........................................................................................ 1
15 10089370 TUBE, PUMP OUTLET, ACD ............................................................................. 1
16 10089921 BALL VALVE, PNEUMATIC, 1-1/2"T-C N/O ...................................................... 1
17 10089923 BALL VALVE, PNEUMATIC, S/S 1"T-C N/O ...................................................... 1
18 10091175 ADAPTOR, S/S 1" T-C X 3/4" HOSE.................................................................. 1
19 10091228 ELBOW PNEU 1/4" M X 4 MM QSL-1/4-4.......................................................... 2
20 10092792 MUFFLER AMTE-M-LH-G14 .............................................................................. 4
8-93
764337483
4
7052HP 3
A
7053HP 6
DETAIL A
ABOVE
ROLLER
BELOW RETAINING
ROD
5/16
B
7053HP 7
7052HP 5
DETAIL B APPLY
GREASE 1 2
REF. : 11013803
Figure 45. Top and Bottom Rotary Spray Arm Assemblies
8-94
764337483
FIG. & PART S UNITS
NO. C ASS’Y
45 TOP AND BOTTOM ROTARY SPRAY ARM ASSEMBLIES ............................ X
1 P 117011 346 O-RING, SILICONE, 5/16" OD X 3/16" ID USP-VI ............................................. 2

2 P 117042 998 SCREW, PAN, S/S, M5 X0.8 MM X 6 MM, W SEALANT................................... 2
3 TOP, ROTARY SPRAY ARM AND MANIFOLD COUPLING 7052HP
(SEE FIGURE 46)............................................................................................... 1
4 P 117052 205 HITCH PIN, 1" X 0.091" ...................................................................................... 1
5 BOTTOM, ROTARY SPRAY ARM AND MANIFOLD COUPLING 7052HP
(SEE FIGURE 48 AND FIGURE 49)................................................................... 1
6 TOP, ROTARY SPRAY ARM AND MANIFOLD COUPLING 7053HP
(SEE FIGURE 47)............................................................................................... 1
7 BOTTOM, ROTARY SPRAY ARM AND MANIFOLD COUPLING 7053HP
(SEE FIGURE 50)............................................................................................... 1
P 117958 707 SEALANT, THREAD, BLUE, 10 ML (NOT SHOWN).......................................... A/R

P 117903 609 GREASE, SANITARY, #FML-2 (NOT SHOWN)................................................. A/R
8-95
764337483

$

$
:
' + (

&:

' + (
Figure 46. Top Rotary Spray Arm Assembly – 7052HP
8-96
764337483
FIG. & PART S UNITS
NO. C ASS’Y
46 P 117049 240 TOP ROTARY SPRAY ARM ASSEMBLY – 7052HP ........................................ X
1 P 117067 044 SPRAY ARM, ASSEMBLY, TOP ........................................................................ 1

2 PROPELLER, SPRAY ARMS (SEE FIGURE 109).............................................
3 P 117072 391 LOCK, ARM SIDE, SPRAY HEADER, ND ......................................................... 2
4 P 117911 645 O-RING, SILICONE, 11/16" OD X 9/16" ID ........................................................ 1
5 P 117911 646 O-RING, SILICONE, GASKET............................................................................ 1
6 P 117917 592 SWIVEL, MALE, SPRAY HEADERS .................................................................. 1
7 P 117917 593 WASHER, SEALING, WATER INLET ................................................................ 1
P 117072 281 NEEDLE, CLEANING, FOR SPRAY ARMS HOLES (NOT SHOWN) ................ 1
8-97
764337483

&&
Figure 47. Top Rotary Spray Arm Assembly – 7053HP
8-98
764337483
FIG. & PART S UNITS
NO. C ASS’Y
47 TOP ROTARY SPRAY ARM ASSEMBLY – 7053HP ....................................... X

3 P 117917 592 SWIVEL, MALE, SPRAY HEADER .................................................................... 1
4 P 117917 593 WASHER, SEALING, WATER, INLET ............................................................... 1
5 10094264 * SPRAY NOZZLE, S/S 303, 110°, ASSEMBLY ................................................... 2
P 117048 907 O-RING, SILICONE, 3/8" OD X 1/4" ID (NOT SHOWN) .................................... 2
6 10094992 SPRAY HEADER, ROOF, LONG, ASSEMBLY, EPO ........................................ 1
* Includes P117048-907.
8-99
764337483
10
3
2
7
8
4 6
11
6
8
7
2 15
3
1
12
9 3
12 4 POINTS
5
3 POINTS
14
APPLY SANITARY
GREASE ON THREADS
13
WATER INLET
SEAL IS INSIDE
THE PISTON WALL
APPLY O-RING POSITION

SANITARY
GREASE

+ 11018809
Figure 48. Bottom Rotary Spray Arm Assembly, 7052HP – Part 1 of 2
8-100
764337483
FIG. & PART S UNITS
NO. C ASS’Y
48 P 117070 090 * BOTTOM ROTARY SPRAY ARM ASSEMBLY, 7052HP – PART 1 OF 2 ........ X
1 P 117011 346
O-RING, SILICONE, 5/16" OD X 3/16" ID .......................................................... 1
2 P 117018 793
WASHER, 13/64" ID X 3/4" OD X 0.060" ........................................................... 2
3 P 117042 998
SCREW, PAN HEAD, S/S, M5 X 0.8 MM X 6 MM, WITH SEALANT ................. 3
4 P 117049 120
SEAL, WATER INLET......................................................................................... 1
5 BOTTOM ROTARY SPRAY ARM, SUB-ASSEMBLY (SEE FIGURE 48 AND
FIGURE 49) ........................................................................................................ 1
6 P 117070 087 BUSHING, RETAINING ROD ............................................................................. 2
7 P 117070 088 WASHER, PIVOT, RETAINING ROD................................................................. 2
8 P 117070 091 RETAINING ROD, SLIDING WATER INLET...................................................... 2
9 P 117070 099 O-RING, SILICONE, 1-3/4" OD X 1-9/16" ID...................................................... 1
10 117070 100 ** PISTON, WATER INLET .................................................................................... 1
11 P 117070 102 O-RING, SILICONE, 1-5/8" OD X 1-1/2" ID........................................................ 1
12 P 117070 104 SPRING, HOLD BACK ROD, WATER INLET .................................................... 2
14 10037376 SUPPORT, SPRAY HEADER, BOTTOM ........................................................... 1
15 10037379 SUPPORT, CONNECTION, SLIDING WATER INLET....................................... 1
P 117912 452 GREASE, ANTISEIZE, FOOD GRADE (NOT SHOWN) .................................... 1

P 117070 100 PISTON, WATER INLET .................................................................................... 1
* Refer to SECTION 7, COMPONENT REPAIR, REPLACEMENT AND ADJUSTMENT,

for any adjustment that may pertain to the rotary spray arm replacement.
** Includes P117049-120.
8-101
764337483
:
' + (
&:

' + (

$
REF.: 17079918
Figure 49. Bottom Rotary Spray Arm Assembly, 7052HP – Part 2 of 2
8-102
764337483
FIG. & PART S UNITS
NO. C ASS’Y
49 P 117049 235 * BOTTOM ROTARY SPRAY ARM ASSEMBLY, 7052HP – PART 2 OF 2 ........ X
1 P 117067 041 SPRAY ARM, ASSEMBLY, BOTTOM ................................................................ 1

3 P 117072 391 LOCK, ARM SIDE, SPRAY HEADER................................................................. 2
* Refer to SECTION 7, COMPONENT REPAIR, REPLACEMENT AND

ADJUSTMENT, for any adjustment that may pertain to the rotary spray arm
replacement.
8-103
764337483

&

'

+

'

!

&&&

+
Figure 50. Bottom Rotary Spray Arm Assembly – 7053HP
8-104
764337483
FIG. & PART S UNITS
NO. C ASS’Y
50 BOTTOM ROTARY SPRAY ARM ASSEMBLY – 7053HP................................ X
1 P 117070 091 RETAINING ROD, WATER INLET, SLIDING..................................................... 2

2 10037379 SUPPORT, CONNECTION, SLIDING WATER INLET....................................... 1
3 10094264 * SPRAY NOZZLE, S/S 303, 110°, ASSEMBLY .................................................. 2
4 10094996 SPRAY HEADER, BOTTOM, LONG, ASSEMBLY EPO .................................... 1
5 P 117011 346 O-RING, SILICONE, 5/16" OD X 3/16" ID .......................................................... 1
6 P 117018 793 WASHER, 13/64" ID X 3/4" OD X 0.060" ........................................................... 2
8 P 117049 120 SEAL, WATER INLET......................................................................................... 1
9 P 117070 087 BUSHING, RETAINING ROD ............................................................................. 2
10 P 117070 088 WASHER, PIVOT, RETAINING ROD................................................................. 2
11 P 117070 099 O-RING, SILICONE, 1-3/4" OD X 1-9/16" ID...................................................... 1
12 P 117070 100 PISTON, WATER INLET .................................................................................... 1
14 P 117070 104 SPRING, HOLD BACK ROD, WATER INLET .................................................... 2
16 10037376 SUPPORT, SPRAY HEADER, BOTTOM ........................................................... 1
* Includes P117048-907.
8-105
764337483
11
9
11
9
1
2
15
12
A
7
5 3
8
17
6
12
18 4
16
10
RED
13
BLUE
14
DETAIL A
REF.: 11013763
Figure 51. Drain Piping
8-106
764337483
FIG. & PART S UNITS
NO. C ASS’Y
51 DRAIN PIPING.................................................................................................... X
1 P 117009 598 ADAPTER, POLY, 3/8" M X 3/8" BARBED......................................................... 1

2 P 117043 618 FITTING, POLYPROPYLENE, 1/2" M NPT X 3/4" BARBED ............................. 1
3 P 117057 445 SUPPORT, VALVE ............................................................................................. 1
4 P 117916 443 ELBOW, PNEUMATIC, 90 DEG, 1/8" M QSL-1/8-4 ........................................... 2
5 P 117940 004 ELBOW, S/S, 90 1-1/2" F X 1-1/2" F, 316L ........................................................ 1
6 P 117940 165 NIPPLE, S/S 1-1/2" X 7" ..................................................................................... 1
8 P 024496 061 NUT, S/S, 3/8-16................................................................................................. 1
10 P 117952 025 NIPPLE, S/S, 1-1/2" CLOSED ............................................................................ 1
11 P 117953 306 O-RING, SILICONE, 1-1/2"................................................................................. 2
12 P 003442 091 PLUG, S/S, 1/2" M, HEX HEAD.......................................................................... 3
13 10037944 AIR RESTRICTION, DRAIN VALVE,.................................................................. 1
14 10038009 SEALING RING, FESTO .................................................................................... 1
15 10041619 ADAPTOR, POLYPRO, 1/8" M X 3/16" BARBED .............................................. 1
16 10084804 COVER, DRAIN .................................................................................................. 1
17 10089922 BALL VALVE, PNEUMATIC, S/S 1-1/2"T-C ....................................................... 1
18 10091036 CONDUIT, DRAIN .............................................................................................. 1
8-107
764337483
5
DETAIL B 3
C
2
DETAIL C
DETAIL A
REF.: 11013792
Figure 52. Condenser Drain Hoses Sub-Assembly
8-108
764337483
FIG. & PART S UNITS
NO. C ASS’Y
52 CONDENSER DRAIN HOSES SUB-ASSEMBLY ............................................. X
1 P 117009 235 REDUCER, POLYPRO, 3/4" BARBED X 1/2" BARBED .................................... 1

3 10015688 HOSE, EPDM, 3/4" ID X 1-5/32" OD, BLACK (SOLD BY FOOT) ...................... A/R
4 11012623 Y POLY 3/4" BARBED X 3/4" BARBED X 3/4"................................................... 1
5 10009139 DEFLECTOR, WATER INLET ............................................................................ 1
8-109
764337483
3
FLOW
2
3
DETAIL A
4 REF.:11012857
Figure 53. Cold Water Inlet Hose Sub-Assembly
8-110
764337483
FIG. & PART S UNITS
NO. C ASS’Y
53 COLD WATER INLET HOSE SUB-ASSEMBLY ............................................... X
1 P 117009 283 VALVE, CHECK, POLYPROPYLENE, 1/2" F..................................................... 1

8-111
764337483

&&
Figure 54. Drip Pan Drain Hoses Sub-Assembly
8-112
764337483
FIG. & PART S UNITS
NO. C ASS’Y
54 DRIP PAN DRAIN HOSES SUB-ASSEMBLY ................................................... X
1 P 117020 124 TEE, POLYPRO, 3/8" BARBED X 3/8" BARBED X 3/8" BARBED..................... 1
2 P 117048 912 ELBOW, POLY, 90 3/8" BARBED X 3/8" BARBED............................................ 1
3 P 117917 449 CLAMP, S/S, OETIKER, WITH SCREW, 10-16 MM .......................................... 3
4 10015686 HOSE, EPDM, 3/8" ID X 11/16" OD, BLACK, SOLD BY FOOT ........................ A/R
8-113
764337483

&& &
Figure 55. Sampling Port
8-114
764337483
FIG. & PART S UNITS
NO. C ASS’Y
55 SAMPLING PORT .............................................................................................. X
1 10009802 COLLAR, CRIMP, SPRING, 13/16", ZINC, PLATED, DW-13 ............................ 1

2 10015098 BULCKHEAD ...................................................................................................... 1
3 10015099 PLUG, BULKHEAD............................................................................................. 1
8-115
764337483
DETAIL A
DETAIL A
2
1
3
4 7052HP & 7053HP

SEE QUANTITY
REF.: 11013967
Figure 56. Roller, Shelf Frame and Debris Screen
8-116
764337483
FIG. & PART S UNITS
NO. C ASS’Y
56 ROLLER, SHELF FRAME AND DEBRIS SCREEN .......................................... X
1 P 117013 371 O-RING, SILICONE, 5/8" OD X 7/16" ID 7052HP .............................................. 8

P 117013 371 O-RING, SILICONE, 5/8" OD X 7/16" ID 7053HP .............................................. 10
2 P 117048 790 ROLLER, SHELF FRAME 7052HP .................................................................... 8
P 117048 790 ROLLER, SHELF FRAME 7053HP .................................................................... 10
3 P 117048 870 ROD, FIXTURE, ROLLER 7052HP .................................................................... 8
P 117048 870 ROD, FIXTURE, ROLLER 7053HP .................................................................... 10
4 10091247 * FILTER, BOTTOM, SUMP.................................................................................. 1
* Sump bottom filter assembly is maintained in place by is own weight. Simply

insert bottom filter in sump cavity and ensure it is well positioned, i.e. that it
covers the whole opening.
8-117
764337483
8
1
16
4
2
10
14
9 13
6
11 DETAIL C
DETAIL A
C
DETAIL D
3 15 12
DETAIL B REF.: 11012495
Figure 57. Water Level Sensors
8-118
764337483
FIG. & PART S UNITS
NO. C ASS’Y
57 WATER LEVEL SENSORS................................................................................ X
1 P 117005 954 COLLAR, GRIMP SPRING, 3/8"......................................................................... 1

2 P 117009 502 BUSHING, SNAP-IN 1/2" ID X 5/8" .................................................................... 2
3 P 117031 356 COUPLING, POLYPRO, 1/4" BARBED.............................................................. 1
4 P 117032 976 SILICONE TUBING, 3/8" OD X 1/8" ID............................................................... A/R
6 P 117051 903 HOSE, SILICONE, 3/8" OD X 3/16" ID, HIGH TEMP ......................................... A/R
7 P 117074 907 REDUCING COUPLING, 1/4" BARBED X 3/16" BARBED ................................ 1
10 P 117908 811 TIE-WRAP, 4" LONG.......................................................................................... 1
11 P 117911 206 TEE, POLY.1/4" BARBED X 1/4" BARBED........................................................ 1
13 P 117954 656 TIE-WRAP, 6-1/8" LONG.................................................................................... 2
14 10024126 ** WATER LEVEL HUB ASSEMBLY, SERVICE .................................................... 1
15 10030576 PORT, CONNECTION, WATER LEVEL............................................................. 1
16 10089997 * PRESSURE TRANSMITTER, 0-10IN WC, MODEL 162 .................................... 1

** Adjustment required. Refer to SECTION 7, COMPONENT REPAIR,
REPLACEMENT AND ADJUSTMENT.
8-119
764337483
2
APPLY DOW CORNING #7

GREASE (117-915-507)
UNDER ALL DOOR STOPPERS
A
DETAIL A
SCREW EVEN WITH

SECURING ROD
DETAIL
SECURING
DOOR WITH CYLINDER REF.: 11014113
Figure 58. Chamber Door Assembly – Part 1 of 2
8-120
764337483
FIG. & PART S UNITS
NO. C ASS’Y
58 CHAMBER DOOR ASSEMBLY – PART 1 OF 2 ............................................... X
1 P 117043 558 SCREW, SOCKET, HEX, S/S, M5 X 16 MM, WITH SEALANT.......................... 4

2 11014850 DOOR, ASSEMBLY (SEE FIGURE 58 TO FIGURE 62) .................................... 1
P 117915 507 GREASE, DOW CORNING # 7, CLEAR (NOT SHOWN) .................................. 1
3 P 117043 686 ATTACHMENT, UP DOOR CYLINDER (NOT SHOWN).................................... A/R
4 P 117957 196 LOCKNUT, S/S 304, 5/16"-2 (NOT SHOWN)..................................................... A/R
8-121
764337483
( !(
+ ' + '

5

! $ ' '+ 5
! ! $ ' '+
! , '+ !
! , '+

&&
Figure 59. Chamber Door Assembly – Part 2 of 2
8-122
764337483
FIG. & PART S UNITS
NO. C ASS’Y
59 CHAMBER DOOR ASSEMBLY – PART 2 OF 2 ............................................... X
1 P 117042 998 SCREW, PAN HEAD, S/S, M5 X 0.8 MM X 6 MM NYLOK ................................ 4

3 P 117954 196 SUPPORT, TIE WRAP, SCREWED................................................................... 4
4 P 117954 656 TIE-WRAP, 6-1/8" LONG ................................................................................... 4
5 P 117997 221 STICKER "CRUSHING OF FINGERS OR HANDS"........................................... 2
6 11005780 SCREW, PAN, S/S, W/LOCK WASHER M5 X 10 MM ....................................... 2
8-123
764337483
APPLY DOW CORNING
#7 GREASE RELEASE
COMPOUND (117-915-507) ADD BLUE
THREAD SEAL
NOTE
DETAIL C
&
DETAIL A

C
A
APPLY DOW CORNING

#7 GREASE RELEASE
COMPOUND (117-915-507)

DO NOT APPLY
THREAD SEAL
14-15/32
CUTTING EDGE
TOWARDS PLASTIC
DETAIL B
5/32
14-15/32
NOTE : 1 - MAKE SURE THE ON-OFF SWITCH IS NOT ON WHEN

THERE IS NO PRESSURE APPLIED ON THE TAB.
2 - MAKE SURE THAT THE TAB SWIVELS CORRECTLY
1-3/32 THEN TURN THE TAB BACK TO ITS ORIGINAL
POSITION BY DISABLING THE ON-OFF SWITCH.
10037107
Figure 60. Chamber Door Sub-Assembly – Part 1 of 3
8-124
764337483
FIG. & PART S UNITS
NO. C ASS’Y
60 CHAMBER DOOR SUB-ASSEMBLY – PART 1 OF 3 ...................................... X
1 P 117011 219 STICKER, HOT SURFACE, CE.......................................................................... 1

3 P 117048 726 PAWL, DOOR ..................................................................................................... 4
4 P 117048 799 LOCK WASHER, SERRATED-TOOTH, SCREW #M4....................................... 8
5 10035539 * SLIDE, DOOR, LEFT, ASSEMBLY..................................................................... 1
7 11020509 ** CLOSED DOOR MIRCO-SWITCH ASSEMBLED (RIGHT) ............................... 1
8 11020512 ** CLOSED DOOR MIRCO-SWITCH ASSEMBLED (LEFT).................................. 1
9 11005783 SCREW, PAN, S/S,W / LOCK WASHER M5 X 16MM ....................................... 4
10 11005781 SCREW, PAN, S/S, W / LOCK WASHER M3 X 16MM ...................................... 4
11 10035538 * SLIDE, DOOR, RIGHT, ASSEMBLY .................................................................. 1
* Includes P117043-315, P117048-726 and P117048-799.

** Includes P11005783
8-125
764337483

' ! $
#' +
# ' +'+
'
+
$

& $

'
+

+

&&
8-126
764337483
FIG. & PART S UNITS
NO. C ASS’Y
1 P 117018 628 SPRING, S/S, 3/8" X 1-1/2" LONG ..................................................................... 2

3 P 117043 323 SCREW, HEX, SOCKET, S/S, M5 X 10 MM, WITH SEALANT.......................... 2
4 P 117043 328 SCREW, SHOULDER, S/S, M5 X 6 MM X 30 MM ............................................. 2
5 P 117043 672 SWITCH, LIMIT, DOOR, ASSEMBLY ................................................................ 1
6 P 117049 115 SUPPORT, LIMIT, SENSOR, BOTTOM, DOOR ................................................ 1
7 P 117066 138 SUPPORT, TIE-WRAP, GLUED......................................................................... 1
8 P 117909 068 CABLE, TIES, 4", HIGH TEMP........................................................................... 1
9 10027237 CABLE, SECURITY, DOOR ............................................................................... 1
10 10035540 DETECTION, FLAT BAR, ASSEMBLY, SERVICE............................................. 1
8-127
764337483
+

#$

'+ $
5

! $ '
!
! ,
&&
8-128
764337483
FIG. & PART S UNITS
NO. C ASS’Y
2 P 117043 626 SCREW, PAN HEAD, S/S, M5 X 0.8 MM X 6 MM, WITHOUT SEALANT ......... 1
4 P 117954 196 SUPPORT, TIE-WRAP, SCREWED................................................................... 5
5 P 117954 655 CLIP, TIE-WRAP, 7-3/8" LONG.......................................................................... 1
6 P 117954 656 TIE-WRAP, 6-1/8" LONG.................................................................................... 4
8-129
764337483

&&
Figure 63. Chamber Door Guides
8-130
764337483
FIG. & PART S UNITS
NO. C ASS’Y
63 CHAMBER DOOR GUIDES ............................................................................... X
1 P 117041 052 GATE, DOOR, FIX.............................................................................................. 4

3 P 117048 911 SCREW, FLAT HEAD, S/S, M5 X 25 MM........................................................... 12
4 P 117048 935 SLIDE, UPPER, DOOR ...................................................................................... 2
5 P 117048 936 SLIDE, UP DOOR............................................................................................... 2
6 P 117048 940 SLIDE, BOTTOM, DOOR ................................................................................... 4
8-131
764337483

'
),*
+(

#
..
' +&<
+

#
"

#
+

'

#
' ++
)+ *
&& &
Figure 64. Chamber Door Gasket
8-132
764337483
FIG. & PART S UNITS
NO. C ASS’Y
64 CHAMBER DOOR GASKET .............................................................................. X
1 10037219 GASKET, DOOR, SERVICE............................................................................... 2

2 P 117904 245 CORD, SPONGE, SILICONE, 3/8", SOLD BY FOOT ........................................ A/R
8-133
764337483

&&
Figure 65. Adjustable Leg
8-134
764337483
FIG. & PART S UNITS
NO. C ASS’Y
65 ADJUSTABLE LEG............................................................................................ X
1 P 090423 091 PAD, FOOT, EXTENSION, 2" ............................................................................ 4

2 P 117035 440 BOLT, S/S, 1/2-13 X 2-1/2", NET, FULL............................................................. 4
3 P 117957 197 LOCKNUT, S/S, 1/2-13....................................................................................... 4
8-135
764337483
2
1 1
DETAIL B
2 REF.: 11014103
Figure 66. Light Support
8-136
764337483
FIG. & PART S UNITS
NO. C ASS’Y
66 LIGHT SUPPORT ............................................................................................... X
2 10089384 LED LIGHT, ASSEMBLY .................................................................................... 2
8-137
764337483
1
2
9
7
8
DETAIL A
6
3
A
5
10
7053HP
7052HP 4
10
LOAD SIDE UNLOAD SIDE 7052HP 5 REF.: 11012605
7053HP
Figure 67. Finishing Panels and Barrier Wall Flanges
8-138
764337483
FIG. & PART S UNITS
NO. C ASS’Y
67 FINISHING PANELS AND BARRIER WALL FLANGES ......................................... X

2 P 117049 242 BARRIER WALL FLANGE, TOP ........................................................................ 1
3 P 117049 243 BARRIER WALL FLANGE, SIDE ....................................................................... 4
4 10035853 FINISHING PANEL, BOTTOM, ASSEMBLY, SERVICE .................................... 2
5 10035854 FINISHING PANEL, BOTTOM, SIDE, 7053HP, SERVICE ................................ 2
6 10091609 BARRIER WALL FLANGE, TOP, INSIDE .......................................................... 1
7 10091611 BARRIER WALL FLANGE, TOP, BACK............................................................. 1
8 10091613 BARRIER WALL FLANGE, TOP, INSIDE .......................................................... 1
9 10091617 BARRIER WALL FLANGE, TOP, BORDER, BACK ........................................... 1
10 11014849 PANEL, SIDE BOTTOM FINITION, 7052HP, SERVICE .................................... 2
8-139
764337483
6

+ ,

'
1 2
5 4
3
IF WASH RESERVOIR OPTION
OR WITHOUT WASH RESERVOIR OPTION
RINSE RESERVOIR OPTION AND
WITHOUT RINSE RESERVOIR OPTION
REF.: 11014151
Figure 68. Electrical Box, Controller, Box Cover
8-140
764337483
FIG. & PART S UNITS
NO. C ASS’Y
68 ELECTRICAL BOX, CONTROLLER, BOX COVER .......................................... X
1 P 117043 626 SCREW, PAN, S/S, M5 X 0.8 MM X 6, W/O SEALANT ..................................... 1

3 10094988 * CONTROL BOX, KODIAK, ENHANCE 2 I/O...................................................... 1
4 11003103 * CONTROL BOX, KODIAK, ENHANCE 3 I/O...................................................... 1
5 P 11005 780 SCREW, PAN HEAD/TOOTH WASHER, S/S, M5X10 MM................................ 2
6 11014153 COVER, ELECTRICAL BOX, SERVICE............................................................. 1
7 P 117026 118 RETAINING CLIP, 4-40 X 1/4" ........................................................................... 1
10238765 STANDARD EPROM (NOT SHOWN) ................................................................ A/R
10090081 ** HARNESS, IO2-J11B, TE1 [PV] AND LE1 ......................................................... 1

10090082 ** HARNESS, IO2-J12B, TE2 [PV] ......................................................................... 1
10090083 ** HARNESS, IO1-J12B, TE2 [CTRL] .................................................................... 1
10090084 ** HARNESS, IO1-J11B, TE1 [CTRL] .................................................................... 1
10090085 ** HARNESS, IO1-J12A, PE1................................................................................. 1
10090090 ** HARNESS, IO2-J12A, CE1 ................................................................................ 1
10024005 CABLE USB A-B MALE 3M ................................................................................ 1
10038839 CABLE, HD-DVI-MM-3 ....................................................................................... 1
10090135 CABLE HD-DVI-MM-4 ........................................................................................ 1
10090136 CABLE USB A-B MALE 5M ................................................................................ 1
10090117 ** HARNESS IO3-J11B, TE3.................................................................................. 1
* Software must be downloaded and sensors calibration need to be performed

after replacement. Refer to SECTION 7, COMPONENT REPAIR, REPLACEMENT
AND ADJUSTMENT.
** For details on control harness, refer to P&ID/Electrical Schematics
(10260377).
8-141
764337483
3
Figure 69. Electrical Box – Top Cooling Fan
8-142
764337483
FIG. & PART S UNITS
NO. C ASS’Y
69 ELECTRICAL BOX – TOP COOLING FAN ....................................................... X
1 P 117005 414 U FINITION PART, EPDM 3/8" X 3/16" X 3-3/8" LONG ..................................... A/R
2 P 117033 514 GUARD, METAL, 3-1/8", KEYSTONE, #8450.................................................... 1
4 10032350 FAN, ASSEMBLY ............................................................................................... 1
8-143
764337483
4 1 3 12
11
ALL OTHERS 200-208V

CONFIGURATIONS 9 WITH OPTION
ACU-RINSE
13 RESERVOIR
10
14
15
200-208V 11
WITH OPTION
ACU-RINSE
RESERVOIR 2
380-480V
5 WITH OPTION
ACU-RINSE
RESERVOIR
6
11
2
200-208V / 380-480V
5 WITHOUT OPTION
ACU-RINSE
RESERVOIR
6
REF.: 11015470
Figure 70. Electrical Box – Main Supply Terminals
8-144
764337483
FIG. & PART S UNITS
NO. C ASS’Y
70 ELECTRICAL BOX – MAIN SUPPLY TERMINALS .......................................... X
1 P 117043 626 SCREW, PAN, S/S M5 X 0.8 MM X 6 MM, W/O SEALANT ............................... 4
2 P 117903 017 HOLDER, STICKER ........................................................................................... A/R
5 P 117909 788 TERMINAL, M16/12 #115129.14 ENTRELEC.................................................... A/R
6 P 117909 792 HUB CAP, EXTREM, F, 12................................................................................. A/R
7 P 117909 799 BAR, JUMPER, BJM12 #179618.16 ENTRELEC .............................................. 3
8 P 117914 885 BAR, JUNCTION, 3 POLES BJM12 ................................................................... 3
9 P 117917 382 TERMINAL, M35/16 GREY #105 124.07 ABB ................................................... 9
10 P 117917 383 HUB CAP, EXTREM, GREY, #0118 233.27 ABB............................................... 3
11 P 117954 354 STOPPER, END ................................................................................................. A/R
12 P 117954 400 TRACK, TERMINAL, 35MM 173220.05 X 9-3/8" LONG ................................... A/R
13 10060500 TERMINAL, GROUND, 14-4 AWG ..................................................................... 1
14 10088692 JUMPER 3 POLES 110 A #JB16-3 .................................................................... 3
15 11003894 TERMINAL, GROUND, 1/0-6 AWG .................................................................... 1
8-145
764337483
14
11
27
26
WITH ACU-RINSE
12 RESERVOIR
14
9
10 CB3 CB2 CB1 CB6 3 5
29
18
28
13
21
29
9
25
10
C1 C2 C3 9
5 3 MSB1
17
22
OL2
OL1 23
19
16 2
C4
24 15
6 1
5 3
10
9
9
C7 C6
5 3
20
6
4 7
5 3
3 5
30 30 7 8
WITH ACU-RINSE REF.: 11014336

RESERVOIR
Figure 71. Electrical Box, Power Section – 200-208V
8-146
764337483
FIG. & PART S UNITS
NO. C ASS’Y
71 ELECTRICAL BOX, POWER SECTION – 200-208V ....................................... X
1 P 117033 514 GUARD, METAL, 3-1/8" ..................................................................................... 1

7 P 150824 384 TIEWRAP 4" LONG ............................................................................................ 5
8 P 117911 733 FERRITE ............................................................................................................ 1
9 P 117954 354 STOPPER, END ................................................................................................. 5
10 P 117954 400 TRACK, TERMINAL, 35MM 173220.05 X 9-3/8" LONG .................................... A/R
11 10014257 BREAKER, 3P 40A SIEMENS............................................................................ 1
12 10014411 BREAKER, 6A 2P SIEMENS.............................................................................. 1
13 10025156 CONNEXION, PARALLEL .................................................................................. 1
14 10026797 SHUNT TRIP, 24-60V DC................................................................................... 2
15 10032350 FAN, ASSEMBLY ............................................................................................... 1
16 10039853 CONTACTOR, 3RT2023-1BB40 SIEMENS ....................................................... 1
17 10040277 DIODE................................................................................................................. 1
19 10080742 CONNECTION MODULE, 3 RV & 3RT .............................................................. 1
20 10080743 * POWER SUPPLY, 24V 10A SIEMENS .............................................................. 1
21 10080744 CONTACT, AUXILIARY, MANUAL STARTER ................................................... 1
22 10080745 * STARTER, MANUAL, 7-10A............................................................................... 1
23 10087487 * OVERLOAD RELAY, 9-12.5A............................................................................. 1
24 10087490 * OVERLOAD RELAY, 28-40A.............................................................................. 1
25 10087541 INTERLOCK, MECHANICAL.............................................................................. 1
26 10088735 BREAKER, 3P, 50A, SIEMENS.......................................................................... 1
27 10098389 BREAKER, 3P 40A 240V UL489 CURVE D....................................................... 1
28 11013377 PHASE BARRIER FOR 3RV2 S00/S0 ............................................................... 1
29 11013398 CONTACTOR, 3RT2036-1KB40 ........................................................................ 2
30 11013449 CONTACTOR, 3RT2035-1KB40 ........................................................................ 2
* Adjustment required. Refer to SECTION 7, COMPONENT REPAIR,

8-147
764337483
25
13
12
14
10
13
5 3 WITH ACU-RINSE
RESERVOIR
14
CB3 CB2 CB1 CB6
11
18
16
26
9
21
18
22
17
10
C2 C3 10
5 3 MSB1 C1
11 24
OL1 OL2
19 23
16 C4 2
17 15
6 1
5 3
11
5 3
C7 C5 C6 10
10
20
6 4 7
5 3 6
3 5
16 17 16 17 16 17 7 8
WITH ACU-RINSE ELECTRIC

RESERVOIR HEATED
UNIT REF.: 11014426
Figure 72. Electrical Box, Power Section – 380-480V
8-148
764337483
FIG. & PART S UNITS
NO. C ASS’Y
72 ELECTRICAL BOX, POWER SECTION – 380-480V ........................................ X
1 P 117033 514 GUARD, METAL, 3-1/8" ..................................................................................... 1

7 P 150824 384 TIEWRAP 4" LONG ............................................................................................ 5
8 P 117911 733 FERRITE ............................................................................................................ 1
9 P 117916 480 WYE SHORTING JUMPER FOR 3RT102 CONTACTOR.................................. 1
10 P 117954 354 STOPPER, END ................................................................................................. 5
11 P 117954 400 TRACK, TERMINAL, 35MM 173220.05 X 9-3/8" LONG .................................... A/R
12 10014411 BREAKER, 6A 2P SIEMENS.............................................................................. 1
13 10014420 BREAKER, CIRCUIT, MINIATURE, 3P 30A....................................................... 2
14 10026797 SHUNT TRIP, 24-60V DC................................................................................... 2
15 10032350 FAN, ASSEMBLY ............................................................................................... 1
17 10040277 DIODE................................................................................................................. 7
19 10080742 CONNECTION MODULE, 3 RV AND 3RT ......................................................... 1
20 10080743 * POWER SUPPLY, 24V 10A SIEMENS .............................................................. 1
21 10080744 CONTACT, AUXILIARY, MANUAL STARTER ................................................... 1
22 10080752 * STARTER, MANUAL, 3.5-5A.............................................................................. 1
23 10087435 * OVERLOAD RELAY, 4.5-6.3A............................................................................ 1
24 10087443 * OVERLOAD RELAY, 14-20A.............................................................................. 1
25 10098386 BREAKER, 3P 30A 480V UL489 CURVE D....................................................... 1
26 11013377 PHASE BARRIER FOR 3RV2 S00/S0 ............................................................... 1

8-149
764337483
10
15
11
4 POLES 12
18 3 19 4 16
13
14
2 POLES 8 1 6
13
1 7
17
REF.: 11014446
Figure 73. Electrical Box – Control Section
8-150
764337483
FIG. & PART S UNITS
NO. C ASS’Y
73 ELECTRICAL BOX – CONTROL SECTION..................................................... X
2 P 117071 824 DIODE, LZS:PTML0024 SIEMENS .................................................................... 5
3 P 117902 422 TERMINAL, TWIN-LEVEL, #0115 271.22 ABB .................................................. 16
4 P 117902 663 HUB, CAP, EXTREM, M4/6D ............................................................................. 1
5 P 117903 017 HOLDER, STICKER ........................................................................................... 1
7 P 117908 552 GROMMET, WALL .036/.062 SOLD BY FOOT.................................................. A/R
8 P 117913 294 BAR, JUNCTION, 2 POLES ............................................................................... 1
9 P 117914 537 RELAY, 2 POLES 5A 250VDC LZX:RT424024.................................................. 5
10 P 117916 504 BASE, RELAY, 2 POLES, 5A 250V.................................................................... 5
11 P 117916 505 FIXTURE, RELAY............................................................................................... 5
12 P 117916 664 LABEL HOLDER................................................................................................. 5
13 P 117954 354 STOPPER, END ................................................................................................. 2
14 P 117954 400 TRACK, TERMINAL, 35MM SOLD BY FOOT .................................................... A/R
15 P 117954 656 TIE-WRAP, 6-1/8" LONG ................................................................................... 1
16 10038717 CIRCUIT BREAKER, 4A, TYCO......................................................................... 2
17 10083759 SPEAKER, ASSEMBLY...................................................................................... 1
18 10094353 RELAY, 1PDT, 24 VDC, WITH LED ................................................................... 3
19 11000447 BAR, JUNCTION, 4 POLES ............................................................................... 1
8-151
764337483
1 2
4
2
REF.: 11014120
Figure 74. Dry Contact Module
8-152
764337483
FIG. & PART S UNITS
NO. C ASS’Y
74 FD362 DRY CONTACT MODULE ................................................................................. X
1 P 117043 626 PAN, HEAD, SCREW, S/S, M5 X 0.8 X 6 MM, WITHOUT SEALANT ............... 2
2 P 117906 017 LOCKWASHER, DENTED, SCREW, #10 .......................................................... 2
3 10030269 COVER, DRY CONTACT MODULE................................................................... 1
4 10080171 * MODULE, DRY CONTACT, ASSEMBLY, 7000 SERIES ................................... 1
5 10094353 RELAY, 1PDT, 24 VDC, WITH LED ................................................................... 6
* Includes 10094353.
8-153
764337483

9

&& &
Figure 75. Impact Printer Assembly
8-154
764337483
FIG. & PART S UNITS
NO. C ASS’Y
75 FD094 IMPACT PRINTER ASSEMBLY......................................................................... X
1 P 117051 412 * PRINTER, IMPACT, QSK2466-40-LED.............................................................. 1

2 P 150828 440 CARTRIDGE, INK, IMPACT, PRINTER ............................................................. 1
3 P 764330 673 PAPER, IMPACT, PRINTER, #ASCP764330-673, 1 ROLL ............................... 1
4 P 117917 467 SPOOLER, FOR PRINTER 117-051-412........................................................... 1
5 P 764333 411 CABLE RS-232 (NOT SHOWN) ......................................................................... 1
6 P 764333 720 DOOR-PRINTER ................................................................................................ 1
7 P 764333 721 DOOR ACCESS ................................................................................................. 1
8 P 764333 731 MOTOR DC WITH GEAR ................................................................................... 1
9 P 764333 722 LATCH ................................................................................................................ 1

8-155
764337483

& &
Figure 76. Thermal Printer
8-156
764337483
FIG. & PART S UNITS
NO. C ASS’Y
76 THERMAL PRINTER.......................................................................................... X
FD013 THERMAL PRINTER ACCESSORY, 24 CHARACTERS ................................. 1
FD012 THERMAL PRINTER ACCESSORY, 40 CHARACTERS ................................. 1
1 10088969 PRINTER THERMAL, 24 CHARACTERS .......................................................... 1

11006191 PRINTER, THERMAL, 40 CHARACTERS ......................................................... 1
10092606 THERMAL PAPER ROLL PACKAGE ASSEMBLY (NOT SHOWN)................... 1

11019377 CABLE, PRINTER, ADAPTOR, DB9F-RJ12 (NOT SHOWN) ............................ 1
11019030 ADAPTOR, MTA TO MSTB (NOT SHOWN) ...................................................... 1
11025219 SPOOL ASSEMBLY (NOT SHOWN) ................................................................. 1
11025215 COVER ASSEMBLY THERMAL PRINTER (NOT SHOWN) .............................. 1
8-157
764337483

+ $

57 &!!&
Figure 77. Two-Level Manifold Rack with Equal Level Space
8-158
764337483
FIG. & PART S UNITS
NO. C ASS’Y
77 FD79100 TWO-LEVEL MANIFOLD RACK WITH EQUAL LEVEL SPACE...................... X
1 RACK ROTARY SPRAY ARM (SEE FIGURE 108)............................................

2 P 117077 025 RACK, ASSEMBLY, TWO-LEVEL WITH EQUAL LEVEL SPACE ..................... 1
5 P 117048 907 O-RING, SILICONE, 1/4" OD X 3/8" ID .............................................................. 4
6 P 117049 101 LOCK, HUB SIDE, SPRAY HEADER ................................................................. 1
7 P 117049 215 STOPPER, ACCESSORY .................................................................................. 4
8 P 117052 215 SPACER, FOR HOSE ADAPTOR ...................................................................... 4
9 P 117052 250 PROTECTOR, FOR ACCESSORY HANDLE..................................................... 4
ID TAG, CYCLE 00 TO 10, PACK OF 10 (NOT SHOWN, SEE FIGURE 1).......

HOLDER, BAR CODE, TWO PER RACK REQUIRED
(NOT SHOWN, SEE FIGURE 1)............................................................................
8-159
764337483
REF.: FD74-800
Figure 78. Two-Level Vision Manifold Rack – Part 1 of 3
8-160
764337483
FIG. & PART S UNITS
NO. C ASS’Y
78 FD74800 TWO-LEVEL VISION MANIFOLD RACK – PART 1 OF 3................................. X

2 P 117049 101 LOCK, HUB SIDE SPRAY HEADER .................................................................. 1
4 P 117060 355 ACCESSORY, 2 LEVELS................................................................................... 1
5 MAGNET, PROPULSER SPRAY ARM ENDS (NLA).........................................
6 WASHER, S/S, 1/8" (NLA)..................................................................................
ID TAG, CYCLE 00 TO 10, PACK OF 10 (SEE FIGURE 1) ...............................

HOLDER, BAR CODE, TWO PER RACK REQUIRED (SEE FIGURE 1) ..........
8-161
764337483
REF.: FD74-800
8-162
764337483
FIG. & PART S UNITS
NO. C ASS’Y

2 P 117052 250 PROTECTOR FOR ACCESSORY HANDLE...................................................... 4

8-163
764337483
REF.: FD74-800
8-164
764337483
FIG. & PART S UNITS
NO. C ASS’Y
1 P 117060 378 SLIDE, TWO-LEVEL MANIFOLD RACK ............................................................ 2

2 P 117060 582 O-RING, SEALING, SILICONE 9/32" OD X 3/32" ID.......................................... 2
3 P 117957 214 RIVET, S/S, 1/8" X 1" ROUND HEAD ................................................................ 2

8-165
764337483
REF.: FD74-900
Figure 81. Three-Level Vision Manifold Rack – Part 1 of 2
8-166
764337483
FIG. & PART S UNITS
NO. C ASS’Y
81 FD74900 THREE-LEVEL VISION MANIFOLD RACK – PART 1 OF 2............................. X

6 WASHER, S/S, 1/8" (NLA)..................................................................................

8-167
764337483
REF.: FD74-900
Figure 82. Three-Level Vision Manifold Rack – Part 2 of 2
8-168
764337483
FIG. & PART S UNITS
NO. C ASS’Y
82 FD74900 THREE-LEVEL VISION MANIFOLD RACK – PART 2 OF 2............................. X

8-169
764337483

&

5 &!
Figure 83. Three-Level Base Rack For MIS, Ophthalmic or Dental Application
8-170
764337483
FIG. & PART S UNITS
NO. C ASS’Y
83 FD024 THREE-LEVEL BASE RACK FOR MIS, OPHTHALMIC

OR DENTAL APPLICATION ............................................................................. X

4 P 117049 101 LOCK, HUB SIDE, SPRAY, HEAD ..................................................................... 2
6 P 117049 220 SPRAY HEADER, ASSEMBLY, ACCESSORY.................................................. 2
9 P 117077 423 FITTING, UPPER LEVEL, MIS ACCESSORY ................................................... 2
10 P 117077 424 SEAL, LUBROSEAL ........................................................................................... 2
11 P 117080 252 BOTTOM LEVEL, MIS ACCESSORY EPO........................................................ 1

(NOT SHOWN, SEE FIGURE 1) .........................................................................
8-171
764337483







 

 
 
 

 

 

 


Figure 84. Upper Insert for MIS Instruments
8-172
764337483
FIG. & PART S UNITS
NO. C ASS’Y
84 FD79900 UPPER INSERT FOR MIS INSTRUMENTS ...................................................... X
1 P 117076 986 HOLLOW JET, M6 X 4 MM X 162 MM LONG .................................................... 18

2 P 117076 991 HOLLOW JET, M6 X 3 MM X 50 MM LONG ...................................................... 10
3 P 117077 439 REEL, TUBE, SUCTION..................................................................................... 2
4 P 117077 445 PIPETTE CUP, M6 X 15 MM, POLYPROPYLENE ............................................ 20
5 P 117077 452 TUBING, SILICONE, WITH LUER LOCK, ASSEMBLY...................................... 12
6 P 117077 573 INSERT, UPPER, FOR MIS INSTRUMENTS, ASSEMBLY ............................... 1
7 P 117917 499 TUBING, FLEXIBLE, FOR MULTI-PORTS......................................................... 2
8 P 117917 558 HOSE, SILICONE, 1/4" OD X 1/8" ID X 16" LONG (SOLD BY FOOT) .............. A/R
9 P 117056 556 NUT, S/S, M6...................................................................................................... 54
10 P 117077 448 SEALING, SILICONE, 21 MM X 1.5 MM ............................................................ 20
11 P 117077 449 ADAPTOR, PIPETTE CUP ................................................................................. 20
12 P 117077 450 NOZZLE, PYRAMID, M6 X 4 MM X 1.7 MM X 40 MM LONG ............................ 14
13 P 117077 632 FITTING, LUER LOCK, MALE, M6 X 10 MM ..................................................... 6
14 P 117077 633 CLOSING CAP, LUER LOCK, FEMALE ............................................................ 6
15 P 117077 634 FITTING, LUER LOCK, FEMALE, M6 X 10 MM................................................. 6
16 P 117077 635 CLOSING CAP, LUER LOCK, MALE ................................................................. 6
17 P 117904 921 WASHER, INTERNAL, TOOTH LOCK, S/S, 1/4"............................................... 20
18 P 117917 557 O-RING, VITON, 20 MM OD X 16 MM ID........................................................... 20

8-173
764337483


Figure 85. Upper Insert for Ophthalmic Instruments
8-174
764337483
FIG. & PART S UNITS
NO. C ASS’Y
85 FD80000 UPPER INSERT FOR OPHTHALMIC INSTRUMENTS .................................... X
1 P 117077 591 MESH TRAY, 240 MM X 250 MM X 60 MM ....................................................... 1

2 P 117077 605 CELL MAT .......................................................................................................... 1

8-175
764337483
REF.: FD75-000
Figure 86. Four-Level Vision SC Manifold Rack – Part 1 of 2
8-176
764337483
FIG. & PART S UNITS
NO. C ASS’Y
86 FD75000 FOUR-LEVEL VISION SC MANIFOLD RACK – PART 1 OF 2......................... X
1 P 117042 993 SCREW, PAN HEAD S/S, M3 X 0.5 MM X 4 MM............................................... 6

6 WASHER, S/S, 1/8" (NLA)..................................................................................

8-177
764337483
REF.: FD75-100
Figure 87. Four-Level Vision SC Manifold Rack – Part 2 of 2
8-178
764337483
FIG. & PART S UNITS
NO. C ASS’Y
87 FD75000 FOUR-LEVEL VISION SC MANIFOLD RACK – PART 2 OF 2......................... X

8-179
764337483

REF.: FD75-200
Figure 88. Five-Level Vision Manifold Rack – Part 1 of 2
8-180
764337483
FIG. & PART S UNITS
NO. C ASS’Y
88 FD75200 FIVE-LEVEL VISION MANIFOLD RACK – PART 1 OF 2 ................................. X
1 P 117042 993 SCREW, PAN HEAD S/S, M3 X 0.5 MM X 4 MM............................................... 8

6 WASHER, S/S, 1/8" (NLA)..................................................................................

8-181
764337483
REF.: FD75-200
Figure 89. Five-Level Vision Manifold Rack – Part 2 of 2
8-182
764337483
FIG. & PART S UNITS
NO. C ASS’Y
89 FIVE-LEVEL VISION MANIFOLD RACK – PART 2 OF 2 ................................. X

8-183
764337483
REF.: FD75-600
Figure 90. Vision Multi-Function Rack For Small Items
8-184
764337483
FIG. & PART S UNITS
NO. C ASS’Y
90 FD75600 MULTI-FUNCTION RACK FOR SMALL ITEMS ................................................ X
1 P 117051 875 MULTI-FUNCTION RACK FOR SMALL ITEMS ................................................. 1


HOLDER, BAR CODE, TWO PER RACK REQUIRED (SEE FIGURE 1) ............
8-185
764337483
INSERT WELL
THE PROTECTOR
REF.: FD75-500
Figure 91. Vision Multi-Function Rack For Large Items
8-186
764337483
FIG. & PART S UNITS
NO. C ASS’Y
91 FD75500 VISION MULTI-FUNCTION RACK FOR LARGE ITEMS................................... X

2 P 117060 583 MULTI-FUNCTION RACK FOR LARGE ITEMS................................................. 1

8-187
764337483
REF.: 20515913
Figure 92. General Purpose Vision Rack
8-188
764337483
FIG. & PART S UNITS
NO. C ASS’Y
92 FD77100 GENERAL PURPOSE VISION RACK ............................................................... X

2 P 117060 594 ACCESSORY, GPB............................................................................................ 1

8-189
764337483
1
REF.: 11014483
Figure 93. General Purpose Upper Insert for Containers
8-190
764337483
FIG. & PART S UNITS
NO. C ASS’Y
93 FD099 GENERAL PURPOSE UPPER INSERT FOR CONTAINERS ........................... X
1 11010101 HOUSING SUPPORT ASSEMBLY .................................................................... 1

8-191
764337483
REF.: 20516626
Figure 94. AN Vision SC Manifold Rack
8-192
764337483
FIG. & PART S UNITS
NO. C ASS’Y
94 FD78000 AN VISION SC MANIFOLD RACK .................................................................... X
1 P 117045 265 PROTECTOR, M-2/M-8, GLASSWARE ACCESSORY...................................... 4

3 P 117056 556 NUT, S/S, M6...................................................................................................... 24
4 P 117068 200 ANESTHESIA, ACCESSORY............................................................................. 1
5 P 117076 982 HOLLOW, JET, M8, FOR BELLOW ................................................................... 4
6 P 117076 983 HOLLOW, JET, M8, FOR BELLOW ................................................................... 8
7 P 117076 986 HOLLOW, JET, M6 X 4 MM X 162 MM LG ........................................................ 6
8 P 117076 989 HOLLOW, JET, M6 X 4 MM X 102 MM LG ........................................................ 6
9 P 117076 991 HOLLOW, JET, M6 X 3 MM X 50 MM LG .......................................................... 12
10 P 117076 994 PLUG, RESPIRATORY THERAPY TUBE.......................................................... 8
11 P 117077 639 INSTRUMENT MESH TRAY .............................................................................. 1
12 2451000 02H CAP, HOLLOW JET, M8..................................................................................... 8
13 P 117077 646 GLASSWARE SUPPORT, POLYPROPYLENE ................................................. 8
14 P 117077 647 STAR SUPPORT, POLYPROPYLENE .............................................................. 24
15 P 117904 441 ADAPTER, RESPIRATORY TUBING................................................................. 8
16 P 117910 406 STOPPER, SPRING, SPINDLE 5/16" ................................................................ 12
17 P 117918 149 NUT, S/S, M8 X 1.25 .......................................................................................... 12
18 P 117957 212 SCREW, S/S, HEX SOCKET HEAD, 8-32 X 1/4" .............................................. 8
8-193
764337483

+05'462416'%614%144'%6.;
#0&'0574'6*'(.#2+518'46*''&)'
!
!

5&&
Figure 95. Two-Level Manifold Rack With Equal Level Space – Long
8-194
764337483
FIG. & PART S UNITS
NO. C ASS’Y
95 FD106 TWO-LEVEL MANIFOLD RACK WITH EQUAL LEVEL SPACE – LONG ....... X

3 P 117049 101 LOCK, HUB SIDE, SPRAY, HEAD ..................................................................... 1
7 SPRAY HEADER ASSEMBLY, LONG ACCESSORY (SEE FIGURE 108) ....... 1
8 10094264 SPRAY NOZZLE, 303 S/S, 110 DEG, ASSEMBLY............................................ 2
P 117048 907 O-RING,SILICONE,3/8"OD X 1/4"ID (NOT SHOWN) ........................................ A/R
9 11006416 RACK,2 LEVELS EQUAL SPACE,LONG EPO .................................................. 1

8-195
764337483

+05'462416'%614
%144'%6.;#0&'0574'
6*'(.#2+518'46*''&)'
!

!
5&&
Figure 96. Two-Level Manifold Rack – Long
8-196
764337483
FIG. & PART S UNITS
NO. C ASS’Y
96 FD105 TWO-LEVEL MANIFOLD RACK – LONG ......................................................... X

3 P 117052 250 PROTECTOR, FOR ACCESSORY, HANDLE.................................................... 4
5 P 117957 214 RIVET, S/S, 1/8" X 1" ROUND HEAD ................................................................ 2
6 SPRAY HEADER ASSEMBLY, ACCESSORY (SEE FIGURE 108)................... 1
7 10026925 SLIDE, TWO LEVEL MANIFOLD RACK ............................................................ 2
P 117048 907 O-RING, SILICONE, 3/8" OD X 1/4" ID (NOT SHOWN) .................................... A/R
9 11006715 RACK, 2 LEVELS, LONG EPO........................................................................... 1

8-197
764337483

+05'462416'%614%144'%6.;
#0&'0574'6*'(.#2+518'46*''&)'

!
!

5&&
Figure 97. Three-Level Manifold Rack – Long
8-198
764337483
FIG. & PART S UNITS
NO. C ASS’Y
97 FD107 THREE-LEVEL MANIFOLD RACK – LONG ..................................................... X
5 P 117052 215 SPACER, FOR HOSE, ADAPTOR ..................................................................... 8
9 11006204 RACK, 3 LEVELS LONG, EPO........................................................................... 1

8-199
764337483

+05'462416'%614%144'%6.;
#0&'0574'6*'(.#2+518'46*''&)'

!
&
!

5&&&
Figure 98. Three-Level Base Rack For MIS, Ophthalmic or Dental Application – Long
8-200
764337483
FIG. & PART S UNITS
NO. C ASS’Y
98 FD112 THREE-LEVEL BASE RACK FOR MIS, OPHTHALMIC

OR DENTAL APPLICATION – LONG ............................................................... X
7 P 117077 423 FITTING, UPPER LEVEL, MIS, ACCESSORY .................................................. 2
8 P 117077 424 SEAL, LUBROSEAL, #LWPU5C ........................................................................ 2
9 P 117077 692 UPPER, UNIVERSAL, INSERT, LARGE, ASSEMBLY ...................................... 1
10 P 117910 237 CLIP, S/S, 316L, SANITARY, 1/4-3/8 ................................................................. 2
13 11006625 BASE, RACK, 3 LEVELS, MIS, OPHTHALMIC, LONG EPO ............................. 1

8-201
764337483

&

5&& &
Figure 99. Upper Insert for MIS Instruments – Long
8-202
764337483
FIG. & PART S UNITS
NO. C ASS’Y
99 FD138 UPPER INSERT FOR MIS INSTRUMENTS – LONG ........................................ X
1 P 117056 556 NUT, S/S, M6...................................................................................................... 62

2 P 117076 986 HOLLOW, JET, M6 X 4 X 162 MM LONG .......................................................... 20
3 P 117076 991 HOLLOW, JET, M6 X 3 X 50 MM LONG ............................................................ 12
4 P 117077 425 MIS, RACK, INSERT, ASSEMBLY ..................................................................... 1
5 P 117077 439 SUCTION, TUBE, REEL..................................................................................... 2
6 P 117077 445 PIPETTE, CUP, M6 X 15 MM, POLYPROPYLENE ........................................... 24
7 P 117077 448 SEALING, SILICONE, 21 MM X 1.5 MM ............................................................ 24
8 P 117077 449 ADAPTOR, PIPETTE, CUP ................................................................................ 24
9 P 117077 450 NOZZLE, PYRAMID, M6 X 4 X 1.7 MM X 40 MM LONG ................................... 14
10 P 117077 452 SILICON, TUBING, AND, LUER LOCK, ASSEMBLY......................................... 16
11 P 117077 632 FITTING, LUER LOCK, MALE, M6 X 10 ............................................................ 8
12 P 117077 633 CLOSING, CAP, LUER LOCK, FEMALE............................................................ 8
13 P 117077 634 FITTING, LUER LOCK, FEMALE, M6 X 10........................................................ 8
14 P 117077 635 CLOSING, CAP, LUER LOCK, MALE ................................................................ 8
15 P 117904 921 WASHER, INTERNAL, TOOTH, LOCK, S/S, 1/4".............................................. 24
16 P 117917 499 FLEXIBLE, TUBING, FOR MULTI-PORTS......................................................... 2
17 P 117917 557 O-RING, VITON, 20 MM, OD X 16 MM, ID DURO, 70 ....................................... 24
18 P 117917 558 HOSE, SILICONE, 1/4" OD X 1/8" ID, SOLD BY FOOT .................................... A/R
8-203
764337483

&

&

&

5&&
Figure 100. Upper Insert for Ophthalmic Instruments – Long
8-204
764337483
FIG. & PART S UNITS
NO. C ASS’Y
100 FD139 UPPER INSERT FOR OPHTHALMIC INSTRUMENTS – LONG .................. X
1 P 117056 556 NUT, S/S, M6...................................................................................................... 92

3 P 117077 458 GRID, ASSEMBLY, OPHTALMIC, INSTRUMENTS - LARGE ........................... 1
4 P 117077 468 SUCTION, ADAPTER, SUPPORT ..................................................................... 4
5 P 117077 470 OPHTALMIC, SUPPORT, PLATE ...................................................................... 8
6 P 117077 475 HOLLOW, JET, 4 MM, X 60 MM, M6 WITH TOP ............................................... 16
7 P 117077 477 HOLLOW, JET, 4 MM X 59 MM, M6................................................................... 4
8 P 117077 479 FILTER, HOUSING............................................................................................. 8
9 P 117077 480 FILTER, WASHER, MESH ................................................................................. 8
10 P 117077 482 HOUSING, WITH, LUER, ADAPTER ................................................................. 8
11 P 117077 484 TOP, COVER...................................................................................................... 1
12 P 117077 491 LENS, SUPPORT ............................................................................................... 1
13 P 117077 497 PHARCO, TIP, NUT, ADAPTER......................................................................... 4
14 P 117077 499 QUICK, TIP, ADAPTER ...................................................................................... 4
15 P 117077 501 IRRIGATION, ADAPTER, SUPPORT................................................................. 4
16 P 117077 632 FITTING, LUER LOCK, MALE, M6 X 10 ............................................................ 28
17 P 117077 634 FITTING, LUER LOCK, FEMALE, M6 X 10........................................................ 0
18 P 117077 637 HOSE, END, LUER LOCK, FEMALE, 1/8" BARBED ......................................... 8
19 P 117077 697 TUBE, CONNECTOR, 6MM, MALE, LUER LOCK ............................................. 8
20 P 117077 698 HOSE, ADAPTER, 4 MM, MALE, LUER LOCK.................................................. 16
21 P 117077 701 TUBE, CONNECTOR, 6 MM, MALE, MALE, LUER ........................................... 8
22 P 117077 704 TUBE, CONNECTOR, 6 MM, BARBED, FEMALE, LUER LOCK....................... 4
23 P 117077 705 LUER LOCK, ADAPTER, FEMALE, FEMALE.................................................... 4
24 P 117077 706 TUBE, ADAPTER, 64203.045/WOLF/0, 2M ....................................................... 8
25 P 117908 359 HOSE, SILICONE, 3/8"OD X 3/16" ID, SOLD BY FOOT ................................... A/R
26 P 117917 558 HOSE, SILICONE, 1/4"OD X 1/8" ID, SOLD BY FOOT ..................................... A/R
27 P 117917 558 HOSE, SILICONE, 1/4"OD X 1/8" ID, SOLD BY FOOT ..................................... A/R
8-205
764337483

+05'462416'%614%144'%6.;
#0&'0574'6*'(.#2+518'46*''&)'

!
!

5&&&
Figure 101. Four-Level Manifold Rack – Long
8-206
764337483
FIG. & PART S UNITS
NO. C ASS’Y
101 FD108 FOUR-LEVEL MANIFOLD RACK – LONG ....................................................... X

8-207
764337483

+05'462416'%614%144'%6.;
#0&'0574'6*'(.#2+518'46*''&)'

!
!

5&&&
Figure 102. Five-Level Manifold Rack – Long
8-208
764337483
FIG. & PART S UNITS
NO. C ASS’Y
102 FD110 FIVE-LEVEL MANIFOLD RACK – LONG.......................................................... X
8 10094264 SPRAY NOZZLE, 303 S/S,110 DEG, ASSEMBLY............................................. 8

8-209
764337483

!

+ (+
!
&&
Figure 103. Multi-Function Rack For Small Items – Long
8-210
764337483
FIG. & PART S UNITS
NO. C ASS’Y
103 FD115 MULTI-FUNCTION RACK FOR SMALL ITEMS – LONG.................................. X

2 10024305 MULTI-FUNCTION RACK FOR SMALL ITEMS - LONG.................................... 1
8-211
764337483

5''5'%6+10#Ä#
+05'462416'%614%144'%6.;
#0&'0574'6*'(.#2+518'46*''&)'
!
&&
Figure 104. Multi-function Rack For Large Items – Long
8-212
764337483
FIG. & PART S UNITS
NO. C ASS’Y
104 FD114 MULTI-FUNCTION RACK FOR LARGE ITEMS – LONG ................................. X

2 10023683 MULTI-FUNCTION RACK FOR LARGE ITEMS - LONG ................................... 1
8-213
764337483
' + (
+ (
!
+05'462416'%614%144'%6.;
#0&'0574'6*'(.#2+518'46*''&)'
!
&&
Figure 105. General Purpose Basket Accessory – Long
8-214
764337483
FIG. & PART S UNITS
NO. C ASS’Y
105 FD116 GENERAL PURPOSE BASKET ACCESSORY – LONG .................................. X

3 10023966 BASKET, ASSEMBLY, GPB, LONG................................................................... 1
P 117076 916 DIVIDER, BASKET ............................................................................................. 1

P 117076 919 DIVIDER, LONG BASKET .................................................................................. 1

8-215
764337483

&

57&& &

Figure 106. Anesthesia/Respiratory – Long
8-216
764337483
FIG. & PART S UNITS
NO. C ASS’Y
106 FD137 ANESTHESIA/RESPIRATORY – LONG............................................................ X
1 P 117076 951 ANESTHESIA, RACK, ASSEMBLY.................................................................... 1

2 P 117076 982 HOLLOW, JET, M8 FOR, BELLOW ................................................................... 4
3 P 117076 985 HOLLOW, JET, M8 FOR, BALLOON ................................................................. 8
7 P 117077 639 INSTRUMENT, MESH TRAY ............................................................................. 1
8 P 117043 017 NUT, S/S, M8 X 1.25 .......................................................................................... 12
9 P 117045 265 PROTECTOR, M-2/M-8, GLASSWARE, ACCESSORY..................................... 4
11 P 117056 556 NUT, S/S, M6...................................................................................................... 24
12 P 117076 994 PLUG, RESPIRATORY, THERAPY, TUBE........................................................ 8
13 P 117077 646 GLASSWARE, SUPPORT, POLYPROPYLENE ................................................ 8
14 P 117077 647 STAR, SUPPORT, POLYPROPYLENE ............................................................. 24
15 P 117904 441 ADAPTER, RESPIRATORY, TUBING................................................................ 8
16 P 117910 406 STOPPER, SPRING, SPINDLE, 41775.............................................................. 12
17 P 117957 212 SCREW, SOCKET, HEX, S/S, 11902 X 1/4"...................................................... 8
8-217
764337483

$

$
&&
Figure 107. Flexible Hoses For Cannulated Instruments
8-218
764337483
FIG. & PART S UNITS
NO. C ASS’Y
107 FD76 900 FLEXIBLE HOSES FOR CANNULATED INSTRUMENTS................................ X
1 P 117041 083 CAP, NUT, S/S, M5 X 0.8 MM ............................................................................ 1

2 P 117043 466 SCREW, FLAT, S/S, M5 X 10 MM, WITH SEALANT ......................................... 1
3 P 117051 903 HOSE, SILICONE, 3/8" OD X 3/16" ID, HIGH, TEMP, SOLD BY FOOT ........... A/R
4 P 117052 125 ADAPTOR, HOSE, ACCESSORY...................................................................... 2
5 P 117052 126 ADAPTOR, KYNAR, PVDF, 3/16" BARBED, X 3/16" BARBED ......................... 2
6 P 117052 195 HOSE, SUCTION, TUBE, ACCESSORY ........................................................... 2
7 P 117052 200 HOSE, PRESSURE, SUCTION, TUBE, ACCESSORY...................................... 2
8 P 117052 235 SUPPORT, SUCTION, TUBE, ACCESSORY .................................................... 1
8-219
764337483
&:
' + (
:

' + (

Figure 108. Rotary Spray Arm Assembly – Accessory
8-220
764337483
FIG. & PART S UNITS
NO. C ASS’Y
108 P 117049 220 * ROTARY SPRAY ARM ASSEMBLY – ACCESSORY ........................................... X
1 P 117067 040 SPRAY ARM, ASSEMBLY ................................................................................. 1

3 P 117072 391 LOCK, ARM SIDE, SPRAY HEADER ND .......................................................... 2
6 P 117917 592 SWIVEL, MALE, SPRAY HEADERS .................................................................. 1
7 P 117917 593 WASHER, SEALING, WATER INLET ................................................................ 1

replacement.
8-221
764337483
FIG.&
ITEM PART NUMBER DESCRIPTION QT
NO.
1 117-033-354 O-RING,SILICONE,7/16"OD X 5/16"ID 1
2 117-048-907 O-RING,SILICONE,3/8"OD X 1/4"ID 3
3 117-052-155 PROPULSER,SPRAY HEADER,FOR DETECTION 1
4 117-052-260 DETECTION MAGNET,NON MAGNETIZED 1
5 117-070-048 BOLT,S/S,M3 X 0.5mm X 8mm 1
6 117-072-280 ADAPTER,SPRAY HEADER,FOR DETECTION 1
5
4
1
3
6
2
2
&/01!23

NOTE: Refer to SECTION 7, COMPONENT REPAIR, REPLACEMENT

AND ADJUSTEMENT, for any adjustment that may pertain the
rotary spary arm assembly replacement.
A !
REF.: 10019127
Figure 109. Rotary Spray Arm Assembly Propeller – Accessory
8-222
764337483
FIG. & PART S UNITS
NO. C ASS’Y
109 10019127 * ROTARY SPRAY ARM ASSEMBLY PROPELLER – ACCESSORY ................ X

3 P 117052 155 PROPELLER, SPRAY HEADER, FOR DETECTION......................................... 1
4 P 117052 260 SPACER, W/O MAGNET, FOR SPRAY ARM.................................................... 1
5 P 117070 048 BOLT, S/S, M3 X 0.5 MM X 8 MM, WITH SEALANT ......................................... 1
6 P 117072 280 ADAPTER, SPRAY HEADER, FOR DETECTION ............................................. 1

replacement.
8-223
764337483

&&
Figure 110. Rotary Spray Arm Assembly – Long Accessory
8-224
764337483
FIG. & PART S UNITS
NO. C ASS’Y
110 ROTARY SPRAY ARM ASSEMBLY – LONG ACCESSORY .......................... X

3 P 117917 592 MALE SWIVEL, SPRAY HEADER ..................................................................... 1
4 P 117917 593 WASHER, SEALING, WATER, INLET ............................................................... 1
5 10094264 SPRAY NOZZLE, S/S 303, 110°, ASSEMBLY ................................................... 2
6 10094999 SPRAY HEADER, ACCESSORY, LONG EPO .................................................. 1
8-225
764337483


Figure 111. Upper Insert For Two Sterile Goods Containers
8-226
764337483
FIG. & PART S UNITS
NO. C ASS’Y
111 FD80 300 UPPER INSERT FOR TWO STERILE GOODS CONTAINERS ........................ X
1 P 117077 703 INSERT, UPPER, FOR TWO CONTAINERS, ASSEMBLY ............................... 1

8-227
764337483



Figure 112. Insert for OR Shoes
8-228
764337483
FIG. & PART S UNITS
NO. C ASS’Y
112 FD79 500 INSERT FOR OR SHOES .................................................................................. X
1 P 117077 695 INSERT FOR OR SHOES .................................................................................. 1

8-229
764337483
1
REF.: fd75-300
Figure 113. Flexible Hold-Down Screen
8-230
764337483
FIG. & PART S UNITS
NO. C ASS’Y
113 FD75 300 FLEXIBLE HOLD-DOWN SCREEN ................................................................... X
1 P 117051 865 PROTECTOR, SILICONE, MULTI-FUNCTION ACCESSORY .......................... 2
8-231
764337483


Figure 114. Mesh Tray With Silicone Mat for Ophthalmic Instruments
8-232
764337483
FIG. & PART S UNITS
NO. C ASS’Y
114 FD80 800 MESH TRAY WITH SILICONE MAT FOR OPHTHALMIC INSTRUMENTS .... X
1 P 117077 591 MESH TRAY, 240 MM X 250 MM X 60 MM ....................................................... 1

2 P 117077 605 CELL MAT .......................................................................................................... 1
8-233
764337483

HOLE
TOWARDS
BOTTOM 1
DETAIL 2
DETERGENT INJECTOR
14
3
DETAIL A

13
12
A 9
4
6
11
10
15
B
16
DETAIL B
REF.: 11012684
Figure 115. Additional Chemical Pump – With Round Flowmeter
8-234
764337483
FIG. & PART S UNITS
NO. C ASS’Y
115 FD349 ADDITIONAL CHEMICAL PUMP – WITH ROUND FLOWMETER ................... X
1 P 117048 680 INJECTOR, DETERGENT.................................................................................. 2

3 P 117052 115 CHECK VALVE, POLYPRO, 3/16" B X 1/8 NPT, EPDM.................................... 2
4 P 117052 254 SCREW, PAN HEAD, S/S M2.5 X 0.45 MM X 12 MM........................................ 4
5 P 117055 965 HOSE, POLY, 3/16" ID X 5/16" OD .................................................................... A/R
6 10019990 PICKUP TUBE ASSEMBLY, CLEAR.................................................................. 2
7 10019998 * PUMP, PERISTALTIC, ADDITIONNAL, ASSEMBLY......................................... 2
8 10023527 HOSE, AIR, 3/8", POLY NATURAL X 100' LONG X 100' LONG ....................... 2
9 11014840 VALVE DETERGENT KNIGHT EPDM ASS, SERVICE ..................................... 2
10 10082100 * FLOWMETER, ELLIPTICAL, LOW FLOW, PPS, ASSEMBLY........................... 2
11 10082220 NIPPLE, POLYPRO, 1/8"M NPT ........................................................................ 2
12 10090046 FITTING, COMPRESSION, POLYPRO, 1/8" M X 3/8" OD ................................ 2
13 10090047 INSERT FITTING, 3/8" OD X 1/4" TUBE ID ....................................................... 2
15 10097955 ADAPTOR, POLYPRO, 1/8 M X 1/4" OD X 13/16" LONG X 13/16" LONG ...... 2
16 10098126 ELBOW, REDUCER, POLYPRO, 5/16" OD X 1/4" OD ...................................... 2
Priming is required after replacement. Calibration required: Refer to SECTION 2,
8-235
764337483

HOLE
TOWARDS
BOTTOM 1
2
DETAIL
DETERGENT INJECTOR
12
3
DETAIL A

7
11
10
9
A
4
6 13
16
17
16
B DETAIL B 14
15
REF.: 11018031
Figure 116. Additional Chemical Pump – With Square Flowmeter
8-236
764337483
FIG. & PART S UNITS
NO. C ASS’Y
116 ADDITIONAL CHEMICAL PUMP – WITH SQUARE FLOWMETER................. X

2 P 117048 954 O-RING, 13/16" OD X 5/8" ID, SILICONE #114 ................................................. 2
3 P 117052 115 CHECK VALVE, POLYPRO, 3/16" B X1/8 NPT, EPDM..................................... 2
5 P 117055 965 HOSE, POLY, 3/16" ID X 5/16" OD X 37" LONG ............................................... A/R
6 10019990 PICKUP TUBE ASSEMBLY, CLEAR.................................................................. 2
7 10019998 * PUMP, PERISTALTIC, ADDITIONNAL, ASSEMBLY......................................... 2
8 10023527 HOSE, AIR, 3/8", POLY NATURAL X 100' LONG X 100' LONG ....................... A/R
9 11015678 VALVE,DETERGENT (EPDM) ........................................................................... 2
13 10095547 ADAPTOR, POLYPRO, 1/4" F BSPP X 1/8" NPT M .......................................... 2
14 10095548 ADAPTOR, POLYPRO, 1/4" F BSPP X 3/8" OD ................................................ 2
17 11014841 * FLOWMETER, ELLIPTICAL, AICHI, ASSEMBLY, SERVICE ............................ 2
8-237
764337483

HOLE
TOWARDS
BOTTOM 1
DETAIL 2
DETERGENT INJECTOR
12
3
DETAIL A
7
11
10
9
A
4
6
13
16
17
16
B 18 14
DETAIL B
15
REF.: 11031263
Figure 117. Chemical Injection Pump with HP Pickup Tubes
8-238
764337483
FIG. & PART S UNITS
NO. C ASS’Y
117 CHEMICAL INJECTION PUMP WITH HP PICKUP TUBES.............................. X

3 P 117052 115 CHECK VALVE, POLYPRO, 3/16" BX1/8 NPT, EPDM...................................... 2
4 P 117052 254 SCREW, PAN HEAD, S/S M2.5 X 0.45MM X 12MM.......................................... 4
5 P 117055 965 HOSE, POLY, 3/16" ID X 5/16" OD CLEAR, SOLD BY FOOT........................... A/R
6 P 117073 626 HOSE, POLY, 1/4" ID X 3/8" OD CLEAR, SOLD BY FOOT............................... A/R
7 10019998 PUMP, PERISTALTIC, ADDITIONNAL, ASS'Y.................................................. 2
8 10023527 HOSE, AIR, 3/8", POLY NATURAL X 100'LG X 100'LONG ............................... 2
9 11015678 VALVE, DETERGENT (EPDM) .......................................................................... 2
13 10095547 ADAPTOR, POLYPRO, 1/4" F BSPP X 1/8" NPT M .......................................... 2
14 10095548 ADAPTOR, POLYPRO, 1/4" F BSPP X 3/8" OD ................................................ 2
17 11005249 FLOWMETER, ELLIPTICAL, 0.23ML/P, EPDM ASS'Y...................................... 2
18 FD387 HP PICKUP TUBE, NO, EPDM .......................................................................... 2
8-239
764337483

9

9

9

9

&& &
Figure 118. Additional Peristaltic Pump Assembly
8-240
764337483
FIG. & PART S UNITS
NO. C ASS’Y
118 10019998 ADDITIONAL PERISTALTIC PUMP ASSEMBLY ............................................. X
1 P 117073 833 PUSH-CONNECT, 3/8" TUBE X 3/8" TUBE....................................................... 1

2 P 117073 834 VALVE, SPEEDFIT, SHUT-OFF, 3/8'', PUSH-CONNECT ................................. 1
3 P 117074 056 * PUMP, BODY, 500, SERIES .............................................................................. 1
4 P 117074 058 FACEPLATE ''STERIS'' ...................................................................................... 1
5 P 117074 395 * ROLLER, PUMP, YELLOW ................................................................................ 1
6 P 117074 397 * SQUEEZE, TUBE, T50E, 1/4" ID, ASSEMBLY .................................................. 1
7 10034809 * MOTOR, 24 VDC, 100 RPM ............................................................................... 1
8-241
764337483

&&
Figure 119. Pickup Tube and Low Level Sensor Assembly
8-242
764337483
FIG. & PART S UNITS
NO. C ASS’Y
119 10019990 PICKUP TUBE AND LOW-LEVEL SENSOR ASSEMBLY................................ X
1 P 117037 119 SUPPORT, DETERGENT, SENSOR ................................................................. 1

2 P 117049 099 SENSOR, LOW LEVEL, 18", N.O., WITH CONNECTOR .................................. 1
3 P 117052 100 * FOOT, VALVE, FOR POLYFLO, TUBE, 3/8", EPDM ......................................... 1
4 P 117059 012 WEIGHT, SUPPORT, SENSOR, DETERGENT................................................. 1
5 10027011 * HOSE, POLY, CLEAR, 1/4" ID X 3/8", SOLD BY FOOT .................................... A/R
* Any replacement of these components will introduce air in the injection line. Priming
is required after replacement. Calibration required: Refer to SECTION 2, SERVICE
MODE PROCEDURE.
8-243
764337483
CONDENSATE
RETURN 13
STEAM
INLET 13 HOT
WATER
PURE 13
WATER
15
22
COLD
WATER 13
22
AIR
18 21
INLET
20
21
19
14
5
9
11
12 10
10
9
6
2
7
16
4
17
1
8
REF.: 11014462
Figure 120. Installation Kit Flexible Hose and Shut-Off Valve for Utilities
8-244
764337483
FIG. & PART S UNITS
NO. C ASS’Y
120 INSTALLATION KIT, FLEXIBLE HOSES AND SHUT-OFF VALVE FOR UTILITIES X
FD088 STEAM-HEATED WASHER/DISINFECTOR
FD037 ELECTRIC-HEATED WASHER/DISINFECTOR
1 P 117048 957 VALVE, BALL, 316 S/S, 1/2", MANUAL ............................................................. 1

2 P 117070 583 PRES. GAUGE, 0-160 PSI 2-1/2", 1/4" S/S L-M ................................................ 1
3 P 117903 348 TUBING, AIR, NYLON, RED, 1/4" SOLD BY FOOT .......................................... A/R
4 P 117911 484 NIPPLE, S/S, 1/2" X 2" 316 ................................................................................ 1
5 P 117913 854 VALVE, MANUAL BALL, 1/2"F (STEAM-HEATED) ........................................... 2
6 P 910006 164 VALVE, MANUAL BALL, 1/2"F ........................................................................... 2
7 P 117942 797 BUSHING, REDUCING, S/S 316L, 1/2" M X 1/4" F ........................................... 1
8 P 117951 836 ADAPTOR, PNEUMATIC, 1/8" M X 1/4" OD ...................................................... 2
9 P 029162 091 NIPPLE, BRASS, 1/2", CLOSED (STEAM-HEATED) ........................................ 4
P 029162 091 NIPPLE, BRASS, 1/2", CLOSED (ELECTRIC-HEATED) ................................... 2
10 P 029166 091 NIPPLE, BRASS 1/2" X 2" (STEAM-HEATED) .................................................. 4
P 029166 091 NIPPLE, BRASS 1/2" X 2" (ELECTRIC-HEATED) ............................................. 2
11 P 001633 091 ELBOW, BRONZE, 90, 1/2" F X 1/2" F (STEAM-HEATED) ............................... 2
12 P 004931 091 TEE, BRONZE, 1/2"F X 1/2" F X 1/2" F.............................................................. 2
13 P 117952 162 COUPLING, BRONZE, 1/2" F (STEAM-HEATED) ............................................. 4
P 117952 162 COUPLING, BRONZE, 1/2" F (ELECTRIC-HEATED)........................................ 2
14 P 117952 186 BUSHING, BRASS,1/2" NPT M X 1/4" NPT F.................................................... 2
15 P 117952 820 COUPLING S/S 1/2" 316 N-A ASTMA351 MILL T. ............................................ 1
16 P 117953 728 TEE, S/S 316, 1/2" F X 1/2" F X 1/2" F ............................................................... 1
17 P 117953 733 NIPPLE, S/S 316, 1/2", CLOSED ....................................................................... 1
18 P 117954 542 COUPLING, BRONZE, 1/8" F............................................................................. 1
19 P 117959 340 GAUGE, PRESSURE, 0-160PSI, 2-1/2", 1/4" BRASS ....................................... 2
20 10027157 HOSE, S/S, FLEX, INT CORRUGATED, 1/2" M X 60" LONG ........................... 1
21 10027159 HOSE, S/S, FLEXIBLE, 1/2" M X 5/8" JIC X 60" LONG ..................................... 2
22 10029885 HOSE, S/S, FLEXIBLE, 1/2" M X 5/8" JIC X 60" LONG
(STEAM-HEATED) ............................................................................................. 2
8-245
764337483
REF.: 17060371_v
Figure 121. Air Compressor With Float Drain (Accessory)
8-246
764337483
FIG. & PART S UNITS
NO. C ASS’Y
121 AIR COMPRESSOR WITH FLOAT DRAIN (Accessory).................................. X
1 P 117910 916 • KIT, REPAIR, FOR COMPRESSOR ................................................................ 1

2 P 117910 917 FILTER, AIR........................................................................................................ 1
3 P 117910 918 • KIT, DRAIN, #PS506P, FOR COMPRESSOR ................................................. 1
4 P 117915 310 SWITCH, PRESSURE, FOR HUBBLE BRAND SWITCH .................................. 1
5 P 764335 596 * AUTO DRAIN, ASSEMBLY ................................................................................ 1
* After replacing pressure switch, adjust the cut in to 80 psig and cut out to
100 psig. Refer to pressure switch adjustment setting under pressure switch
cover.
8-247
764337483
REF.: 10039881-M
Figure 122. Air Compressor With Automatic Drain Valve (Accessory)
8-248
764337483
FIG. & PART S UNITS
NO. C ASS’Y
122 10039885 AIR COMPRESSOR WITH AUTOMATIC DRAIN VALVE (ACCESSORY)...... X
1 P 117910 916 • KIT, REPAIR, FOR COMPRESSOR ................................................................ 1

2 P 117910 917 FILTER, AIR........................................................................................................ 1
3 P 117915 310 * SWITCH, PRESSURE, FOR HUBBLE BRAND SWITCH .................................. 1
4 10039887 VALVE, DRAIN, AUTOMATIC ............................................................................ 1
P 117916 600 ** GAUGE, PRESSURE 0 - 100 PSI, OPTIONAL (NOT SHOWN) ........................ 1
10040284 ** FILTER BOWL, FESTO LF/LFR (NOT SHOWN) ............................................... 1
* After replacing pressure switch P117915-310, adjust the cut in to 80 psig

and cut out to 100 psig. Refer to pressure switch adjustment setting under
pressure switch cover.
** If washer/disinfector is connected to an air compressor with automatic drain
valve, also order manual drain filter bowl when replacing filter regulator with
auto drain (see Figure 29).
8-249
764337483

&
REF.: 10034794
Figure 123. Pressure Transmitter Calibration Assembly
8-250
764337483
FIG. & PART S UNITS
NO. C ASS’Y
123 10033667 PRESSURE TRANSMITTER CALIBRATION ASSEMBLY............................... X
1 P 117046 278 PLUG, VALVED, BRASS, 1/8" NPTS................................................................. 1

2 P 117049 223 VALVE, PNEUMATIC, SHUT-OFF, MANUAL, 1/4" OD ..................................... 1
3 P 117075 345 TEE, PNEUMATIC, 1/4" M X 1/4" OD X 1/4" OD ............................................... 1
5 P 117903 708 FITTING, PNEUMATIC, 1/4 M X 5/32 OD. ......................................................... 1
6 P 117904 128 HOSE, AIR, 1/4", NYLON, BL 1A-204-07, SOLD BY FOOT .............................. A/R
7 P 117907 328 ADAPTOR, PNEUMATIC, 1/8" M X 5/32" OD .................................................... 1
8 10084375 PRESSURE, REGULATOR, 1/4" NPT ............................................................... 1
9 P 117955 493 FITTING, PNEUMATIC, 1/4" M X 1/4" OD ......................................................... 1
10 10034648 ADAPTOR, BRASS, 1/4" F NPT X 1/2-20 F....................................................... 1
8-251
764337483
A
21
DETAIL A
11
18
4
5
C 3
B
20
15
10
12
2
14
13
18
9 19
18 DETAIL C
17 6
16
DETAIL B REF.:11012751
Figure 124. Drain Acu-CoolDown Accessory
8-252
764337483
FIG. & PART S UNITS
NO. C ASS’Y
124 FD361 DRAIN ACU-COOLDOWN ACCESSORY ......................................................... X
1 P117009 283 VALVE, CHECK, POLYPROPYLENE, 1/2" F..................................................... 1

2 P117042 998 SCREW, PAN, S/S, M5 X0.8 MM X 6 MM, W SEALANT................................... 6
3 P117043 757 TEE, PNEUMATIC, 5/32" OD X 5/32" OD X 5/32" OD ....................................... 1
4 P117043 758 ELBOW, PNEUMATIC, 90 1/4" M X 5/32" OD ................................................... 1
5 P117902 322 HOSE, NYLON, 5/32" OD, RED ......................................................................... A/R
6 P117941 481 CAP PLUG, S/S 1-1/2" ....................................................................................... 1
7 P040519 061 NIPPLE, CLOSED, S/S 1/2" ............................................................................... 1
8 10041958 VALVE, STEAM, COPPER, 1/2" F, PNEUMATIC, N/C 24V .............................. 1
P 117917 343 • KIT, REPAIR FOR VALVE 10041958............................................................... A/R
9 10098710 BOX, DRAIN COOOLDOWN, ACD .................................................................... 1
10 10099149 VALVE, PROPORTIONAL, 3/8", S/S.................................................................. 1
11 10099164 HOSE, WATER, 3/4" S.A.E. X 82" LONG .......................................................... 1
12 10099168 HOSE, WATER, 3/4" S.A.E. X 34" LONG .......................................................... 1
13 10099786 FITTING, COMPRESSION, S/S 1/8" M X 1/16" OD........................................... 1
14 10100150 THERMOCOUPLE SENSOR, TYPE T 3" 316 S/S............................................. 1
15 10100180 CONTROLLER, PID, 24V, ASSEMBLY, SERVICE............................................ 1
16 10102629 SUPPORT, DRAIN, TOP .................................................................................... 1
17 10102630 SUPPORT, DRAIN, BOTTOM ............................................................................ 1
18 10102692 ADAPTOR, BRASS 1/2" M X 3/4" S.A.E ............................................................ 3
19 10102693 ADAPTOR, BRASS, 1/2" F NPT X 3/8" M NPT.................................................. 1
20 10102694 REDUCER, BRASS, 1/2" M NPTX 3/8" M NPT.................................................. 1
21 10102695 ELBOW, BRASS, 90 1/2" M X 3/4" S.A.E........................................................... 1
8-253
764337483
1
3
DETAIL A
2
1
REF.:11012738
Figure 125. Recessed Installation Air Management Panel Accessory
8-254
764337483
FIG. & PART S UNITS
NO. C ASS’Y
125 FD352 RECESSED INSTALLATION AIR MANAGEMENT PANEL ACCESSORY...... X
1 P 117042 998 SCREW, PAN, S/S, M5 X0.8MM X 6MM, W SEALANT..................................... 12

3 10089449 SUPPORT, AIR BARRIER.................................................................................. 1
8-255
764337483
1
FROM SUMP
TO DRAIN
2 3
REF. : 11012720
Figure 126. Condensate Return to Drain Accessory
8-256
764337483
FIG. & PART S UNITS
NO. C ASS’Y
126 FD353 CONDENSATE RETURN TO DRAIN ACCESSORY......................................... X
1 P 117915 214 HOSE, FLEXIBLE, S/S 1/2" M X 5/8" JIC X 39" LONG ...................................... 1
2 P 117954 655 TIEWRAP, 7-3/8" LONG..................................................................................... 1
3 P 117995 099 LABEL, YELLOW, STEAM ................................................................................. 1
8-257
764337483
7
3 6
1 6
8 2
2 6
REF.: 11014488
Figure 127. Seismic Anchorage System Accessory
8-258
764337483
FIG. & PART S UNITS
NO. C ASS’Y
127 FD354 SEISMIC ANCHORAGE SYSTEM ACCESSORY ............................................. X
1 10019994 WASHER, 304 S/S, 3/8" ..................................................................................... 8

2 P 117043 041 HEXAGONAL HEAD, BOLT, M10 X 1.5 X 20 MM ............................................. 8
3 P 117917 920 NUT, S/S M10 X 1.25 MM .................................................................................. 8
4 10098912 SPACER, SEISMIC, 3/8" .................................................................................... 12
5 10098913 SPACER, SEISMIC, 3/16" .................................................................................. 4
6 10098914 SPACER, SEISMIC, 1/16" .................................................................................. 12
7 10098919 PLATE, SEISMIC ANCHORAGE........................................................................ 4
8 10099051 REINFORCEMENT, SEISMIC............................................................................ 2
8-259
764337483
Live Document, Historical Table
Live
Document
Figure Number/ Name Manual Development Historical Record
Page
Number
(Front P: Stamp 6/27/2022 LIVE DOCUMENT" C: Document Manufacturing
Front Cover
Cover) changes/manual errors and clarifications A: Stamped to show Live Document Date
5. Load/Unload Side Control P: Need part number to light diffuser

8-15
Panel and Service Panels R: 10103033
36. Chemical Dosing Station – P: Need part number of Dosing station communication cable
8-77
Three Pumps R: 10023508
P: Need part number to light diffuser

8-137 66. Light Support
R: 10103033
P: Need part number for new Kodiak Enhanced Dechip board used with Item 4,
68. Electrical Box, Controller,
8-141 11003103.
Box Cover
R: 11039409 CONTROL BOX ASSY,3IO 7DO
Front Cover
60. Chamber Door Sub- P: ** note contains a “P” in the part number which incorrect
8-125
Assembly – Part 1 of 3 R: Remove “P” – part number is 11005783

Front Cover
P: Removed unneeded part numbers

8-157 76 Thermal Printer
R: strike through P/N's FD013 and 10088969
Technical Tip
8-43 19 Condensate return system When replacing Item 3, P117049-290 Adaptor, water inlet condenser, technician
must order and use P117049-246 Spray jet, brass 1/4"
Front Cover
36. Chemical Dosing Station – P: Additional P/N needed

8-77
Three Pump R: added Item 20, 10019681 Dosing station, (Not shown).

Front Cover
P: added missing parts.
8-121 58 Chamber door assembly R: Item 3, P117043686 Attachment, up door cylinder (Not Shown), Item 4,
P117957196 locknut, s/s 304, 5/16"-2 (Not Shown).
10 — Interval Based Check List
Interval Based Check List
10.1 Interval Based Check List

This section consists of the Interval Based Check Lists (IBCL) applicable to the equipment. Refer to the IBCLs for
maintenance requirements and recommendations.
Applicable IBCLs is listed below and follow this brief introduction.
• 11031489
326
FIRST YEAR INTERVAL BASED CHECK LIST
(Warranty Preventive Maintenance Guide)
AMSCO 7052HP-7053HP WASHER DISINFECTOR
R = Replacement of Part Required
I = Inspection Only
WARRANTY
WARRANTY
SERVICE REQUIRED INSPECTION
INSPECTION
FREQUENCY
1.0 Administrative
1.1 Discuss equipment operation with operator. 1 x per year I
1.2 Always follow appropriate safety procedures. Use proper PPE (Safety shoes,
safety glasses, protective sleeves/gloves, face shield and arc flash suit) as
1 x per year I
required. Always use Lock Out/Tag Out and discharge any energy storing
device and utility lines when performing any scheduled maintenance.
2.0 Functional Test/Inspection
2.1 Verify wet RTD’s, calibrate if required. 1 x per year I
2.2 Verify dry RTD’s, calibrate if required. 1 x per year I
2.3 Verify Acu-Cooldown RTD (if applicable). 1 x per year I
2.4 Verify Acu-Rinse reservoir RTD (if applicable). Calibrate if required. 1 x per year I
2.5 Pump 1, lubricate chemical squeeze tube, prime pump and then calibrate
1 x per year I
pump and flow meter.
1 x per year I
pump and flow meter.
2.7 Pump 3, lubricate chemical squeeze tube, prime pump to collect 500 mL, and
1 x per year I
then calibrate pump.
1 x per year I
pump and flow meter (if applicable).
1 x per year I
pump and flow meter (if applicable).
2.10 Review cycle records for possible alarms due to component faults or other
1 x per year I
abnormalities. Check quality of print (if applicable).
2.11 Verify proper operation of printer (if applicable). 1 x per year I
2.12 Verify proper operation of printer take-up (if applicable). 1 x per year I
2.13 Verify proper operation of operator controls. 1 x per year I
2.14 Verify operation of touch screens display function. 1 x per year I
2.15 Verify time and date are set correctly. 1 x per year I
2.16 Check condition of chamber door gaskets. 1 x per year I
2.17 Perform door safety check. 1 x per year I
2.18 Check doors pneumatic system for leaks. 1 x per year I
2.19 Verify that doors open smoothly. 1 x per year I
2.20 Verify that doors close smoothly. 1 x per year I
2.21 Lubricate door guides. 1 x per year I
2.22 Check dryer fan circulation, hoses and couplings for correct function. Replace
1 x per year I
dryer hose if leaking.
2.23 Clean inline strainers on hot and cold water supplies. 1 x per year I
11031488 REVISION C 12/30/2020 PAGE | 1 OF 3

2.24 Clean strainer on steam supply. 1 x per year I
2.25 Clean steam trap strainer. 1 x per year I
2.26 Verify all tri-clamps and worm drive connections are tight. Tighten if
1 x per year I
necessary.
2.27 Verify proper operation of exterior door lights. 1 x per year I
2.28 Perform safety water level check. 1 x per year I
2.29 Verify air pressure at the air regulator. 1 x per year I
2.30 Verify condenser, check housing for proper water drainage. Check housing for
1 x per year I
signs of leakage, repair as needed.
2.31 Verify chamber debris screen is clean and installed properly. 1 x per year I
2.32 Verify proper operation of dyer vent damper. 1 x per year I
2.33 Verify proper operation of three-way drying valve assembly. Verify piston
moves freely in three-way valve body. Replace piston if it shows signs of 1 x per year I
damage or leakage.
2.34 Verify rinse reservoir vent is free from obstruction (if applicable). 1 x per year I
2.35 Verify Acu-Rinse reservoir safety level switch (if applicable). 1 x per year I
2.36 Verify spray arms spin freely and are not clogged. 1 x per year I
2.37 Verify rack hold-down and sliding inlet piston is in good condition. 1 x per year I
2.38 Verify condition of chamber rollers. 1 x per year I
2.39 Clean, brush and disinfect upper section of the water level sensor piping. 1 x per year I
2.40 Verify proper operation of the detergent low level sensors. 1 x per year I
2.41 If HP pickup tube assembly is present, verify low level sensor operation.
1 x per year I
Replace the pickup tube assembly if necessary.
3.0 Final Test Inspections
3.1 Run Instrument cycle. 1 x per year I
3.2 Check unit for water, steam and air leaks. Tighten all fittings and connection
1 x per year I
points as needed.
3.3 Check for proper water level in the sump. 1 x per year I
3.4 Check for proper injection of chemicals. 1 x per year I
3.5 Check for proper steam pressure. 1 x per year I
3.6 Verify proper operation of the circulation pump. 1 x per year I
3.7 Check for proper temperature and pressures of incoming water. 1 x per year I
3.8 Check for proper spray arm rotation. 1 x per year I
3.9 Verify sump is completely drained. 1 x per year I
3.10 Check for proper air temperature during the drying phase. 1 x per year I
3.11 Verify drain cool down valve is activated during water thermal drain phase if
1 x per year I
option is enabled. While activated, verify cold water pressure.
3.12 Verify condenser valve is activated during drying phase if unit is non-vented.
1 x per year I
While activated, verify cold water pressure.
3.13 Reset maintenance due counter. 1 x per year I
3.14 Verify correct operation of e-stop on washer. 1 x per year I
For products under warranty, maintenance procedures should be performed at the intervals indicated in
the First Year Interval Based Check List. Preventive Maintenance is not covered under STERIS
manufacturer’s warranty. Contact STERIS to learn more about our preventive maintenance training

programs. Technicians are trained by STERIS to determine the impact of factors, such as quality of
utilities and machine usage, that may affect the inspection frequency.
Follow all safety procedures including Lock out/Tag out.
Disclaimer: If you own a STERIS maintenance manual with a publish date older than the revision date of
this document, the preventive maintenance schedule in your maintenance manual may not match this
schedule. If this document has a newer date stamp than your manual, this maintenance schedule
provides the updated preventive maintenance procedure for your STERIS equipment. STERIS reserves
the right to update maintenance procedures based on data collected and at a frequency deemed
necessary to provide an effective maintenance schedule to our Customers.

INTERVAL BASED CHECK LIST
(Preventive Maintenance Guide)
R = Replacement of Part Required
I = Inspection Only
MINIMUM
SERVICE REQUIRED INSPECTION INSPECTION 1 INSPECTION 2
FREQUENCY
1.0 Administrative
1.1 Discuss equipment operation with operator. 2 x per year I I
1.2 Always follow appropriate safety procedures. Use
proper PPE (Safety shoes, safety glasses, protective
sleeves/gloves, face shield and arc flash suit) as
2 x per year I I
required. Always use Lock Out/Tag Out and discharge
any energy storing device and utility lines when
performing any scheduled maintenance.
2.0 Restorative
2.1 Replace pump 1 detergent chemical squeeze tube
1 x per year R
assembly. Prime pump, lubricate and calibrate pump.
1 x per year R
assembly (if applicable). Prime pump, lubricate and 1 x per year R
calibrate pump.
assembly (if applicable). Prime pump, lubricate and 1 x per year R
calibrate pump.
2.5 Replace o-rings on upper spray arm assembly swivel. 1 x per year R
2.6 Replace pivot bushings on rack hold down. 1 x per year R
2.7 Replace drying HEPA filter. 1 x per year R
2.8 Replace water inlet piston and seal. 1 x per year R
2 x per year R R
3.0 Calibration
3.1 Verify wet RTD’s, calibrate if required. 1 x per year I
3.2 Verify dry RTD’s calibrate if required. 1 x per year I
3.3 Verify Acu-Cooldown RTD (if applicable). 1 x per year I
3.4 Verify Acu-Rinse reservoir RTD (if applicable). Calibrate
1 x per year I
if required.
3.5 Pump 1, lubricate chemical squeeze tube, prime pump
1 x per year I
and then calibrate pump and flow meter.
1 x per year I
and then calibrate pump and flow meter.
1 x per year I
and then calibrate pump and flow meter (if applicable).

1 x per year I
and then calibrate pump and flow meter (if applicable).
4.0 Functional Test/Inspection
4.1 Verify rinse reservoir vent is free from obstruction (if
1 x per year I
applicable).
4.2 If HP pickup tube assembly is present, inspect the foot
1 x per year I
screen and check valve for debris. Replace if necessary.
4.3 Clean inline strainers on hot and cold water supplies. 1 x per year I
4.4 Verify Acu-Rinse reservoir safety level switch (if
1 x per year I
applicable).
4.5 Review cycle records for possible alarms due to
component faults or other abnormalities. Check quality 2 x per year I I
of print (if applicable).
4.6 Verify proper operation of printer (if applicable). 2 x per year I I
4.7 Verify proper operation of printer take-up (if
2 x per year I I
applicable).
4.8 Verify proper operation of operator controls. 2 x per year I I
4.9 Verify operation of touch screens display function. 2 x per year I I
4.10 Verify time and date are set correctly. 2 x per year I I
4.11 Check condition of chamber door gaskets. 2 x per year I I
4.12 Perform door safety check. 2 x per year I I
4.13 Check doors pneumatic system for leaks. 2 x per year I I
4.14 Verify that doors open smoothly. 2 x per year I I
4.15 Verify that doors close smoothly. 2 x per year I I
4.16 Lubricate door guides. 2 x per year I I
4.17 Check dryer fan circulation, hoses and couplings for
2 x per year I I
correct function. Replace dryer hose if leaking.
4.18 Clean strainer on steam supply. 2 x per year I I
4.19 Clean steam trap strainer. 2 x per year I I
4.20 Verify all tri-clamps and worm drive connections are
2 x per year I I
tight. Tighten if necessary.
4.21 Verify proper operation of exterior door lights. 2 x per year I I
4.22 Perform safety water level check. 2 x per year I I
4.23 Verify air pressure at the air regulator. 2 x per year I I
4.24 Verify condenser, check housing for proper water
drainage. Check housing for signs of leakage, repair as 2 x per year I I
needed.
4.25 Verify chamber debris screen is clean and installed
2 x per year I I
properly.
4.26 Verify proper operation of dyer vent damper. 2 x per year I I
4.27 Verify proper operation of three-way drying valve
assembly. Verify piston moves freely in three-way
2 x per year I I
valve body. Replace piston if it shows signs of damage
or leakage.
4.28 Verify spray arms spin freely and are not clogged. 2 x per year I I

4.29 Verify rack hold-down and sliding inlet piston is in good
2 x per year I I
condition.
4.30 Verify condition of chamber rollers. 2 x per year I I
4.31 Clean, brush and disinfect upper section of the water
2 x per year I I
level sensor piping.
4.32 Verify proper operation of the detergent low level
2 x per year I I
sensors.
4.33 If HP pickup tube assembly is present, verify low level
sensor operation. Replace the pickup tube assembly if 2 x per year I I
necessary.
5.0 Final Test Inspections
5.1 Run Instrument cycle. 2 x per year I I
5.2 Check unit for water, steam and air leaks. Tighten all
2 x per year I I
fittings and connection points as needed.
5.3 Check for proper water level in the sump. 2 x per year I I
5.4 Check for proper injection of chemicals. 2 x per year I I
5.5 Check for proper steam pressure. 2 x per year I I
5.6 Verify proper operation of the circulation pump. 2 x per year I I
5.7 Check for proper temperature and pressures of
2 x per year I I
incoming water.
5.8 Check for proper spray arm rotation. 2 x per year I I
5.9 Verify sump is completely drained. 2 x per year I I
5.10 Check for proper air temperature during the drying
2 x per year I I
phase.
5.11 Verify drain cool down valve is activated during water
thermal drain phase if option is enabled. While 2 x per year I I
activated, verify cold water pressure.
5.12 Verify condenser valve is activated during drying phase
if unit is non-vented. While activated, verify cold water 2 x per year I I
pressure.
5.13 Reset maintenance due counter. 2 x per year I I
5.14 Verify correct operation of e-stop on washer. 2 x per year I I
Maintenance procedures should be performed at the intervals indicated in the maintenance schedule.
Technicians are trained by STERIS to determine the impact of factors, such as quality of utilities and
machine usage, that may affect the replacement frequency of some of the OEM parts. Contact STERIS
to learn more about our preventive maintenance training programs.
Follow all safety procedures including Lock out/Tag out.
Disclaimer: If you own a STERIS maintenance manual with a publish date older than the revision date of
this document, the preventive maintenance schedule in your maintenance manual may not match this
schedule. If this document has a newer date stamp than your manual, this maintenance schedule
provides the updated preventive maintenance procedure for your STERIS equipment. STERIS reserves
the right to update maintenance procedures based on data collected and at a frequency deemed
necessary to provide an effective maintenance schedule to our Customers.

11 — Reference Drawings
Reference Drawings
11.1 Reference Drawings
Table 11-1. Reference Drawings — 7052HP Electric-Heated
Reference Drawing Drawing Number
W/ ACU-Rinse res., unit flush to wall 10292222
W/ ACU-Rinse res., unit offset from wall 10292223
W/O ACU-Rinse res., unit flush to wall 10292224
W/O ACU-Rinse res., unit offset from wall 10292225
Rev. C — 2019–06–14
NOTE: Previous revisions never released — For preproduction washers only.
Table 11-2. Reference Drawings — 7052HP Steam-Heated
Rev. C — 2019–06–14
Table 11-3. Reference Drawings — 7053HP Electric-Heated
327
11 — Reference Drawings
Table 11-3. Reference Drawings — 7053HP Electric-Heated (continued)
Rev. C — 2019–06–14
Table 11-4. Reference Drawings — 7053HP Steam-Heated
Rev. C — 2019–06–14
Table 11-5. Process and Instrument Diagram / Electrical Schematics
Process and Instrument Diagram / Electrical Schematics 10260377
Rev. B — 2019–05–14
NOTE: Previous revision never released — For preproduction washers only.
328
TYPICAL INSTALLATION
45 [1143]
WALL OPENING
*(NOTE F)
32 [813] 34 [864]
1-1/2
[38] UNIT LENGTH MAX LENGTH
TOP VIEW 15
[381]
SERVICE AREA PASS THROUGH
REQUIRED FOR DOOR
42 [1067] DRYING MOTOR
SERVICE ACCESS UNIT WIDTH REMOVAL
SIDE OF UNIT
FOR DOOR REMOVAL

*(NOTE B)
WALL OPENING HEIGHT
CEILING HEIGHT
81-7/8 8-1/2
[2080] [216]
MAX
HEIGHT
26-1/4 [667] 91 [2311]

RAISED DOOR MINIMUM
80-3/4 LOADING 90 [2286] 94 [2388] *(NOTE G)
CLEARANCE HEIGHT
[2051] SERVICE RECOMMENDED
UNIT HEIGHT AREA 98 [2489] *(NOTE H)
HEIGHT HEIGHT
MINIMUM
94 [2388] *(NOTE G)
31 [787] RECOMMENDED
LOADING 96 [2438] *(NOTE H)
HEIGHT
FRONT VIEW LEVEL FLOOR SIDE VIEW MAX 1 [25]

NOTES: *(NOTE C) ADJUSTMENT WITH
WASHER LEGS
(A) UNLESS OTHERWISE SPECIFIED, ALL DIMENSIONS ARE IN INCHES [mm]. (UNIT HEIGHT 81-3/4 [2077] MAX)
(B) SERVICE ACCESS SIDE OF UNIT IS RECOGNIZED BY THE TOUCH SCREEN AT THE RIGHT OF
WASH CHAMBER. ELECTRICAL AND CONTROL COMPONENTS, AS WELL AS MOST OF
SERVICABLE PARTS ARE ACCESSIBLE FROM THAT SIDE OF UNIT. NON-SERVICE SIDE IS
EQUIPPED WITH THE TOUCH SCREEN ON THE LEFT OF THE WASH CHAMBER.
(C) CUSTOMER MUST BE SURE THAT MACHINE STANDS ON A NON-COMBUSTIBLE FLOOR.
(D) WEIGHTED EQUIVALENT SURFACE SOUND PRESSURE LEVEL: 64.0 dB(A) CALCULATED AS DESCRIBED IN ISO 3746.
(E) VERTICAL BARRIER WALL FLANGES ARE PROVIDED WITH UNIT TO FILL GAP BETWEEN
UNIT AND WALL ON BOTH SIDES. DIMENSIONS ARE 3-1/2 in [89 mm] WIDTH X 80 in [2032 mm] LONG.
(F) HORIZONTAL BARRIER WALL FLANGES ARE PROVIDED WITH UNIT TO FILL GAP BETWEEN
UNIT AND WALL ON BOTH SIDES. DIMENSIONS ARE 49 in [1245 mm] WIDTH X 16 in [406 mm] HEIGHT.
(G) MINIMUM REQUIRED DIMENSION FOR DOOR REMOVAL WITH LIMITED ADJUSTMENT AVAILABLE: +0 in [0 mm]
THE STANDARD BARRIER WALL FLANGES CAN'T BE USED AT THAT DIMENSION. -3/4 in [19.1 mm]
(H) RECOMMENDED DIMENSION FOR DOOR REMOVAL WITH FULL LEVELING ADJUSTMENT AVAILABLE: +1 in [25.4 mm]
THE STANDARD BARRIER WALL FLANGES CAN BE USED AT THAT DIMENSION. *(NOTE E AND F) -3/4 in [19.1 mm]
T EQUIPMENT DRAWING OF
I
T AMSCO® 7052HP SINGLE-CHAMBER WASHER/DISINFECTOR
L
E ELECTRIC HEATED, W/ ACU-RINSE RES., UNIT FLUSH TO WALL
SIZE: SCALE: DRAWN BY: DRAWING NUMBER:
PART NUMBER
Corporation A N/A Jean Tanguay 10292222 & REVISION
This document contains confidential and proprietary information of STERIS Corporation. Neither this
document nor the information herein are to be reproduced, either in part or in whole, except as specifically authorized by STERIS Corporation.
SEISMIC MOUNTS
5-11/16 [144] 2X 33-7/16 [849] SEISMIC ANCHORAGE

FOR DETAIL SEE FD354
QTY 4 ANCHORS
7-1/8 FINISHED WALL

2-1/8 [181]
[54]
17-3/8
[441]
2X 27-11/16 *(NOTE A AND B)

[704]
PREFERENCE
LOCATION OF
FLOOR SINK
4X 15 [381]
*NOTES:
(A) CONCRETE FLOOR MUST REMAIN FREE OF DEFECTS IN THESE AREA, AS PER ESR-1917 & ESR-3187.
FOR INSTALLATION OF SEISMIC ANCHORS (NOT PROVIDED BY STERIS).
(B) THE FLOOR SINK AND DRAIN SHALL NOT OCCUPY THESE AREAS. 5 in x 5 in [127 mm x 127 mm] FLOOR SINK
WITH Ø4 in [102 mm] DRAIN IS RECOMMENDED WHEN USING SEISMIC MOUNTS.
I
L
PART NUMBER
UTILITY (PLUMBING)
CONNECTION POSITION
15
[381]
7-1/8
[181]
HW HOT WATER
3-7/8
[99] CW COLD WATER
PW PURE WATER
A COMPRESSED AIR
23-1/32 20-17/32 19-1/2 21 D FLOOR DRAIN LOCATION
[585] [521] [495] D [533]
HW
CW
A
PW
31-1/8
[791]
TOP VIEW
HW
PW
PW A A
HW CW
CW
80-3/4
[2051]
D D
FRONT VIEW SIDE VIEW
I
L
PART NUMBER
UTILITY (ELECTRICITY)
CONNECTION POSITION
E ELECTRICAL
N NETWORK
38-1/8
[967]
35-13/16
[910]
E 22-3/8 25
[568] [636]
TOP VIEW
E E
N N
79-1/4
[2013]
39-5/8
[1007]
I
L
PART NUMBER
UTILITY (VENTILATION)
CONNECTION POSITION (OPTIONAL)
EX VENTILATION EXHAUST
BY OTHERS
7 6-5/32 EX
[178] [156]
EX
VENTILATION CONNECTION (OPTIONAL)

(SEE PAGE 9 *(NOTE 1)
DRY CONTACT (SEE PAGE 10 *(NOTE 3))
TOP VIEW
SUGGESTED DUCTWORK
(BY OTHERS)
EX
EX
VAPOR CONDENSATE
COLLECTING MANAGED
BY THE UNIT
81-29/32
[2080]
I
L
PART NUMBER
DOSING STATION
DETERGENT LINES SHALL NOT BE IN CONTACT WITH HOT SURFACES.
100 ft [30 m] OF INJECTION LINE STERIS RECOMMENDS CUSTOMER TO ROUTE CHEMICAL LINES AND
AND SIGNAL CABLE SIGNAL CABLE THROUGH A 3 in [76 mm] ID CONDUIT.
EXCESS LENGTH MUST BE CUT BEFORE CONNECTING TO

WASHER/STATION TO AVOID FORMING BUNDLES THAT COULD
AFFECT THE CHEMICAL INJECTION SYSTEM'S PERFORMANCE
UP TO 5 TUBES (DO NOT CUT SIGNAL CABLE).
CEILING
ROUTE CHEMICAL LINES

AND SIGNAL CABLE
THROUGH PIPE TO REACH 17 [432]
BOTTOM OF UNIT
DOSING STATION
WEIGHT : 15 lb [6.8 kg]
8-1/2 [216]
132 [3350]
12 ft [3.6 m] OF INJECTION LINE MAX.
(FROM CONTAINERS TO
DOSING STATION)
*(NOTE B)
60 [1524]
REF
CHEMICAL CONTAINERS
*(NOTE A)
2X FD349 SHOWN
*NOTES:
(A) DOSING STATION AND CHEMICAL CONTAINERS MUST BE ON THE SAME FLOOR OF THE BUILDING AS THE WASHER/DISINFECTOR.
CHEMICAL CONTAINER MUST BE LOCATED AT A LOWER HEIGHT THAN DOSING STATION. MAXIMUM CONTAINER INCLINATION
IS 15 DEG. FROM FLOOR. AMBIENT TEMPERATURE SHALL NOT EXCEED 32 °C [90 °F]
(B) HP PICKUP TUBE SYSTEM CAN PROVIDE UP TO TWO WASHERS WITH CHEMISTRY FROM THE SAME CONTAINER.
INSTRUMENT UTENSIL
(With PUC HP) (With PUC HP)
ENZYME CONSUMPTION PER CYCLE
0.74 oz [22 ml] 0.74 oz [22 ml]
(SEE PAGE 7; *(NOTE 4))
CHEMICAL DETERGENT CONSUMPTION PER CYCLE
0.74 oz [22 ml] 0.74 oz [22 ml]
(CH) (SEE PAGE 7; *(NOTE 4))
LUBRICANT CONSUMPTION PER CYCLE
0.2 oz [6 ml] N/A
I
L
PART NUMBER
UTILITY REQUIREMENTS CHART (PLUMBING)
UTILITY PARAMETER REQUIREMENT NOTES

1/2 in / FEMALE NPT 1. STERIS REQUIRES TO INSTALL WATER HAMMER
CONNECTION SIZE / TYPE ARRESTOR, UNION & PRESSURE GAUGE.
[1/2 in / MALE BSPT]
15 - 50 psig DYNAMIC 2. CUSTOMER MUST PROVIDE UTILITY
PRESSURE RANGE [103-345 kPa] CONNECTIONS WITH SHUTOFFS DISCONNECTS
MAX. 90 psig STATIC [620 kPA] WITHIN 2 FEET OF THE PERIMETER OF THE
EQUIPMENT AND BELOW THE CEILING DECK.
6.8 US GPM [25.7 L/min] TO *STERIS OFFERS FLEXIBLE HOSES
OPERATING FLOW RATE ACCESSORY (FD088 OR FD037)
HOT WATER 14.1 US GPM [53.4 L/min]
WITH INSTRUCTIONS.
(HW) TOTAL CONSUMPTION PER
3.5 US GAL [13.3 L]
3. SAMPLING VALVES INSTALLATION AS CLOSE AS
INSTRUMENT CYCLE POSSIBLE TO WASHER WATER CONNECTIONS IS
WITH ACU-WASH RESERVOIR:
*(NOTE 4) RECOMMENDED.
0.0 US GAL [0.0 L]
TEMPERATURE RANGE 110 °F [43 °C] TO 150 °F [65.5 °C]
HARDNESS (CaCO3) : 50-80 ppm

WATER QUALITY *(NOTE 5)
(MAX. 120 ppm)
1/2 in / FEMALE NPT 4. CONSUMPTION BASED ON INSTRUMENT CYCLE WITH
CONNECTION SIZE / TYPE PROLYSTICA ULTRA CONCENTRATE HIGH
PERFORMANCE CHEMICALS (PUC HP) WITH
THE FOLLOWING UTILITY CONDITIONS:
30 - 50 psig DYNAMIC
PRESSURE RANGE [206-345 kPa] THREE-LEVEL MANIFOLD RACK
MAX. 90 psig STATIC [620 kPa] (CW) COLD WATER PRESSURE: 30 psig DYNAMIC
[207 kPa]
10.7 US GPM [40.5 L/min] TO (CW) COLD WATER TEMPERATURE: 70 °F [21 °C]
OPERATING FLOW RATE
14.1 US GPM [53.4 L/min] (HW) HOT WATER TEMPERATURE: 150 °F [65 °C]
(PW) PURE WATER TEMPERATURE 70 °F [21 °C]
FOR SUMP FILLING: 11.1 US GAL [42.0 L]
(ADD THE FOLLOWING CONSUMPTION
COLD WATER FOR OPTIONS/CONFIGURATIONS)
UTENSIL CYCLE CONSUMPTION:
TWO-LEVEL MANIFOLD RACK
(CW) CW: 11.0 US GAL [41.6 L]
*(NOTES 6) TOTAL CONSUMPTION PER HW: 3.4 US GAL [12.9 L]
INSTRUMENT CYCLE NON-VENTED SYSTEM: PW: 12.0 US GAL [45.4 L]
*(NOTE 4) 15.2 US GAL [57.5 L]
DRAIN COOLDOWN:
18.9 US GAL [71.5 L] 5. STERIS RECOMMENDS THE FOLLOWING WATER
QUALITY PARAMETERS:
DRAIN ACU-COOLDOWN:
TOTAL DISSOLVED SOLIDS: 100-200 ppm
13.0 US GAL [49.2 L] (MAX. 500 ppm)
TOTAL ALKALINITY (CaCO3) : 70-120 ppm
TEMPERATURE RANGE 70 °F [21 °C] MAXIMUM (MAX. 180 ppm)
pH : 6.8-7 (MAX. 7.5)
TOTAL SILICA : 0.1-0.5 ppm (MAX. 1 ppm)
(MAX. 120 ppm)
1/2 in / FEMALE NPT 6. BACK FLOW PREVENTER AGAINST BACK
CONNECTION SIZE / TYPE SIPHONAGE MAY BE REQUIRED (LOCAL
PLUMBING CODE)
5 - 20 psig DYNAMIC [30 - 138 kPa]

PRESSURE RANGE
MAX. 90 psig STATIC [620 kPa]
5.5 US GPM [21 L/min] TO

OPERATING FLOW RATE
10.3 US GPM [39 L/min]
PURE WATER
TOTAL CONSUMPTION PER
(PW) INSTRUMENT CYCLE 12.0 US GAL [45.4 L]
* (NOTE 4 )
TEMPERATURE RANGE 70 °F [21.1 °C] TO 150 °F [65.5 °C]
RESISTIVITY 0.1-0.5 M -cm

(CONDUCTIVITY) (2-10 µS/cm)
pH 6.8 - 7.5
I
L
PART NUMBER

1. AIR PURITY PER ISO-8573-1: 2010 [7:4:4]
1/8 in / FEMALE NPT MAX. PARTICLE DENSITY: 10 mg/m³

CONNECTION SIZE / TYPE MAX. DEW POINT FOR WATER CONTENT:
37 °F [3 °C]
MAX. OIL CONCENTRATION FOR THE OIL
CONTENT: 5 mg/m³
2. STERIS RECOMMENDS A REFRIGERATED AIR

COMPRESSED DRYER WHERE ENVIRONMENTAL DEW POINT
MIN 80 psig DYNAMIC [552 kPa]
AIR PRESSURE RANGE
MAX. 125 psig STATIC [860 kPa] CONDITIONS ARE HIGHER THAN
(A) RECOMMENDED.
3. CUSTOMER MUST PROVIDE UTILITY

CONNECTIONS WITH SHUTOFFS DISCONNECTS
WITHIN 2 FEET OF THE PERIMETER OF THE
OPERATING FLOW RATE 1.75 SCFM [50 L/min]
4. WASHER DRAIN OUTLET SIZE 1-1/2 in / MALE NPT
MIN 4 in [102 mm] O.D. WITH 5. MAX OFFSET OF 3/4 in [19 mm] FROM
FLOOR DRAIN SIZE OUTLET (PAGE 3, D).
8 in x 8 in [204 mm x 204 mm] FLOOR SINK
6. FOR DRAIN REQUIREMENTS WHEN USING
DRAIN SEISMIC MOUNTS, SEE PAGE 2.
(D)
GRAVITY DRAIN : 50 US GPM
OPERATING FLOW RATE
[189.3 L/min]
11. STERIS RECOMMENDS TO ROUTE CHEMICAL

CHEMICAL LINES AND SIGNAL CABLE THROUGH A
CEILING ROUTING
DOSING CONDUIT
3 in CONDUIT 3 in [76 mm] ID CONDUIT (BY OTHERS).
SYSTEM 100 ft [30 m] OF INJECTION LINE AND
SIGNAL CABLE ARE PROVIDED WITH THE UNIT.
I
L
PART NUMBER
UTILITY REQUIREMENTS CHART (ELECTRIC)
PARAMETER AND REQUIREMENT NOTES

UTILITY
CONNECTION NOMINAL RECOMMENDED
SIZE/TYPE AMPERAGE CIRCUIT
208V 1. ALL CONNECTIONS SHOULD BE IN
60 Hz, 3-Ph ACCORDANCE WITH LOCAL CODES.
CONVERTED TO N/A N/A
N/A
460-480V (NOTE 7) (NOTE 7) 2. NEUTRAL WIRE NOT REQUIRED.
THROUGH TRANSFORMER
(OPTIONAL) FD787
3. ALWAYS FOLLOW LOCAL ELECTRICAL CODES
200V
AND SAFETY-RELATED WORK PRATICES TO
50 Hz, 3-Ph DETERMINE THE VALUE OF PROTECTION.
N/A 4. WIRING ON THE EQUIPMENT TERMINATES AT
380-400-415V (NOTE 7) (NOTE 7)
THROUGH TRANSFORMER A JUNCTION BOX. WIRING BETWEEN JUNCTION
(OPTIONAL) FD78-800 BOX AND BUILDING SERVICE LINES ARE NOT
SUPPLIED BY STERIS.
ELECTRICITY 460-480V
1 in [27 mm] 5. DISCONNECT SWITCHES WITH OFF POSITION
60 Hz, 3-Ph
(EL) 1-1/4 in [35 mm] 34.5 A 50 A LOCKOUT (SUPPLIED BY OTHERS) MUST BE
CONDUIT INSTALLED IN ELECTRIC SUPPLY LINES NEAR
THE EQUIPMENT.
1 in [27 mm] 6. STERIS RECOMMENDS A LIGHT IN SERVICE

380-400V AREA.
1-1/4 in [35 mm] 39.5 A 50 A
60 Hz, 3-Ph
CONDUIT
7. IT IS CUSTOMER RESPONSABILITY TO
CALCULATE NOMINAL AMPERAGE REQUIRED AT
TRANSFORMER INPUT. NOMINAL AMPERAGE
1 in [27 mm] REQUIRED AT TRANSFORMER OUTPUT TO
380-400-415V
1-1/4 in [35 mm] 39 A 50 A SUPPLY THE WASHER CAN BE FOUND IN THIS
50 Hz, 3-Ph
CONDUIT TABLE FOR THE SPECIFIC ELECTRICAL
CONFIGURATION OF THE WASHER.
8. NETWORK CONNECTION (IF APPLICABLE)
NETWORK - ACTIVE NETWORK DROP WITH CAT 5/6 CABLE
100/1000 BASE T SUPPORTING
WITHIN 10 ft [3 m] OF UNIT
(N) TCP/IP PROTOCOL
- STATIC OR DHCP RESERVED IP ADDRESS
OPTIONAL RJ45F CONNECTION
(FOR EACH UNIT)
- NETWORK CABLE (SUPPLIED BY OTHER)
ENGINEERING DATA-RECOMMENDED
TRANSFORMER TRANSFORMER
208V, 60Hz 200V, 50Hz 26 [660]

POWER (kVA) 45
INPUT (HV) (V 3, 60Hz) 208/240/600 208 24 [610] 24-1/4
OUTPUT (LV) (V 3, 60Hz) 480 231 / 400 [616]
WEIGHT LB (KG) 467 (212) 343 (156) 22 [559] 20-3/8
NOISE LEVEL (dBa) 45 [518]
NO LOAD LOSS (WATTS) 241.2 319
LOAD LOSS (WATTS) 1062.6 2461 7
338°f (170°C) [178]
TOTAL LOSSES (WATTS) 1303.8 2780
EXCITATION
CURRENT
(%) 2.54 3.26
29-1/2
INSTALLATION WALL/FLOOR [749]
SIZE IN (MM) SEE RIGHT
PRIMARY CONNECTORS (MCM) 1x 250 MCM 6
PER PHASE [152]
SECONDARY CONNECTORS (AWG) 1x #2 AWG-#14 AWG
PER PHASE
12-1/2 24 [610] 12 2
TEMPERATURE °F (°C) 428° (220°) [318] [305] [51]
CLASS
16
WINDING (HV) (LV) COPPER [406]
I
L
PART NUMBER
UTILITY REQUIREMENTS CHART
1. NOT REQUIRED WITH NON VENTED UNIT.
3 in [76 mm]
CONNECTION SIZE
OUTSIDE DIAMETER 2. STERIS REQUIRES CORROSION-RESISTANT AND
WATER-TIGHT DUCT:
1/2 in [50 mm]
VENTILATION PRESSURE RANGE - MIN OPERATING TEMPERATURE 210 °F [99 °C]
VACUUM AT CONNECTION - SLOPED TOWARDS THE WASHER AND NO DEAD LEGS
EXHAUST
(EX) - INSTALL DRAIN PART AT LOWEST POINT NEAR UNIT
OPTIONAL OPERATING FLOW RATE 60 SCFM [1.7 m³/min] 3. EXHAUST FAN NORMALLY OPEN-AUXILIARY CONTACTS
IS AVAILABLE TO SUPPLY A SIGNAL TO THE FACILITY HVAC
CONTROL SYSTEM WHENEVER THE WASHER VENTILATION
EXHAUST FAN IS IN OPERATION.
TEMPERATURE RANGE MAX. 240 °F [116 °C]
PHYSICAL SPECIFICATIONS
50 in x 91 in x 42 in 1. LEVELING FEET ARE PROVIDED FOR PROPER INSTALLATION.
SHIPPING DIMENSION W x H x L
[1270 mm x 2311 mm x 1067 mm] 2. PERMISSIBLE ENVIRONMENTAL CONDITIONS.
THIS EQUIPMENT IS DESIGNED TO GIVE OPTIMAL RESULTS
UNDER THE FOLLOWING CONDITIONS:
SHIPPING WEIGHT 1372 lb [622 kg]
- INDOOR USE ONLY;
- ALTITUDE OF OPERATION UP TO 6562 ft [2000 m];
42 in x 80.75 in x 32 in - TEMPERATURE OF 41 TO 104 °F [5 to 40 °C];
OPERATING DIMENSION W x H x L - MAXIMUM RELATIVE HUMIDITY IS 80% FOR TEMPERATURE UP
[1067 mm x 2051 mm x 813 mm] TO 88 °F [31 °C], DECREASING LINEARLY TO 50% RELATIVE
HUMIDITY AT 104 °F [40 °C];
OPERATING WEIGHT - POLLUTION DEGREE 2: EQUIPMENT MUST BE INSTALLED IN AN
1461 lb [663 kg]
(WITH WATER AND FULLY LOADED) ENVIRONMENT WHERE NORMALLY ONLY NON-CONDUCTIVE
POLLUTION OCCURS BUT WHERE OCCASIONAL, TEMPORARY
AVERAGE FLOOR LOAD CONDUCTIVITY CAUSED BY CONDENSATION CAN BE EXPECTED
1.09 psi [7.49 kPa] (AS DETERMINED ACCORDING TO INTERNATIONAL STANDARD
OVER WASHER FOOTPRINT
EN/IEC 61010-1).
MAX. FLOOR LOAD
AT WASHER FOOT PADS 75 psi [517 kPa] 3. STERIS ASSUMES NO RESPONSIBILITY FOR CHANGES MADE TO,
OR FAILURE TO OBSERVE THE SPECIFICATIONS ON EQUIPMENT
(3 in [76.2 mm] DIAMETER PADS)
DRAWING AND NOTE PAGES. SPECIFICATIONS AND
NOISE LEVEL: 60.6 dB(A) DESCRIPTIONS ARE SUBJECT TO CHANGE WITHOUT NOTICE.
A-WEIGHTED EQUIVALENT CALCULATED AS DESCRIBED
SURFACE SOUND PRESSURE LEVEL IN ISO 3746.
4. OPENING AREA CAN BE REDUCED TO 13 in² [84 cm²]
OPENING AREA FROM 46.5 in² [300 cm²]
WITH INSTALLATION OF AIR MANAGEMENT PANELS
CLEAN SIDE TO SOILED SIDE *(NOTE 4)
ACCESSORY (FD352)
26.5 in x 26.25 in x 25.5 in
CHAMBER DIMENSION W x H x L
[673 mm x 667 mm x 648 mm]
VOLUME
10.3 ft³ [0.29 m³]
TYPICAL HEAT LOSS AT 75 °F [24 °C]

CONTINUOUS OPERATION
NON-VENTED UNIT VENTED UNIT (OPTIONAL)
WITH ACU-RINSE RES. WITH ACU-RINSE RES.
2049 Btu/h 2049 Btu/h
CLEAN SIDE [600 W] [600 W]
8265 Btu/h 6455 Btu/h
SOILED SIDE [2420 W] [1890 W]
10314± 854 Btu/h 8504 ± 854 Btu/h
TOTAL [3020 ± 250 W] [2490 ± 250 W]
VALUES INCLUDE HEAT LOSS DURING DOOR OPENING FOR LOADING AND UNLOADING OPERATIONS. "TOTAL" WILL VARY DEPENDING
ON DISINFECTION TIME AND TEMPERATURE, DRYING TIME AND TEMPERATURE AND USE RATE OF UNIT.
AN ADDITIONAL HEAT LOSS FOR LOAD COOL DOWN IN CLEAN SIDE CAN BE ADDED TO THE TOTAL HEAT LOSS OF THE WASHER:
MAXIMUM 1713 Btu [1807 kJ]
I
L
PART NUMBER
4 45 [1143]
[102] WALL OPENING
*(NOTE F)
32 [813] 34 [864]
1-1/2
TOP VIEW 15
[381]
REQUIRED FOR DOOR
SIDE OF UNIT
FOR DOOR REMOVAL

*(NOTE B)
WALL OPENING HEIGHT
CEILING HEIGHT
81-7/8 8-1/2
[2080] [216]
MAX
HEIGHT
26-1/4 [667] 91 [2311]

RAISED DOOR MINIMUM
80-3/4 LOADING 90 [2286] 94 [2388] *(NOTE G)
CLEARANCE HEIGHT
HEIGHT HEIGHT
MINIMUM
90 [2286] *(NOTE G)
HEIGHT

WASHER LEGS
I
L
E ELECTRIC HEATED, W/ ACU-RINSE RES., UNIT OFFSET FROM WALL
PART NUMBER
SEISMIC MOUNTS

QTY 4 ANCHORS
7-1/8 FINISHED WALL

[181]
17-3/8 1-7/8
[441] [47]
2X 27-11/16 *(NOTE A AND B)

[704]
PREFERENCE
LOCATION OF
FLOOR SINK
4X 15 [381]
*NOTES:
I
L
PART NUMBER
UTILITY (PLUMBING)
CONNECTION POSITION
15
[381]
7-1/8
[181]
HW HOT WATER
3-7/8
[99] CW COLD WATER
PW PURE WATER
A COMPRESSED AIR
15-1/2 17 D FLOOR DRAIN LOCATION

19-1/32 16-17/32 D
[483] [420] [394] [432]
HW
CW
A
PW
31-1/8
[791]
TOP VIEW
HW
PW
PW A A
HW CW
CW
80-3/4
[2051]
D D
I
L
PART NUMBER
CONNECTION POSITION
E ELECTRICAL
N NETWORK
38-1/8
[967]
35-13/16
[910]
E 18-3/8 21
[467] [534]
TOP VIEW
E E
N N
79-1/4
[2013]
39-5/8
[1007]
I
L
PART NUMBER
BY OTHERS
6-5/32 EX
3 [156]
[76]
EX

TOP VIEW
SUGGESTED DUCTWORK
(BY OTHERS)
EX
EX
VAPOR CONDENSATE
COLLECTING MANAGED
BY THE UNIT
81-29/32
[2080]
I
L
PART NUMBER
DOSING STATION

CEILING

AND SIGNAL CABLE
BOTTOM OF UNIT
DOSING STATION
8-1/2 [216]
132 [3350]
(FROM CONTAINERS TO
DOSING STATION)
*(NOTE B)
60 [1524]
REF
CHEMICAL CONTAINERS
*(NOTE A)
2X FD349 SHOWN
*NOTES:
INSTRUMENT UTENSIL
0.74 oz [22 ml] 0.74 oz [22 ml]
0.74 oz [22 ml] 0.74 oz [22 ml]
0.2 oz [6 ml] N/A
I
L
PART NUMBER

WITH INSTRUCTIONS.
3.5 US GAL [13.3 L]
0.0 US GAL [0.0 L]

(MAX. 120 ppm)
[207 kPa]
OPERATING FLOW RATE
(CW) CW: 11.0 US GAL [41.6 L]
*(NOTE 4) 15.2 US GAL [57.5 L]
DRAIN COOLDOWN:
QUALITY PARAMETERS:
DRAIN ACU-COOLDOWN:
13.0 US GAL [49.2 L] (MAX. 500 ppm)
pH : 6.8-7 (MAX. 7.5)
(MAX. 120 ppm)
PLUMBING CODE)

PRESSURE RANGE

OPERATING FLOW RATE
PURE WATER
* (NOTE 4 )

pH 6.8 - 7.5
I
L
PART NUMBER


37 °F [3 °C]
CONTENT: 5 mg/m³

AIR PRESSURE RANGE
(A) RECOMMENDED.

(D)
OPERATING FLOW RATE
[189.3 L/min]

CEILING ROUTING
DOSING CONDUIT
I
L
PART NUMBER

UTILITY
N/A
THROUGH TRANSFORMER
(OPTIONAL) FD787
200V
380-400-415V (NOTE 7) (NOTE 7)
SUPPLIED BY STERIS.
60 Hz, 3-Ph
THE EQUIPMENT.

380-400V AREA.
1-1/4 in [35 mm] 39.5 A 50 A
60 Hz, 3-Ph
CONDUIT
380-400-415V
50 Hz, 3-Ph
(N) TCP/IP PROTOCOL
(FOR EACH UNIT)
208V, 60Hz 200V, 50Hz 26 [660]

POWER (kVA) 45
INPUT (HV) (V 3, 60Hz) 208/240/600 208 24 [610] 24-1/4
OUTPUT (LV) (V 3, 60Hz) 480 231 / 400 [616]
WEIGHT LB (KG) 467 (212) 343 (156) 22 [559] 20-3/8
338°f (170°C) [178]
EXCITATION
CURRENT
(%) 2.54 3.26
29-1/2
PER PHASE [152]
PER PHASE
12-1/2 24 [610] 12 2
TEMPERATURE °F (°C) 428° (220°) [318] [305] [51]
CLASS
16
I
L
PART NUMBER
3 in [76 mm]
CONNECTION SIZE
WATER-TIGHT DUCT:
1/2 in [50 mm]
EXHAUST
- INDOOR USE ONLY;
1461 lb [663 kg]
EN/IEC 61010-1).
MAX. FLOOR LOAD
ACCESSORY (FD352)
26.5 in x 26.25 in x 25.5 in
[673 mm x 667 mm x 648 mm]
VOLUME
10.3 ft³ [0.29 m³]

2049 Btu/h 2049 Btu/h
8265 Btu/h 6455 Btu/h
10314± 854 Btu/h 8504 ± 854 Btu/h
TOTAL [3020 ± 250 W] [2490 ± 250 W]
I
L
PART NUMBER
45 [1143]
WALL OPENING
*(NOTE F)
32 [813] 34 [864]
1-1/2
TOP VIEW 15
[381]
REQUIRED FOR DOOR
SIDE OF UNIT
FOR DOOR REMOVAL

*(NOTE B)
WALL OPENING HEIGHT
CEILING HEIGHT
81-7/8 8-1/2
[2080] [216]
MAX
HEIGHT
26-1/4 [667] 91 [2311]

RAISED DOOR MINIMUM
80-3/4 LOADING 90 [2286] 94 [2388] *(NOTE G)
CLEARANCE HEIGHT
HEIGHT HEIGHT
MINIMUM
94 [2388] *(NOTE G)
HEIGHT

WASHER LEGS
I
L
E ELECTRIC HEATED, W/O ACU-RINSE RES., UNIT FLUSH TO WALL
PART NUMBER
SEISMIC MOUNTS

QTY 4 ANCHORS
7-1/8 FINISHED WALL

2-1/8 [181]
[54]
17-3/8
[441]
2X 27-11/16 *(NOTE A AND B)

[704]
PREFERENCE
LOCATION OF
FLOOR SINK
4X 15 [381]
*NOTES:
I
L
PART NUMBER
UTILITY (PLUMBING)
CONNECTION POSITION
15
[381]
7-1/8
[181]
HW HOT WATER
3-7/8
[99] CW COLD WATER
PW PURE WATER
A COMPRESSED AIR
23-1/32 20-17/32 19-1/2 21 D FLOOR DRAIN LOCATION
[585] [521] [495] D [533]
HW
CW
A
PW
31-1/8
[791]
TOP VIEW
HW
PW
PW A A
HW CW
CW
80-3/4
[2051]
D D
I
L
PART NUMBER
CONNECTION POSITION
E ELECTRICAL
N NETWORK
38-1/8
[967]
35-13/16
[910]
E 22-3/8 25
[568] [636]
TOP VIEW
E E
N N
79-1/4
[2013]
39-5/8
[1007]
I
L
PART NUMBER
BY OTHERS
7 6-5/32 EX
[178] [156]
EX

TOP VIEW
SUGGESTED DUCTWORK
(BY OTHERS)
EX
EX
VAPOR CONDENSATE
COLLECTING MANAGED
BY THE UNIT
81-29/32
[2080]
I
L
PART NUMBER
DOSING STATION

CEILING

AND SIGNAL CABLE
BOTTOM OF UNIT
DOSING STATION
8-1/2 [216]
132 [3350]
(FROM CONTAINERS TO
DOSING STATION)
*(NOTE B)
60 [1524]
REF
CHEMICAL CONTAINERS
*(NOTE A)
2X FD349 SHOWN
*NOTES:
INSTRUMENT UTENSIL
0.74 oz [22 ml] 0.74 oz [22 ml]
0.74 oz [22 ml] 0.74 oz [22 ml]
0.2 oz [6 ml] N/A
I
L
PART NUMBER

WITH INSTRUCTIONS.
10.5 US GAL [39.8 L]
7.0 US GAL [26.5 L]

(MAX. 120 ppm)
[207 kPa]
OPERATING FLOW RATE
(CW) CW: 11.0 US GAL [41.6 L]
*(NOTE 4) 20.7 US GAL [78.4 L]
DRAIN COOLDOWN:
QUALITY PARAMETERS:
DRAIN ACU-COOLDOWN:
10.9 US GAL [41.3 L] (MAX. 500 ppm)
pH : 6.8-7 (MAX. 7.5)
(MAX. 120 ppm)
PLUMBING CODE)
5 - 30 psig DYNAMIC [30 - 206 kPa] 7. PW IS OPTIONAL. IF UNAVAILABLE, UNIT WILL

PRESSURE RANGE
MAX. 90 psig STATIC [620 kPa] PROCESS THERMAL RINSE USING HOT WATER
SUPPLY.
OPERATING FLOW RATE
PURE WATER
* (NOTE 4 AND NOTE 7 )

pH 6.8 - 7.5
I
L
PART NUMBER


37 °F [3 °C]
CONTENT: 5 mg/m³

AIR PRESSURE RANGE
(A) RECOMMENDED.

(D)
OPERATING FLOW RATE
[189.3 L/min]

CEILING ROUTING
DOSING CONDUIT
I
L
PART NUMBER

UTILITY
N/A
THROUGH TRANSFORMER
(OPTIONAL) FD787
200V
380-400-415V (NOTE 7) (NOTE 7)
SUPPLIED BY STERIS.
60 Hz, 3-Ph
THE EQUIPMENT.

380-400V AREA.
1-1/4 in [35 mm] 32 A 40 A
60 Hz, 3-Ph
CONDUIT
380-400-415V
1-1/4 in [35 mm] 30.5 A 40 A SUPPLY THE WASHER CAN BE FOUND IN THIS
50 Hz, 3-Ph
(N) TCP/IP PROTOCOL
(FOR EACH UNIT)
208V, 60Hz 200V, 50Hz 26 [660]

POWER (kVA) 45
INPUT (HV) (V 3, 60Hz) 208/240/600 208 24 [610] 24-1/4
OUTPUT (LV) (V 3, 60Hz) 480 231 / 400 [616]
WEIGHT LB (KG) 467 (212) 343 (156) 22 [559] 20-3/8
338°f (170°C) [178]
EXCITATION
CURRENT
(%) 2.54 3.26
29-1/2
PER PHASE [152]
PER PHASE
12-1/2 24 [610] 12 2
TEMPERATURE °F (°C) 428° (220°) [318] [305] [51]
CLASS
16
I
L
PART NUMBER
3 in [76 mm]
CONNECTION SIZE
WATER-TIGHT DUCT:
1/2 in [50 mm]
EXHAUST
- INDOOR USE ONLY;
1254 lb [569 kg]
EN/IEC 61010-1).
MAX. FLOOR LOAD
ACCESSORY (FD352)
26.5 in x 26.25 in x 25.5 in
[673 mm x 667 mm x 648 mm]
VOLUME
10.3 ft³ [0.29 m³]

WITHOUT ACU-RINSE RES. WITHOUT ACU-RINSE RES.
2049 Btu/h 2049 Btu/h
6557 Btu/h 4747 Btu/h
8606 ± 854 Btu/h 6796 ± 854 Btu/h
TOTAL [2520 ± 250 W] [1990 ± 250 W]
I
L
PART NUMBER
4 45 [1143]
[102] WALL OPENING
*(NOTE F)
32 [813] 34 [864]
1-1/2
TOP VIEW 15
[381]
REQUIRED FOR DOOR
SIDE OF UNIT
FOR DOOR REMOVAL

*(NOTE B)
WALL OPENING HEIGHT
CEILING HEIGHT
81-7/8 8-1/2
[2080] [216]
MAX
HEIGHT
26-1/4 [667] 91 [2311]

RAISED DOOR MINIMUM
80-3/4 LOADING 90 [2286] 94 [2388] *(NOTE G)
CLEARANCE HEIGHT
HEIGHT HEIGHT
MINIMUM
90 [2286] *(NOTE G)
HEIGHT

WASHER LEGS
I
L
E ELECTRIC HEATED, W/O ACU-RINSE RES., UNIT OFFSET FROM WALL
PART NUMBER
SEISMIC MOUNTS

QTY 4 ANCHORS
7-1/8 FINISHED WALL

[181]
17-3/8 1-7/8
[441] [47]
2X 27-11/16 *(NOTE A AND B)

[704]
PREFERENCE
LOCATION OF
FLOOR SINK
4X 15 [381]
*NOTES:
I
L
PART NUMBER
UTILITY (PLUMBING)
CONNECTION POSITION
15
[381]
7-1/8
[181]
HW HOT WATER
3-7/8
[99] CW COLD WATER
PW PURE WATER
A COMPRESSED AIR
15-1/2 17 D FLOOR DRAIN LOCATION

19-1/32 16-17/32 D
[483] [420] [394] [432]
HW
CW
A
PW
31-1/8
[791]
TOP VIEW
HW
PW
PW A A
HW CW
CW
80-3/4
[2051]
D D
I
L
PART NUMBER
CONNECTION POSITION
E ELECTRICAL
N NETWORK
38-1/8
[967]
35-13/16
[910]
E 18-3/8 21
[467] [534]
TOP VIEW
E E
N N
79-1/4
[2013]
39-5/8
[1007]
I
L
PART NUMBER
BY OTHERS
6-5/32 EX
3 [156]
[76]
EX

TOP VIEW
SUGGESTED DUCTWORK
(BY OTHERS)
EX
EX
VAPOR CONDENSATE
COLLECTING MANAGED
BY THE UNIT
81-29/32
[2080]
I
L
PART NUMBER
DOSING STATION

CEILING

AND SIGNAL CABLE
BOTTOM OF UNIT
DOSING STATION
8-1/2 [216]
132 [3350]
(FROM CONTAINERS TO
DOSING STATION)
*(NOTE B)
60 [1524]
REF
CHEMICAL CONTAINERS
*(NOTE A)
2X FD349 SHOWN
*NOTES:
INSTRUMENT UTENSIL
0.74 oz [22 ml] 0.74 oz [22 ml]
0.74 oz [22 ml] 0.74 oz [22 ml]
0.2 oz [6 ml] N/A
I
L
PART NUMBER

WITH INSTRUCTIONS.
10.5 US GAL [39.8 L]
7.0 US GAL [26.5 L]

(MAX. 120 ppm)
[207 kPa]
OPERATING FLOW RATE
(CW) CW: 11.0 US GAL [41.6 L]
*(NOTE 4) 20.7 US GAL [78.4 L]
DRAIN COOLDOWN:
QUALITY PARAMETERS:
DRAIN ACU-COOLDOWN:
10.9 US GAL [41.3 L] (MAX. 500 ppm)
pH : 6.8-7 (MAX. 7.5)
(MAX. 120 ppm)
PLUMBING CODE)

PRESSURE RANGE
SUPPLY.
OPERATING FLOW RATE
PURE WATER

pH 6.8 - 7.5
I
L
PART NUMBER


37 °F [3 °C]
CONTENT: 5 mg/m³

AIR PRESSURE RANGE
(A) RECOMMENDED.

(D)
OPERATING FLOW RATE
[189.3 L/min]

CEILING ROUTING
DOSING CONDUIT
I
L
PART NUMBER

UTILITY
N/A
THROUGH TRANSFORMER
(OPTIONAL) FD787
200V
380-400-415V (NOTE 7) (NOTE 7)
SUPPLIED BY STERIS.
60 Hz, 3-Ph
THE EQUIPMENT.

380-400V AREA.
1-1/4 in [35 mm] 32 A 40 A
60 Hz, 3-Ph
CONDUIT
380-400-415V
50 Hz, 3-Ph
(N) TCP/IP PROTOCOL
(FOR EACH UNIT)
208V, 60Hz 200V, 50Hz 26 [660]

POWER (kVA) 45
INPUT (HV) (V 3, 60Hz) 208/240/600 208 24 [610] 24-1/4
OUTPUT (LV) (V 3, 60Hz) 480 231 / 400 [616]
WEIGHT LB (KG) 467 (212) 343 (156) 22 [559] 20-3/8
338°f (170°C) [178]
EXCITATION
CURRENT
(%) 2.54 3.26
29-1/2
PER PHASE [152]
PER PHASE
12-1/2 24 [610] 12 2
TEMPERATURE °F (°C) 428° (220°) [318] [305] [51]
CLASS
16
I
L
PART NUMBER
3 in [76 mm]
CONNECTION SIZE
WATER-TIGHT DUCT:
1/2 in [50 mm]
EXHAUST
- INDOOR USE ONLY;
1254 lb [569 kg]
EN/IEC 61010-1).
MAX. FLOOR LOAD
ACCESSORY (FD352)
26.5 in x 26.25 in x 25.5 in
[673 mm x 667 mm x 648 mm]
VOLUME
10.3 ft³ [0.29 m³]

2049 Btu/h 2049 Btu/h
6557 Btu/h 4747 Btu/h
8606 ± 854 Btu/h 6796 ± 854 Btu/h
TOTAL [2520 ± 250 W] [1990 ± 250 W]
I
L
PART NUMBER
45 [1143]
WALL OPENING
*(NOTE F)
32 [813] 34 [864]
1-1/2
TOP VIEW 15
[381]
REQUIRED FOR DOOR
SIDE OF UNIT
FOR DOOR REMOVAL

*(NOTE B)
WALL OPENING HEIGHT
CEILING HEIGHT
81-7/8 8-1/2
[2080] [216]
MAX
HEIGHT
26-1/4 [667] 91 [2311]

RAISED DOOR MINIMUM
80-3/4 LOADING 90 [2286] 94 [2388] *(NOTE G)
CLEARANCE HEIGHT
HEIGHT HEIGHT
MINIMUM
94 [2388] *(NOTE G)
HEIGHT

WASHER LEGS
I
L
E STEAM HEATED, W/ ACU-RINSE RES., UNIT FLUSH TO WALL
PART NUMBER
SEISMIC MOUNTS

QTY 4 ANCHORS
7-1/8 FINISHED WALL

2-1/8 [181]
[54]
17-3/8
[441]
2X 27-11/16 *(NOTE A AND B)

[704]
PREFERENCE
LOCATION OF
FLOOR SINK
4X 15 [381]
*NOTES:
I
L
PART NUMBER
UTILITY (PLUMBING)
CONNECTION POSITION
15
[381]
7-1/8
[181]
HW HOT WATER
3-7/8 CR
[99] CW COLD WATER
PW PURE WATER
A COMPRESSED AIR
19-1/2 15-1/2 18 21
23-1/32 20-17/32 [394] D FLOOR DRAIN LOCATION
[585] [521] [495] D [457] [533]
S STEAM
CR CONDENSATE RETURN
HW
S
CW
A
PW
31-1/8
[791]
32-11/32
[822]
TOP VIEW S
HW CR
PW
PW A A
HW S CW
CW CR
80-3/4
[2051]
D D
I
L
PART NUMBER
CONNECTION POSITION
E ELECTRICAL
N NETWORK
38-1/8
[967]
35-13/16
[910]
E 22-3/8 25
[568] [636]
TOP VIEW
E E
N N
79-1/4
[2013]
39-5/8
[1007]
I
L
PART NUMBER
BY OTHERS
7 6-5/32 EX
[178] [156]
EX

TOP VIEW
SUGGESTED DUCTWORK
(BY OTHERS)
EX
EX
VAPOR CONDENSATE
COLLECTING MANAGED
BY THE UNIT
81-29/32
[2080]
I
L
PART NUMBER
DOSING STATION

CEILING

AND SIGNAL CABLE
BOTTOM OF UNIT
DOSING STATION
8-1/2 [216]
132 [3350]
(FROM CONTAINERS TO
DOSING STATION)
*(NOTE B)
60 [1524]
REF
CHEMICAL CONTAINERS
*(NOTE A)
2X FD349 SHOWN
*NOTES:
INSTRUMENT UTENSIL
0.74 oz [22 ml] 0.74 oz [22 ml]
0.74 oz [22 ml] 0.74 oz [22 ml]
0.2 oz [6 ml] N/A
I
L
PART NUMBER

WITH INSTRUCTIONS.
3.3 US GAL [12.5 L]
0.0 US GAL [0.0 L]

(MAX. 120 ppm)
[207 kPa]
OPERATING FLOW RATE
FOR SUMP FILLING: 10.5 US GAL [39.8 L] (S) STEAM SUPPLY: 80 psig DYNAMIC [552 kPa]
COLD WATER FOR OPTIONS/CONFIGURATIONS) UTENSIL CYCLE CONSUMPTION:
(CW) CW: 10.4 US GAL [39.4 L]
*(NOTES 6) TOTAL CONSUMPTION PER CONDENSATE RETURN COOL DOWN:
HW: 3.2 US GAL [12.1 L]
3.4 US GAL [12.9 L]
INSTRUMENT CYCLE PW: 12.0 US GAL [45.4 L]
NON-VENTED SYSTEM: S: 6.7 lb [3.0 kg]
*(NOTE 4)
12.4 US GAL [46.9 L]
DRAIN COOLDOWN: 5. STERIS RECOMMENDS THE FOLLOWING WATER
18.9 US GAL [71.5 L] QUALITY PARAMETERS:
DRAIN ACU-COOLDOWN: TOTAL DISSOLVED SOLIDS: 100-200 ppm
13.0 US GAL [49.2 L] (MAX. 500 ppm)
pH : 6.8-7 (MAX. 7.5)
(MAX. 120 ppm)
PLUMBING CODE)

PRESSURE RANGE

OPERATING FLOW RATE
PURE WATER
* (NOTE 4 )

pH 6.8 - 7.5
I
L
PART NUMBER


37 °F [3 °C]
CONTENT: 5 mg/m³

AIR PRESSURE RANGE
(A) RECOMMENDED.

(D)
OPERATING FLOW RATE
[189.3 L/min]
7. STERIS REQUIRES AT LEAST 97% SATURATED

1/2 in / FEMALE NPT DRY PLANT STEAM, FREE OF DIRT, RESIDUES
CONNECTION SIZE / TYPE
[1/2 in / MALE BSPT] AND CONTAMINANTS.
8. STERIS RECOMMENDS TO INSTALL A STEAM

30 - 80 psig DYNAMIC TRAP AS CLOSE AS POSSIBLE TO UNIT
PRESSURE RANGE [206-552 kPa] CONNECTION.
9. PROPER OPERATION OF THE WASHER
STEAM INLET REQUIRES A MINIMUM PRESSURE DIFFERENTIAL
(S) 169 lb/h [76.5 kg/h] AT 30 psig OF 21.5 psig [148 kPa] BETWEEN STEAM
INLET AND CONDENSATE RETURN. IN CASES OF
OPERATING [207 kPa] LOW STEAM INLET PRESSURE, CONDENSATE
MASS FLOW RATE 271 lb/h [123 kg/h AT 80 psig CAN BE ROUTED TO DRAIN TO INCREASE
[550 kPa] DIFFERENTIAL.
TOTAL CONSUMPTION *STERIS OFFERS CONDENSATE RETURN

PER INSTRUMENT CYCLE 6.7 lb [3.0 kg] TO DRAIN ACCESSORY (FD353)
(SEE PAGE 7, *(NOTE 4)) 10. CUSTOMER MUST PROVIDE UTILITY
MAX. 8.5 psig [68.9 kPa] BACK WITHIN 2 FEET OF THE PERIMETER OF THE
PRESSURE RANGE
PRESSURE (17 ft [5.2 m] ELEVATION) EQUIPMENT AND BELOW THE CEILING DECK.
CONDENSATE
RETURN OPERATING FLOW RATE PEAK : 0.54 US GPM [2.05 L/min]
(CR)
1/2 in / FEMALE NPT

CEILING ROUTING
DOSING CONDUIT
I
L
PART NUMBER

UTILITY
1. ALL CONNECTIONS SHOULD BE IN
ACCORDANCE WITH LOCAL CODES.
1 in [27 mm]
200-208V
1-1/4 in [35 mm] 74 A 100 A 2. NEUTRAL WIRE NOT REQUIRED.
60 Hz, 3-Ph
CONDUIT
200-208V DETERMINE THE VALUE OF PROTECTION.
60 Hz, 3-Ph
4. WIRING ON THE EQUIPMENT TERMINATES AT
N/A N/A N/A A JUNCTION BOX. WIRING BETWEEN JUNCTION
WITH 40A
MIN. CIRCUIT BOX AND BUILDING SERVICE LINES ARE NOT
PROTECTION SUPPLIED BY STERIS.
5. DISCONNECT SWITCHES WITH OFF POSITION

LOCKOUT (SUPPLIED BY OTHERS) MUST BE
1 in [27 mm] INSTALLED IN ELECTRIC SUPPLY LINES NEAR THE
(EL) 1-1/4 in [35 mm] 73 A 100 A EQUIPMENT.
50 Hz, 3-Ph
CONDUIT
6. STERIS RECOMMENDS A LIGHT IN SERVICE
AREA.
460-480V 1 in [27 mm]
60 Hz, 3-Ph 1-1/4 in [35 mm] 34.5 A 50 A
CONDUIT
1 in [27 mm]
380-400V
1-1/4 in [35 mm] 39.5 A 50 A
60 Hz, 3-Ph
CONDUIT
380-400-415V 1 in [27 mm]

50 Hz, 3-Ph 1-1/4 in [35 mm] 39 A 50 A
CONDUIT
- ACTIVE NETWORK DROP WITH CAT 5/6 CABLE
NETWORK 100/1000 BASE T SUPPORTING WITHIN 10 ft [3 m] OF UNIT
(N) TCP/IP PROTOCOL - STATIC OR DHCP RESERVED IP ADDRESS
OPTIONAL RJ45F CONNECTION (FOR EACH UNIT)
I
L
PART NUMBER
3 in [76 mm]
CONNECTION SIZE
WATER-TIGHT DUCT:
1/2 in [50 mm]
EXHAUST
- INDOOR USE ONLY;
1461 lb [663 kg]
EN/IEC 61010-1).
MAX. FLOOR LOAD
ACCESSORY (FD352)
26.5 in x 26.25 in x 25.5 in
[673 mm x 667 mm x 648 mm]
VOLUME
10.3 ft³ [0.29 m³]

2049 Btu/h 2049 Btu/h
8265 Btu/h 6455 Btu/h
10314± 854 Btu/h 8504 ± 854 Btu/h
TOTAL [3020 ± 250 W] [2490 ± 250 W]
I
L
PART NUMBER
4 45 [1143]
[102] WALL OPENING
*(NOTE F)
32 [813] 34 [864]
1-1/2
TOP VIEW 15
[381]
REQUIRED FOR DOOR
SIDE OF UNIT
FOR DOOR REMOVAL

*(NOTE B)
WALL OPENING HEIGHT
CEILING HEIGHT
81-7/8 8-1/2
[2080] [216]
MAX
HEIGHT
26-1/4 [667] 91 [2311]

RAISED DOOR MINIMUM
80-3/4 LOADING 90 [2286] 94 [2388] *(NOTE G)
CLEARANCE HEIGHT
HEIGHT HEIGHT
MINIMUM
90 [2286] *(NOTE G)
HEIGHT

WASHER LEGS
I
L
E STEAM HEATED, W/ ACU-RINSE RES., UNIT OFFSET FROM WALL
PART NUMBER
SEISMIC MOUNTS

QTY 4 ANCHORS
7-1/8 FINISHED WALL

[181]
17-3/8 1-7/8
[441] [47]
2X 27-11/16 *(NOTE A AND B)

[704]
PREFERENCE
LOCATION OF
FLOOR SINK
4X 15 [381]
*NOTES:
I
L
PART NUMBER
UTILITY (PLUMBING)
CONNECTION POSITION
15
[381]
7-1/8
[181]
HW HOT WATER
3-7/8 CR
[99] CW COLD WATER
PW PURE WATER
A COMPRESSED AIR
15-1/2 11-1/2 14 17 D FLOOR DRAIN LOCATION

19-1/32 16-17/32 D [292] [356]
[483] [420] [394] [432] S STEAM
HW
S
CW
A
PW
31-1/8
[791]
32-11/32
[822]
TOP VIEW S
HW CR
PW
PW A A
HW S CW
CW CR
80-3/4
[2051]
D D
I
L
PART NUMBER
CONNECTION POSITION
E ELECTRICAL
N NETWORK
38-1/8
[967]
35-13/16
[910]
E 18-3/8 21
[467] [534]
TOP VIEW
E E
N N
79-1/4
[2013]
39-5/8
[1007]
I
L
PART NUMBER
BY OTHERS
6-5/32 EX
3 [156]
[76]
EX

TOP VIEW
SUGGESTED DUCTWORK
(BY OTHERS)
EX
EX
VAPOR CONDENSATE
COLLECTING MANAGED
BY THE UNIT
81-29/32
[2080]
I
L
PART NUMBER
DOSING STATION

CEILING

AND SIGNAL CABLE
BOTTOM OF UNIT
DOSING STATION
8-1/2 [216]
132 [3350]
(FROM CONTAINERS TO
DOSING STATION)
*(NOTE B)
60 [1524]
REF
CHEMICAL CONTAINERS
*(NOTE A)
2X FD349 SHOWN
*NOTES:
INSTRUMENT UTENSIL
0.74 oz [22 ml] 0.74 oz [22 ml]
0.74 oz [22 ml] 0.74 oz [22 ml]
0.2 oz [6 ml] N/A
I
L
PART NUMBER

WITH INSTRUCTIONS.
3.3 US GAL [12.5 L]
0.0 US GAL [0.0 L]

(MAX. 120 ppm)
[207 kPa]
OPERATING FLOW RATE
(CW) CW: 10.4 US GAL [39.4 L]
HW: 3.2 US GAL [12.1 L]
3.4 US GAL [12.9 L]
*(NOTE 4)
12.4 US GAL [46.9 L]
13.0 US GAL [49.2 L] (MAX. 500 ppm)
pH : 6.8-7 (MAX. 7.5)
(MAX. 120 ppm)
PLUMBING CODE)

PRESSURE RANGE

OPERATING FLOW RATE
PURE WATER
* (NOTE 4 )

pH 6.8 - 7.5
I
L
PART NUMBER


37 °F [3 °C]
CONTENT: 5 mg/m³

AIR PRESSURE RANGE
(A) RECOMMENDED.

(D)
OPERATING FLOW RATE
[189.3 L/min]



PRESSURE RANGE
CONDENSATE
(CR)
1/2 in / FEMALE NPT

CEILING ROUTING
DOSING CONDUIT
I
L
PART NUMBER

UTILITY
1 in [27 mm]
200-208V
60 Hz, 3-Ph
CONDUIT
60 Hz, 3-Ph
4. WIRING ON THE EQUIPMENT TERMINATES AT
N/A N/A N/A A JUNCTION BOX. WIRING BETWEEN JUNCTION
WITH 40A
MIN. CIRCUIT BOX AND BUILDING SERVICE LINES ARE NOT

50 Hz, 3-Ph
CONDUIT
AREA.
460-480V 1 in [27 mm]
60 Hz, 3-Ph 1-1/4 in [35 mm] 34.5 A 50 A
CONDUIT
1 in [27 mm]
380-400V
1-1/4 in [35 mm] 39.5 A 50 A
60 Hz, 3-Ph
CONDUIT
380-400-415V 1 in [27 mm]

50 Hz, 3-Ph 1-1/4 in [35 mm] 39 A 50 A
CONDUIT
I
L
PART NUMBER
3 in [76 mm]
CONNECTION SIZE
WATER-TIGHT DUCT:
1/2 in [50 mm]
EXHAUST
- INDOOR USE ONLY;
1461 lb [663 kg]
EN/IEC 61010-1).
MAX. FLOOR LOAD
ACCESSORY (FD352)
26.5 in x 26.25 in x 25.5 in
[673 mm x 667 mm x 648 mm]
VOLUME
10.3 ft³ [0.29 m³]

2049 Btu/h 2049 Btu/h
8265 Btu/h 6455 Btu/h
10314± 854 Btu/h 8504 ± 854 Btu/h
TOTAL [3020 ± 250 W] [2490 ± 250 W]
I
L
PART NUMBER
45 [1143]
WALL OPENING
*(NOTE F)
32 [813] 34 [864]
1-1/2
TOP VIEW 15
[381]
REQUIRED FOR DOOR
SIDE OF UNIT
FOR DOOR REMOVAL

*(NOTE B)
WALL OPENING HEIGHT
CEILING HEIGHT
81-7/8 8-1/2
[2080] [216]
MAX
HEIGHT
26-1/4 [667] 91 [2311]

RAISED DOOR MINIMUM
80-3/4 LOADING 90 [2286] 94 [2388] *(NOTE G)
CLEARANCE HEIGHT
HEIGHT HEIGHT
MINIMUM
94 [2388] *(NOTE G)
HEIGHT

WASHER LEGS
I
L
E STEAM HEATED, W/O ACU-RINSE RES., UNIT FLUSH TO WALL
PART NUMBER
SEISMIC MOUNTS

QTY 4 ANCHORS
7-1/8 FINISHED WALL

2-1/8 [181]
[54]
17-3/8
[441]
2X 27-11/16 *(NOTE A AND B)

[704]
PREFERENCE
LOCATION OF
FLOOR SINK
4X 15 [381]
*NOTES:
I
L
PART NUMBER
UTILITY (PLUMBING)
CONNECTION POSITION
15
[381]
7-1/8
[181]
HW HOT WATER
3-7/8 CR
[99] CW COLD WATER
PW PURE WATER
A COMPRESSED AIR
19-1/2 15-1/2 18 21
23-1/32 20-17/32 [394] D FLOOR DRAIN LOCATION
[585] [521] [495] D [457] [533]
S STEAM
HW
S
CW
A
PW
31-1/8
[791]
32-11/32
[822]
TOP VIEW S
HW CR
PW
PW A A
HW S CW
CW CR
80-3/4
[2051]
D D
I
L
PART NUMBER
CONNECTION POSITION
E ELECTRICAL
N NETWORK
38-1/8
[967]
35-13/16
[910]
E 22-3/8 25
[568] [636]
TOP VIEW
E E
N N
79-1/4
[2013]
39-5/8
[1007]
I
L
PART NUMBER
BY OTHERS
7 6-5/32 EX
[178] [156]
EX

TOP VIEW
SUGGESTED DUCTWORK
(BY OTHERS)
EX
EX
VAPOR CONDENSATE
COLLECTING MANAGED
BY THE UNIT
81-29/32
[2080]
I
L
PART NUMBER
DOSING STATION

CEILING

AND SIGNAL CABLE
BOTTOM OF UNIT
DOSING STATION
8-1/2 [216]
132 [3350]
(FROM CONTAINERS TO
DOSING STATION)
*(NOTE B)
60 [1524]
REF
CHEMICAL CONTAINERS
*(NOTE A)
2X FD349 SHOWN
*NOTES:
INSTRUMENT UTENSIL
0.74 oz [22 ml] 0.74 oz [22 ml]
0.74 oz [22 ml] 0.74 oz [22 ml]
0.2 oz [6 ml] N/A
I
L
PART NUMBER

WITH INSTRUCTIONS.
9.9 US GAL [37.5 L]
6.6 US GAL [25.0 L]

(MAX. 120 ppm)
[207 kPa]
OPERATING FLOW RATE
(CW) CW: 10.4 US GAL [39.4 L]
HW: 9.6 US GAL [36.3 L]
6.2 US GAL [23.5 L]
*(NOTE 4)
12.9 US GAL [48.8 L]
10.9 US GAL [41.3 L] (MAX. 500 ppm)
pH : 6.8-7 (MAX. 7.5)
(MAX. 120 ppm)
PLUMBING CODE)

PRESSURE RANGE
SUPPLY.
OPERATING FLOW RATE
PURE WATER

pH 6.8 - 7.5
I
L
PART NUMBER


37 °F [3 °C]
CONTENT: 5 mg/m³

AIR PRESSURE RANGE
(A) RECOMMENDED.

(D)
OPERATING FLOW RATE
[189.3 L/min]



PRESSURE RANGE
CONDENSATE
(CR)
1/2 in / FEMALE NPT

CEILING ROUTING
DOSING CONDUIT
I
L
PART NUMBER

UTILITY
1 in [27 mm]
200-208V
60 Hz, 3-Ph
CONDUIT
60 Hz, 3-Ph
1 in [27 mm] 4. WIRING ON THE EQUIPMENT TERMINATES AT
1-1/4 in [35 mm] 28.5 A 40 A A JUNCTION BOX. WIRING BETWEEN JUNCTION
WITH 40A
CONDUIT BOX AND BUILDING SERVICE LINES ARE NOT
MIN. CIRCUIT

50 Hz, 3-Ph
CONDUIT
AREA.
460-480V 1 in [27 mm]
60 Hz, 3-Ph 1-1/4 in [35 mm] 16.5 A 30 A
CONDUIT
1 in [27 mm]
380-400V
1-1/4 in [35 mm] 19 A 30 A
60 Hz, 3-Ph
CONDUIT
380-400-415V 1 in [27 mm]

50 Hz, 3-Ph 1-1/4 in [35 mm] 18.5 A 30 A
CONDUIT
I
L
PART NUMBER
3 in [76 mm]
CONNECTION SIZE
WATER-TIGHT DUCT:
1/2 in [50 mm]
EXHAUST
- INDOOR USE ONLY;
1254 lb [569 kg]
EN/IEC 61010-1).
MAX. FLOOR LOAD
ACCESSORY (FD352)
26.5 in x 26.25 in x 25.5 in
[673 mm x 667 mm x 648 mm]
VOLUME
10.3 ft³ [0.29 m³]

2049 Btu/h 2049 Btu/h
6557 Btu/h 4747 Btu/h
8606 ± 854 Btu/h 6796 ± 854 Btu/h
TOTAL [2520 ± 250 W] [1990 ± 250 W]
I
L
PART NUMBER
4 45 [1143]
[102] WALL OPENING
*(NOTE F)
32 [813] 34 [864]
1-1/2
TOP VIEW 15
[381]
REQUIRED FOR DOOR
SIDE OF UNIT
FOR DOOR REMOVAL

*(NOTE B)
WALL OPENING HEIGHT
CEILING HEIGHT
81-7/8 8-1/2
[2080] [216]
MAX
HEIGHT
26-1/4 [667] 91 [2311]

RAISED DOOR MINIMUM
80-3/4 LOADING 90 [2286] 94 [2388] *(NOTE G)
CLEARANCE HEIGHT
HEIGHT HEIGHT
MINIMUM
90 [2286] *(NOTE G)
HEIGHT

WASHER LEGS
I
L
E STEAM HEATED, W/O ACU-RINSE RES., UNIT OFFSET FROM WALL
PART NUMBER
SEISMIC MOUNTS

QTY 4 ANCHORS
7-1/8 FINISHED WALL

[181]
17-3/8 1-7/8
[441] [47]
2X 27-11/16 *(NOTE A AND B)

[704]
PREFERENCE
LOCATION OF
FLOOR SINK
4X 15 [381]
*NOTES:
I
L
PART NUMBER
UTILITY (PLUMBING)
CONNECTION POSITION
15
[381]
7-1/8
[181]
HW HOT WATER
3-7/8 CR
[99] CW COLD WATER
PW PURE WATER
A COMPRESSED AIR
15-1/2 11-1/2 14 17 D FLOOR DRAIN LOCATION

19-1/32 16-17/32 D [292] [356]
[483] [420] [394] [432] S STEAM
HW
S
CW
A
PW
31-1/8
[791]
32-11/32
[822]
TOP VIEW S
HW CR
PW
PW A A
HW S CW
CW CR
80-3/4
[2051]
D D
I
L
PART NUMBER
CONNECTION POSITION
E ELECTRICAL
N NETWORK
38-1/8
[967]
35-13/16
[910]
E 18-3/8 21
[467] [534]
TOP VIEW
E E
N N
79-1/4
[2013]
39-5/8
[1007]
I
L
PART NUMBER
BY OTHERS
6-5/32 EX
3 [156]
[76]
EX

TOP VIEW
SUGGESTED DUCTWORK
(BY OTHERS)
EX
EX
VAPOR CONDENSATE
COLLECTING MANAGED
BY THE UNIT
81-29/32
[2080]
I
L
PART NUMBER
DOSING STATION

CEILING

AND SIGNAL CABLE
BOTTOM OF UNIT
DOSING STATION
8-1/2 [216]
132 [3350]
(FROM CONTAINERS TO
DOSING STATION)
*(NOTE B)
60 [1524]
REF
CHEMICAL CONTAINERS
*(NOTE A)
2X FD349 SHOWN
*NOTES:
INSTRUMENT UTENSIL
0.74 oz [22 ml] 0.74 oz [22 ml]
0.74 oz [22 ml] 0.74 oz [22 ml]
0.2 oz [6 ml] N/A
I
L
PART NUMBER

WITH INSTRUCTIONS.
9.9 US GAL [37.5 L]
6.6 US GAL [25.0 L]

(MAX. 120 ppm)
[207 kPa]
OPERATING FLOW RATE
(CW) CW: 10.4 US GAL [39.4 L]
HW: 9.6 US GAL [36.3 L]
6.2 US GAL [23.5 L]
*(NOTE 4)
12.9 US GAL [48.8 L]
10.9 US GAL [41.3 L] (MAX. 500 ppm)
pH : 6.8-7 (MAX. 7.5)
(MAX. 120 ppm)
PLUMBING CODE)

PRESSURE RANGE
SUPPLY.
OPERATING FLOW RATE
PURE WATER

pH 6.8 - 7.5
I
L
PART NUMBER


37 °F [3 °C]
CONTENT: 5 mg/m³

AIR PRESSURE RANGE
(A) RECOMMENDED.

(D)
OPERATING FLOW RATE
[189.3 L/min]



PRESSURE RANGE
CONDENSATE
(CR)
1/2 in / FEMALE NPT

CEILING ROUTING
DOSING CONDUIT
I
L
PART NUMBER

UTILITY
1 in [27 mm]
200-208V
60 Hz, 3-Ph
CONDUIT
60 Hz, 3-Ph
1 in [27 mm] 4. WIRING ON THE EQUIPMENT TERMINATES AT
1-1/4 in [35 mm] 28.5 A 40 A A JUNCTION BOX. WIRING BETWEEN JUNCTION
WITH 40A
CONDUIT BOX AND BUILDING SERVICE LINES ARE NOT
MIN. CIRCUIT

50 Hz, 3-Ph
CONDUIT
AREA.
460-480V 1 in [27 mm]
60 Hz, 3-Ph 1-1/4 in [35 mm] 16.5 A 30 A
CONDUIT
1 in [27 mm]
380-400V
1-1/4 in [35 mm] 19 A 30 A
60 Hz, 3-Ph
CONDUIT
380-400-415V 1 in [27 mm]

50 Hz, 3-Ph 1-1/4 in [35 mm] 18.5 A 30 A
CONDUIT
I
L
PART NUMBER
3 in [76 mm]
CONNECTION SIZE
WATER-TIGHT DUCT:
1/2 in [50 mm]
EXHAUST
- INDOOR USE ONLY;
1254 lb [569 kg]
EN/IEC 61010-1).
MAX. FLOOR LOAD
ACCESSORY (FD352)
26.5 in x 26.25 in x 25.5 in
[673 mm x 667 mm x 648 mm]
VOLUME
10.3 ft³ [0.29 m³]

2049 Btu/h 2049 Btu/h
6557 Btu/h 4747 Btu/h
8606 ± 854 Btu/h 6796 ± 854 Btu/h
TOTAL [2520 ± 250 W] [1990 ± 250 W]
I
L
PART NUMBER
45 [1143]
WALL OPENING
*(NOTE F)
38 [965] 40 [1016]
1-1/2
TOP VIEW 15
[381]
REQUIRED FOR DOOR
42 [1067]
DRYING MOTOR
SERVICE ACCESS UNIT WIDTH
REMOVAL
SIDE OF UNIT
FOR DOOR REMOVAL

*(NOTE B)
WALL OPENING HEIGHT
CEILING HEIGHT
14-1/2
81-7/8 [368]
[2080]
MAX
HEIGHT
26-1/4 [667] 91 [2311]
RAISED DOOR MINIMUM
80-3/4 LOADING 90 [2286] 94 [2388] *(NOTE G)
CLEARANCE HEIGHT
HEIGHT HEIGHT
MINIMUM
94 [2388] *(NOTE G)
HEIGHT

WASHER LEGS
I
L
PART NUMBER
SEISMIC MOUNTS
5-11/16 33-7/16 SEISMIC ANCHORAGE

[144] [849] FOR DETAIL SEE FD354
QTY 4 ANCHORS
7-1/8 FINISHED WALL

2-1/8 [181]
[54]
20-3/8
[517]
2X 33-3/4 *(NOTE A AND B)

[856]
PREFERENCE
LOCATION OF
FLOOR SINK
4X 15 [381]
*NOTES:
I
L
PART NUMBER
UTILITY (PLUMBING)
15 CONNECTION POSITION
[381]
7-1/8
[181]
3-7/8 HW HOT WATER

[99]
CW COLD WATER
PW PURE WATER
A COMPRESSED AIR
26-1/32 23-17/32 22-1/2 27
[597] [572] D [686] D FLOOR DRAIN LOCATION
[661]
HW
CW
A
PW
31-1/8
[791]
TOP VIEW
HW
PW
PW A CW
HW A
CW
80-3/4
[2051]
D D
I
L
PART NUMBER
CONNECTION POSITION
E ELECTRICAL
38-1/8 N NETWORK
[967]
35-13/16
[910]
E 28-3/8 31
[721] [788]
TOP VIEW
E E
N N
79-1/4
[2013]
39-5/8
[1007]
I
L
PART NUMBER
BY OTHERS
10 6-5/32
EX
[254] [156]
EX

TOP VIEW
SUGGESTED DUCTWORK
(BY OTHERS)
EX
VAPOR CONDENSATE EX
COLLECTING MANAGED
BY THE UNIT
81-29/32
[2080]
I
L
PART NUMBER
DOSING STATION

CEILING

AND SIGNAL CABLE
BOTTOM OF UNIT
DOSING STATION
8-1/2 [216]
132 [3350]
(FROM CONTAINERS TO
DOSING STATION)
*(NOTE B)
60 [1524]
REF
CHEMICAL CONTAINERS
*(NOTE A)
2X FD349 SHOWN
*NOTES:
IS 15 DEG FROM FLOOR. AMBIENT TEMPERATURE SHALL NOT EXCEED 32 °C [90 °F]
(B) HP PICKOP TUBE SYSTEM CAN PROVIDE UP TO TWO WASHERS WITH CHEMISTRY FROM THE SAME CONTAINER.
INSTRUMENT UTENSIL
0.74 oz [22 ml] 0.74 oz [22 ml]
0.74 oz [22 ml] 0.74 oz [22 ml]
0.2 oz [6 ml] N/A
I
L
PART NUMBER

WITH INSTRUCTIONS.
3.5 US GAL [13.2 L]
INSTRUMENT CYCLE POSSIBLE TO WASHER WATER CONNECTION IS
0.0 US GAL [0.0 L]

(MAX. 120 ppm)
[207 kPa]
OPERATING FLOW RATE

COLD WATER (ADD THE FOLLOWING CONSUMPTION UTENSIL CYCLE CONSUMPTION:
FOR OPTIONS/CONFIGURATIONS) TWO-LEVEL MANIFOLD RACK
(CW) CW: 11.0 US GAL [41.6 L]
NON-VENTED SYSTEM:
13.8 US GAL [52.2 L]
*(NOTE 4)
DRAIN COOLDOWN:
DRAIN ACU-COOLDOWN: QUALITY PARAMETERS:
14.2 US GAL [53.8 L] TOTAL DISSOLVED SOLIDS: 100-200 ppm
(MAX. 500 ppm)
pH : 6.8-7 (MAX. 7.5)
(MAX. 120 ppm)
PLUMBING CODE)

PRESSURE RANGE

OPERATING FLOW RATE
PURE WATER
* (NOTE 4 )

pH 6.8 - 7.5
I
L
PART NUMBER


37 °F [3 °C]
CONTENT: 5 mg/m³

AIR PRESSURE RANGE
(A) RECOMMENDED.

(D)
OPERATING FLOW RATE
[189.3 L/min]

CEILING ROUTING
DOSING CONDUIT
I
L
PART NUMBER

UTILITY
N/A
THROUGH TRANSFORMER
(OPTIONAL) FD787
200V
380-400-415V (NOTE 7) (NOTE 7)
SUPPLIED BY STERIS.
60 Hz, 3-Ph
THE EQUIPMENT.

380-400V AREA.
1-1/4 in [35 mm] 39.5 A 50 A
60 Hz, 3-Ph
CONDUIT
380-400-415V
50 Hz, 3-Ph
100/1000 BASE T SUPPORTING 8. NETWORK CONNECTION (IF APPLICABLE)
TCP/IP PROTOCOL - ACTIVE NETWORK DROP WITH CAT 5/6 CABLE
NETWORK WITHIN 10 ft [3 m] OF UNIT
RJ45F CONNECTION
(N) - STATIC OR DHCP RESERVED IP ADDRESS
OPTIONAL (FOR EACH UNIT)
208V, 60Hz 200V, 50Hz 26 [660]

POWER (kVA) 45
INPUT (HV) (V 3, 60Hz) 208/240/600 208 24 [610] 24-1/4
OUTPUT (LV) (V 3, 60Hz) 480 231 / 400 [616]
WEIGHT LB (KG) 467 (212) 343 (156) 22 [559] 20-3/8
LOAD LOSS 7
(WATTS) 1062.6 2461
338°f (170°C) [178]
EXCITATION
CURRENT
(%) 2.54 3.26
29-1/2
PER PHASE [152]
PER PHASE
12-1/2 24 [610] 12 2
TEMPERATURE °F (°C) 428° (220°) [318] [305] [51]
CLASS
16
I
L
PART NUMBER
3 in [76 mm]
CONNECTION SIZE
WATER-TIGHT DUCT:
1/2 in [50 mm]
EXHAUST
- INDOOR USE ONLY;
1543 lb [700 kg]
EN/IEC 61010-1).
MAX. FLOOR LOAD
CLEAN SIDE TO SOILED SIDE *(NOTE 4) ACCESSORY (FD352)
26.5 in x 26.25 in x 31.5 in

[673 mm x 667 mm x 800 mm]
VOLUME
12.7 ft³ [0.36 m³]

2186 Btu/h 2186 Btu/h
8777 Btu/h 6967 Btu/h
10963 ± 854 Btu/h 9153 ± 854 Btu/h
TOTAL [3210 ± 250 W] [2680 ± 250 W]
I
L
PART NUMBER
4 45 [1143]
[102] WALL OPENING
*(NOTE F)
38 [965] 40 [1016]
1-1/2
TOP VIEW 15
[381]
REQUIRED FOR DOOR
42 [1067]
DRYING MOTOR
REMOVAL
SIDE OF UNIT
FOR DOOR REMOVAL

*(NOTE B)
WALL OPENING HEIGHT
CEILING HEIGHT
14-1/2
81-7/8 [368]
[2080]
MAX
HEIGHT
26-1/4 [667] 91 [2311]
RAISED DOOR MINIMUM
80-3/4 LOADING 90 [2286] 94 [2388] *(NOTE G)
CLEARANCE HEIGHT
HEIGHT HEIGHT
MINIMUM
90 [2286] *(NOTE G)
HEIGHT

WASHER LEGS
I
L
PART NUMBER
SEISMIC MOUNTS

QTY 4 ANCHORS
7-1/8 FINISHED WALL

[181]
1-7/8
[47]
20-3/8
[517]

[856]
PREFERENCE
LOCATION OF
FLOOR SINK
4X 15 [381]
*NOTES:
I
L
PART NUMBER
UTILITY (PLUMBING)
[381]
7-1/8
[181]
3-7/8 HW HOT WATER

[99]
CW COLD WATER
PW PURE WATER
A COMPRESSED AIR
22-1/32 19-17/32 18-1/2 D 23 D FLOOR DRAIN LOCATION
[559] [496] [470] [584]
HW
CW
A
PW
31-1/8
[791]
TOP VIEW
HW
PW
PW A CW
HW A
CW
80-3/4
[2051]
D D
I
L
PART NUMBER
CONNECTION POSITION
E ELECTRICAL
38-1/8 N NETWORK
[967]
35-13/16
[910]
E
24-3/8 27
[619] [687]
TOP VIEW
E E
N N
79-1/4
[2013]
39-5/8
[1007]
I
L
PART NUMBER
BY OTHERS
6-5/32
6 EX
[156]
[152]
EX

TOP VIEW
SUGGESTED DUCTWORK
(BY OTHERS)
EX
VAPOR CONDENSATE EX
COLLECTING MANAGED
BY THE UNIT
81-29/32
[2080]
I
L
PART NUMBER
DOSING STATION

CEILING

AND SIGNAL CABLE
BOTTOM OF UNIT
DOSING STATION
8-1/2 [216]
132 [3350]
(FROM CONTAINERS TO
DOSING STATION)
*(NOTE B)
60 [1524]
REF
CHEMICAL CONTAINERS
*(NOTE A)
2X FD349 SHOWN
*NOTES:
INSTRUMENT UTENSIL
0.74 oz [22 ml] 0.74 oz [22 ml]
0.74 oz [22 ml] 0.74 oz [22 ml]
0.2 oz [6 ml] N/A
I
L
PART NUMBER

WITH INSTRUCTIONS.
3.5 US GAL [13.2 L]
0.0 US GAL [0.0 L]

(MAX. 120 ppm)
[207 kPa]
OPERATING FLOW RATE

(CW) CW: 11.0 US GAL [41.6 L]
NON-VENTED SYSTEM:
13.8 US GAL [52.2 L]
*(NOTE 4)
DRAIN COOLDOWN:
(MAX. 500 ppm)
pH : 6.8-7 (MAX. 7.5)
(MAX. 120 ppm)
PLUMBING CODE)

PRESSURE RANGE

OPERATING FLOW RATE
PURE WATER
* (NOTE 4 )

pH 6.8 - 7.5
I
L
PART NUMBER


37 °F [3 °C]
CONTENT: 5 mg/m³

AIR PRESSURE RANGE
(A) RECOMMENDED.

(D)
OPERATING FLOW RATE
[189.3 L/min]

CEILING ROUTING
DOSING CONDUIT
I
L
PART NUMBER

UTILITY
N/A
THROUGH TRANSFORMER
(OPTIONAL) FD787
200V
380-400-415V (NOTE 7) (NOTE 7)
SUPPLIED BY STERIS.
60 Hz, 3-Ph
THE EQUIPMENT.

380-400V AREA.
1-1/4 in [35 mm] 39.5 A 50 A
60 Hz, 3-Ph
CONDUIT
380-400-415V
50 Hz, 3-Ph
RJ45F CONNECTION
208V, 60Hz 200V, 50Hz 26 [660]

POWER (kVA) 45
INPUT (HV) (V 3, 60Hz) 208/240/600 208 24 [610] 24-1/4
OUTPUT (LV) (V 3, 60Hz) 480 231 / 400 [616]
WEIGHT LB (KG) 467 (212) 343 (156) 22 [559] 20-3/8
LOAD LOSS 7
(WATTS) 1062.6 2461
338°f (170°C) [178]
EXCITATION
CURRENT
(%) 2.54 3.26
29-1/2
PER PHASE [152]
PER PHASE
12-1/2 24 [610] 12 2
TEMPERATURE °F (°C) 428° (220°) [318] [305] [51]
CLASS
16
I
L
PART NUMBER
3 in [76 mm]
CONNECTION SIZE
WATER-TIGHT DUCT:
1/2 in [50 mm]
EXHAUST
- INDOOR USE ONLY;
1543 lb [700 kg]
EN/IEC 61010-1).
MAX. FLOOR LOAD
26.5 in x 26.25 in x 31.5 in

[673 mm x 667 mm x 800 mm]
VOLUME
12.7 ft³ [0.36 m³]

2186 Btu/h 2186 Btu/h
8777 Btu/h 6967 Btu/h
10963 ± 854 Btu/h 9153 ± 854 Btu/h
TOTAL [3210 ± 250 W] [2680 ± 250 W]
I
L
PART NUMBER
45 [1143]
WALL OPENING
*(NOTE F)
38 [965] 40 [1016]
1-1/2
TOP VIEW 15
[381]
REQUIRED FOR DOOR
42 [1067]
DRYING MOTOR
REMOVAL
SIDE OF UNIT
FOR DOOR REMOVAL

*(NOTE B)
WALL OPENING HEIGHT
CEILING HEIGHT
14-1/2
81-7/8 [368]
[2080]
MAX
HEIGHT
26-1/4 [667] 91 [2311]
RAISED DOOR MINIMUM
80-3/4 LOADING 90 [2286] 94 [2388] *(NOTE G)
CLEARANCE HEIGHT
HEIGHT HEIGHT
MINIMUM
94 [2388] *(NOTE G)
HEIGHT

WASHER LEGS
I
L
PART NUMBER
SEISMIC MOUNTS

QTY 4 ANCHORS
7-1/8 FINISHED WALL

2-1/8 [181]
[54]
20-3/8
[517]

[856]
PREFERENCE
LOCATION OF
FLOOR SINK
4X 15 [381]
*NOTES:
I
L
PART NUMBER
UTILITY (PLUMBING)
[381]
7-1/8
[181]
3-7/8 HW HOT WATER

[99]
CW COLD WATER
PW PURE WATER
A COMPRESSED AIR
26-1/32 23-17/32 22-1/2 27
[661]
HW
CW
A
PW
31-1/8
[791]
TOP VIEW
HW
PW
PW A CW
HW A
CW
80-3/4
[2051]
D D
I
L
PART NUMBER
CONNECTION POSITION
E ELECTRICAL
38-1/8 N NETWORK
[967]
35-13/16
[910]
E 28-3/8 31
[721] [788]
TOP VIEW
E E
N N
79-1/4
[2013]
39-5/8
[1007]
I
L
PART NUMBER
BY OTHERS
10 6-5/32
EX
[254] [156]
EX

TOP VIEW
SUGGESTED DUCTWORK
(BY OTHERS)
EX
VAPOR CONDENSATE EX
COLLECTING MANAGED
BY THE UNIT
81-29/32
[2080]
I
L
PART NUMBER
DOSING STATION

CEILING

AND SIGNAL CABLE
BOTTOM OF UNIT
DOSING STATION
8-1/2 [216]
132 [3350]
(FROM CONTAINERS TO
DOSING STATION)
*(NOTE B)
60 [1524]
REF
CHEMICAL CONTAINERS
*(NOTE A)
2X FD349 SHOWN
*NOTES:
INSTRUMENT UTENSIL
0.74 oz [22 ml] 0.74 oz [22 ml]
0.74 oz [22 ml] 0.74 oz [22 ml]
0.2 oz [6 ml] N/A
I
L
PART NUMBER

WITH INSTRUCTIONS.
10.5 US GAL [39.7 L]
7.0 US GAL [26.5 L]

(MAX. 120 ppm)
[207 kPa]
OPERATING FLOW RATE

(CW) CW: 11.0 US GAL [41.6 L]
NON-VENTED SYSTEM:
22.5 US GAL [85.2 L]
*(NOTE 4)
DRAIN COOLDOWN:
(MAX. 500 ppm)
pH : 6.8-7 (MAX. 7.5)
(MAX. 120 ppm)
PLUMBING CODE)

PRESSURE RANGE
SUPPLY.
OPERATING FLOW RATE
PURE WATER

pH 6.8 - 7.5
I
L
PART NUMBER


37 °F [3 °C]
CONTENT: 5 mg/m³

AIR PRESSURE RANGE
(A) RECOMMENDED.

(D)
OPERATING FLOW RATE
[189.3 L/min]

CEILING ROUTING
DOSING CONDUIT
I
L
PART NUMBER

UTILITY
N/A
THROUGH TRANSFORMER
(OPTIONAL) FD787
200V
380-400-415V (NOTE 7) (NOTE 7)
SUPPLIED BY STERIS.
60 Hz, 3-Ph
THE EQUIPMENT.

380-400V AREA.
1-1/4 in [35 mm] 32 A 40 A
60 Hz, 3-Ph
CONDUIT
380-400-415V
50 Hz, 3-Ph
RJ45F CONNECTION
208V, 60Hz 200V, 50Hz 26 [660]

POWER (kVA) 45
INPUT (HV) (V 3, 60Hz) 208/240/600 208 24 [610] 24-1/4
OUTPUT (LV) (V 3, 60Hz) 480 231 / 400 [616]
WEIGHT LB (KG) 467 (212) 343 (156) 22 [559] 20-3/8
LOAD LOSS 7
(WATTS) 1062.6 2461
338°f (170°C) [178]
EXCITATION
CURRENT
(%) 2.54 3.26
29-1/2
PER PHASE [152]
PER PHASE
12-1/2 24 [610] 12 2
TEMPERATURE °F (°C) 428° (220°) [318] [305] [51]
CLASS
16
I
L
PART NUMBER
3 in [76 mm]
CONNECTION SIZE
WATER-TIGHT DUCT:
1/2 in [50 mm]
EXHAUST
- INDOOR USE ONLY;
1336 lb [606 kg]
EN/IEC 61010-1).
MAX. FLOOR LOAD
26.5 in x 26.25 in x 31.5 in

[673 mm x 667 mm x 800 mm]
VOLUME
12.7 ft³ [0.36 m³]

2186 Btu/h 2186 Btu/h
7069 Btu/h 5259 Btu/h
9255 ± 854 Btu/h 7445 ± 854 Btu/h
TOTAL [2710 ± 250 W] [2180 ± 250 W]
I
L
PART NUMBER
4 45 [1143]
[102] WALL OPENING
*(NOTE F)
38 [965] 40 [1016]
1-1/2
TOP VIEW 15
[381]
REQUIRED FOR DOOR
42 [1067]
DRYING MOTOR
REMOVAL
SIDE OF UNIT
FOR DOOR REMOVAL

*(NOTE B)
WALL OPENING HEIGHT
CEILING HEIGHT
14-1/2
81-7/8 [368]
[2080]
MAX
HEIGHT
26-1/4 [667] 91 [2311]
RAISED DOOR MINIMUM
80-3/4 LOADING 90 [2286] 94 [2388] *(NOTE G)
CLEARANCE HEIGHT
HEIGHT HEIGHT
MINIMUM
90 [2286] *(NOTE G)
HEIGHT

WASHER LEGS
I
L
PART NUMBER
SEISMIC MOUNTS

QTY 4 ANCHORS
7-1/8 FINISHED WALL

[181]
1-7/8
[47]
20-3/8
[517]

[856]
PREFERENCE
LOCATION OF
FLOOR SINK
4X 15 [381]
*NOTES:
I
L
PART NUMBER
UTILITY (PLUMBING)
[381]
7-1/8
[181]
3-7/8 HW HOT WATER

[99]
CW COLD WATER
PW PURE WATER
A COMPRESSED AIR
[559] [496] [470] [584]
HW
CW
A
PW
31-1/8
[791]
TOP VIEW
HW
PW
PW A CW
HW A
CW
80-3/4
[2051]
D D
I
L
PART NUMBER
CONNECTION POSITION
E ELECTRICAL
38-1/8 N NETWORK
[967]
35-13/16
[910]
E
24-3/8 27
[619] [687]
TOP VIEW
E E
N N
79-1/4
[2013]
39-5/8
[1007]
I
L
PART NUMBER
BY OTHERS
6-5/32
6 EX
[156]
[152]
EX

TOP VIEW
SUGGESTED DUCTWORK
(BY OTHERS)
EX
VAPOR CONDENSATE EX
COLLECTING MANAGED
BY THE UNIT
81-29/32
[2080]
I
L
PART NUMBER
DOSING STATION

CEILING

AND SIGNAL CABLE
BOTTOM OF UNIT
DOSING STATION
8-1/2 [216]
132 [3350]
(FROM CONTAINERS TO
DOSING STATION)
*(NOTE B)
60 [1524]
REF
CHEMICAL CONTAINERS
*(NOTE A)
2X FD349 SHOWN
*NOTES:
INSTRUMENT UTENSIL
0.74 oz [22 ml] 0.74 oz [22 ml]
0.74 oz [22 ml] 0.74 oz [22 ml]
0.2 oz [6 ml] N/A
I
L
PART NUMBER

WITH INSTRUCTIONS.
10.5 US GAL [39.7 L]
7.0 US GAL [26.5 L]

(MAX. 120 ppm)
[207 kPa]
OPERATING FLOW RATE

(CW) CW: 11.0 US GAL [41.6 L]
NON-VENTED SYSTEM:
22.5 US GAL [85.2 L]
*(NOTE 4)
DRAIN COOLDOWN:
(MAX. 500 ppm)
pH : 6.8-7 (MAX. 7.5)
(MAX. 120 ppm)
PLUMBING CODE)

PRESSURE RANGE
SUPPLY.
OPERATING FLOW RATE
PURE WATER

pH 6.8 - 7.5
I
L
PART NUMBER


37 °F [3 °C]
CONTENT: 5 mg/m³

AIR PRESSURE RANGE
(A) RECOMMENDED.

(D)
OPERATING FLOW RATE
[189.3 L/min]

CEILING ROUTING
DOSING CONDUIT
I
L
PART NUMBER

UTILITY
N/A
THROUGH TRANSFORMER
(OPTIONAL) FD787
200V
380-400-415V (NOTE 7) (NOTE 7)
SUPPLIED BY STERIS.
60 Hz, 3-Ph
THE EQUIPMENT.

380-400V AREA.
1-1/4 in [35 mm] 32 A 40 A
60 Hz, 3-Ph
CONDUIT
380-400-415V
50 Hz, 3-Ph
RJ45F CONNECTION
208V, 60Hz 200V, 50Hz 26 [660]

POWER (kVA) 45
INPUT (HV) (V 3, 60Hz) 208/240/600 208 24 [610] 24-1/4
OUTPUT (LV) (V 3, 60Hz) 480 231 / 400 [616]
WEIGHT LB (KG) 467 (212) 343 (156) 22 [559] 20-3/8
LOAD LOSS 7
(WATTS) 1062.6 2461
338°f (170°C) [178]
EXCITATION
CURRENT
(%) 2.54 3.26
29-1/2
PER PHASE [152]
PER PHASE
12-1/2 24 [610] 12 2
TEMPERATURE °F (°C) 428° (220°) [318] [305] [51]
CLASS
16
I
L
PART NUMBER
3 in [76 mm]
CONNECTION SIZE
WATER-TIGHT DUCT:
1/2 in [50 mm]
EXHAUST
- INDOOR USE ONLY;
1336 lb [606 kg]
EN/IEC 61010-1).
MAX. FLOOR LOAD
26.5 in x 26.25 in x 31.5 in

[673 mm x 667 mm x 800 mm]
VOLUME
12.7 ft³ [0.36 m³]

2186 Btu/h 2186 Btu/h
7069 Btu/h 5259 Btu/h
9255 ± 854 Btu/h 7445 ± 854 Btu/h
TOTAL [2710 ± 250 W] [2180 ± 250 W]
I
L
PART NUMBER
45 [1143]
WALL OPENING
*(NOTE F)
38 [965] 40 [1016]
1-1/2
TOP VIEW 15
[381]
REQUIRED FOR DOOR
42 [1067]
DRYING MOTOR
REMOVAL
SIDE OF UNIT
FOR DOOR REMOVAL

*(NOTE B)
WALL OPENING HEIGHT
CEILING HEIGHT
14-1/2
81-7/8 [368]
[2080]
MAX
HEIGHT
26-1/4 [667] 91 [2311]
RAISED DOOR MINIMUM
80-3/4 LOADING 90 [2286] 94 [2388] *(NOTE G)
CLEARANCE HEIGHT
HEIGHT HEIGHT
MINIMUM
94 [2388] *(NOTE G)
HEIGHT

WASHER LEGS
I
L
PART NUMBER
SEISMIC MOUNTS

QTY 4 ANCHORS
7-1/8 FINISHED WALL

2-1/8 [181]
[54]
20-3/8
[517]

[856]
PREFERENCE
LOCATION OF
FLOOR SINK
4X 15 [381]
*NOTES:
I
L
PART NUMBER
UTILITY (PLUMBING)
[381]
7-1/8
[181]
3-7/8 HW HOT WATER

[99] CR
CW COLD WATER
PW PURE WATER
18-1/2 A COMPRESSED AIR

22-1/2 21
26-1/32 23-17/32 [470] [533]
27
[661]
S STEAM
HW
S
CW
A
PW
31-1/8
[791]
32-11/32
[822]
S
TOP VIEW
HW CR
PW
PW A CW
HW S A
CW CR
80-3/4
[2051]
D D
I
L
PART NUMBER
CONNECTION POSITION
E ELECTRICAL
38-1/8 N NETWORK
[967]
35-13/16
[910]
E 28-3/8 31
[721] [788]
TOP VIEW
E E
N N
79-1/4
[2013]
39-5/8
[1007]
I
L
PART NUMBER
BY OTHERS
10 6-5/32
EX
[254] [156]
EX

TOP VIEW
SUGGESTED DUCTWORK
(BY OTHERS)
EX
VAPOR CONDENSATE EX
COLLECTING MANAGED
BY THE UNIT
81-29/32
[2080]
I
L
PART NUMBER
DOSING STATION

CEILING

AND SIGNAL CABLE
BOTTOM OF UNIT
DOSING STATION
8-1/2 [216]
132 [3350]
(FROM CONTAINERS TO
DOSING STATION)
*(NOTE B)
60 [1524]
REF
CHEMICAL CONTAINERS
*(NOTE A)
2X FD349 SHOWN
*NOTES:
INSTRUMENT UTENSIL
0.74 oz [22 ml] 0.74 oz [22 ml]
0.74 oz [22 ml] 0.74 oz [22 ml]
0.2 oz [6 ml] N/A
I
L
PART NUMBER

WITH INSTRUCTIONS.
3.3 US GAL [12.5 L]
0.0 US GAL [0.0 L]

(MAX. 120 ppm)
[207 kPa]
OPERATING FLOW RATE
(CW) CW: 10.4 US GAL [39.4 L]
HW: 3.2 US GAL [12.1 L]
4.1 US GAL [15.5 L]
*(NOTE 4)
12.2 US GAL [46.2 L]
14.2 US GAL [53.8 L] (MAX. 500 ppm)
pH : 6.8-7 (MAX. 7.5)
(MAX. 120 ppm)
PLUMBING CODE)

PRESSURE RANGE

OPERATING FLOW RATE
PURE WATER
* (NOTE 4 )

pH 6.8 - 7.5
I
L
PART NUMBER


37 °F [3 °C]
CONTENT: 5 mg/m³

AIR PRESSURE RANGE
(A) RECOMMENDED.

(D)
OPERATING FLOW RATE
[189.3 L/min]



PRESSURE RANGE
CONDENSATE
(CR)
1/2 in / FEMALE NPT

CEILING ROUTING
DOSING CONDUIT
I
L
PART NUMBER

UTILITY
1 in [27 mm]
200-208V 2. NEUTRAL WIRE NOT REQUIRED.
1-1/4 in [35 mm] 74 A 100 A
60 Hz, 3-Ph
CONDUIT 3. ALWAYS FOLLOW LOCAL ELECTRICAL CODES
DETERMINE THE VALUE OF PROTECTION.
200-208V 4. WIRING ON THE EQUIPMENT TERMINATES AT

60 Hz, 3-Ph A JUNCTION BOX. WIRING BETWEEN JUNCTION
BOX AND BUILDING SERVICE LINES ARE NOT
N/A N/A N/A SUPPLIED BY STERIS.
WITH 40A
MIN. CIRCUIT
PROTECTION 5. DISCONNECT SWITCHES WITH OFF POSITION
INSTALLED IN ELECTRIC SUPPLY LINES NEAR THE
EQUIPMENT.
200-208V
1-1/4 in [35 mm] 73 A 100 A AREA.
50 Hz, 3-Ph
CONDUIT
ELECTRICITY
(EL)
460-480V 1 in [27 mm]
60 Hz, 3-Ph 1-1/4 in [35 mm] 34.5 A 50 A
CONDUIT
1 in [27 mm]
380-400V
1-1/4 in [35 mm] 39.5 A 50 A
60 Hz, 3-Ph
CONDUIT
380-400-415V 1 in [27 mm]

50 Hz, 3-Ph 1-1/4 in [35 mm] 39 A 50 A
CONDUIT

NETWORK RJ45F CONNECTION WITHIN 10 ft [3 m] OF UNIT
(FOR EACH UNIT)
OPTIONAL - NETWORK CABLE (SUPPLIED BY OTHER)
I
L
PART NUMBER
3 in [76 mm]
CONNECTION SIZE
WATER-TIGHT DUCT:
1/2 in [50 mm]
EXHAUST
- INDOOR USE ONLY;
1543 lb [700 kg]
EN/IEC 61010-1).
MAX. FLOOR LOAD
26.5 in x 26.25 in x 31.5 in

[673 mm x 667 mm x 800 mm]
VOLUME
12.7 ft³ [0.36 m³]

2186 Btu/h 2186 Btu/h
8777 Btu/h 6967 Btu/h
10963 ± 854 Btu/h 9153 ± 854 Btu/h
TOTAL [3210 ± 250 W] [2680 ± 250 W]
I
L
PART NUMBER
4 45 [1143]
[102] WALL OPENING
*(NOTE F)
38 [965] 40 [1016]
1-1/2
TOP VIEW 15
[381]
REQUIRED FOR DOOR
42 [1067]
DRYING MOTOR
REMOVAL
SIDE OF UNIT
FOR DOOR REMOVAL

*(NOTE B)
WALL OPENING HEIGHT
CEILING HEIGHT
14-1/2
81-7/8 [368]
[2080]
MAX
HEIGHT
26-1/4 [667] 91 [2311]
RAISED DOOR MINIMUM
80-3/4 LOADING 90 [2286] 94 [2388] *(NOTE G)
CLEARANCE HEIGHT
HEIGHT HEIGHT
MINIMUM
90 [2286] *(NOTE G)
HEIGHT

WASHER LEGS
I
L
PART NUMBER
SEISMIC MOUNTS

QTY 4 ANCHORS
7-1/8 FINISHED WALL

[181]
1-7/8
[47]
20-3/8
[517]

[856]
PREFERENCE
LOCATION OF
FLOOR SINK
4X 15 [381]
*NOTES:
I
L
PART NUMBER
UTILITY (PLUMBING)
[381]
7-1/8
[181]
3-7/8 HW HOT WATER

[99] CR
CW COLD WATER
PW PURE WATER
A COMPRESSED AIR
14-1/2 17
[368] [432]
[559] [496] [470] [584]
S STEAM
HW
S
CW
A
PW
31-1/8
[791]
32-11/32
[822]
S
TOP VIEW
HW CR
PW
PW A CW
HW S A
CW CR
80-3/4
[2051]
D D
I
L
PART NUMBER
CONNECTION POSITION
E ELECTRICAL
38-1/8 N NETWORK
[967]
35-13/16
[910]
E
24-3/8 27
[619] [687]
TOP VIEW
E E
N N
79-1/4
[2013]
39-5/8
[1007]
I
L
PART NUMBER
BY OTHERS
6-5/32
6 EX
[156]
[152]
EX

TOP VIEW
SUGGESTED DUCTWORK
(BY OTHERS)
EX
VAPOR CONDENSATE EX
COLLECTING MANAGED
BY THE UNIT
81-29/32
[2080]
I
L
PART NUMBER
DOSING STATION

CEILING

AND SIGNAL CABLE
BOTTOM OF UNIT
DOSING STATION
8-1/2 [216]
132 [3350]
(FROM CONTAINERS TO
DOSING STATION)
*(NOTE B)
60 [1524]
REF
CHEMICAL CONTAINERS
*(NOTE A)
2X FD349 SHOWN
*NOTES:
INSTRUMENT UTENSIL
0.74 oz [22 ml] 0.74 oz [22 ml]
0.74 oz [22 ml] 0.74 oz [22 ml]
0.2 oz [6 ml] N/A
I
L
PART NUMBER

WITH INSTRUCTIONS.
3.3 US GAL [12.5 L]
0.0 US GAL [0.0 L]

(MAX. 120 ppm)
[207 kPa]
OPERATING FLOW RATE
(CW) CW: 10.4 US GAL [39.4 L]
HW: 3.2 US GAL [12.1 L]
4.1 US GAL [15.5 L]
*(NOTE 4)
12.2 US GAL [46.2 L]
14.2 US GAL [53.8 L] (MAX. 500 ppm)
pH : 6.8-7 (MAX. 7.5)
(MAX. 120 ppm)
PLUMBING CODE)

PRESSURE RANGE

OPERATING FLOW RATE
PURE WATER
* (NOTE 4 )

pH 6.8 - 7.5
I
L
PART NUMBER


37 °F [3 °C]
CONTENT: 5 mg/m³

AIR PRESSURE RANGE
(A) RECOMMENDED.

(D)
OPERATING FLOW RATE
[189.3 L/min]



PRESSURE RANGE
CONDENSATE
(CR)
1/2 in / FEMALE NPT

CEILING ROUTING
DOSING CONDUIT
I
L
PART NUMBER

UTILITY
1 in [27 mm]
1-1/4 in [35 mm] 74 A 100 A
60 Hz, 3-Ph

BOX AND BUILDING SERVICE LINES ARE NOT
N/A N/A N/A SUPPLIED BY STERIS.
WITH 40A
MIN. CIRCUIT
EQUIPMENT.
200-208V
1-1/4 in [35 mm] 73 A 100 A AREA.
50 Hz, 3-Ph
CONDUIT
ELECTRICITY
(EL)
460-480V 1 in [27 mm]
60 Hz, 3-Ph 1-1/4 in [35 mm] 34.5 A 50 A
CONDUIT
1 in [27 mm]
380-400V
1-1/4 in [35 mm] 39.5 A 50 A
60 Hz, 3-Ph
CONDUIT
380-400-415V 1 in [27 mm]

50 Hz, 3-Ph 1-1/4 in [35 mm] 39 A 50 A
CONDUIT

(FOR EACH UNIT)
I
L
PART NUMBER
3 in [76 mm]
CONNECTION SIZE
WATER-TIGHT DUCT:
1/2 in [50 mm]
EXHAUST
- INDOOR USE ONLY;
1543 lb [700 kg]
EN/IEC 61010-1).
MAX. FLOOR LOAD
26.5 in x 26.25 in x 31.5 in

[673 mm x 667 mm x 800 mm]
VOLUME
12.7 ft³ [0.36 m³]

2186 Btu/h 2186 Btu/h
8777 Btu/h 6967 Btu/h
10963 ± 854 Btu/h 9153 ± 854 Btu/h
TOTAL [3210 ± 250 W] [2680 ± 250 W]
I
L
PART NUMBER
45 [1143]
WALL OPENING
*(NOTE F)
38 [965] 40 [1016]
1-1/2
TOP VIEW 15
[381]
REQUIRED FOR DOOR
42 [1067]
DRYING MOTOR
REMOVAL
SIDE OF UNIT
FOR DOOR REMOVAL

*(NOTE B)
WALL OPENING HEIGHT
CEILING HEIGHT
14-1/2
81-7/8 [368]
[2080]
MAX
HEIGHT
26-1/4 [667] 91 [2311]
RAISED DOOR MINIMUM
80-3/4 LOADING 90 [2286] 94 [2388] *(NOTE G)
CLEARANCE HEIGHT
HEIGHT HEIGHT
MINIMUM
94 [2388] *(NOTE G)
HEIGHT

WASHER LEGS
I
L
PART NUMBER
SEISMIC MOUNTS

QTY 4 ANCHORS
7-1/8 FINISHED WALL

2-1/8 [181]
[54]
20-3/8
[517]

[856]
PREFERENCE
LOCATION OF
FLOOR SINK
4X 15 [381]
*NOTES:
I
L
PART NUMBER
UTILITY (PLUMBING)
[381]
7-1/8
[181]
3-7/8 HW HOT WATER

[99] CR
CW COLD WATER
PW PURE WATER
18-1/2 A COMPRESSED AIR

22-1/2 21
26-1/32 23-17/32 [470] [533]
27
[661]
S STEAM
HW
S
CW
A
PW
31-1/8
[791]
32-11/32
[822]
S
TOP VIEW
HW CR
PW
PW A CW
HW S A
CW CR
80-3/4
[2051]
D D
I
L
PART NUMBER
CONNECTION POSITION
E ELECTRICAL
38-1/8 N NETWORK
[967]
35-13/16
[910]
E 28-3/8 31
[721] [788]
TOP VIEW
E E
N N
79-1/4
[2013]
39-5/8
[1007]
I
L
PART NUMBER
BY OTHERS
10 6-5/32
EX
[254] [156]
EX

TOP VIEW
SUGGESTED DUCTWORK
(BY OTHERS)
EX
VAPOR CONDENSATE EX
COLLECTING MANAGED
BY THE UNIT
81-29/32
[2080]
I
L
PART NUMBER
DOSING STATION

CEILING

AND SIGNAL CABLE
BOTTOM OF UNIT
DOSING STATION
8-1/2 [216]
132 [3350]
(FROM CONTAINERS TO
DOSING STATION)
*(NOTE B)
60 [1524]
REF
CHEMICAL CONTAINERS
*(NOTE A)
2X FD349 SHOWN
*NOTES:
INSTRUMENT UTENSIL
0.74 oz [22 ml] 0.74 oz [22 ml]
0.74 oz [22 ml] 0.74 oz [22 ml]
0.2 oz [6 ml] N/A
I
L
PART NUMBER

WITH INSTRUCTIONS.
9.9 US GAL [37.5 L]
6.6 US GAL [25.0 L]

(MAX. 120 ppm)
[207 kPa]
OPERATING FLOW RATE
(CW) CW: 10.4 US GAL [39.4 L]
HW: 9.6 US GAL [36.3 L]
8.1 US GAL [30.7 L]
*(NOTE 4)
13.3 US GAL [50.3 L]
12.1 US GAL [45.8 L] (MAX. 500 ppm)
pH : 6.8-7 (MAX. 7.5)
(MAX. 120 ppm)
PLUMBING CODE)

PRESSURE RANGE
SUPPLY.
OPERATING FLOW RATE
PURE WATER

pH 6.8 - 7.5
I
L
PART NUMBER


37 °F [3 °C]
CONTENT: 5 mg/m³

AIR PRESSURE RANGE
(A) RECOMMENDED.

(D)
OPERATING FLOW RATE
[189.3 L/min]



PRESSURE RANGE
CONDENSATE
(CR)
1/2 in / FEMALE NPT

CEILING ROUTING
DOSING CONDUIT
I
L
PART NUMBER

UTILITY
1 in [27 mm]
1-1/4 in [35 mm] 36 A 50 A
60 Hz, 3-Ph

1 in [27 mm] BOX AND BUILDING SERVICE LINES ARE NOT
1-1/4 in [35 mm] 28.5 A 40 A SUPPLIED BY STERIS.
WITH 40A
CONDUIT
MIN. CIRCUIT
EQUIPMENT.
200-208V
1-1/4 in [35 mm] 35 A 50 A AREA.
50 Hz, 3-Ph
CONDUIT
ELECTRICITY
(EL)
460-480V 1 in [27 mm]
60 Hz, 3-Ph 1-1/4 in [35 mm] 16.5 A 30 A
CONDUIT
1 in [27 mm]
380-400V
1-1/4 in [35 mm] 19 A 30 A
60 Hz, 3-Ph
CONDUIT
380-400-415V 1 in [27 mm]

50 Hz, 3-Ph 1-1/4 in [35 mm] 18.5 A 30 A
CONDUIT

(FOR EACH UNIT)
I
L
PART NUMBER
3 in [76 mm]
CONNECTION SIZE
WATER-TIGHT DUCT:
1/2 in [50 mm]
EXHAUST
- INDOOR USE ONLY;
1336 lb [606 kg]
EN/IEC 61010-1).
MAX. FLOOR LOAD
26.5 in x 26.25 in x 31.5 in

[673 mm x 667 mm x 800 mm]
VOLUME
12.7 ft³ [0.36 m³]

2186 Btu/h 2186 Btu/h
7069 Btu/h 5259 Btu/h
9255 ± 854 Btu/h 7445 ± 854 Btu/h
TOTAL [2710 ± 250 W] [2180 ± 250 W]
I
L
PART NUMBER
4 45 [1143]
[102] WALL OPENING
*(NOTE F)
38 [965] 40 [1016]
1-1/2
TOP VIEW 15
[381]
REQUIRED FOR DOOR
42 [1067]
DRYING MOTOR
REMOVAL
SIDE OF UNIT
FOR DOOR REMOVAL

*(NOTE B)
WALL OPENING HEIGHT
CEILING HEIGHT
14-1/2
81-7/8 [368]
[2080]
MAX
HEIGHT
26-1/4 [667] 91 [2311]
RAISED DOOR MINIMUM
80-3/4 LOADING 90 [2286] 94 [2388] *(NOTE G)
CLEARANCE HEIGHT
HEIGHT HEIGHT
MINIMUM
90 [2286] *(NOTE G)
HEIGHT

WASHER LEGS
I
L
PART NUMBER
SEISMIC MOUNTS

QTY 4 ANCHORS
7-1/8 FINISHED WALL

[181]
1-7/8
[47]
20-3/8
[517]

[856]
PREFERENCE
LOCATION OF
FLOOR SINK
4X 15 [381]
*NOTES:
I
L
PART NUMBER
UTILITY (PLUMBING)
[381]
7-1/8
[181]
3-7/8 HW HOT WATER

[99] CR
CW COLD WATER
PW PURE WATER
A COMPRESSED AIR
14-1/2 17
[368] [432]
[559] [496] [470] [584]
S STEAM
HW
S
CW
A
PW
31-1/8
[791]
32-11/32
[822]
S
TOP VIEW
HW CR
PW
PW A CW
HW S A
CW CR
80-3/4
[2051]
D D
I
L
PART NUMBER
CONNECTION POSITION
E ELECTRICAL
38-1/8 N NETWORK
[967]
35-13/16
[910]
E
24-3/8 27
[619] [687]
TOP VIEW
E E
N N
79-1/4
[2013]
39-5/8
[1007]
I
L
PART NUMBER
BY OTHERS
6-5/32
6 EX
[156]
[152]
EX

TOP VIEW
SUGGESTED DUCTWORK
(BY OTHERS)
EX
VAPOR CONDENSATE EX
COLLECTING MANAGED
BY THE UNIT
81-29/32
[2080]
I
L
PART NUMBER
DOSING STATION

CEILING

AND SIGNAL CABLE
BOTTOM OF UNIT
DOSING STATION
8-1/2 [216]
132 [3350]
(FROM CONTAINERS TO
DOSING STATION)
*(NOTE B)
60 [1524]
REF
CHEMICAL CONTAINERS
*(NOTE A)
2X FD349 SHOWN
*NOTES:
INSTRUMENT UTENSIL
0.74 oz [22 ml] 0.74 oz [22 ml]
0.74 oz [22 ml] 0.74 oz [22 ml]
0.2 oz [6 ml] N/A
I
L
PART NUMBER

WITH INSTRUCTIONS.
9.9 US GAL [37.5 L]
6.6 US GAL [25.0 L]

(MAX. 120 ppm)
[207 kPa]
OPERATING FLOW RATE
(CW) CW: 10.4 US GAL [39.4 L]
HW: 9.6 US GAL [36.3 L]
8.1 US GAL [30.7 L]
*(NOTE 4)
13.3 US GAL [50.3 L]
12.1 US GAL [45.8 L] (MAX. 500 ppm)
pH : 6.8-7 (MAX. 7.5)
(MAX. 120 ppm)
PLUMBING CODE)

PRESSURE RANGE
SUPPLY.
OPERATING FLOW RATE
PURE WATER

pH 6.8 - 7.5
I
L
PART NUMBER


37 °F [3 °C]
CONTENT: 5 mg/m³

AIR PRESSURE RANGE
(A) RECOMMENDED.

(D)
OPERATING FLOW RATE
[189.3 L/min]



PRESSURE RANGE
CONDENSATE
(CR)
1/2 in / FEMALE NPT

CEILING ROUTING
DOSING CONDUIT
I
L
PART NUMBER

UTILITY
1 in [27 mm]
1-1/4 in [35 mm] 36 A 50 A
60 Hz, 3-Ph

1 in [27 mm] BOX AND BUILDING SERVICE LINES ARE NOT
1-1/4 in [35 mm] 28.5 A 40 A SUPPLIED BY STERIS.
WITH 40A
CONDUIT
MIN. CIRCUIT
EQUIPMENT.
200-208V
1-1/4 in [35 mm] 35 A 50 A AREA.
50 Hz, 3-Ph
CONDUIT
ELECTRICITY
(EL)
460-480V 1 in [27 mm]
60 Hz, 3-Ph 1-1/4 in [35 mm] 16.5 A 30 A
CONDUIT
1 in [27 mm]
380-400V
1-1/4 in [35 mm] 19 A 30 A
60 Hz, 3-Ph
CONDUIT
380-400-415V 1 in [27 mm]

50 Hz, 3-Ph 1-1/4 in [35 mm] 18.5 A 30 A
CONDUIT

(FOR EACH UNIT)
I
L
PART NUMBER
3 in [76 mm]
CONNECTION SIZE
WATER-TIGHT DUCT:
1/2 in [50 mm]
EXHAUST
- INDOOR USE ONLY;
1336 lb [606 kg]
EN/IEC 61010-1).
MAX. FLOOR LOAD
26.5 in x 26.25 in x 31.5 in

[673 mm x 667 mm x 800 mm]
VOLUME
12.7 ft³ [0.36 m³]

2186 Btu/h 2186 Btu/h
7069 Btu/h 5259 Btu/h
9255 ± 854 Btu/h 7445 ± 854 Btu/h
TOTAL [2710 ± 250 W] [2180 ± 250 W]
I
L
PART NUMBER
Released
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
COLD WATER INLET PORT
WITHOUT OPTION HOT WATER INLET PORT
PURE WATER INLET PORT
STEAM INLET PORT (STEAM HEATED UNIT)

REG1 FLTR3
(1748) CONDENSATE RETURN OUTLET PORT (STEAM HEATED UNIT)
V5
A PRESSURE PRESSURE AIR INLET PORT A
PI1 FLTR4
PORT PORT
(1752)
EXHAUST
V6 FLTR5
(1726) (1730) (1722) (1743)

FAN1 FLTR2 V4 INT1
V1 V2 V3 (3E2)
(835) DRYING HEPA FILTER
DRYING FAN
(1962)
(1301)
TE2 OTS1 CD1

AIR INLET DAMPER
(812)
B HTR1 B
(1365) (1369)
C C
(1351) FS101 FS102
SAFETY
LS3 (1642) (1646) (1650)

V301 V302 V303
(2029)
ELECTRIC HEATED UNIT
GREEN
LE1
BLUE
RED
V201 V202 V203
FLTR1 FR1
FLTR1 (1107) (1107) (1107)
(2D4) PMP101 PMP102 PMP103
HTR4
(1305)
D (807) D
GREEN
TRP1
BLUE
HTR2
RED
OTS2
PE1 (1943)
(2D5)
V10
(1131) (1131) (1131)
(2E6) V101 V102 V103
V8 LS101 LS102 LS103
CK1
(3B9)
ENZYME DETERGENT LUBRICANT
INT5 (1922) TE1 CONTAINER CONTAINER CONTAINER
(3B7) PUMP #1 PUMP #2 PUMP #3
INT4 PMP1
(830)
RED
N.O. A INT2 / (3C5)
V7 B BLUE
INT3 / (3C5)
FR2
E E
DRAIN INT6 / (3E3)

2
DESCRIPTION NAME DATE TITLE
AMSCO 7052HP / 7053HP
This document contains confidential and
P&ID proprietary information of STERIS Corporation.

Neither this document nor the information APPROVER (See PLM Signature
PROCESS therein are to be reproduced, distributed, used
or disclosed either in part or in whole except as
REVIEWER History Record) LOCATION SCALE SIZE DRAWING NUMBER VERSION SHEET
specifically authorized by STERIS Corporation. DRAWN BY 1 D 10260377 B 1 OF 23
EPLAN-CAE 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
Page 1 of 23 10260377.B
Released
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
VENT COLD WATER INLET PORT
WITH ALL OPTIONS HOT WATER INLET PORT
PURE WATER INLET PORT

OVERFLOW WASH STEAM INLET PORT (STEAM HEATED UNIT)
REG1 FLTR3 RESERVOIR
RINSE (1748) CONDENSATE RETURN OUTLET PORT (STEAM HEATED UNIT)
RESERVOIR V5
A PRESSURE PRESSURE AIR INLET PORT A
PI1 FLTR4
PORT PORT
(1722) (1752)
EXHAUST
V3 V6 FLTR5
(3A4)
N.C.
(1515)
SAFETY (1726) (1730) V13 (1743)
FAN1 FLTR2 V4 INT1
V1 V2 (3E2)
LS7 (835) DRYING HEPA FILTER
DRYING FAN
(1510)
HIGH
(1962)
LS6 (1301)
TE2 OTS1 CD1

AIR INLET DAMPER
(812)
(1506) HTR1
B MID
B
LS5
TE3
(802) (1519)
HTR3
OTS3
(1501) (1365) (1369) (1374) (1474)

LOW
C C
(1351) FS101 FS102 FS104 FS105
LS4 SAFETY
WITHOUT CONDENSATE RETURN TO DRAIN

LS3 (1642) (1646) (1650) (1662) (1706)
V301 V302 V303 V304 V305
(2029)
ELECTRIC HEATED UNIT
GREEN
LE1
CLEAR
CLEAR
BLUE
RED
V201 V202 V203 V204 V205
FLTR1 FR1
FLTR1 (1107) (1107) (1107) (1107) (1107)
(807) (1D4) PMP101 PMP102 PMP103 PMP104 PMP105
HTR2 CONDUC- HTR4
(1305) TIVITY
D D
GREEN
CLEAR
CLEAR
PROBE TRP1
BLUE
RED
OTS2
CE1
WITH CONDENSATE RETURN TO DRAIN

(2043) PE1 (1943)
(1D5)
V10
(1806) (1822) (1131) (1131) (1131) (1131) (1131)
(1E6) V101 V102 V103 V104 V105
N.O. (1802) N.O. V8 LS101 LS102 LS103 LS104 LS105
CK1 V12 N.O. V14
(3B9) V11 ENZYME DETERGENT LUBRICANT DETERGENT DETERGENT
INT5 (1922) TE1
(1346) (1402) CONTAINER CONTAINER CONTAINER CONTAINER CONTAINER
V17 V16 (1826) PUMP #1 PUMP #2 PUMP #3 PUMP #4 PUMP #5
ACU- (3B7) WASH
RINSE N.O.
COOLDOWN INT4 PMP1 RESERVOIR
RESERVOIR V15 ADDITIONAL ADDITIONAL
(830)
RED CHEMICAL CHEMICAL
TE4 (1408) N.O. A INT2 / (3C5)
BLUE PUMP PUMP
V7 B INT3 / (3C5)
FR2
E E
DRAIN INT6 / (3E3)

1 3

PROCESS therein are to be reproduced, distributed, used
EPLAN-CAE 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
Page 2 of 23 10260377.B
Released
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
(1313) (1310) (1321) (1318)
ZS2 ZS1 ZS4 ZS3
(1722) (1743)
PURE WATER SUMP STEAM
FILL VALVE (1814) VALVE
A V3 PV5 V4 A
513
SERVICE SIDE DOOR NON-SERVICE SIDE DOOR

3 4 2 3
2 1 2 1
BLUE RED
2 4
V13
WASH RESERVOIR
OUTLET
RED
RED
RED
VALVE DOOR GUTTER DOOR GUTTER
(2A5)
WASH STEAM HEATED

RESERVOIR UNIT
INT4
INT5
B (1346) B
ACU-COOLDOWN
(1E2)
(2E2)
(1E2)
(2E2)
SAFETY VALVE
V17
3
2 1 RED CYL2 CYL1 CYL4 CYL3
RED
RED RED RED RED
BLUE BLUE BLUE BLUE
BLUE
ACU-COOLDOWN
RED
RED
BLUE
C BLUE C
RED
(1E6) RED BLUE

/ INT2
(2E6)
RED
RED RED BLUE
(1E6) BLUE
/ INT3
(2E6)
513 513 513 513 PNEUMATIC

(1622) (1630) (1326)
BLOCK
(1666) (1626) (1702) (1334)
VALVE
4 2 4 2 4 2 4 2 PV1 PV2 PV3 PV4
4 2 4 2 4 2 4 2 CLOSE CLOSE CLOSE
14 14 14
FC1 FC2 FC3 FC4 14 SERVICE
10
SIDE
FOR PRESSURE TRANSMITTER
V11 V12 V15 V14

RINSE SUMP WASH SPRAY
D RESERVOIR OUTLET RESERVOIR ARMS 5 4 5 4 5 4 1 4 D
1 1 1
OUTLET VALVE RETURN VALVE 3 2 3 2 3 2 5
VALVE (1806) VALVE (1822)
AIR OUTLET PORT
(1802) (1826)
CALIBRATION
DRAIN 12 NON-SERVICE
RINSE WASH
VALVE 12 12 SIDE
RESERVOIR RESERVOIR OPEN OPEN
2
SERVICE
SIDE DOOR 3
NON-SERVICE
SIDE DOOR
DOORS
REG2 SAFETY
V9
(1A8) RED
/ INT1
(2A8)
PS1
E (1E5) (1401) E
/ INT6
(2E5)
2 4

FLUID POWER therein are to be reproduced, distributed, used
EPLAN-CAE 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
Page 3 of 23 10260377.B
Released
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
400
CUSTOMER MAIN SUPPLY
EXTERNAL
401 RINSE PURE WATER
TB1 L3-L2-L3 DRY CONTACT
CB6 (706) RESERVOIR END OF CYCLE CYCLE RUNNING INLET VALVE
402 3 C7 (512) (633) (612)
RESERVOIR HEATERS CR5 CR6 CR7
3X 5000W 11 14 11 14 11 14
403 200-208V: 50A HTR3
A 380-480V: 30A A
404 VENTILATION
EXTERNAL
COLD WATER HOT WATER DRAIN COOLING
405 (621) ELECTRIC DRY CONTACT
INLET VALVE INLET VALVE VALVE
C5 HEATED (504)
SUMP HEATERS (614) (617) (531)
UNIT C3
406 CR8 CR9 CR10
3X 5000W 33 34
HTR2 11 14 11 14 11 14
407
408
CB1 (508)
409
3 C6
DRYING HEATERS SERVICE SIDE SERVICE SIDE NON-SERVICE SIDE NON-SERVICE SIDE
410 3X 3800W ON-OFF CONTROL EMERGENCY STOP ON-OFF CONTROL EMERGENCY STOP
200-208V: 40A HTR1 SWITCH BUTTON SWITCH BUTTON
411 380-480V: 30A IF "40 AMP MINIMUM CIRCUIT PROTECTION" CB4 HS1 PB1 HS2 PB2 IO BOARD #1
OPTION PRESENT, HTR1 is 3 x 2.85kW. 1 IO1
B 412
J14 OUTPUT SUPPLY
B
4A 2 2
413 24VDC
POWER SUPPLY
J6 INPUT SUPPLY
414 CB3 RECT1 CB5
2 1
415 2 2
J10 BOARD SUPPLY
6A 2 2
416 4A
10A PRINTER CPU SUPPLY
417 COOLING FAN PRT1 CPU1
ELECTRIC BOX
TOP
418 +24V COMM RS232-3 IO BOARD #2
(504) CTRLFAN1
HIGH SPEED IO2
419 SUPPLY
C3
2 J14 OUTPUT SUPPLY
DISPLAY
420 (632) SERVICE SIDE
(501) 3 LINES
C LOW SPEED
(501) SHORTED COOLING FAN HMI1 C
CB2
421 OL2 ELECTRIC BOX J6 INPUT SUPPLY
3 C2
3 POWER SECTION +24V DVI VIDEO1
422 CTRLFAN2
200-208V: 50A USB USB1
J10 BOARD SUPPLY
423 380-480V: 30A
(630) RECIRCULATION PUMP 2
(506) DISPLAY
(504) PMP1 CPU SUPPLY
424 HIGH SPEED NON-SERVICE SIDE
OL1
3+PE
C1 HMI2
3 M
3
425
+24V DVI VIDEO2 IO BOARD #3
3
426 IO3
USB USB2
J14 OUTPUT SUPPLY
427
DRYING FAN
428 (633) BAR CODE SCANNER
(506) FAN1 J6 INPUT SUPPLY
MSP1 BARCODE READER BC2
3+PE
3 C4
D 429 FOR OPERATOR AND LOAD D
M RS232-1
3 J10 BOARD SUPPLY
430
BAR CODE SCANNER
431 BC1 CPU SUPPLY
BARCODE READER
FOR SCS
432 RS232-2
RINSE RESERVOIR
433 OR
WASH RESERVOIR
434
SERVICE SIDE
USB3
435 USB PORT 1
436
NON-SERVICE SIDE
USB4
USB PORT 2
437
E E
438
3 5
ELECTRICAL SCHEMATIC proprietary information of STERIS Corporation.

SINGLE LINE (BLOCK) DIAGRAM therein are to be reproduced, distributed, used
SUPPLY/CONTROL/DISPLAY specifically authorized by STERIS Corporation. DRAWN BY 1 D 10260377 B 4 OF 23
EPLAN-CAE
Page 4 of 23 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 10260377.B
Released
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
(422)
500 (504)
IO1-J7B DIGITAL INPUT IO1-J8A DIGITAL OUTPUT (505)
CR1
(507)
CR2
(510)
CR3
(512)
CR4
(422)
OL2
(504)
C3 C2 IO1-J11A ANALOG INPUT
501 DRYING OVER ACTIVATE (406)
TEMPERATURE IN0 INT56 / (507) RECIRCULATION PUMP DC0 (420) NOT USED CH0
502 SWITCH NOT TRIPPED LOW SPEED (506)
(505) (507) (510) (512) (425) (501) (501)
SUMP OVER
(501) CR1 CR2 CR3 CR4 OL1 C2 C3
503 TEMPERATURE IN1 INT57 / (619)
SWITCH NOT TRIPPED (504) ACTIVATE
A RECIRCULATION PUMP DC1
A
CR1
504
24VDC HIGH SPEED
ZS1 (429) (425)
(504)
505 RIGHT SERVICE C4 C1
C3
DOOR CLOSE IN2 (501)
SWITCH DETECTED (504) ACTIVATE
506 DC2 24V
CR2 DRYING FAN
(410)
507 24VDC ZS2 C6 (501) / INT56 OTS1
LEFT SERVICE ACTIVATE
508 DOOR CLOSE IN3 (501) DRYING ELECTRIC DC3
SWITCH DETECTED (504) HEATERS
CR3
509
24VDC ZS3
[CTRL]
510 LEFT NON-SERVICE
DOOR CLOSE IN4 (501) IO1-J8B DIGITAL OUTPUT PV2 (403) IO1-J11B ANALOG INPUT TE1
SWITCH DETECTED (504) CLOSE CR5
511 COIL 4 SUMP RTD
CR4 SERVICE SIDE DC4 CH1
(CONTROL)
24VDC DOOR
B 512 ZS4 B
PV2
RIGHT NON-SERVICE (600) / INT63
OPEN
513 DOOR CLOSE IN5 COIL 2
SERVICE SIDE DC5
SWITCH DETECTED "END OF CYCLE" DRY CONTACT (CR5)
PV4 DOOR
514 IS ACTIVATED WITH UNLOAD NOT USED CH5
24VDC COIL 4 PV3 DOOR OPENING OUTPUT.
ZS5 ZS6
CLOSE CONNECT SERVICE OR NON-SERVICE SIDE
515 SERVICE SIDE DOOR COIL 4
NON-SERVICE SIDE DC6 DOOR ON CR5 DEPENDING ON WASHER
SAFETY SWITCH IN7
DOOR ORIENTATION INSTALLATION
516 NOT DETECTED
PV4
24VDC COIL 2 PMP101
517 ZS7 ZS8
NON-SERVICE SIDE
DOOR SAFETY
ACTIVATE
DC7
DC
518 IN8 CHEMICAL #1 PUMP
SWITCH 2
NOT DETECTED
519
C
520
IO1-J7A DIGITAL INPUT IO1-J9A DIGITAL OUTPUT V301 IO1-J12A ANALOG INPUT PE1
C
RECIRCULATION
521 OPEN
DC8 PRESSURE CH2 + -
NOT USED IN6 CHEMICAL #1 VALVE
TRANSMITTER
522
V302
523 NOT USED IN9 OPEN
DC9
CHEMICAL #2 VALVE
524 SUMP SAFETY NOT USED CH4
V303
LEVEL SWITCH IN10 INT58 / (529)
525 NOT DETECTED OPEN
DC10
SCS CHEMICAL #3 VALVE
Q1
526 SCS REQUEST TO CONVEYOR
OPEN WASHER IN11 PMP102 V17
527 UNLOAD DOOR
ACTIVATE
DC11
DC 24V
CHEMICAL #2 PUMP
528 Q4 2
SCS REQUEST TO
OPEN WASHER IN12
D 529
UNLOAD DOOR (524) / INT58
D
(407) [CTRL]
530 FS101 IO1-J9B DIGITAL OUTPUT V304 CR10
(704) / INT59
IO1-J12B ANALOG INPUT TE2
OPEN DRYING RTD
531 CHEMICAL #1 DC12 CH6
IN13 CHEMICAL #4 VALVE (CONTROL)
FLOWMETER
(703) LS3
532 PV1
CR11
CLOSE SUMP
533 FS102 DRAIN VALVE/ DC13
DRAIN DRY CONTACT
CHEMICAL #2
534 IN14 CB1-ST
FLOWMETER
ACTIVATE RINSE
535 SHUNT TRIP DC14 RESERVOIR
ADDITIONAL CB6-ST
BREAKER
FS104 CHEMICAL PUMP
536
CHEMICAL #4 PMP103
IN15
537 FLOWMETER
E
ACTIVATE
DC15
DC E
CHEMICAL #3 PUMP
538 2
4 6

I/O BOARD #1 specifically authorized by STERIS Corporation. DRAWN BY 1 D 10260377 B 5 OF 23
EPLAN-CAE
Page 5 of 23 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 10260377.B
Released
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
600
IO2-J7B DIGITAL INPUT PS1
ACU-COOLDOWN
IO2-J8A DIGITAL OUTPUT PV3
INT63 / (512)
IO2-J11A ANALOG INPUT
601 MAIN AIR OPEN
THERMOCOUPLE COIL 2
PRESSURE IN0 NON-SERVICE DC0 NOT USED CH0
602 DETECTED TE4 PROPORTIONAL SIDE DOOR
PID CONTROLLER
VALVE
EXTERNAL CTRL1
V16 V305
603 COOL DOWN IN1
A DONE OPEN A
604 (622) / INT69
DC CHEMICAL #5 VALVE
DC1
2
605
NOT USED IN2 WASHER READY SCS
606 TO BE LOADED DC2 SCS INPUT I4 CONVEYOR
REQUEST
607
WASHER READY
608 NOT USED IN3 TO BE UNLOADED DC3 SCS INPUT I3
REQUEST
609
[PV]
610
NOT USED IN4
IO2-J8B DIGITAL OUTPUT V3
(403)
IO2-J11B ANALOG INPUT TE1
OPEN PURE WATER
611 CR7 SUMP RTD
INLET VALVE / EXTERNAL DC4 CH1
(PROCESS VERIFICATION)
DRY CONTACT
B 612 B
V1
613 NOT USED IN5 OPEN (407) LE1
COLD WATER CR8
DC5 SUMP WATER
614 INLET VALVE / EXTERNAL CH5 + -
LEVEL TRANSMITTER
DRY CONTACT
615
V2
NOT USED IN7 (407)
OPEN HOT WATER
616 CR9
INLET VALVE / DC6
EXTERNAL DRY CONTACT PMP104
617
NOT USED IN8

ACTIVATE
DC7
DC
618 CHEMICAL #4 PUMP
2
619 ELECTRIC
(503) / INT57 HEATED
V4
(406) UNIT
C
620
IO2-J7A DIGITAL INPUT LS101 IO2-J9A DIGITAL OUTPUT C5 OTS2 IO2-J12A ANALOG INPUT CE1
CONDUCTIVITY
PROBE C
CONDUCTIVITY
621 OPEN STEAM VALVE /
CHEMICAL #1 DC8 TRANSMITTER CH2 PROBE
IN6 ACTIVATE SUMP HEATERS
LEVEL DETECTED INT69 / (604) 4-20mA
622
LS102 V5
623 OPEN DRAIN COOLING
CHEMICAL #2 DC9
IN9 VALVE
LEVEL DETECTED
624 NOT USED CH4
LS103
V6
625
CHEMICAL #3 OPEN CONDENSER VALVE /
IN10
LEVEL DETECTED LS104 CONDENSATE RETURN DC10
626 ADDITIONAL
COOL DOWN
PMP105 CHEMICAL PUMP
CHEMICAL #4
627 IN11
LEVEL DETECTED ACTIVATE
DC11
DC
LS105 CHEMICAL #5 PUMP
628 2 SERVICE
SIDE
CHEMICAL #5 DOOR LED
D 629
LEVEL DETECTED
IN12
(425)
D
(631) (631) LT1
OL1 [PV]
630 IO2-J9B DIGITAL OUTPUT CR12 CR12 RED IO2-J12B ANALOG INPUT TE2
24VDC
(422) RED LED DC12 DRYING RTD
631 (636) CH6
OL2 (PROCESS VERIFICATION)
CR13 GREEN
MOTOR OVERLOAD (429) (403)
632 IN13
TRIPPED MSP1 CR6
(638)
NON-SERVICE
633 CYCLE RUNNING/ CR14 BLUE
DC13 SIDE
EXTERNAL DRY CONTACT DOOR LED
634 LT2
TB2 (632)
EMERGENCY COM CR13
635 IN14 RED
STOP OK
GREEN LED DC14
636
ADDITIONAL GREEN
FS105 CHEMICAL PUMP (634)
637
CR14
E CHEMICAL #5
IN15
E
638 FLOWMETER BLUE
BLUE LED DC15
5 7

EPLAN-CAE
Page 6 of 23 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 10260377.B
Released
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
700
IO3-J7B DIGITAL INPUT LS4 RINSE IO3-J8A DIGITAL OUTPUT V11
(708) / INT61
LS7 RINSE IO3-J11A ANALOG INPUT RINSE RESERVOIR
701 RINSE RESERVOIR RESERVOIR CLOSE RINSE RESERVOIR OR
LOW LEVEL IN0 RESERVOIR DC0 (533) NOT USED CH0 WASH RESERVOIR
SWITCH DETECTED OUTLET VALVE CR11
702 LS5
24VDC
RINSE RESERVOIR V12
703
MID LEVEL IN1
A SWITCH DETECTED CLOSE SUMP
DC1 INT59 / (530)
A
704 OUTLET VALVE
LS6 (403)
705 RINSE RESERVOIR C7 (711) / INT62 OTS3
HIGH LEVEL IN2
SWITCH DETECTED ACTIVATE RINSE
706 DC2
RESERVOIR HEATERS
707
PV5
RINSE RESERVOIR OPEN WASH WASH
708 RESERVOIR
SAFETY LEVEL IN3 INT61 / (701) RESERVOIR DC3
SWITCH DETECTED OUTLET VALVE
709 RINSE
RESERVOIR
[PV]
710
RINSE RESERVOIR IO3-J8B DIGITAL OUTPUT V14 IO3-J11B ANALOG INPUT TE1
OVER TEMP IN4 INT62 / (705) CLOSE
711 RINSE RESERVOIR
SWITCH DETECTED SPRAY ARM DC4 CH1
RTD
VALVE
B 712 B
V15
713 NOT USED IN5 CLOSE WASH
RESERVOIR DC5
714 RETURN VALVE NOT USED CH5
715
NOT USED DC6
NOT USED IN7
716
717
NOT USED IN8 NOT USED DC7

718
719
C
720
IO3-J7A DIGITAL INPUT IO3-J9A DIGITAL OUTPUT IO3-J12A ANALOG INPUT C
721
NOT USED DC8 NOT USED CH2
NOT USED IN6
722
723
NOT USED DC9
NOT USED IN9
724 NOT USED CH4
725
NOT USED DC10
NOT USED IN10
726
727 NOT USED IN11

NOT USED DC11
728
D 729 NOT USED IN12 D
730 IO3-J9B DIGITAL OUTPUT IO3-J12B ANALOG INPUT

NOT USED DC12
731 NOT USED CH6
732 NOT USED IN13
733
NOT USED DC13
734
735 NOT USED IN14
NOT USED DC14

736
737
E NOT USED IN15
E
738
NOT USED DC15
6 8

EPLAN-CAE
Page 7 of 23 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 10260377.B
Released
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
CUSTOMER INCOMING LINE
800
TB1 TB1 TB1
L3 L2 L1
801 CB6 RINSE
CBL-HTR3
18 * AWG 21 ** AWG C7 24 RESERVOIR
1 2 1 2 SEW 4x8 AWG
802 BK TEW BK TEW BK 1
19 * AWG 22 ** AWG 25 HTR3
803 BK TEW 3 4 BK TEW 3 4 BK 2 RESERVOIR HEATERS
A 20 * AWG 23 ** AWG 26 3 X 5000W A
804 BK TEW 5 6 BK TEW 5 6 BK 3 (2C1)
* 200-208V: 6 AWG ** 200-208V: 6 AWG (1810) 27

805 200-208V: 50A
380-480V: 8 AWG 380-480V: 8 AWG GNYE
380-480V: 30A
806
807 CBL-HTR2
80 8 AWG C5 10
1 2 SEW 3x10 AWG
BK TEW BK 1
808 HTR2
81 8 AWG 11 ELECTRIC
3 4 2 SUMP HEATERS
BK TEW BK HEATED
3 X 5000W
809 82 8 AWG 12 UNIT
(1D2)
BK TEW 5 6 BK 3 (2D2)
810
(1740)
811
CB1
CBL-HTR1
B 812 64 8 AWG 50 8 AWG C6 13 B
1 2 1 2 SEW 3x10 AWG
BK TEW BK TEW BK 1
813 HTR1 IF "40 AMP MINIMUM CIRCUIT PROTECTION"
65 8 AWG 51 8 AWG 14
3 4 3 4 2 DRYING HEATERS OPTION PRESENT, HTR1 is 3 x 2.85kW.
BK TEW BK TEW BK
3 X 3.8KW
814 66 8 AWG 52 8 AWG 15 (1B5)
BK TEW 5 6 BK TEW 5 6 BK 3 (2B5)
815
200-208V: 40A (1614)
CB4
380-480V: 30A
816 RECT1 16 16 AWG 101 20 AWG
L+ BU TR64 BU TR64 INT7 / (916)
817 CB3
4A
67 12 AWG 62 14 AWG
818 BK TEW 1 2 BK TEW CB5
L1
17 16 AWG 107 20 AWG
819 BU TR64 BU TR64
L+ INT8 / (918)
68 12 AWG 63 14 AWG
820 3 4 4A
BK TEW BK TEW L2 100 16 AWG
C - WHBU TR64 INT9 / (911)
C
821 6A *** 200-208V: 8 AWG 83
HIGH SPEED A GNYE 14 AWG
380-480V: 10 AWG GND1 PE
53 *** AWG C3
822 -
BK TEW 2 1
BB1
823 54 *** AWG
BK TEW 4 3 INPUT: 176-550VAC
55 *** AWG OUTPUT: 24VDC, 10A
824
BK TEW 6 5
CB2 LOW SPEED
825 CBL-PMP1 **** 200-208V: TYPE SEW
69 8 AWG 56 8 AWG C2 OL2 (1606) 4
1 2 1 2 1 2 **** 7x10 AWG 380-480V: TYPE TEW
BK TEW BK TEW BK
826 70 8 AWG 57 8 AWG 5
BK TEW 3 4 BK TEW 3 4 3 4 BK
827 71 8 AWG 58 8 AWG 6
BK TEW 5 6 BK TEW 5 6 5 6 BK
828
200-208V: 40A (1602) (1602) ELECTRIC REQUIREMENT
380-480V: 30A (1463)
D 829 HIGH SPEED WITHOUT WITH D
59 8 AWG C1 OL1 1 RINSE RINSE
830 BK TEW 1 2 1 2 BK 2U 1W
RESERVOIR RESERVOIR
60 8 AWG 2 PMP1
831 BK TEW 3 4 3 4 BK 2V M 1V RECIRCULATION PUMP STEAM ELECTRIC STEAM ELECTRIC
3 3
9 Kw/2.6Kw HEATED HEATED HEATED HEATED
61 8 AWG
832 5 6 5 6 2W 1U DUAL SPEED
BK TEW BK
(1E5) AMP KVA AMP KVA AMP KVA AMP KVA
(1608) 40 (2E5)
833 (1606) X1 GND
(1461)
GNYE 200-208VAC 50HZ 35 12.6 CONFIGURATION
73 26 CONFIGURATION
NOT AVAILABLE NOT AVAILABLE
NOTE 1 NOTE 1
834 MSP1 36 13 CONFIGURATION CONFIGURATION

CBL-FAN1
200-208VAC 60HZ NOT AVAILABLE 74 26.6 NOT AVAILABLE
NOTE 2 NOTE 2
72 12 AWG C4 7
1 2 1 2 TEW 4x14 AWG 1
835 BK TEW BK 380-415VAC 50HZ 18.5 13 30.5 21.1 39 28 39 28
FAN1
73 12 AWG 8 DRYING FAN
836 BK TEW 3 4 3 4 BK 3 M 380-400VAC 60HZ 19 13.1 32 22.2 39.5 27.3 39.5 27.3
3HP
74 12 AWG 9 3 (1B6)
837 5 6 5 6 BK 2 460-480VAC 60HZ 16.5 13.7 28.5 23.6 34.5 28.4 34.5 28.4
BK TEW (2B6)
E 41 NOTE 1: 27.0A, 9.8KVA WHEN OPTION "40 AMP MINIMUM CIRCUIT PROTECTION" PRESENT E
21 200-208V: 7-10A (1611)
838 GNYE
(1465) 380-480V: 3.5-5A NOTE 2: 28.5A, 10.2KVA WHEN OPTION "40 AMP MINIMUM CIRCUIT PROTECTION" PRESENT
22
7 9

MAIN SUPPLY therein are to be reproduced, distributed, used
EPLAN-CAE
Page 8 of 23 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 10260377.B
Released
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
900
IO BOARD #1
901
IO1
(1301)
902 608 CBL-J14-J6 (1341)
WHBU 20 AWG 2x20 AWG OUTPUT SUPPLY IO BOARD SW2 & SW3 (1601)
INT72 / (1608) 109 DEFAULT SETTING:
903 224 (1621)
WHBU 1 1
A WHBU 20 AWG INT10 / (1025) COM (1641) A
CH0: 0-10V (1661)
904 220 CH1: RTD (1902)
WHBU 20 AWG INT11 / (1004) WHBU 2 2
COM CH2: 4-20mA
905 J14 (1920)
221 CH4: RTD (1942)
WHBU 20 AWG INT12 / (1020) CH5: 4-20mA (1960)
906 110
205 3 3 CH6: RTD
BU
WHBU 20 AWG 24VISO
INT13 / (1005)
907 207
BU 4 4
WHBU 20 AWG 24VISO
INT14 / (1012)
908 203 INPUT SUPPLY
WHBU 20 AWG SW1 (BOARD ADDRESS)
INT16 / (1018)
909 533 WHBU 1 1
COM
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
UP
WHBU 20 AWG INT46 / (1517) DW
910 780
WHBU WHBU 2 2
COM
TB2 INT54 / (1762)
911 100
COM
INT9 / (821) WHBU 16 AWG J6 SW2 (ANALOG CHANNEL)
B 912 BU 3 3 1 2 3 4 5 6 B
24V_DCIN_ISO UP
607 DW
913 BU 20 AWG BU 4 4
SERVICE SIDE NON SERVICE SIDE INT71 / (1608) 24V_DCIN_ISO
SERVICE SIDE NON SERVICE SIDE 547
914 EMERGENCY STOP EMERGENCY STOP BU 20 AWG CBL-J10
ON/OFF SWITCH ON/OFF SWITCH INT45 / (1513) BOARD SUPPLY SW3 (ANALOG CHANNEL)
PUSHBUTTON PUSHBUTTON 736 2x20 AWG
HS1 HS2
915
PB1
TB2
PB2
TB2 BU 20 AWG INT70 / (1346) 111 WHBU 1 1
COM
1 2 3 4 5 6
101 103 104 105 106 150 SPL1 UP
1 2 21 22 1 1 2 21 22 2 WHBU DW
INT7 / (817) BU 20 AWG BU 20 AWG BU 20 AWG BU 20 AWG BU 20 AWG BU 20 AWG
916 WHBU WHBU2 2
COM
NOTE 1 NOTE 1
J10
917 107 108 151 TB2 112 BU 3 3
3 SPL2 24VDCA
BU 20 AWG 4 5 BU 20 AWG 4 5 BU 20 AWG BU
INT8 / (819)
918 204
BU BU 4 4
24VDC
BU 20 AWG INT17 / (1004)
919 206
RINSE RESERVOIR IO BOARD #3 BU 20 AWG INT18 / (1010) IO BOARD #2
920 OR 783
IO3 IO2
C WASH RESERVOIR (1501) BU INT55 / (1767) (1401) C
921 (1541) 202 (1441)
(1801) IO BOARD SW2 & SW3 OUTPUT SUPPLY BU 20 AWG OUTPUT SUPPLY IO BOARD SW2 & SW3 (1701)
DEFAULT SETTING: INT20 / (1017) DEFAULT SETTING:
922 (1821) 222 (1721)
1 1 WHBU WHBU 1 1
(1841) COM BU 20 AWG COM (1741)
(1861) CH0: 0-10V INT21 / (1003) CH0: 0-10V (1761)
923 223
(2102) CH1: RTD CH1: RTD (2002)
2 2 WHBU BU 20 AWG WHBU 2 2
(2120) CH2: 4-20mA COM INT22 / (1019) COM CH2: 4-20mA (2020)
924 CH4: RTD J14 225 J14 CH4: RTD
(2142) (2042)
(2160) CH5: 4-20mA BU 20 AWG INT23 / (1024) CH5: 4-20mA (2060)
925 CH6: RTD CH6: RTD
3 3 BU BU 3 3
24VISO 24VISO
926
4 4 BU BU 4 4
24VISO 24VISO
927
INPUT SUPPLY INPUT SUPPLY
SW1 (BOARD ADDRESS) SW1 (BOARD ADDRESS)
928 1 1 WHBU WHBU1 1
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 COM COM 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
UP UP
D 929 DW DW D
2 WHBU2 2
COM COM
930
J6
SW2 (ANALOG CHANNEL) J6 SW2 (ANALOG CHANNEL)
931 1 2 3 4 5 6 3 3 BU BU 3 3 1 2 3 4 5 6
UP 24V_DCIN_ISO 24V_DCIN_ISO UP
DW 4 4 4 DW
932
24V_DCIN_ISO 24V_DCIN_ISO
933 BOARD SUPPLY BOARD SUPPLY

SW3 (ANALOG CHANNEL) SW3 (ANALOG CHANNEL)
1 1 SPL5 SPL3 1 1
934 1 2 3 4 5 6 COM WHBU WHBU COM 1 2 3 4 5 6
UP UP
DW 2 2 2 2 DW
935 COM WHBU WHBU COM
J10 J10
936 SPL6 SPL4
3 3 BU BU 3 3
24VDCA 24VDCA
937
4 4 BU BU 4 4
E NOTE 1: PRESSING EMERGENCY STOP BUTTON WILL REMOVE 24VDC
24VDC 24VDC E
938 I/O BOARDS SUPPLY ON INPUTS AND OUTPUTS.
8 10

IO SUPPLY therein are to be reproduced, distributed, used
EPLAN-CAE
Page 9 of 23 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 10260377.B
Released
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
1000
PRINTER (1003)
PRINTER CONNECTION CPU1
1001 PRINTER DISPLAY SERVICE SIDE
WHEN INSTALLED ON
PRT1 HMI1
SERVICE SIDE OF
1002 WASHER HMI1
SPLITTER CBL-USB1 +24VDC 2
TEE1 USB1 USB INT21 / (923)
1003 CBL-PRTSUP1 204 P2 CBL-PRTCOM1
RS232
A TR64 2x20 AWG BU 2 + CBL-VIDEO1 A
INT17 / (919) RS232-3 COM 1
1004 VIDEO1 DVI INT11 / (905)
205 P2 P2
WHBU 1 -
1005 INT13 / (907)
1006 BARCODE READER

BAR CODE SCANNER OPERATOR AND LOAD
BC2
CBL-RS232-1
1007
PRINTER
RS232-1
1008 PRINTER CONNECTION
WHEN INSTALLED ON
SW1 SETTINGS FOR 2 I/O BOARDS KODIAK
1009 NON-SERVICE
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
SIDE OF WASHER ON
CBL-PRTSUP2 206 P2 CBL-PRTCOM2 OFF
1010
TR64 2x20 AWG BU 2
INT18 / (920)
1011 207 P2
SW1 SETTINGS FOR 3 I/O BOARDS KODIAK
WHBU 1
INT14 / (908) 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 BARCODE READER FOR
B 1012 ON BAR CODE SCANNER B
SCS CONVEYOR
OFF BC1
CBL-RS232-2
1013
RS232-2
1014 COOLING FAN
ELECTRIC BOX
TOP
1015
CTRLFAN1
1016
1 1 BOARD SUPPLY
INT20 / (922) RD (1019)
(FROM IO BOARD)
1017 DISPLAY NON-SERVICE SIDE
2 2 BK 1 HMI2
INT16 / (909) VCC
1018
HMI2
3 YE CBL-USB2 +24VDC 2
1019 2 USB2 USB INT22 / (924)
VCC
CBL-VIDEO2 COM 1
1020 J1
VIDEO2 DVI INT12 / (906)
C 3 C
COOLING FAN COM
1021
ELECTRIC BOX
POWER SECTION 4
1022
CTRLFAN2 COM
1023
1 1 RD
INT23 / (925) CBL-USB3
1024
BOARD COMM USB3 USB PORT 1 ON SERVICE SIDE OF WASHER
2 2 BK
INT10 / (904) RS-485
1025
3 YE 1
RXD
1026
CBL-USB4
2 USB4 USB PORT 2 ON NON-SERVICE SIDE OF WASHER
1027 TXD
1028 3
GND
AUDIO OUT
J9
D 1029 1 D
4 EARTH
GND
1030
2
5 EARTH
RXD
1031
3
6 SPLP
1032 TXD
4
1033 SPLM
J12
2x20 AWG SPEAKER
1034
CBL-SPK1 SPK1
5 5 BK 1 1 BU + -
1035 SPRP
1036 6 6 WH 2 2 WHBU
SPRM
1037
7
E EARTH E
1038
LAN1
9 11

CTRL BOARD/DISPLAY therein are to be reproduced, distributed, used
EPLAN-CAE
Page 10 of 23 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 10260377.B
Released
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
1100
1101
CHEMICAL
1102 DISPENSING
SYSTEM
1103
A A
1104
ADDITIONAL ADDITIONAL
CHEMICAL PUMP CHEMICAL PUMP
1105
1106
PMP101 PMP102 PMP103 PMP104 PMP105
1107
M M M M M
1108
(1D8) (1D8) (1D9) (2D9) (2D10)
1109 (2D8) (2D8) (2D9)
1110
1111
SIGNAL INPUTS LOW LEVEL

B 1112 B
1113
J5:LEVEL 1
J5:LEVEL 2
J5:LEVEL 3
J5:LEVEL 4
J5:LEVEL 5
J2:LEVEL 1
J2:LEVEL 1
J2:LEVEL 2
J2:LEVEL 2
J3:LEVEL 3
J3:LEVEL 3
J3:LEVEL 4
J3:LEVEL 4
J3:LEVEL 5
J3:LEVEL 5
J4:PUMP 1
J4:PUMP 2
J4:PUMP 3
J4:PUMP 4
J4:PUMP 5
J5:GND
1114
1115
1116
1117
1118
1119
BK RD BK RD BK RD BK RD BK RD
1120 WH RD GN BN BU OG YE PU GY PK TN BK
C 1 2 1 2 1 2 1 2 1 2 C
1121
1 2 1 2 1 2 1 2 1 2
1122 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12
1123 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12
1124
BK RD BK RD BK RD BK RD BK RD
1125
[BN] [YE] [PU] [GY] [PK] [TN]
12x20 AWG or or or or or or
1126
CBL-DS1 WH RD GN WHBK BU OG RDBK GNBK OGBK BUBK BKWH BK
1127
1128
D 1129 (1D8) (1D8) (1D9) D

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 (2D8) (2D8) (2D9) (2D9) (2D10)
1130 LS101 LS102 LS103 LS104 LS105
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11
1131
1132
ADDITIONAL ADDITIONAL
(1634) INT24
(1654) INT25
(1674) INT26
(1734) INT27
(1755) INT28
(1441) INT29
(1446) INT30
(1450) INT31
(1455) INT32
(1459) INT33
(1443) INT34
1133 CHEMICAL PUMP CHEMICAL PUMP
1134
1135
1136
1137
E E
1138
10 12

DOSING STATION therein are to be reproduced, distributed, used
EPLAN-CAE
Page 11 of 23 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 10260377.B
Released
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
1200
1201
CUSTOMER DRY CONTACTS
1202
1203
A A
1204 EXTERNAL DRY CONTACTS
1205
755 DC 758
1206
WHBU 7 7 WHBU
INT47 / (1768)
1207 739
INT52 / (1625) BU
1208 CYCLE COMPLETE
NOTE 1 745 754 DC 757 CR5 CR5 VENTILATION
NC
BU BU 1 1 BU A1 A2 11 14 C4
1209 INT53 / (1701)
(1209)
33 34
NO
(1209)
1210 (1611)
1211 764
WHBU
B 1212 B
CYCLE IN OPERATION
756 DC 759 CR6 CR6
NC
1213
BU 2 2 BU A1 A2 11 14
INT48 / (1766)
(1213)
NO
1214 (1213)
1215
765
1216 WHBU
PURE WATER
1217 REQUEST
750 DC 760 CR7 CR7
NC
BU 3 3 BU A1 A2 11 14
1218 INT42 / (1721)
(1218)
NO
(1218)
1219
1220 766
C WHBU C
1221 (1725) / INT49 COLD WATER
REQUEST
TB2 751 DC 761 CR8 CR8
NC
1222 24 BU 4 4 BU A1 A2 11 14
(1747) / INT50
(1222)
NO
1223 (1222)
1224 (1751) / INT51
1225
1226 HOT WATER

752 DC 762 CR9 767 REQUEST
NC
BU 5 5 BU A1 A2 WHBU CR9
1227 INT43 / (1729)
(1227)
11 14
NO
1228 (1227)
D 1229 D
1230
DRAIN COOLING
753 DC 763 CR10 REQUEST
NC
1231
BU 6 6 BU A1 A2 CR10
INT44 / (1665)
(1232)
11 14
NO
1232
(1231)
1233
769 DC 768
WHBU 8 8 WHBU
1234 INT38 / (1350)
1235
1236
1237 NOTE 1:
E "END OF CYCLE" DRY CONTACT IS ACTIVATED WITH UNLOAD DOOR OPENING OUTPUT. E
1238 IF UNLOAD DOOR IS ON NON-SERVICE SIDE, CONNECT WIRE #745 WITH WIRE #754 (FACTORY DEFAULT).
IF UNLOAD DOOR IS ON SERVICE SIDE, CONNECT WIRE #739 WITH WIRE #754.
11 13

CUSTOMER DRY CONTACTS therein are to be reproduced, distributed, used
EPLAN-CAE
Page 12 of 23 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 10260377.B
Released
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
612 (901) (901)
1300 (1B5) D7 1340
476 WHBU IO BOARD #1 (INPUTS) IO BOARD #1 (INPUTS)
(2B5) INT35 / (1616)
TB2 IO1 IO1
OTS1 401 400
1301 4 CBL-IO1-J7B DRYING OVER 1341
GY GY 2 2 25
J7B IN0 IN6
TEMPERATURE not used
J7A
1302 417 SWITCH NOT TRIPPED 1342
ELECTRIC WHBU 15 15
COM
1303 HEATED UNIT J7B 1343
13
A (1D3) D8 702 3 ACU-COOLDOWN J7A
COM A
1304 (2D3) 477 WHBU 24VISO 1344
INT36 / (1740) J7B
OTS2 403 TB2 402 14
5 SUMP OVER U 24VISO
1305 GY GY 16 16 1345 V17 J7A
J7B IN1 TEMPERATURE 737 736
461 SWITCH NOT TRIPPED 2 1 11
419 WHBU BU
1306 GY
WHBU 4 4
1346 INT70 / (915)
J7A IN9 not used
COM
J7B (3B2)
1307 A WIRE JUMPER (461) IS INSTALLED INSTEAD OF OTS2 ON STEAM HEATED UNIT 451 1347
14 14 (2E1)
BU 24
24VISO
1308 470 J7B 1348 COM
613 J7A
GY
1309 1349 WHBU INT37 / (1668)
D16 ZS1 CBL-ZS1/2 PDL PDL 474 TB2 421 769
1 1 3 3 15 5 5 RIGHT SERVICE SIDE 12
BU BK BK GY GY (1C6) WHBU
1310
GY J7B IN2 DOOR CLOSE 1350
(2C6) TB2
INT38 / (1234)
J7A
24VISO
CR1 PDL PDL SWITCH DETECTED D9 557
422 14
NC
A1 A2 2 2 4 4 18 18 LS3 462 WHBU
1311 RD WHBU 1351 3 INT39 / (1806)
COM CBL-IO1-J7A
(3A7) J7B 1 NO TB2
(1602)
(1606)
416 414
NO
B 1312 1352 COM 2 8 22 22 SUMP SAFETY LEVEL B
483 GY GY
BU
6
24VISO NC J7A IN10 SWITCH NOT DETECTED
D17 ZS2 PDL PDL 475 TB2 424 J7B
1313 16 LEFT SERVICE SIDE 1353 444
BK BU 1 1 WH 5 5 GY GY 19 19
J7B IN3
DOOR CLOSE WHBU 10 10
GY COM
1314 CR2 PDL PDL 425 SWITCH DETECTED 1354 J7A
NC
A1 A2 2 2 GN 6 6 WHBU 7 7
COM SCS
1315 (3A6) J7B 1355 23
(1602)
(1606)
471 SCS OUTPUT
NO
CONVEYOR 24VISO
GY Q1 J1 P1 446 J7A
1316 20 1356 6 6 GY 8 8 SCS REQUEST TO OPEN
J7A IN11
484 24VISO
472 J7B WASHER LOAD DOOR
1317 BU GY 1357 J1 P1
D18 CBL-ZS3/4 447
ZS3 PDR PDR 481 TB2 427
17 LEFT NON-SERVICE SIDE 7 7 WHBU 21 21
BK BU 1 1 BK 5 5 GY GY 8 8 COM
1318
CR3 GY J7B IN4 DOOR CLOSE 1358 J7A
PDR PDR SWITCH DETECTED
NC
A1 A2 428 9
1319 2 2 RD 6 6 WHBU 21 21 1359 24VISO
COM J7A
(1602)
(1606)
SCS OUTPUT
NO
(3A10) J7B
Q4 P1 J1 449
1320 485 1360
4 4 GY 19 19 SCS REQUEST TO OPEN
C BU
D19 ZS4 PDR PDR TB2 430 J7A IN12 WASHER UNLOAD DOOR
C
1321 482 RIGHT NON-SERVICE SIDE 1361
1 1 3 3 18 22 22 P1 J1
BK BU WH GY GY 450
GY J7B IN5 DOOR CLOSE
5 5 WHBU 7 7
1322 CR4 PDR PDR 431 SWITCH DETECTED 1362 COM
NC
J7A
A1 A2 2 2 GN 4 4 WHBU 10 10
COM
1323 (3A9) J7B 1363 20
(1602)
(1606)
473 (1C8)
NO
24VISO
GY (2C8) J7A
9
1324 24VISO 1364 FS101 FS101 462 RES1 452
J7B
BR 2 WH 2 2 GY GY 5 5 CHEMICAL #1
IN13
KNIGHT MODEL (ROUND)

SERVICE SIDE DOOR
AICHI MODEL (SQUARE)

1325 SAFETY VALVE 17 1365 J7A FLOWMETER
24VISO 1K OHMS
PV4 (1665) J7B BU 453
PV PV 432
1326
- + CBL-PV 11 11 12 12
1366 BK 1 BK 1 1 WHBU 18 18
COM
RD BU
24VISO J7A
COIL 4 J7B
1327 PV PV 409 1367 454
ZS5 (3D9) 12 12
BU BK WHBU RD 3 (1C8) RD 3 3 BU 6 6
24VISO
1328 BK PDL PDL 410 TB2 408 1368 (2C8) J7A
CBL-ZS5/6 1 1 6 25 25 SERVICE SIDE DOOR
GY WH GY GY FS102 FS102 463 RES2 455
D 1329 J7B IN7 SAFETY SWITCH
1369 BR 2 WH 2 2 GY GY 16 16 CHEMICAL #2 D
IN14

NOT DETECTED

ZS6 FLOWMETER
BU J7A
1330 PDL PDL 1370 1K OHMS
BK 433 BU 456
GY BK 2 2 WHBU 13 13 BK 1 BK 1 1 WHBU 4 4
COM COM
1331 J7B 1371 J7A
457
1332
1
1372 RD 3 RD 3 3 BU 17 17
24VISO
COM (2C9) J7A
NON-SERVICE SIDE DOOR J7B
1333 SAFETY VALVE 1373 FS104 FS104 464 RES3 458
PV4 (1665) BR 2 WH 2 2 GY GY 2 2 CHEMICAL #4
IN15

PV PV

1334 434 1374 J7A FLOWMETER
- + CBL-PV 13 13 23 23
RD BU 1K OHMS
24VISO BU 459
COIL 2 J7B
1335 PV PV 412 1375 BK 1 BK 1 1 WHBU 15 15
COM
ZS7 (3D9) 14 14
BU BK WHBU J7A
1336 BK PDR PDR 413 TB2 411 1376 460
CBL-ZS7/8 1 1 7 11 11 NON SERVICE SIDE DOOR
GY WH GY GY RD 3 RD 3 3 BU 3 3
1337 J7B IN8 SAFETY SWITCH
1377 J7A
24VISO
ZS8 NOT DETECTED
E BU ADDITIONAL E
1338 BK PDR PDR 435 1378 1
CHEMICAL PUMP COM
GY BK 2 2 WHBU 24 24 J7A
COM
J7B 1379
12 14

IO BOARD #1 (INPUT) therein are to be reproduced, distributed, used
EPLAN-CAE
Page 13 of 23 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 10260377.B
Released
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
(920) (920)
1400 V16 IO BOARD #2 (INPUTS) 1440 IO BOARD #2 (INPUTS)
PROPORTIONAL (3E3)
CBL-IO2-J7B IO2 IO2
MOTORISED PS1 250 504
1401 MAIN AIR 1441 CBL-IO2-J7A CHEMICAL #1
VALVES GY 2 2 GY 25 25
J7B IN0 J7A IN6
PID CONTROLLER PRESSURE (1132) / INT29 LOW LEVEL
1402 (2E1) CBL-V16 DETECTED 1442 NOT DETECTED
CTRL1
V16 251 505
1 1 BK WHBU 15 15 WHBU 13 13
1403 COM 1443 (1132) / INT34 COM
J7B J7A
A 2 2 WH WHBU A
FCD 252
1404 M BU 1 1 BU 3 3
1444
14
5 AN OUT - L 2 24VISO 24VISO
J7B J7A
1405 3 3 RD 1445
3 AN OUT + N 1 FCD 253 507
WHBU EXTERNAL CHEMICAL #2
4 GY 2 2 GY 16 16 GY 11 11
1406 DI OUT3 7
J7B IN1 COOL DOWN 1446 (1132) / INT30
J7A IN9 LOW LEVEL
DONE NOT DETECTED
DI OUT3 8 FCD 254
1407 1447
TE4 WHBU WHBU 3 3 WHBU 4 4 24
COM COM
+ BU J7B J7A
1408 15 INP1 + 1448
DI IN3 21 FCD 735
- RD BU 4 4 BU 17 12
1409 16 INP1 - DI IN3 20 INT68 / (1749) 24VISO 1449 24VISO
J7B J7A
1410 1450 510

5 22 22 CHEMICAL #3
ACU-COOLDOWN GY
J7B IN2 not used (1132) / INT31
J7A IN10 LOW LEVEL
1411 1451 NOT DETECTED
18 10
B 1412
J7B
COM 1452
J7A
COM B
1413 1453
6 23
24VISO 24VISO
J7B J7A
1414 1454
513
19 8 8 CHEMICAL #4
GY
1415
J7B IN3 not used 1455 (1132) / INT32
J7A IN11 LOW LEVEL
NOT DETECTED
1416 1456
7 21
COM COM
J7B J7A
1417 1457
20 9
1418 24VISO 1458 24VISO
J7B J7A
1419 1459 516

8 19 19 CHEMICAL #5
GY
J7B IN4 not used (1132) / INT33
J7A IN12 LOW LEVEL
1420 1460 NOT DETECTED
C OL1 7 C
1421 21 1461 97 98 COM
COM J7A
J7B MOTOR OVERLOAD CONTACTS ARE 527 526
1422 1462 ALL IN OPEN POSITION IN NORMAL (830)
9 WHBU GY 20
24VISO CONDITION (NOT TRIPPED) OL2 24VISO
J7B J7A
1423 1463 97 98
22 525 524
(826)
1424
J7B IN5 not used 1464 WHBU GY
MSP1 500
1425 1465 22 21 GY 5 5 MOTOR OVERLOAD
10
COM J7A IN13 TRIPPED
J7B (835)
1426 1466 501
12 WHBU 18 18
COM
1427 24VISO 1467 J7A
J7B
6
1428 1468 24VISO
25 J7A
J7B IN7 not used
502
D 1429 1469
PRESSING EMERGENCY STOP BUTTON WILL REMOVE 16 16 D
GY
13 24VDC I/O BOARDS SUPPLY ON INPUTS AND OUTPUTS. J7A IN14 EMERGENCY STOP OK
1430 COM 1470 WIRE JUMPER IS INSTALLED ON THIS INPUT TO DETECT
J7B 503
THAT 24VDC HAS BEEN REMOVED BY EMERGENCY 4 4
WHBU
1431 1471 STOP BUTTON COM
23 J7A
24VISO
J7B
1432 1472
17
24VISO
11 (2C10) J7A
1433
J7B IN8 not used 1473
FS105 FS105 RES4 521
564
BR 2 WH 2 2 GY GY 2 2 CHEMICAL #5
IN15

1434 1474

24 J7A FLOWMETER
COM 1K OHMS
J7B BU 522
1435 1475
BK 1 BK 1 1 WHBU 15 15
COM
14 J7A
1436 24VISO 1476
J7B 523
1437 1477 RD 3 RD 3 3 BU 3 3
24VISO
1 J7A
E J7B
COM
ADDITIONAL E
1438 1478 CHEMICAL PUMP 1
COM
J7A
1479
13 15

EPLAN-CAE
Page 14 of 23 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 10260377.B
Released
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
(920) (920)
1500 RINSE IO BOARD #3 (INPUTS) 1540 IO BOARD #3 (INPUTS)
(2C2) RESERVOIR
CBL-IO3-J7B 562 NOTE 2 IO3 NOTE 2 IO3
LS4
1501 RINSE RESERVOIR 1541
GY 2 2 25
J7B IN0 J7A IN6
LOW LEVEL not used
1502 SWITCH DETECTED 1542
563
WHBU 15 15 13
1503 COM 1543 COM
J7B J7A
A A
1504 1544
3 14
24VISO 24VISO
(2B2) J7B J7A
1505 1545
LS5 528
16 16 RINSE RESERVOIR 11
GY
1506
J7B IN1 MID LEVEL 1546
J7A IN9 not used
SWITCH DETECTED
1507 529 1547
WHBU 4 4 24
COM COM
J7B J7A
1508 1548
17 12
1509 24VISO 1549 24VISO
(2B2) J7B J7A
LS6 530
1510 RINSE RESERVOIR 1550
GY 5 5 22
J7B IN2 HIGH LEVEL
J7A IN10 not used
1511 SWITCH DETECTED 1551
531
WHBU 18 18 10
B 1512
J7B
COM 1552
J7A
COM B
CR11
NC
542 547
1513 A2 A1 BU 1553
WHBU INT45 / (914) 23
6 24VISO
(1666)
NO
TB2 24VISO J7A

1514 (2A2) D20 543 J7B 1554
LS7 TB2 21
555 WHBU INT40 / (1802) 532
20 19 19 RINSE RESERVOIR 8
1515 GY GY
IN3 SAFETY LEVEL 1555
J7A IN11 not used
556 J7B
NOT DETECTED
1516 GY 1556
533 7 21
COM COM
NOTE 1 WHBU J7B J7A
1517 INT46 / (910) 1557
20 9
1518 24VISO 1558 24VISO
(2C2) 545 J7B J7A
D21 RINSE RESERVOIR
OTS3 539 TB2 WHBU 534
1519 19 INT41 / (1810) OVER 1559
GY GY 8 8 19
J7B IN4 TEMPERATURE
J7A IN12 not used
1520 SWITCH 1560
C 535 NOT TRIPPED C
WHBU 21 21 7
1521 COM 1561 COM
J7B J7A
1522 1562
9 20
24VISO 24VISO
J7B J7A
1523 1563
22
1524
1525 1565 5
10
COM J7A IN13 not used
J7B
1526 1566
18
12 COM
1527 24VISO 1567 J7A
J7B
6
1528 1568 24VISO
25 J7A
J7B IN7 not used
D 1529 1569
16 D
13 J7A IN14 not used
1530 COM 1570
J7B
4
1531 1571 COM
23 J7A
24VISO
J7B
1532 1572
17
24VISO
11 J7A
1533
2
1534
24
1574
J7A IN15 not used
COM
J7B
1535 1575
15
COM
14 J7A
1536 24VISO 1576
J7B
3
1537 NOTE 1: A JUMPER WIRE IS INSTALLED INSTEAD OF LS7 WHEN RINSE RESERVOIR IS NOT PRESENT 1577 24VISO
1 J7A
E J7B
COM E
1538 NOTE 2: IO BOARD #3 IS ONLY PRESENT IF RINSE RESERVOIR OR WASH RESERVOIR IS PRESENT 1578
1
COM
J7A
1579
14 16

EPLAN-CAE
Page 15 of 23 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 10260377.B
Released
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
(901) (901)
1600 IO BOARD #1 (OUTPUTS) 1640 IO BOARD #1 (OUTPUTS)
IO1 D2 IO1 U
1601 CBL-IO1-J8A 1641
(826) (1606)
CR1 V301
ACTIVATE 653 CR2 654 CR3 CR4 652 OL2 C3
NC
600 655 650 601 C2 625
5 5 CBL-IO1-J9A
CIRCULATION BU 11 14 BU 14 11 BU 11 14 BU 14 11 BU 95 96 BU 21 22 BU A1 A2 OPEN 5 5 BU 1 2
1602 DC0 1642 DC8
(827)
(828)
PUMP J8A CHEMICAL #1 VALVE J9A
NO
(1311) (1315) (1319) (1323) (826) (1606)
LOW SPEED
1603 602 1643 (1C8)
4 4 WHBU 626 (2C8)
A COM 4 4 A
J8A WHBU
1604 1644 COM
D3 J9A
NOTE 1
(822) (1602)
U
NC
1605 1645 V302
ACTIVATE 603 CR1 656 CR2 657 CR3 658 CR4 659 OL1 651 C2 604 627
C3
CIRCULATION 3 3 BU 21 24 BU 24 21 BU 21 24 BU 24 21 BU 95 96 BU 21 22 BU A1 A2 OPEN 3 3 1 2
(1608)
BU
(823)
(824)
NO
1606
PUMP DC1 J8A
1646
CHEMICAL #2 VALVE DC9 J9A
(1311) (1315) (1319) (1323) (830) (1602)
HIGH SPEED
1607 D1 1647 (1C8)
NOTE 1
628 (2C8)
607 C3 605 608 7 7 WHBU
C1
NO NC
1608 13 14 BU A1 A2 WHBU 1648 COM
(913) / INT71 BU INT72 / (903) J9A
606
(830)
(831)
(832)
1609 7 7 (1606) 1649
U
WHBU V303
COM 629
J8A D4
OPEN 1 1 BU 1 2
1610
609
1650
NC
C4
ACTIVATE 1 1 BU A1 A2 (1C9)
1611 DC2 1651
(1209)
DRYING FAN J8A
(835)
(836)
(837)
NO
630 (2C9)
610 6 6 WHBU
B 1612
6 6
1652 COM
J9A
B
WHBU
COM
J8A
1613 D6 1653
NOTE 1 631
611 ACTIVATE 8 8 BU
DC11
NO NC
1614 C6 1654 INT25 / (1132)
ACTIVATE DRYING 8 8 BU A1 A2 CHEMICAL #2 PUMP J9A
DC3
(813)
(814)
(815)
ELECTRIC HEATERS J8A
1615 1655
2 612 2
1616 COM 1656 COM
J8A WHBU J9A
(1300) / INT35
1617 1657
9 9
1618 DC3 J8A
1658 DC11 J9A ADDITIONAL
CHEMICAL PUMP
1619 1659
(901) (901)
C IO1 U IO1 U C
CBL-IO1-J8B (1665) PV2 V304
1621 616 PV PV 1661 634
CLOSE 5 5 3 3 CBL-PV 5 5 CBL-IO1-J9B 1 2
BU RD OPEN BU
1622
SERVICE SIDE DC4 J8B COIL 4 1662 CHEMICAL #4 VALVE DC12 J9B
DOOR
(3D6) (2C9)
1623 617 PV PV 1663 635
4 4 WHBU 4 4 BK 4 4 WHBU
COM COM
1624 J8B 739 1664 J9B
BU U 753 U
INT52 / (1208)
TB2 PV PV PV2 CLOSE SUMP TB2 PV1
1625
OPEN 618 786 1665
DRAIN VALVE/ 636 BU
INT44 / (1231) 546 CR11 699 PV PV
3 3 25 5 5 3 3 13 11 14
BU BU RD BU BU BU 1 1 RD
1626
SERVICE SIDE DC5 J8B COIL 2 1666
DRAIN EXTERNAL DC13 J9B COIL 4
DOOR DRY CONTACT (1513)
(3D6) (CR10) (3D5)
1627 619 PV PV 1667 613 PV PV
7 7 WHBU 6 6 BK 7 D15 WHBU 2 2 BK
COM COM (1349) / INT37
1628 J8B 1668 J9B CBL-PV
641 642
U (1326)
PV3 BU WHBU
D 1629 620 PV PV 1669 637 CB1-ST (1334) D
CLOSE 1 1 7 7 ACTIVATE 1 1 C2 C1
BU RD BU (1621)
1630
NON SERVICE SIDE DC6 J8B COIL 4 1670
SHUNT TRIP DC14 J9B (1702)
DOOR BREAKER
(3D8) CB6-ST SHUNT TRIP ARE MECHANICALLY CONNECTED TO
1631 PV PV 1671 643 644
621 C2 C1 CB1 & CB6 BREAKERS. BREAKERS WILL TRIP
6 6 8 8 BU WHBU
WHBU BK ON OUTPUT ACTIVATION
COM 639
1632 J8B 1672
6 6 WHBU
COM
J9B RINSE RESERVOIR
1633 622 1673 640
ACTIVATE 8 8 BU ACTIVATE 8 8 BU
1634 CHEMICAL #1 PUMP DC7 J8B
INT24 / (1132)
INT26 / (1132)
1635 1675
2 2
COM COM
1636 J8B 1676 J9B
1637 1677
E 9 E
1638 DC7 J8B NOTE 1: THE COIL SURGE SUPPRESSION ON 200-208VAC 50/60HZ UNIT IS VARISTOR 1678 DC15
9
INSTEAD OF A DIODE AND IS INTEGRATED TO THE CONTACTOR. J9B
1679
15 17

IO BOARD #1 (OUTPUT) therein are to be reproduced, distributed, used
EPLAN-CAE
Page 16 of 23 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 10260377.B
Released
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
(920) (920) 701 ELECTRIC 702
1700 1740 C5
NO NC
IO BOARD #2 (OUTPUTS) IO BOARD #2 (OUTPUTS) BU A1 A2 HEATED UNIT WHBU
745 INT36 / (1304)
IO2 IO2
(808)
(809)
(810)
BU U
1701 INT53 / (1209) (1665) PV3 1741
703 TB2 746 PV PV OPEN SUMP STEAM 700 TB2 D5 STEAM
OPEN 5 5 CBL-IO2-J8A 26 9 9 CBL-PV 5 5 CBL-IO2-J9A 9 HEATED UNIT
BU BU RD VALVE/ACTIVATE BU U
1702 NON-SERVICE DC0 J8A COIL 2
1742
SUMP ELECTRIC DC8 J9A V4
SIDE DOOR 729
HEATERS BU 1 2
1703 (3D8) 1743
704 PV PV
A 4 4 10 10 A
WHBU BK (3A5)
1704 COM 1744
J8A ADDITIONAL (1A7)
U CHEMICAL (2A7)
1705 V305 1745 721
705 PUMP 4 4
3 3 1 2 WHBU
OPEN BU COM
1706
1746 J9A
(2C10) OPEN D24 U

1707 1747 V5
706 DRAIN COOLING 722 TB2 733
22 INT50 / (1222)
7 7 WHBU VALVE/ 3 3 BU BU 1 2
1708 COM
J8A
1748
EXTERNAL DC9 J9A 735
SCS COOL DOWN BU
1709 1749 INT68 / (1409) (1A4)
P1 J1 CONVEYOR SIGNAL
WASHER READY 707 723 (2A4)
1 1 BU 4 4 7 7 WHBU
1710 TO BE LOADED DC2 J8A
SCS INPUT I4 1750 COM
J9A
REQUEST
D25 U
1711 1751 V6
708 P1 J1 724 TB2 734
23 INT51 / (1224)
6 6 WHBU 3 3 OPEN 1 1 BU BU 1 2
B 1712 COM
J8A
GND 1752
CONDENSER VALVE DC10 J9A
B
1713 1753 (1A4)

709 J1 P1 725 (2A4)
WASHER READY 8 8 6 6 6 6
BU WHBU
1714 TO BE UNLOADED DC3 J8A
SCS INPUT I3 1754 COM
J9A
REQUEST
1715 1755 726
710 J1 P1 ACTIVATE 8 8 BU
2 2 WHBU 3 3 CHEMICAL #5 PUMP DC11 J9A
INT28 / (1132)
1716 COM GND 1756
J8A
2
COM
1717 1757 J9A
9 9
1718 DC3 J8A
1758 DC11 J9A
DOOR LED
1719 1759 SERVICE
SIDE
(920) (920) LT1
C IO2 750 U IO2 C
1721 OPEN TB2 V3 1761 RED
BU CR12 CR12
NC
PURE WATER 712 INT42 / (1218) 770 741 780 777
5 5 CBL-IO2-J8B 10 1 2 5 5 CBL-IO2-J9B BU A1 A2 11 14 1 1 BK
BU BU WHBU WHBU
INLET VALVE/ DC4 RED LED DC12 (911) / INT54
(1762)
1722 J8B 1762 J9B
NO
EXTERNAL 781 (1762)
DRY CONTACT (3A3) CR13 GREEN
WHBU 778
1723 713 (1A5) 1763 784 11 14 WHBU 2 2 BN
4 4 WHBU (2A2) 4 4 WHBU
COM COM
1724 J8B 1764 J9B 782 (1770)
D23 CR14 BLUE
U WHBU 779
1725 OPEN TB2 V1 1765 11 14 WHBU 3 3 OG
COLD WATER 714 INT49 / (1221) 771 CYCLE RUNNING 756
3 3 11 1 2 3 3
BU BU BU
1726
INLET VALVE/ DC5 J8B 1766
EXTERNAL DC13 J9B
INT48 / (1213) (1775)
EXTERNAL DRY CONTACT 783
DRY CONTACT (1A4) BU 4 4 RD
1727 715 (2A4) 1767 755 (921) / INT55
7 7 WHBU 7 7 WHBU
COM COM INT47 / (1206)
1728 J8B 1768 J9B
752 U DOOR LED
OPEN V2 NON-SERVICE D
D 1729 716 TB2 BU
INT43 / (1227) 772 1769
HOT WATER 1 1 12 1 2 SIDE
BU BU CR13
NC
742
1730
INLET VALVE/ DC6 J8B 1770 1 1 BU A1 A2 LT2
EXTERNAL GREEN LED DC14
(1763)
J9B
NO
DRY CONTACT (1A5)
1731 1771 RED
717 (2A5) 773
6 6 WHBU 785 WHBU 1 1 BK
COM
1732 J8B 1772 6 6 WHBU
COM
J9B GREEN
1733 1773 774
718
8 8 WHBU 2 2 BN
ACTIVATE BU
INT27 / (1132)
1774
BLUE
775
743 CR14
WHBU 3 3 OG
NC
1735 1775
8 8 BU A1 A2
COM
2 BLUE LED DC15 J9B
(1765)
NO
1736 J8B 1776
744 776
2 2 WHBU BU 4 4 RD
1737 1777 COM
J9B
E 9 E
1738 DC7 J8B 1778
9
DC15 J9B
1779
16 18

EPLAN-CAE
Page 17 of 23 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 10260377.B
Released
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
(920) (920)
1800 IO BOARD #3 (OUTPUTS) RINSE 1840 IO BOARD #3 (OUTPUTS)
(2D4)
IO3 NOTE 1 (3D1) RESERVOIR IO3 NOTE 1
1801 V11 1841
CLOSE 548 543
5 5 CBL-IO3-J8A 1 2 5 5
RINSE BU WHBU
1802
RESERVOIR DC0 J8A
INT40 / (1515) 1842 not used DC8 J9A
U
OUTLET VALVE
1803 1843
A 4 4 4 4 A
1804 COM 1844 COM
J8A (2E4) J9A
(3D1)
1805 V12 1845
550 557
CLOSE SUMP 3 3 BU 1 2 WHBU 3 3
1806
OUTLET VALVE DC1 J8A
INT39 / (1351) 1846 not used DC9 J9A
U
1807 1847
7 7 7 7
1808 COM D22 1848 COM
J8A NOTE 2 J9A
1809 1849
ACTIVATE 552 C7 545
NO NC
RINSE 1 1 BU A1 A2 WHBU 1 1
1810 DC2 INT41 / (1519) 1850 not used DC10
(802)
(803)
(804)
RESERVOIR J8A J9A
HEATERS
1811 1851
6 6 6
B 1812 COM
J8A WASH 1852 COM
J9A
B
(3A4) RESERVOIR
1813 PV5 1853
OPEN 553
8 8 BU RD 1 2 8 8
1814 WASH RESERVOIR DC3 J8A
1854 not used DC11 J9A
OUTLET VALVE U
1815 1855
554
2 2 WHBU BK 2
1816 COM 1856 COM
J8A J9A
1817 1857
9 9
1818 DC3 J8A
1858 DC11 J9A
1819 1859
(920) (920)
1820 (2E5) 1860
IO BOARD #3 (OUTPUTS) IO BOARD #3 (OUTPUTS)
C (3D3) C
IO3 NOTE 1 IO3 NOTE 1
1821 V14 1861
CLOSE 558
5 5 CBL-IO3-J8B 1 2 5 5
BU
1822
SPRAY ARM DC4 J8B 1862
not used DC12 J9B
VALVE U
1823 559 1863

4 4 WHBU 4 4
COM COM
1824 J8B (2E5) 1864 J9B
(3D2)
1825 V15 1865
CLOSE 560
3 3 BU 1 2 3 3
1826
WASH RESERVOIR DC5 J8B 1866
not used DC13 J9B
RETURN VALVE U
1827 561 1867

7 7 WHBU 7
COM COM
1828 J8B 1868 J9B
D 1829 1869 D
1 1 1
1830
not used DC6 J8B 1870
not used DC14 J9B
1831 1871
6 6 6
COM COM
1832 J8B 1872 J9B
1833 1873
8 8 8
1834
not used DC7 J8B 1874
not used DC15 J9B
1835 1875
2 2
COM COM
1836 J8B 1876 J9B
1837 1877
E 9 E
DC7 9 NOTE 1: IO BOARD #3 IS ONLY PRESENT IF RINSE RESERVOIR OR WASH RESERVOIR PRESENT
1838 J8B 1878 DC15 J9B NOTE 2: THE COIL SURGE SUPPRESSION ON 200-208VAC 50/60HZ UNIT IS A VARISTOR
INSTEAD OF A DIODE AND IS INTEGRATED TO THE CONTACTOR.
1879
17 19

EPLAN-CAE
Page 18 of 23 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 10260377.B
Released
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
1900 1940
(901) (901)
1901 IO BOARD #1 (ANALOG INPUTS) 1941 IO BOARD #1 (ANALOG INPUTS)
IO1 IO1
1902 1942
CBL-IO1-J12A RECIRCULATION
1903 1 1943 3 BK 5 5 PRESSURE
A J11A
-5VDCA
J12A CH2+ TRANSMITTER A
1904 2
24VDCA
1944
PE1
(1D5)
- 4-20mA
J11A (2D5) +
1905 3 1945 1 RD 2 2
5VDCA 24VDCA
J11A J12A
1906 4 1946 SH
SIGN. GND
J11A 1
CHA. GND
1907 5 1947 J12A
J11A CH0+
1908 6 1948 9
J11A J12A CH2-
1909 7 1949
CHA. GND
J11A
1910 8 1950 8
J11A
(CH0+)
J12A CH4+
1911 9 1951
J11A CH0-
B 1912 1952 6 B
J12A CH4-
1913 1953 4
SIGN. GND
J12A
1914 1954
1915 1955
1916 1956 7
24VDCA
J12A
1917 1957 3
5VDCA
J12A
1918 1958
1919 1959
(901) (901)
IO BOARD #1 (ANALOG INPUTS) IO BOARD #1 (ANALOG INPUTS)
1920 IO1 1960 IO1
C C
1921 CBL-IO1-J11B 1961
CBL-IO1-J12B
WH 3 3 WH 5 5 SUMP RTD WH 3 3 WH 8 8 DRYING RTD
1922 TE1 J11B CH1+ (CONTROL)
1962 TE2 J12B CH6+ (CONTROL)
[CTRL] [CTRL]
1923 (2022) 1963 (2062)
(1E4) (1B5)
(2E4) RD 2 2 RD 9 9 (2B5) RD 2 2 RD 6 6
J11B CH1- J12B CH6-
1924 1964
RD 4 4 BK 1 1 RD 4 4 BK 4 4
1925 SIGN. GND 1965 SIGN. GND
J11B J12B
SH 1 1 SH SH 1 1 SH
1926 1966
1927 1967
1928 2 1968 1
24VDCA -5VDC
J11B J12B
D 1929 3 1969 2 D
5VDCA 24VDCA
J11B J12B
1930 4 1970 3
SIGN. GND 5VDCA
J11B J12B
1931 6 1971 5
J11B CH5- J12B
1932 7 1972 7
24VDCA
J11B J12B
1933 8 1973 9
J11B CH5+ J12B
1934 1974
1935 1975
1936 1976
1937 1977
E E
1938 1978
1979
18 20

IO BOARD #1 (ANALOG INPUT) therein are to be reproduced, distributed, used
EPLAN-CAE
Page 19 of 23 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 10260377.B
Released
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
2000 2040
(920) (920)
IO2 IO2
CONDUCTIVITY PROBE
2002 2042
CBL-IO2-J12A
1 3 5 5 CONDUCTIVITY
2003 2043 BK
A J11A
-5VDCA
J12A CH2+ TRANSMITTER
A
2004 2
24VDCA
2044
CE1
- 2 4-20mA
J11A 4
(2D3) +
2005 3 2045 1 RD 2 2
5VDCA 24VDCA
J11A J12A
5 SH
2006 4 2046
SIGN. GND
J11A 1
CHA. GND
2007 5 2047 J12A
J11A CH0+
2008 6 2048 9
J11A J12A CH2-
2009 7 2049
CHA. GND
J11A
2010 8 2050 8
J11A
(CH0+)
J12A CH4+
2011 9 2051
J11A CH0-
B 2012 2052 6 B
J12A CH4-
2013 2053 4
SIGN. GND
J12A
2014 2054
2015 2055
2016 2056 7
24VDCA
J12A
2017 2057 3
5VDCA
J12A
2018 2058
2019 2059
(920) (920)
2020 IO2 2060 IO2
C C
2021 CBL-IO2-J11B 2061 CBL-IO2-J12B
3 3 5 5 SUMP RTD 3 3 8 8 DRYING RTD
WH WH WH WH
2022
J11B CH1+ (PROCESS 2062
J12B CH6+ (PROCESS
TE1 VERIFICATION) TE2 VERIFICATION)
2023 [PV] 2063 [PV]
(1922) (1962)
RD 2 2 RD 9 9 RD 2 2 RD 6 6
J11B CH1- J12B CH6-
2024 2064
RD 4 4 BK 1 1 RD 4 4 BK 4 4
J11B J12B
SH 1 1 SH SH 1 1 SH
2026 2066
2027 2067
2028 2068 1
-5VDC
CBL-IO2-J11B SUMP WATER J12B
D 2029 BK 8 8 LEVEL 2069 2 D
J11B CH5+ TRANSMITTER J12B
24VDCA
LE1 COM
2030 4-20mA 2070 3
(1C6) OUT 5VDCA
(2C6) J12B
2031 EXC RD 2 2 2071 5
24VDCA
J11B J12B
2032 SH 2072 7
3 J12B
5VDCA
2033 J11B 2073 9
4 J12B
SIGN. GND
2034 J11B 2074
6
2035 J11B CH5- 2075
7
24VDCA
2036 J11B 2076
2037 2077
E E
2038 2078
2079
19 21

EPLAN-CAE
Page 20 of 23 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 10260377.B
Released
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
2100 2140
(920) (920)
IO3 IO3
NOTE 1 NOTE 1
2102 2142
2103 1 2143 5
A J11A
-5VDCA
J12A CH2+ not used
A
2104 2 2144
24VDCA
J11A
2105 3 2145 2
5VDCA 24VDCA
J11A J12A
2106 4 2146
SIGN. GND
J11A 1
CHA. GND
2107 5 2147 J12A
J11A CH0+ not used
2108 6 2148 9
J11A J12A CH2-
2109 7 2149
CHA. GND
J11A
2110 8 2150 8
J11A
(CH0+)
J12A CH4+ not used
2111 9 2151
J11A CH0-
B 2112 2152 6 B
J12A CH4-
2113 2153 4
SIGN. GND
J12A
2114 2154
2115 2155
2116 2156 7
24VDCA
J12A
2117 2157 3
5VDCA
J12A
2118 2158
2119 2159
(920) (920)
2120 IO3 2160 IO3
NOTE 1 NOTE 1
C RINSE RESERVOIR
C
2121 CBL-IO3-J11B 2161
WH 3 3 WH 5 5 RINSE RESERVOIR 8
2122
J11B CH1+ RTD
2162
J12B CH6+ not used
2123 TE3 2163
RD 2 2 RD 9 9 6
J11B CH1- J12B CH6-
2124 2164
RD 4 4 BK 1 1 4
J11B J12B
SH 1 1 SH
2126 2166
2127 2167
2128 2 2168 1
24VDCA -5VDC
J11B J12B
D 2129 3 2169 2 D
5VDCA 24VDCA
J11B J12B
2130 4 2170 3
SIGN. GND 5VDCA
J11B J12B
2131 6 2171 5
J11B CH5- J12B
2132 7 2172 7
24VDCA
J11B J12B
2133 8 2173 9
J11B CH5+ J12B
2134 2174
2135 2175
2136 2176
2137 2177
E E
2138 2178
NOTE 1: IO BOARD #3 IS ONLY PRESENT IF RINSE RESERVOIR OR WASH RESERVOIR PRESENT
2179
20 22

EPLAN-CAE
Page 21 of 23 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 10260377.B
Released
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
DEVICE LIST - Sorted by Device Tag (DT), with Cross Reference (XREF)
DT XREF DT XREF DT XREF DT XREF DT XREF DT XREF
(1375) CR14 (1775) FLTR2 (1B6) J9B (1762) LT2 (1770) RES3 (1374)
A A
BB1 (822) CTRL1 (1402) FLTR3 (1A4) J11A (2011) MSP1 (835) RES4 (1474)
BC1 (1013) CTRLFAN1 (1016) FLTR4 (1A5) J11B (2024) OL1 (830) SPK1 (1035)
BC2 (1007) CTRLFAN2 (1023) FLTR5 (1A7) IO2-J12A (620) OL2 (826) SPL1 (915)
C1 (1608) CYL1 (3B8) FR1 (2D6) J12B (2073) OTS1 (1B5) SPL2 (918)
C2 (1602) CYL2 (3B6) FR2 (1E5) IO3 (920) OTS2 (1D3) SPL3 (934)
C3 (1606) CYL3 (3B10) FS101 (1C8) J7A (1578) OTS3 (2C2) SPL4 (937)
C4 (1611) CYL4 (3B9) FS102 (1C8) J7B (1538) P1 (1710) SPL5 (934)
C5 (1740) D1 (1607) FS104 (2C9) J8A (1802) P2 (1004) SPL6 (937)
B C6 (1614) D2 (1601) FS105 (2C10) J8B (1822) PB1 (916) TB1 (801) B
C7 (1810) D3 (1605) GND1 (821) J9A (1842) PB2 (916) TB2 (1742)
CB1 (813) D4 (1610) HMI1 (1002) J9B (1862) PDL (1331) TE1 (1922)
CB1-ST (1670) D5 (1742) HMI2 (1018) J11A (2111) PDR (1339) TE2 (1962)
CB2 (826) D6 (1613) HS1 (916) J11B (2124) PE1 (1943) TE3 (2122)
CB3 (818) D7 (1300) HS2 (916) IO3-J12A (720) PI1 (1A3) TE4 (2E1)
CB4 (817) D8 (1304) HTR1 (812) J12B (2173) PMP1 (830) TEE1 (1003)
CB5 (819) D9 (1351) HTR2 (807) J1 (1710) PMP101 (1107) TRP1 (2D6)
CB6 (802) D15 (1668) HTR3 (802) J2 (1115) PMP102 (1107) USB PORT 1 (1024)
C C
CB6-ST (1671) D16 (1310) HTR4 (1D4) J3 (1115) PMP103 (1107) USB PORT 2 (1026)
CD1 (1B6) D17 (1313) IO1 (901) J4 (1115) PMP104 (1107) V1 (1726)
CE1 (2043) D18 (1318) J7A (1378) J5 (1115) PMP105 (1107) V2 (1730)
CK1 (1D4) D19 (1321) J7B (1333) J6 (928) PRT1 (1002) V3 (3A3)
CPU1 (1001) D20 (1515) J8A (1602) J10 (934) PS1 (3E3) V4 (3A5)
CR1 (1311) D21 (1519) J8B (1622) J14 (922) PV (1622) V5 (1748)
CR2 (1315) D22 (1809) J9A (1642) LE1 (2029) PV1 (3D5) V6 (1752)
CR3 (1319) D23 (1725) J9B (1662) LS3 (1C6) PV2 (3D6) V7 (1E5)
D CR4 (1323) D24 (1747) J11A (1911) LS4 (2C2) PV3 (3D8) V8 (1E6) D
CR5 (1209) D25 (1751) J11B (1924) LS5 (2B2) PV4 (3D9) V9 (3E2)
CR6 (1213) DC (1218) J12A (1948) LS6 (2B2) PV5 (1814) V10 (1D5)
CR7 (1218) FAN1 (1B6) J12B (1973) LS7 (2A2) Q1 (1356) V11 (2D4)
CR8 (1222) FC1 (3D7) IO2 (920) LS101 (1D8) Q4 (1360) V12 (2E4)
CR9 (1227) FC2 (3D7) J7A (1478) LS102 (1D8) RECT1 (816) V13 (2A5)
CR10 (1231) FC3 (3D8) J7B (1438) LS103 (1D9) REG1 (1A4) V14 (2E5)
CR11 (1513) FC4 (3D8) J8A (1702) LS104 (2D9) REG2 (3E3) V15 (2E5)
CR12 (1762) FCD (1404) J8B (1722) LS105 (2D10) RES1 (1365) V16 (1402)
E E
CR13 (1770) FLTR1 (1D4) J9A (1742) LT1 (1760) RES2 (1369) V17 (3B2)
21 23
DEVICE LIST: proprietary information of STERIS Corporation.

Neither this document nor the information
therein are to be reproduced, distributed, used
APPROVER
REVIEWER LOCATION SCALE SIZE DRAWING NUMBER VERSION SHEET
EPLAN-CAE 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
Page 22 of 23 10260377.B
Released
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
DEVICE LIST - Sorted by Device Tag (DT), with Cross Reference (XREF)
DT XREF DT XREF DT XREF DT XREF DT XREF DT XREF
V101 (2D8)
A A
V102 (2D8)
V103 (2D9)
V104 (2D9)
V105 (2D10)
V201 (2D8)
V202 (2D8)
V203 (2D9)
V204 (2D9)
B V205 (2D10) B
V301 (1642)
V302 (1646)
V303 (1650)
V304 (1662)
V305 (606)
ZS1 (3A7)
ZS2 (3A6)
ZS3 (3A10)
C C
ZS4 (3A9)
ZS5 (1328)
ZS6 (1330)
ZS7 (1336)
ZS8 (518)
D D
E E
22
DEVICE LIST: proprietary information of STERIS Corporation.

Neither this document nor the information
therein are to be reproduced, distributed, used
APPROVER
REVIEWER LOCATION SCALE SIZE DRAWING NUMBER VERSION SHEET
EPLAN-CAE 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
Page 23 of 23 10260377.B

Amsco 7052hp-7053hp Lavaferri Service Manual

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

Amsco 7052hp-7053hp Lavaferri Service Manual

Uploaded by

Document Information

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

Amsco 7052hp-7053hp Lavaferri Service Manual

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

AMSCO® 7000 Series

Washer/Disinfector Models # 7052HP and # 7023HP

A Word from STERIS

A Word From STERIS — Introduction

Waste Products Disposal

Indications For Use

– Immunity test reference:

• Governing Directive for the affixing of the CE mark:

The base language of this document Manufactured by:

Sales and Service –America, Oceania and Asia:

Sales and Service – Europe, Middle-East and Africa:

All other requests, by phone:

European Community Representative:

© 2022, STERIS Corporation. All rights reserved. Printed in U.S.A.

Section Number Description Page

1.1 Safety Precautions — Introduction

1.2 Safety Precautions

Regularly scheduled routine maintenance, as well as preventive maintenance, are

Pressing bottom portion of POWER (ON/OFF) toggle switch to turn off

Use a nonconductive tool to make voltage adjustment on power supply.

Allow piping to cool before inspecting and/or cleaning supply-line strainers.

Always turn off controller before connecting/disconnecting cable. Connecting a cable to

Always use a silicone lubricant to lubricate squeeze tubes. Petroleum-based lubricants,

Symbols and Labels

2.1 Equipment Symbols

Attention. Refer to Manual For Further Instructions.

Transfer of Heat. Hot Surface.

Protective Earth (Ground).

Warning! Risk of Electrical Shock.

ON (For Part of Equipment).

OFF (For Part of Equipment).

Risk of Crushing Fingers or Hands.

Rotation: Direction of the Rotating Device.

2.2 Nameplate Symbols

Table 2-1. Definition of Symbols

Serial Number of Equipment.

Unique Device Identification.

Year of Manufacture of the Equipment.

Safe Disposal of the Device — Refer to Instruction for Use.

Power Rating of Processor: Voltage, Frequency (Hertz), Type of Supply.

Address of Manufacturing Facility.

Address of European Community Representative.

Service Mode Procedures

3.1 Service Mode Procedure – Introduction

Pressing bottom portion of POWER (ON/OFF) toggle switch to turn off

Regularly scheduled routine maintenance, as well as preventive maintenance, are

3.3 How to Enter Service Mode

2. Press Service mode on Ready screen.

3.4 How to Configure Washer/Disinfector

3.5 How to Perform Tests

How to Test (Energize and De-Energize) Outputs

How to Test Hand-Held Bar Code Reader (if Present)

7. If display shows appropriate information, bar code reader operation is normal.

3.6 How to Perform RTD Calibration

Method with 300 W Water Heater

2. Press Calibration on Machine Service screen to enter Calibration menu.

11. Let RTD rest for two minutes.

Low Point of Calibration Stabilizing...

High Temperature Stabilizing...

Method with RTD Verification Kit